a eS eS et ee eet VISVISIS SST IS SS iS NONI NIN GN, I i7 Field Museum of Natural History LIBRARY Chicagu— son’ S77 lL k PISS YARN SUYSEL | SS iw VINA SM r f, if it Wy | f | 1/7 USO SILO SO SOS USOT SOTO SYS OTIS ANTI LTISNIV ITI TIN TIN TIN TIN ITI INT TINT or VAY TS = “% - — —-——_—= Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from The Field Museum's Africa Council ood \ http://www.archive.org/details/transactionsofso15roya oe ale i i n ‘ \N ae hs eerie TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCTETY. VOLUME XV. 1904-1905. With (FOURTEEN PEATES: eo 4 Piss $ eiosv2 CAPE TOWN: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY. 1905. ny) : PUBLISHERS B Y) p Oe Lu = Z je Oo. é eeeese ®e6 e e6° eeeued esetve eee8 idl . « s * eeeus eS! oe « eeege sew ee ¢«e6 es @e - - eueee eeuee ee 8 - . - e weuuwe CONTENTS. aa Aa PAGE Minutes or ProckEpincs aND PresipEnt’s ADDRESS . 1-xi List or Mremsers Se : : é xli-xlv An Inrropuction to THE Stupy or SoutH Arrican RatnFatu. By J. R. Surron, M.A., F.R.Met.S. : : : 1 FactorizaABLe Continuants. By Tuomas Muir, LL.D. 6 AY) DEVELOPMENTS OF A Prarrian. By Tuomas Muir, LL.D. . 86 HigH-LEVEL GRAVELS OF THE CAPE AND THE PROBLEM OF THE Karroo Goup. By Ernest H. L. Scuwarz, A.R.C.S., E.G.S. : e e ° e e 43 THe SurnertAnD Voucanic PIPES AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER VENTs 1n SoutH Arrica. By A. W. Rocsrs, M.A., F.G.8., and A. pu Torr. ; : : nee Gel: Ox Two New Tuerocepuauian Reprives (Glanosuchus macrops AND Pristerognathus Baint). By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.S. e e e e e e 85 Tre Origin or THE Mammanian Carpus and Tarsus. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.S8. ; 5 ash’) Mimicry amona Prants. By R. Martory, Ph.D., M.A. ore OxSERVATIONS ON THE SrructuRE or Mesosaurus. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.4Z.S. e e e e e 103 Descrierions or New Genera AND Species or Sourn AFRICAN _ Spipers. By W. I. Purcett. ; : . 115 South Arrican Verbenacee. By H. H. W. Pearson, M.A., F.L.S. e e ° e e e e 175 1V Contents. Furtuer Nore on tHe Factorizaste Conrinuants. By Tuomas Murr, LL.D. ‘ ; ’ ; : ‘ On Some New Genera AND SprEcirs oF HYMENOPTERA FROM CargE Cotony anp Transvaat. By P. Cameron . On THE STRUCTURE AND AFFINITIES OF THE [HINDOTHIODONT Rertites. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S. : Catatocut oF Printep Booxs, Papers, anp Maps RELATING TO THE GroLtocy AND Mrneratocy or SoutH Arrica. By Miss M. Witman . re f ; ; ; PAGE 1838 195 — 259 2838 ANNUAL ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY On Auaust THE 177TH, 1904. By tHE Presipent, J. D. F. GILCHRIST, M.A., Ph.D. SOME FEATURES OF THE MARINE FAUNA OF SOUTH AFRICA. _ Following the example of former Presidents of the Philosophical Society, an example which our esteemed Secretary who has long been associated with the Society assures me has now acquired the authority of a rule, I shall endeavour to lay before you to-night a few of the outstanding features and facts in connection with a subject in which I have been more particularly interested. It is a subject which in the past has not received the amount of attention that its peculiarly interesting character merits, and it would be premature now to formulate any sweeping and definite generalisations which a fuller knowledge of facts will yet make possible, There are, how- ever, certain well-ascertained facts and certain general features which are becoming apparent, and it may not be without interest to present these in the form of a brief summary. I will draw your attention in the first place to what may be regarded as the feature of the Marine Fauna of South Africa, or rather the key to the whole character of this fauna. It would apparently be a wild statement to say that this is intimately associated with the rise and fall of the barometer, but I hope to show you that this is to a large extent the case, and I put it in this way in order to emphasise the special features I wish to bring to | your notice. We know that all forms of animal life are intimately asso- clated with their environment or the environment of their ancestral forms, and we readily understand how in the ease of terrestrial animals the physical factors in operation, for instance, in the forest, in the desert, or in arctic regions, demand a strict - li Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. conformity to the surrounding conditions, but we do not so readily realise, and I venture to say that even workers in this particular line of investigation do not yet fully realise how intimately and in what way marine life is co-ordinated with its environment, more especially with its purely physical features. This is par- ticularly the case with regard to the pelagic forms, or forms not modified by the varying surroundings of shore life, in which such factors as physical conformity of coast-line, nature of the bottom, presence or absence of vegetable life, &c., play an important part, but forms which are moulded according to the simple varying elements in sea-water. These are, briefly, the comparatively slight variations in the amount of salt contained in solution, and the more marked variation in temperature. It is to this that I wish in the first place to direct your attention, and in order to do so I will briefly review some of the more important facts which have been ascertained with regard to the physical features of the waters on the South African coast. You are aware that as a result of the unequal atmospheric pressure there are two great currents of wind—the Trades blowing in an oblique direction from north-east in the northern hemisphere, and from the south-east in the southern hemisphere, and that these give rise to a surface movement of the waters over which they pass so that there is a general movement of the waters from the poles in corresponding directions towards the equator where they meet: and flow in a westward direction parallel to each other, forming the great equatorial currents of the northern and southern hemispheres. There are, however, two great continuous land barriers interposed in the course of these currents, Europe, Asia, and Africa forming one, North and South America forming the other. In addition there is another barrier, with gaps, however, viz.: that formed by discontinuous land masses in the meridian of feist: the East Indies, and China. This third barrier I mention separately for a reason which shall appear later. The result of the interpolation of these land masses is that the bodies of water thus set in motion and which must find an outlet to maintain the general oceanic equilibrium are directed towards the poles again. This is, of course, most clearly marked in the parts of the Indian, Pacific, and the Atlantic Oceans situated in the southern hemisphere, for there the movements of the waters are less inter- rupted by land masses, and inasmuch as the Pacific is comparatively shallow, and the movement of the water is there much interrupted by islands and coral reefs, it is in the Indian and South Atlantic Oceans that this phenomenon is best illustrated. President's Address. il Now there is one striking difference in the course of the two currents in these regions. In the Indian Ocean there is no outlet towards the north, and the whole mass of water is turned down the South African coast, where it is known successively as the Mozam- bique current, the Natal current, and the Agulhas current. The Southern Atlantic current, on the other hand, is met in its course by the projecting portion of South America, and is split up into a branch which flows to the south along the coast of Brazil, and another which is directed northwards into the Carribean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, the origin of that great current of the North Atlantic— the Gulf Stream. A connection is thus established between the waters of the temperate regions of the southern and the northern hemispheres. . These are the outstanding features of the circulation of the surface waters of the ocean. ‘There is yet another to be considered before we can be in a position to thoroughly realise the peculiar features of the seas round South Africa. It is found that there is a constant drift of the waters of the southern hemisphere from the pole in an easterly and northerly direction, thus forming a south polar drift current or the west wind drift current, and this mighty current moves between the antarctic circle and the parallel of 45° south round the open waters of the southern seas unimpeded except by the tongues of land projecting into those regions, viz., the continent of South America, that of Africa, and to a less marked degree that of Australia. The continent of South America projects far south beyond the parallel of 50°, consequently a great portion of the current 1s caught and deflected northwards along its western coast, while the whole of its southern portion is laved by the cold water. In the case of South Africa, however, which is situated in a much lower latitude, a smaller portion of the current is caught and deflected northwards along its western side, and it is not strong enough to completely force back the warm equatorial current which is coming south along its eastern side, though strong enough, however, at times to bring icebergs from the Antarctic to within a short distance of the South African coast. It will thus readily be seen, then, that the searoundthe South African coast exhibits an almost unique character and one of fundamental importance, not only in oceanic circulation but, as I hope to show, in the distribution of marine life. On the one hand it is connected by currents with the seas to the eastwards, directly to the Indian Ocean and indirectly to the Pacific, while on the other it is directly connected to the South Atlantic by the deflected northwards-going branch of the Antarctic drift, and more indirectly to the North oo iv Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Atlantic, as this branch, as it proceeds northwards, becomes mingled with the return current of the South Atlantic equatorial to form the Benguela Stream which is ultimately carried over, perhaps partly as' a cold undercurrent, to the coast of South America, part passing through the Carribean Sea into the North Atlantic. If then marine pelagic fauna is determined by its environment like other faunas, and if, like other environments, there are great factors within this determining the geographical distribution of the contained forms of life, it will be readily understood that the key to the character of the marine fauna of the Cape is to be ultimately found in the peculiar features of its sea, which have just been enumerated. Before, however, passing on to this, it will be neces- sary to consider these features in more detail. Some years ago, in view mainly of the great importance of a knowledge of the currents and changing character of the sea for a determination of the laws which regulate the occurrence migration and habits of fish and other forms of sea-life, a series of temperature observations were begun at about twelve different stations round the coast; and it has been observed that the waters of the east coast differ very considerably in temperature from those of the west coast, and further, that while there is a gradual cooling of the Agulhas current as it proceeds southwards and westwards, there is a very abrupt change between the stations in False Bay and Table Bay, showing that this is the menhne De of two great bodies of .water of different origin. The details of this transition can be shown by the result of a series of observations of sea temperatures taken for a number of years at the Roman Rock Lighthouse in False Bay, and at Robben Island in Table Bay. The following diagram is drawn up from the data and shows the mean monthly temperature of the respective places for a period of three years. It will be observed that in summer there is a difference of about 6°, while in winter there is a close approximation of the curves of temperature. Another diagram will show the details of the variation of tem- perature at points between these two stations at practically the same time. It is drawn up from observations taken every ten minutes on board the Peter Faure when on passage from Table Bay to False Bay. In conjunction with the temperature curve is shown one indicating the variation in salinity of the sea-water. Another diagram drawn up from a series of observations made by the mail steamer between Cape Town and Cape Hanklip illustrates the same phenomenon. I draw your particular attention to this' variation in temperature President's Address. ¥ conjoined with a corresponding variation in salinity as indicating that the cold waters of the west coast of the Cape are not merely the welling up of the colder waters when the warmer upper layers are driven away from the shore by winds; no doubt much of the variation in temperature can be brought about by such an agency, but this very marked difference of temperature and salinity can most satisfactorily be explained by the close proximity of the southern - drift current. The chart which I now show indicating the course of drift bottles and the following section of the sea off the west coast of the Cape Peninsula proves further that a small branch of the Agulhas current, occasionally at least, escapes round Cape Point towards the west coast. Having outlined the main physical features of South African waters as they are modified by the great ocean currents which meet in this region, Jet us consider briefly some of the more local pecu- liarities which are also important features in the moulding of the character of the South African marine fauna. The feature of the South African coast is its want of bays, natural harbours, or inlets, and of any islands or large fresh-water inlets, all of which in some other countries give rise to peculiar modifications of sea-life. Although, however, there is nota single large river which does not admit the sea for several miles inland, all are capable of swelling into floods of great volume, bringing down with them, to be deposited on the sea bottom, much mud and débris of all sorts. Thus it has been found that there are extensive areas of mud in St. Helena Bay into which the Berg River opens, at St. Sebastian Bay near the mouth of the Breede River, at Mossel Bay near the mouth of the Gouritz River, and at Bird Island near the Sundays River. Another feature of the sea bottom is a deposit of a totally different character and origin. It has been found on the west coast from St. Helena Bay to Cape Point, and from thence over the western side of the Agulhas bank, but not beyond on the eastern side of the bank, nor on the eastern side of South Africa. This is a kind of green mud or sand, apparently of organic origin. Such are the leading features of the environment of the marine fauna. We may now proceed to consider briefly, and by means of a few examples the co-ordinate modifications found in the forms of animal life themselves. In the trawling operations of the Government steamer exceptional opportunity was afforded of obtaining information as to the kind and distribution of the flat fishes which are in our waters, and to. these we shall first direct attention. Trawling operations were first commenced 22 o vi Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. on the west coast, and it was found that in a stretch of ground between Dassen Island and Saldanha Bay a valuable species of Sole (Synaptura microlepis) o’curred. On proceeding further north the same Sole was found, some of the specimens being of a remarkably large size, several of them weighing about 9 lbs. In neither of these places, however, did it occur in great abundance. Another species of flat fish was found near Dassen Island (Cyno- glossus capensis), but only occasionally. On extending operations to False Bay it was found that the first mentioned was not to be found, while the second was in fair abundance. Further to the east another species (Synaptura pectoralis) was found in great abundance—in such abundance that it now forms the chief item in the catch of three large trawlers which shortly afterwards commenced operations in this area. The same Sole was found in abundance on a large area of mud near Bird Island, and at a spot several miles beyond Hast London. The attention of the Natal Government was attracted by these results (a Natal trawler was the first on the new ground after its discovery), and at their request the Cape Government surveyed the coast for trawling ground. There, however, an entirely different state of things prevailed. Suitable ground, with a deposit of fine mud, was indeed found off the Tugela River, and several new species of flat fish were discovered, but all of a small size. There was no trace whatever of the Sole so abundant on the east and south coasts of Cape Colony. Another example from the group of the fishes illustrates just as forcibly the effect of the different conditions to be found on the east and west coasts of South Africa. This is the Snoek (Thrysites atun), which, being of great commercial importance, is better. known than most of the other fishes with respect to its places of occurrence and relative abundance. It is a migratory fish, and during the season appears in immense shoals on the west coast (though of recent years somewhat scarcer, there is evidence of late that it is again reappearing in the same abundance in some places). It is known to occur as far north as Sandwich Harbour, which was at one time open to fishing boats, though now inaccessible through accumulation of sand. Here a fishing station was at.one time established for the special purpose of Snoek fishing. It is found — further south in the neighbourhood of St. Helena and Saldanha Bay, where also a fishery has been carried on for many years, and a large export trade to Mauritius and other places carriedon. In Table Bay it is not so abundant, though at one time it was found in almost incredible numbers. In False Bay it is less seldom seen, though in good fishing seasons it occurs very abundantly. Further to the east the supply falls off rapidly. It has, however, occasionally been = os ; 4 ee ia President's Address. - vl known to visit Mossel Bay. There is no record of its having ever been seen at Algoa Bay, and it is quite unknown on the east coast. Its distribution is therefore intimately associated with the colder waters of the west coast. It is indeed probable that some light might be thrown on its relative abundance or scarcity at different periods by a more intimate knowledge of the temperature conditions prevailing in different years. Another example, from the group of the Crustacea, illustrates perhaps even more forcibly than the last two the effect of the changing environment we meet in passing round the South African coast; this is the large Crawfish (Palinurus lalandw). This Crustacean occurs in such quantities in Table Bay that the supply was sufficient to keep a large canning factory going. The supply seems practically inexhaustible. It is found in the same abundance northwards beyond Angra Pequena. It occurs also in quantity in Hout Bay, but not commonly in False Bay. The samples I have seen from this region are much smaller in size, and the same is to be said of those procured further east, at Hermanus. They are undoubtedly the same species, but smaller. There is yet no record of their occurrence to the east of this locality, and a different species has been found at Mossel Bay, this also in its turn seems to be absent from the Natal coast, where still another and much smaller species is found, and where also the Crustacean fauna shows a considerable increase in species as compared with that of the west and south coasts. _ Such instances could be easily multiplied, but these are sufficient to indicate the general tendency. One other example, however, may be mentioned as illustrating the same feature in a reverse way, viz., the pearl oyster Avicula. Its first definite appearance is on the south coast, just beyond Cape Agulhas. Specimens hitherto found, however, have been so small as to be of little commercial importance. It seems to occur all along the south coast from this point. It is found on the east coast as far as the Mozambique Channel, where it is larger and more abundant. We see, therefore, that the different physical conditions on the east and west coasts are reflected in the character of the fauna, the general rule seeming to be that in the colder waters the species are fewer, the individuals more numerous, while the warm waters are characterised by greater variety of species and fewer individuals of any one species. In some of the cases cited the cold-water forms grow to a much larger size than in others the warm-water forms. . Having noted the variety in the fauna as illustrated by a few species, we naturally look about for some explanation. It might - vil Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. at once be assumed that this is due to the different character of the waters. We will find, however, as for instance in the last-mentioned feature, that this is far from sufficient. A key to a fuller illustration is found when we consider the general dis- tribution of this marine fauna, and the affinities of its component elements to the general. marine fauna, of the globe. For this pur- pose we will now direct attention more to the distribution of the strictly pelagic or oceanic forms. One of the most obvious instances is found in the general distribution of the Snoek (Thyrsites atun) which we have already taken to illustrate another point. It is found - in abundance on the Chilian coast of South America, at Tristan d’Acunha, on the west coast of South Africa, and on the west coast of Australia—that is, on those coasts on which the Antarctic drift current impinges. It is therefore a form which is characteristic of the west wind current. There are other forms of the South African fish fauna such as the general Bdellostoma, Agriopus, Callorhynchus, which linkit on to the regions traversed by this current, and those general in South African waters, like the Snoek, seem to be most characteristic of the west and south coast. On the other hand, there are a number of forms growing more numerous towards the west which show a great affinity with the warmer waters of the Indian Ocean. Thus the well-known Blaasop (Tetrodon honckenit) is a representative of the tropical Gymno- donts. It is found in abundance in False Bay, but seldom in Table Bay, though it is found in Hout Bay. One or two other members of the group are occasionally found in False Bay, and they become much more abundant towards the east coast. There also such forms as Pterots, Apistus, &c., have been found, while the Squamipinnes increase in numbers and species. The same fact is illustrated in the flat fishes. 3 The affinity with tropical Indian Ocean forms is, like the previous case, readily understood by the intimate connection with that region brought about by the warm current of the east coast, and we are not surprised to find that regions of the same latitude on the west coast are entirely devoid of these forms. When, however, we find in the Cape seas Zeus japonicus and Monocentris yaponicus, forms characteristic of Japanese waters, it is more difficult to realise that the distribution can be accounted for by currents conneeting the two regions, though I would again remind you that there are no insuperable land barriers between the Indo-Pacific coast and that of South Africa. There is, however, another element in the South African marine fauna much more difficult to account for, and one which, from evidence now accumulating, seems to be a President’s Address. . 1X characteristic feature. This is the presence of forms specifically identical with some that occur in European waters. Such anomalies of distribution are not rare. For instance, Ginther has drawn attention to the fact that several of the genera, and even species, in Japanese waters are identical with Mediterranean forms, and similarly, Aleock has shown that the same phenomenon occurs in the Indian Seas. To account for the first case Giinther has advanced the hypothesis that at some time in the geological history of continents there was a direct sea communication between Japan and the Mediterranean, and Alcock has had recourse to the same convenient and indeed not improbable explanation. The familiar Stock-fish (Merlucius vulgaris) and the Maasbanker (Caran trachurus) are examples from the group of the fishes illustrating identity of Cape and European forms, and several other species recently found in South African waters have proved to be iden- tical, Even in the group of marine annelids and other inverte- brates the same agreement has been observed. In the fishes the affinity to the Mediterranean forms has been specially noted. In drawing attention to the similarity of the Japanese and Mediter- ranean forms Gtinther has given a lst of Japanese shore fishes of which fifty-four genera are identical in both places ; of these thirty- five have now been found at the Cape, where also three genera, described in the list as peculiar to Japanese waters, have been found. How is the presence of Mediterranean forms in South Africa to be accounted for? Unfortunately we cannot have recourse to an explanation that would postulate a former direct communication in past geological times, elastic as such explana- tions are, and we are compelled to look about for further informa- tion with regard to the existing means of distribution. I have said ‘unfortunately’; perhaps, however, further necessary search for facts will in the long run lead to a truer solution. As you will have observed, the direction in which the solution may be looked for is in a more intimate knowledge of the connection between the waters of the North and South Atlantic, and it is in this direction also that we must first look for a solution of the much greater but cognate problem of bipolarity, or the identity of Arctic and Antarctic forms, and that, only after looking most carefully into the specific diagnoses of authors. I have, however, wandered further than I intended into this fascinating question of distribution, and have said enough to > direct your attention to the composite character of the South African marine fauna. I will only mention two other cases which seem to be of special interest, A certain Lamellibranch x Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. occurs in comparatively shallow water in Iceland; it has also been found in deep waters near the Equator, and recently in comparatively shallow waters in South Africa. Still more ° instructive in this respect are the results of a recent examination | of the different species of Copepoda met with in South African waters. It has been shown that of the species found south and west of Cape Colony a considerable number occur also in the northern hemisphere. Professor Cleve, who made this discovery, finds in it a confirmation of his hypothesis that the waters of the temperate Atlantic in the Northern Hemisphere originate not in the Gulf Stream but in the Benguela current, which is supposed to pass as an under-current below the waters of the tropical Atlantic. I will now return to a subject I just touched upon previously, viz., the occurrence of a peculiar deposit, commonly known as green sand or mud, which, as recent soundings have shown, occurs very extensively over the bed of the sea, off the south and west coast of the Cape. A constituent has been found to be phosphate of lime which coats the coarse grain of sand inshore, and in deep water where these terrigenous deposits are absent, it is found encrusting and filling up the shells of Foraminifera and other characteristic deep-sea deposits. It also is often found as nodules formed round a central nucleus. It is therefore a formation of comparatively recent date, and can hardly be derived from the common mineralogical form — apatite — which is found in volcanic rocks. It might be thought to be derived from submarine mineral springs, but its great extent is against such a supposition. Finally it might be derived from the phosphates found in sea-water, but the small quantity thus found and the mode of its occurrence are against this. The distinguished oceanographer, Sir John Murray, has devoted particular attention to this problem, and he suggested that it is derived from the phosphate of lime stored up in the living organisms (specially in their bony tissue) which inhabit the sea. He has observed that these deposits of green mud or sand are characteristic of the regions where currents of different character meet, and suggests that it is there that a great mortality amongst sea animals may occur. It is of course difficult to procure. direct evidence on such a point, but some recent occurrences in South African waters, and others of an older date, which have come to light, appear to confirm this supposition in a remarkable manner. I hope to give a detailed account of these on another occasion, and only mention some of the main facts now. Some months ago the captain of the trawler which started fishing operations recently on the Agulhas bank was startled to find one day that instead of fresh President's Address. x1 fish he hauled on board a net full of dead fish in an advanced stage of decomposition. There are traditions of extreme mortality among the fish in the neighbourhood of Table Bay and on the west and south coasts. If the interpretation, then, of these facts be correct, the deposit of green mud is to be regarded as an ocean graveyard and constitutes another striking feature of the sea and sea-life in South African waters. I have endeavoured to present the outstanding features of the South Africa marine fauna. It will have become apparent to you that for an adequate solution of the scientific and practical problems connected therewith, due consideration must be given to its peculiar environment, by which it is linked on to the two great oceans of the world, the Indo-Pacific and the Atlantic, as well as to the Antarctic. The most outstanding problems are those connected with the distribution of its diverse forms of life, and you will have seen that these are as yet vaguely defined and understood. I am confident, however, that further research will afford a basis for valid conclusions of both a scientific and practical value. If I were to attempt to sum up the general aspect of the subject in one sentence, I should say that, as the Cape of Good Hope has been and always will be the main natural highway between the Hast and West, and is consequently characterised by the possession of a cosmopolitan population, in itself the result of incursions from the most diverse races, so the sea surrounding its coasts for the same reason, viz., its geographical position, is characterised by forms of life from the most remote regions—from the North Atlantic, the Antarctic, and the Indian Ocean, and even an element from the Far Hast. Ped xii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ORDINARY MontHty MEETING. July 29, 1903. Sir Davip GILL, KC. Bs President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. The following nomination was made: Mr. J. Woop, from East aie by Sir Davin Gitu and L. PERINGUEY. . G. B. Douatas MacDonatp, Professor H. H. W. Eo ra Mn W. R. Cauey were elected ordinary members of the Society. Mr. E. H. L. Scowarz showed some specimens of crushed and indented boulders taken by him from the conglomerates belonging to the Uitenhage series in the Division of Uniondale. They were illustrative of the paper he read before the Society during the early part of the year dealing with certain structures produced by crushing in the rocks of Cape Colony. Mr. Schwarz also exhibited some fossil plants found by Messrs. A. W. Roacers and A. L. pu Torr in the Beaufort, Ecca, and Wittenberg beds in the west of the Colony. Schizoneura africana Feistm., first discovered by A. G. Bain, and figured by Sir J. D. Hooker, but of which no well-preserved specimens have been found for many years, was met with at Bain’s original locality, the Great Fish River, in the Roggeveld. The other specimens were a well-preserved Phyllotheca from the Eeca beds of Olivier’s Berg, and a Lepidodendroid plant, allied to Cyclostagma, from the Witteberg beds of Elands Vley. My. C. M. Srewart read “A Note on the Quantities Given in Dr. Marloth’s Paper on the Moisture Deposited from the South-east Clouds,”’ which was followed by a long discussion. ANNUAL GENERAL MERTING. September 9, 1903. The President, Sir Davip Gin, K.C.B., in the Chair. The SrcrETARY read the General Report for the year ended June 30, 1903. The TREASURER read a_ statement showing a _ balance of £330 17s. 2d. The Draft of a proposed Royal Charter for the Incorporation of the Society, and Amended Bye-laws, were submitted for the Minutes of Proceedings. xil approval of the Meeting, and duly approved of by the members present. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist was elected President, and Messrs. J. C. Beattie, L. Périncuzry, W. F. Purcenn, and W. L. SCLATER elected Members of the Council for two years. The Annual Meeting then resolved into an Ordinary Meeting. Sir Davin Gitu exhibited some Radium, and make remarks on the property of the newly-discovered substance. GENERAL REPORT AND STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1908. COUNCIL. Sir Davip Gin, K.C.B., E.R.S., President. L. Perineuey, F.Z.8., Vice-President, Hon. Secretary. J.C. Beartiz, D.Sc., F.R.S.E. G. M. Cruark, A.M.I.C.E. L. Crawrorp, M.A., D.Sc. J. D. F. Giucurist, M.A., Px.D. R. Martotu, M.A., Pu.D. T. Murr, C.M.G., F.R.S., LL.D. W. lL. Scrater, M.A., F.Z.8., Hon. Treasurer. Nine ordinary meetings and one general meeting have been held during the year. At these meetings the following papers were cea —— ‘Observations of Atmospheric Electricity at Cape Town,’ by W. H. Logeman. * “On an Almost Perfect Skull of a New Primitive Theriodont (Lycosuchus vanderrieti),” by R. Brown. ‘The Geological History of the Gouritz River System,” by A. W. Rogers. “On the Deformation of Rocks, Illustrated Experimentally by Crushed Pebbles,” by EK. H. L. Schwarz. ‘“‘ Results of Experiments on Table Mountain for Ascertaining the Amount of Moisture Deposited from the South-east Clouds,” by R. Marloth. ‘Some Notes on Work Done in South Africa in the Depart- ment of Astronomy and Geodesy,” by Sir David Gill (Presidential Address). Three members have resigned during the year, six have been struck off for arrears of subscription of several years’ standing, can Philosophical Society. 4, fr Py South A f the “ Transactions o . X1V ke i {REV AHOS igh 418i aca ‘LONPNY + ‘SumpOy “MCV (pousig) "J091100 OULBS 9Y} PUNOT aavy pure ‘yoog YsvQ FULg oy} YIM souvleq oy} pur ‘steyonoA oy} YRIA syuoudvd ysvo oy} ‘yoog ydreoay oy} JO S[10J.10}UNOD oY} YIIA S}dieoer oy pareduroo “yunooov aaoge oy} poulUTexe Avy aM Jey} otvpoop Agatoy ‘Ayatoog [eorydosoriyg UwoOLAFY YO oY} Jo stoquiourt ‘pousistepuN oy} OA, “Maunsvaly, “UoyT buyop ‘visowog “TM (peustg) L LL ¥e0'1# L LI VZ0'TF Cele QeGe rama a eT re ee es ee ee ee ee aouLvleg yseg AqQogq 66 | Ce Yin "7 +* yuRg UL soURleg sULVOT * 0 0 O00EF Yue, ad Se qv yisodep pexy uo yueg UL e UE ee Suro, * —Sururid 10F ‘09 zw UBUTMEN ‘}S9A\ ‘SASSOT | 0 0 O0g “4uUed 10d Se 4v yisodap pexy uo ‘yuvg Ul vue OT, See aes —suoneogqug Aq | ps F =p Ss = "TUALIGNGAAX GY *SLdIGO GY | ‘S061 “O€ ENOL OL “ZOGT ‘T ATAL ‘ALAIOOG IVOIHdOSOTIHG NVOIUAY HLAOG AHL HLIM LNAOODY NI UAMASVAUT, ‘NOF[ DNILOV AH, Minutes of Proceedings. | XV and twenty-four have been elected. The number on the Roll is now 215 ordinary and 4 honorary members—the highest yet obtained. The Society celebrated the semi-jubilee year of the Society and also the erection of a Memorial Tablet of La Caille by a public banquet, and the members of the South African Association for the Advancement of Science were welcomed at a conversazione, held at the conclusion of one of the ordinary monthly meetings. Part 4 of vol. xi., parts 2 and 8 of vol. xii., and parts 1 and 2 of vol. xiv., in all 925 pages, have been published and distributed during the year; parts 3 and 4 of vol. xiv. are in the hands of the printers, and are expected at an early date. The report of the Treasurer shows a credit balance of £330 17s. 2d., but heavy payments are anticipated during the forthcoming financial year. ORDINARY MontTHLyY MERTING. October 28, 1903. Dr. J. D. F. Giucurist, President, in the Chair. The following nominations were made: Messrs. A. Brink, Kim- berley, by J. R. Surron and L. PErinevey; A. H. T. MuLuer, Willowmore, by E. H. L. ScHwarz and L. PErincury; J. 58. THomson, by J. D. F. Gitcurist and L. PERINGUEY. Messrs. R. J. A. INNzEs,-G. Mann, and Dr. WEsSsELS were elected ordinary members. Dr. Gincurist exhibited a series of specimens showing various stages in the development of a fish Scombresox from the egg to the adult form. ‘The egg differed in some respects from that described as belonging to the European Scombresox sawrus which is recorded from the Cape. The most notable feature was the absence of the filaments, their place being taken by what appeared to be small dark dots. A huge crab, Lithodes Antarcticus, was also exhibited. The specimen was obtained at a depth of 600 fathoms in a region about 30 miles off Cape Point. It showed the typical red colour of many deep-sea animals, and also the absence of carbonate of lime deposit, as indicated by the soft external sheil. Mr. J. Stuart THomson, F.L.S., read a paper on ‘“ The Periodic Growth of Scales in Gadide as an index of Age.” The chief contention of this paper was that scales of certain species of Gadide show a series of parallel eccentric lines which xv1_ Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. indicate successive increments of growth. These lines of growth have been found to be more widely separated in that part of the scale formed during the warm season of the year than in the portion formed during the cold season. The alternation of the two series gives rise to the appearance of rings which the author maintains to be annual, and these would thus indicate the age of the fish in years. By means of a series of lantern slides from photo-micrographs, Mr. Thomson illustrated his hypothesis by demonstrating these rings in scales from several species of Gadide. Owing to the statistical nature of this research only a summary was read. The complete paper will be published in the Journal of the Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, 1903. Orpinary MontHiy MEETING. December 29, 19038. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. The members of the Medical Congress attended by special invitation. Present : 110 members and visitors. Messrs. A. Brink, A. H. T. Munner, and J. 8. THomson were elected ordinary members. Professor PAYNE was nominated as ordinary member by Professor LocEman and Dr. Martoru. The abstract of a paper, ‘‘ An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall,’ by Mr. J. R. Surton, and two papers by Dr. Tos. Muir, 7.e., “ Factorizable Continuants ’’ and ‘‘ Developments of a Pfaffian,’ were taken as read. The first paper is the fifth of the series planned some years ago to describe the meteorology of the South African Tableland in a form suitable to the requirements of the physicist. It gives a history of Kimberley rainfall from 1877-1902, and discusses the annual, monthly, daily, and hourly quantities, both statistically and by the harmonic analysis. The greatest known annual fall at Kimberley is 341 inches in 1891, the least 82 inches in 1897. This range is less than that of similarly situated places in Australia and India, but greater than that of South America. The greatest fall in 24 hours occurred in September, 1902, and amounted to more than 44 inches. The wettest time of the year is during the last week of February, the ‘ . } bs Minutes of Proceedings. XV1i driest during the first week of August. October is remarkable for - the great number of days upon which the fall has been between 4 inch and 1 inch; and there is only one day on record upon which the fall exceeded 1 inch. On the other hand, if it rains in Sep- tember it pours, so that 58 per cent. of the total September fall in 26 years has come in seven days. Again, there is only one October known in which the month’s rain exceeded 2 inches, and only one known without any rain at all. The hourly variation of rainfall gives a curve which is nearly the inverse of the barometric oscillation, and is closely connected with the dew-point curve. Upon the whole, rather more rain falls by night than by day; but since the number of hours of rain is much greater by night than by day, it follows that the rate of fall is heavier by day. The harmonic constants of rainfall, pressure, and vapour-tension are also related to each other. Like the semi-diurnal wave of pressure, the semi-diurnal wave of rainfall frequency varies very little in point of time through the year. The constants for thunder- storms bear a strong family likeness to those of rain. In the paper they are compared with the constants for Basle and Vienna. Comparing the rainfall with the Kimberley wind-system, it appears that in any month when the rain is abundant the usual prevailing wind of that month prevails yet more, or, in other words, the rain decreases as the vane shifts from its normal position. . The temperature of the falling rain is referred to, and‘the approxi- mate altitude of the clouds at different times in the day and month computed from the known dew-point. It appears that the clouds float at a lower level in the more cloudy months, and that in any month the average altitude of the first pleas of condensation will be greater as the cloudiness of the sky is less.” The position of Kimberley in the general scheme of South African rainfall is considered by comparing together the rainfall of 160 stations in the country having records of 15 to 20 years or so. Monthly and annual averages are determined for these, both for the separate stations and also for the various areas into which the Meteorological Commission has divided South Africa. Approximate harmonic constants are computed for each area, in terms of the monthly averages, and also for a selected number of the separate stations. The wettest place known in South Africa is probably Maclear’s Beacon, on Table Mountain, with an annual average approaching, perhaps, 87 inches. Other wet places are Ceres, Lower Katberg, Hogsback, Evelyn Valley, and parts of Natal, with average falls of 40-60 inches a year. Port Nolloth is one of the - xviii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. driest places, with an annual average of 24 inches, Pella being close’ up with 31, A lengthy discussion of the harmonic elicits some interesting conclusions with regard to the laws obeyed by the rainfall of the country. It seems to follow from this that the rainfall of Natal is more nearly related to that of the country lying between Cape Agulhas and Mossel Bay than it is to that of the Port Elizabeth area. Rain on the central tableland comes Shieh with a N.K. wind and a falling barometer; on the coast of Natal with a S.W. wind and a rising barometer. In this and other respects there is scarcely any special agreement between the rain conditions of the two areas. The cloud statistics of a number of places are discussed as far as the quality of the results justifies. There seems not to be so close a connection between cloud and rainfall as might have been expected. The author’s final conclusion is that the rain of Central South Africa originates in the main in the doldrums, being reinforced more or less by the moisture evaporated from the Indian Ocean; and that the aridity of the west coast is not caused, as Buchan asserts, by the southern anticyclone belt, but simply by the coldness of the water. . Dr. R. Broom gave an account of the evolution of the mammalian shoulder girdle in the light of recent researehes in South African palzontology. The Labyrinthodont type of girdle, which may be taken as ancestral to all the later types, was shown to consist of the three cartilaginous elements—scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid, but of which only the scapula is usually ossified, with, in addition, five membrane bones—a median interclavicle, two large flat clavicles, and two slender supraclavicles or cleithra. In Pareiasaurus and in Dicynodon the same 11 elements are still found, and all ossified. The scapula is well developed, and has a distinct acromion process. In the Theriodonts the cleithrum appears to be lost. The Monotreme shoulder girdle differs from that of the Dicyno- donts in the loss of the cleithrum and in the reduction of the precoracoid. ; In the foetal Marsupial there is still a well- jdepeloed noradnd which articulates with the sternum, and the precoracoid is. possibly represented by the coraco-clavicular ligament. At an early, stage Minutes of Proceedings. KK the coracoid becomes detached, and degenerates into the coracoid _process of the adult. The lecture was illustrated by a series of diagrams representing the various stages in the evolution. Mr. W. L. ScuaTeR gave an address on the ‘“ Snakes of South Africa,” with special reference to the poisonous species. After some remarks on the classification and structure of the Order Ophidia in general, a list of the poisonous species more commonly met with was given with a few notes on their habits and distribution. The lecturer concluded with some account of the recent work in connection with snake venom and its antidotes, specially associated with the names of M. Calmette, of the Pasteur Institute at Lille, and M. Phisalix, of Paris. Dr. F. C. Purcent exhibited some reputed venomous spiders and scorpions, and made some remarks thereon. ORDINARY MontHLuyY MEETING. January 27, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. Professor PAYNE was elected ordinary member. Dr. SINCLAIR STEVENSON was nominated as ordinary member by Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist and L. PERINGUEY. A paper on the High-Level Gravels of the Cape Colony and the “Problem of the Karroo Gold”’ was read by Mr. E. H. L. Scuwarz. Mr. Scuwarz pointed out that the high-level gravels of the Cape Colony are a series of river deposits that are now found perched high up on the tops of hills. When any large tract of country where these occur is looked at from a distance the gravels are seen to rest on a plateau or plain of erosion; that is to say, the rivers at one time had reached their base-level, and instead of cutting downwards were forced to meander backwards and forwards, reducing all irregularities of the surface to a more or less dead level. On the coast, this was undoubtedly caused by the ground in these remote times having been very much lower, so that the rivers entered the sea on nearly the same level as the high-level flats themselves. Behind the coastal ranges, however, it was probably the bars in the rivers that caused the base-levelling; most of the great rivers in the western part of the Colony come through poorts in the - xx Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. mountains, and the time consumed in reducing the level of these poorts was sufficient to allow the rivers to cut extensive plains behind them. The plains may be divided into four sets: No. 1, the Agulhas Plain, whose edge is known as the Agulhas Bank, was almost certainly dry land at one time, but it is now covered with 40 fathoms of water. No. 2, the Ruggens and flat-topped hills and coastal plains all along from Cape Point to the Natal border. This - is often divided into several stages, each forming a vast step. After the initial rise, the rivers once more cut vigorously downwards, and have cut deep gorges, 500 to 800 feet deep, in this old land surface. No. 3, a series of plains in between the parallel coastal ranges. Owing to the narrowness of the space these are seldom true, level plains, but can be better described as bevels or inclined plains. No. 4, a plateau of about 3,500 feet above the sea-level, of which only a few remnants can be seen here and there. Nos. 3 and 4 are probably in places confluent, and possibly also formed in remote times one vast shelving tract of open plain from the Nieuweveld and Camdeboo Mountains to the sea by Port Elizabeth. Near the mountains these old land surfaces are covered with gravel, but further away there is more sand, yet all varieties of river-borne material occur. The sand when exposed on the hill-tops has been mistaken, from its peculiar position and appearance, for lava flows, diamond breccia, and gold quartz; the sand, cemented either by infiltration of iron or of silica, becomes either an ironstone or a quartzite. Excellent building stones occur among these deposits. The Prince Albert Gold Fields were opened in 1891, amid great excitement, 1,042 claims being registered in the first four months and 504 ounces of alluvial gold found. The fields attracted a great deal of attention, and a large amount of prospecting was carried on in the neighbourhood, but no reefs have up to the present been dis- covered. In the Zwartebergen, however, there is always a little gold to be found in the sandstone, especially in the neighbourhood of gravel or banket reefs, as in the Millwood gold area in Knysna. Such banket reefs, of which photographs and specimens were exhibited, occur in the Zwartebergen. It is now certain that the hills at the Prince Albert Gold Fields once formed part of the great plateau of which traces can be found on the sides of the Zwarte- bergen and on the outer range of hills made of Witteberg beds, and as this was formed by the cutting of rivers flowing northwards from the mountains, it is highly probable that the Prince Albert gold came from the Zwartebergen, and not from its disintegration of reefs in the neighbourhood, the latter being in rocks of comparatively recent age, and, therefore, hardly to be expected to' be metalliferous. Minutes of Proceedings. Dex OrDINARY MontHity MEETING. March 2, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. Dr. E. Stvcuarr STEVENSON was elected ordinary member. Messrs. H. B. Brown and D. J. HaarHorr were nominated as ordinary members by J. R. Surron and L. PERINGUEY. Dr. Giucurist exhibited a cluster of fish eggs attached to a piece of ‘red bait’’ (a large ascidian) from False Bay. They were small beings, a little less than 1 millimeter in diameter. A few oil globules occurred in the yolk mass which were of a dull yellowish colour. The embryos were fairly well advanced when procured, and some of them had hatched out. They were thought to belong in all probability to a species of blenny, probably Blennius cornutus, which occurs in False Bay. This is the third kind of demersal fish egg found in Cape waters, one of the other two has now been found to be that of a species of Lepidogaster, hitherto unrecorded. Mr. A. W. Roaers read a paper written in collaboration with Mr. A. L. pu Tort on “The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes and their relation to other vents in South Africa.”’ In the Sutherland Division there are 30 voleanic pipes filled with materials of various kinds. They occur on the Commonage west of the village, at Matjesfontein, Silver Dam, Saltpetre Kop, Blaauw Blommetjes Keep, De Vrede, and Portugal’s River. They can be divided into three classes :— } 1. Those filled by melilite-basalt or glassy lava. (Commonage.) 2. Those filled partly by melilite-basalt or glassy lava and partly by tuff. (Commonage and Matjesfontein.) 3. Those filled with breccias. (Silver Dam, Saltpetre Kop, Blaauw Blommetjes Keep, De Vrede, and Portugal’s River.) All these pipes pierce the Beaufort beds which are slightly up- turned at the contact with the pipes. In the case of the large vent of the Saltpetre Kop group the strata dip away from it on all sides, at first steeply (50°-90°), but they become horizontal at a distance otf rather over a mile. The melilite-basalts are composed of olivine, melilite, biotite, augite, perofskite, ilmenite, and a devitrified base containing serpentine and calcite. Some outcrops are much altered, but at more than one the component minerals are remarkably fresh. They show a general resemblance to the melilite-basalt of Spiegel River, which is also described in the paper, and of which a complete chemical analysis by Mr. J. Lewis of the Government Laboratory is 23 xxii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. given. On account of the freshness of this rock this analysis is an important addition to the few hitherto made of melilite-basalts. The Spiegel River rock penetrates the Uitenhage beds, and if, as the authors suggest, the community of character is evidence of con- temporaneity, the presence of melilite-basalt in the Sutherland pipes affords a clue to their age and to that of the related voleanoes. The — breccias consist of a serpentinous, calcareous, or silicious ground- mass containing many varieties of sedimentary rocks derived from the Karroo formation, and deep-seated igneous rocks, such as gneiss, granite, granulite, eclogite. The two latter are very basic and consist chiefly of pyroxenes (monoclinic), brown hornblende, garnet, biotite, and ilmenite. From these rocks were derived the numerous pieces of pyroxene, hornblende, ilmenite, and biotite that occur in the — breccias. The resemblance of these breccias to the contents of the pipes at Balmoral, Kimberley, Jagersfontein, the Monastery mine, and the Newlands mine are pointed out, and some notes on the nature of some of the Kimberley rocks bearing upon the question of the original character of the magma from which the blue-ground was derived are given. OrpDINARY Montuiuy MEETING. March 30, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. Messrs. H. B. Brown and D. J. HAaruorr were elected ordinary members. Dr. Eric France, Dr. Warren, and Professor A. BRown were nominated by Messrs. W. L. Scuarer and L. Périnauey, and Dr. J. A. Beattie and the PRESIDENT. T'wo papers were read :—‘‘On Two New Therocephalian Reptiles (Glanosuchus macrops and Pristerognathus baini),’ by R. Broom, MED: ‘“‘Note on the valuation by successive approximation of the series for sin @ and cos @ in ascending powers of 6,’ by Professor LAURENCE CRAWFORD. Dr. R. Marnora read the following Notes :— 1, When he visited the Matopo hills in November of last year, he noticed a shrub a couple of feet high which looked quite withered. It was common everywhere in the fissures or depressions of the granite, but although he kept a good look:out he was unable to find any fresh specimen. This was strange, for unless a special epidemic Minutes of Proceedings. Xxlil had killed them all, he was unable to understand this general occur- rence of apparently shrivelled shrubs without a single living one. He took a piece with him and on examining it microscopically about a month afterwards he noticed some green living tissue in the leaves. He immersed the twig in water, whereupon it gradually unfolded its leaves, exposing their bright green upper surface. He had evidently found a kind of resurrection plant, which retains its leaves during the dry season instead of dropping them lke so many other tropical and sub-tropical shrubs and trees. The leaves simply rolled themselves up and become appressed against the branches, looking brownish-grey like the bark of the twigs. In that state they remain during winter and spring until the rain rouses them from their winter sleep. As might have been expected under the circumstances, one finds no stomata on the lower side of the leaves but only on the upper side. Thus, in the shrivelled state of the leaf its stomata are specially protected against communication with the outer air and transpiration is consequently greatly impeded. As the plants had neither flowers nor fruits on them when gathered, he could only surmise from the general appearance of the leaves that it may be a species of Cliffortia or of some allied genus of the order Rosacee. The living plant exhibited there that night he obtained through the kindness of Mr. Dowsett, the superintendent of the Rhodes- _ Matopo park. | 2. The wild rye (Secale africanum Stapf) was recorded for the first time by Thunberg, when he passed through the Roggeveld in 1774. He took it to be a wild form of the common cultivated rye, which fact shows that it resembles it very much indeed, and he mentions that the district had been named after this grass. Since that time no specimens of the plant had ever been gathered, and it was not represented in any herbarium in South Africa until these specimens were found a few weeks ago. For several years Dr. Marloth endeavoured to procure some through the kindness of friends travelling in that district, but it is only now that Mr. Izaac Meiring succeeded in obtaining it for him in the Sutherland district. All his inquiries among the farmers there had shown that this grass is rare, and that the idea that it yielded any grain for the use of the farmers, or even any pasture for the stock was erroneous. It is of considerable interest not only because it has given its name to a large district of the country, but also on account of the distribu- tion of the few species of the genus Secale. There are only four species of this genus known, two of them being so nearly allied xxiv Zransactions of the South African Philosophical Society. to each other that they are mostly considered to be mere varieties. Most botanists look upon S. cereale as a descendant of S. mon- tanum modified by cultivation, for the former is not known to grow wild anywhere. As long as the wild rye of the Roggeveld was thought to be merely a form of the cultivated species, it was possible to presume that it had been introduced and escaped from cultivation. Since Stapf, however, has shown that it differs considerably from the cultivated rye and that it must be considered to be a distinct species, another puzzle has been added to the many already in existence for the student of the distribution and the origin of the plants of South Africa. Mr. Lounspury exhibited specimens of Rhipicephalus appendi- culatus—a species of tick which has been found to transmit African Coast fever and which may be the only species concerned. The tick occurs in the coastal districts of the Colony from Cape Town eastward as well as in Rhodesia, Transvaal, Natal, and along the east coast in German and Portuguese territory. The disease has spread down the east coast and inland into Rhodesia, Transvaal, and Zululand, and since the tick is here to transmit it, there is danger of its ultimately extending over the coast districts of the Colony. The demonstration that the particular tick was the means for spreading: the disease was made by the Agricultural Department at the Animal Diseases Experimental Station, Rosebank, near Cape Town. The ticks used were the progeny of specimens collected in the Colony and were all fed once, that is as larvee, on cattle in Cape Town to make certain that they were innocuous at the start. Then as nymphs they were taken to Bulawayo and there fed on an animal dying with the disease; afterwards they were returned to the Cape, and since they have transformed to the adult stage some have been used to infect six cattle. All the animals have become infected with the disease and five have died with it. One of the cases followed the attack of a single tick and another the attack of two ticks. The incubation period, that is the time from the application of the ticks to the appearance of the fever, was about fifteen days in all. Similar tests in which other species of ticks were used have given negative results. Mr. L. PéRincuEy exhibited a lion skull said to have been dis- covered in a bushman’s cave near Van der Byl’s kraal in the Prince Albert division. On examination it is seen that the triangular iron tip of a long bushman’s arrow is so deeply imbedded in the pre- maxillary bone as to have actually split the large canine at the base of the socket. The shot was delivered most probably at close Minutes of Proceedings. XXV quarters through the anterior narial aperture. He exhibited also, in connection with the skull, types of different bows and arrows formerly used by bushmen. OrDINARY Montuty MEETING. May 25, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. Dr. Eric France, Dr. EK. Warren, and Professor Brown were elected ordinary members. Mr. H. R. ARDERNE was nominated by Messrs. W. G. Farr- BRIDGE and L. PERinauEey; Dr. W. Best#, by Messrs. C. StEwART and L. P&rincury; Mr. W. B. Gorpon, by Dr. GiucHRist and L. PERINGUEY; and Mr. O. T. Hennessy, by Messrs. W. L. ScnatTer and L. PERINGUEY. : A letter was read from the Royal Asiatic Society, Bombay, inviting the Society to send delegates to celebrate the Centenary of the Bombay Literary Society, now affiliated to the Royal Asiatic Society, to commence in January, 1905. Dr. R. Broom’s paper, ‘“‘ The Origin of Mammalian Carpus and Tarsus,” was read. Dr. R. Martota spoke on “ Mimicry among Plants.” Mimicry among animals was of general occurrence, and South Africa possessed remarkable forms of this kind. He instanced some of these, and said that one could not but admire the perfect similarity of these insects with the plants among which they lived. There was a great difference with regard to mimicry among plants. Many of these described as mimicries among plants appeared to him to be due to teleological speculation and the imagination of the writers. One of the commonest was known as the white dead nettle, which was supposed to mimic in its foliage the stinging nettle. In all probability the popular names of the two plants had something to do with the view that the dead nettle should find some protection in this similarity of foliage. He thought the similarity was a mere coincidence. There was, on the other hand, a number of instances in which the similarity of parts of plants to others was so striking that one could hardly doubt that they had been acquired by natural selection. An example of this kind was afforded by some Stapelias, a group of succulent plants which had its headquarters in South Africa, o- xxvi_ Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. He gave evidence of facts in this regard met with in South Africa. In concluding, he would like to sum up his views on this question as far as South African plants were concerned. Some of these seemed to-occur only on fields of white quartz, where they were not easily distinguished, particularly at night-time, owing to their own white colour. It was probable that the hmited occurrence in these districts ~ was due to the destruction of individuals which sprung up in other localities, where their whiteness easily betrayed them to the night- feeding animals. Examples were the Anacampseros papyracea and a species of Mesembrianthemum. There were some species of Mesembrianthemum which were so well hidden among the fragments of yellow and brown shale that they were most difficult to detect. Yet this was not true mimicry, for after these plants were cultivated in a moister climate, e.g., at Cape Town, they produced green leaves. This showed that the yellow and brown colouring were the effect of the Karroo climate, and not protective adaptation, although the plants had obtained efficient protection from them in their natural surroundings. There were, however, some species of Mesembrian- themum, viz., M. Bolust and M. nobile, which retained their remarkable structure even under cultivation, although the leaves were somewhat less dull under these modified conditions, and lost consequently some of their desert character. This, he thought, was | Mimicry, or, if one preferred the word, ‘‘Homoplasy.”’ It was possible that Mesembrianthemum truncatum, Th., and M. truncatellum, Haw., were also some examples of this group. ORDINARY MontHuy MEETING. June 29, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, President, in the Chair. Messrs. H. R. ARpDERNE, Dr. W. Bests, W. B. Gorpon, and O. T. HENNESEY were elected ordinary members. Dr. BR. Broom’s paper on ‘“ The Structure of Mesosawrus’’ and Dr. W. F. Purce.’s ‘“ Descriptions of New Genera and Species of South African Spiders” were read. Dr. J. D. F. Griicurist exhibited a deep-sea fish (Catetyx messvert), along with some of its eggs and several embryos. These embryos had been found among the eggs, thus proving that the fish is vipiparous, Evidence was adduced to show that it is probable Minutes of Proceedings. XXVll that the embryos, after hatching, live for a time on the eggs which are not so far advanced, one case being found which seemed to indicate that the advanced embryos devour those less advanced. A male fish of about the same size (2 feet) has also been found, and showed a peculiar copulatory organ in accordance with the fact that the female 1S Viviparous. Both fish were found in the deeper waters near the Agulhas Bank during the investigations of the Government trawler Pieter Faure. The only other specimen of this fish that has yet been found was the type specimen procured by the Challenger in the Messier Straits, and this was evidently immature, being only 7 inches in length. Mr. J. Stuart THomson, F.L.S8., exhibited specimens of Cephalo- discus, a possible primitive vertebrate, procured for the first time in South African waters by the Government trawler Pieter Faure. Colonies of this remarkable genus were obtained from three different localities, namely, off Cape St. Blaize, off Cape St. Francis, and off Cove Rock, Kast London. Cephalodiscus was discovered during the voyage of the Challenger in the Strait of Magellan, and was firstly supposed to be a compound Ascidian. When it was found not to belong to this class, and after having been examined by various authorities, it was sent to Professor McIntosh, F.R.S., in the hope that it might be found to possess affinities with Anmnelids. In his Challenger Report, McIntosh places Cephalodiscus with the Polyzoa, but at the same time notes its possession of certain characters common to Balanoglossus. In an appendix to this report, Harmes drew emphatic attention to more important affinities between Cephalodiscus and Balanoglossus, and proposed that the former should be entirely removed from the Polyzoa, and be placed with Balanoglossus at the base of the Phylum Vertebrata. Later, Masterman held that Cephalodiscus, Phoronis, and Rhabdopleura should be in- cluded in a specially constituted class, the Duplochordata, as distinguished from the Hemichordata, including Balanoglossus. He founded this classification mainly on the supposed occurrence of a double notochord in these three genera. The re-discovery of Cephalodiscus is of interest in two connections, firstly that it may be possible to trace out the development, which it has not been possible hitherto to investigate, and thus light would be thrown on its true affinities; and, secondly, one of the specimens dredged by the Pieter Faure is apparently a different species from that discovered by the Challenger. oo xxviii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. August 17, 1904. The President, Dr. J. D. F. Giucurist, in the Chair. The Secretary, the TREAsURER, and the LIBRARIAN read their Reports for the year ended June 30, 1904. Dr. J. D. F. Gmcurist was re-elected President for the year 1904-1905. Messrs. L. CRAWFORD, Wo. Furnt, R. Martotnu, J. T. Morrison, and Sir Davip Ginn were elected members of the Council for two years, and Mr. H. W. W. Pearson for one year. The PresipENnt delivered the Annual Address, taking for his subject “Some Features of the Marine Fauna of South Africa.” GENERAL REPORT AND STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1904. COUNCIL. J. D. EF. Giucurist, M.A., Ph.D., President. Sir Davip Git, K.C.B., F.R.8., Vice-President. J.C. Brattiz, D.Sc., F.R.E.S. L. CrawForp, M.A., D.Sc. R. Marntotru, M.A., Ph.D. W. F. Purcet, M.A., Ph.D., Hon. Treasurer. L. Périneury, F.Z.8., Hon. Secretary. More, © MEG. banc... abr: W. L. Scuater, M.A., F.Z.8. Ten ordinary meetings and one general meeting were held during the year. Twelve original papers were read or taken as read, and three addresses given by Messrs. Thomson, Sclater, and Dr. Broom respectively. The original papers are :— “Descriptive Catalogue of the South African Coleoptera ’’ (con- tinued), by L. Péringuey. “A Note on the quantities given in Dr. Marloth’s paper on the moisture deposited from the South-Hast Clouds,” by C. M. Stewart. “An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall,” by J. R, Sutton, Minutes of Proceedings. XXIX ‘“‘ Factorizable Continuants,”’ by T. Muir. ‘Developments of a Pfaffian,” by T. Muir. “The High-Level Gravels of the Cape Colony,” and the ‘Problem of the Karroo Gold,” by H. H. L. Schwarz. “The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes and their relation to other vents in South Africa,” by A. W. Rogers and A. L. du Toit. ‘“On two new Therocephalian Reptiles (Glanosuchus macrops and Pristerognathus Bain), by R. Broom. “The Origin of the Mammalian Carpus and Tarsus,” by R. Broom. ‘‘Mimicry among Plants,”’ by R. Marloth. “The Structure of Mesosaurus,”’ by R. Broom. ‘New Genera and Species of South African Spiders,” by W. F. Purcell. In addition to the papers read at the ordinary meetings, there were important exhibitions that led to interesting discussions. Parts 3, 4, 5 of Vol. XIV. and Part 1 of Vol. XV. of the Trans- actions have been issued during the year, and the other papers are in the hands of the printer. Two other parts are expected here within one month or six weeks, and the balance will certainly be issued before the end of the present year. Two receptions have been held—one in connection with the meet- ing of the Medical Congress in Cape Town, the other to enable members of the Society and their friends to meet and welcome the leader and scientific staff of the Scottish Antarctic Expedition on board the Scotia. Mr. Bruce, the leader, gave an account of the work of the expedition. Three members have resigned; one died; four have been re- moved for long arrears of subscription. Our number is, however, increasing. Our roll shows a membership of 218 ordinary and of 4 honorary members, divided as follows: Cape Colony, 173; Transvaal, 20; Natal, 14; MRhodesia,8; and Orange River Colony, 2. The Cape Government has not granted this year that subsidy of £100 which went far to cover part of our printing expenses. A gratifying feature, however, of the Treasurer’s statement is the sale of publications, which amounted to £67 14s. 3d. during the year. : The Treasurer’s Report shows a credit balance to the 30th of June of £312 18s. 04d. l Society. tca Philosoph Ua f the South Afr tons O Transact XXX NOM, Ge say 7M *SLOZUPNP 4 ee Gane THO (peustg) _"409II00 oUTeS OY} PUNOF oavy puv ‘yoog ssvg Yue ol} UYIM souRleq oy} pue ‘sToyONOA 9} YIIA squourded Ysa oy ‘yoo, ydresexy 9Y4 JO S[IOJ1eyUNOD OT] YT sidreoer oy} poreduroo ‘4{uUNODD GAOGE OY} POUITUVXO DART OA YY} 9ABLDep AqoroY ‘AJOTNOG [vorydoso[Iy_ Uvolyy FINO 9} Jo stoquIoU poeuUsIsiepuN TT} ‘OM L OL TiLF 0 8I ZIg me 1d sH SDOoOoO OO SQNCOO ©0219 Lon I 19 19 10 ae) OM rs O 9T 86T S), OL 9 oe oe o- ee oe * souR[ed yseo Ayog 8 FI GE i “' ++ yuvg UL sued SUlVOLT 6 9 06 FOBL ‘Og OUNL iq yuegd Out pred jou puey UL YseOD 0 O OGG ‘quoo ted £¢ 48 q1sodep pexy uo yueg UL aQouRleq sosteyo yueg pue soesuodxoe Aq)0g syooqd Jo sulpulg sdureys o8e4sog 0 F O eULeS IO} SAI[Spxreg 0 0 OL See le oT 2 orngye.ragry OYTPUSTOS Fo ONnSOlTeIVH [VUOTIVULOUT JO UOTYeTIAULOD mee "7° $067 ‘OT AVI UO TPH “V'O'W'A Ut commodxa OFPOIByUY 27094 0} UOTYda00y pur suTyooy [eIOodg oO Sr s SUTIOVBO oh G 2 PEOEY Sane omar TTet JO OATH —06T ‘6 10q “u1e00q uo SSoIdUOD reorpowy 0} UoTYdadey pueB SsuTjooy [VIOedg PO6L “ore oO} “E061 ‘Traidy ‘ OOUBISISSB [BVOLI]O LJ LOTING “CL "* G06T ‘TeqUeDeq 09 ‘EnBT ‘ArvnUBE _ suT}OoUl pue ATBIQq OJ Joyeyorvo pue yuepueV PO6T ‘ount oie “S061 ‘ATO? ‘ATBIQUT tOF JUOY * ALOMOTIeIG “-suortyeotTqnd uo JYSsteay *‘SULOOL 9 eT BG oe oe oe oe ee eo. oe ee ‘Ow ‘sorna ‘SIB[NOATO 9 OL 9 e. oe ee ee oa se 2. oa SsuTJOOU jo sovnUryL 9 OL 9 .. o- o. mise oe o- we oe SsurqOOUr Jo SOOTION —Jjo Ssuryi1modsy 10 sututad peoory ‘ Ove WW. “ATX “TOA J9 8 998[q ORES at. ““TITX “LOA FO &f 938[ —SUIMBIp IOj JUSIUY A ORS INGE ts EEX OAG OF soqzed ¢ tof utpte(ng TW QO 6E06 + “1 G-qd - 9 8 TOL pee a pure @ ‘sid wie DeGEoy souRTRd @ [Hes TE ‘sqd * ENIDHON 0 OLT ek ps OTF ‘TX ‘TOA See eaared LO} “OD WY UBIUIMON ‘FSOAA “SASSOJA YO GF —suoryeorqug Aq “AMO LIGNAdX HY L OL TIL 61 9 vL L9 & VE OL OF 9 186 nm OMNaA G ALL O€& p's F [ SUIPULISINO [IIS 91B SUOTIATIOSGNS 6 »] nite Ce a _Setdoo §,IOWJNV VIZXO TOF AQOTNOG 0} punjoy : SUOT}ROTIGQN 8,A99TIOG Jo s[eg G06T ‘63 LOQUIA=0eq UO Sseasu0D [eOTpeT 07 UOTIds00xq pue Suro Tepedg tof puny JUOUTGSo.ATOY OF » SuOTJdTAtOsqnyg ZF qisodep pexyg 4e Souowl uo qsotoquy ig ee 6c te ce “ec 008 BIE Ton oes Hao ae -+ s90,q couRrqUG g 9 9 8 "* O29 ‘OSUBTOXO IOAOD OF YUOS SSUTI[IYS ppo pue siequiem maou jo suoTydrizosqng [eVUOTIOeAT OP OMei Se Ss ‘uOTZdTTOsqug 8 1oq Uo -OFTT ATQUNOD i OF 0 bee ra ee “906T ‘AxyUNOD 00 T “7 ss os = "5061 ‘Atjuno0O ‘uondizosqng ~ I 0 0 Tg ee ee ee . *FO6L ‘Arqgunog ce ee T¢ 0 0 SFL oe se ee ee FOBL ‘UMOT, ce oe Fh, O0TIES 3 ee06n Auno® fe ak OPO: 9G = a ee COG OT , eS 00 9 so ran ee 2S GI ‘ATQUNOD ‘suOT}dLIosqug a 2 (0) 0) G ee oe ary ee ZO6BL ‘UMOT, ce 00 T shore ots oss ToOByT ‘ArquUNOD ‘UOTZdIAOsqnsg TNA ; —suorjdtqosqng ‘* TL eT e ee os ee ee oe oe oe ee ee souRleg sep Ayiog ce Cis Gr ir merc mene yoo yueg Jed se ‘yueg ul soULRl[eg SulyevOTA “ 0 0 O08 ‘quoo ted Se 4e yIsodep pexy uo yuRg UI vUR[Vg OF, pS F&F “SLdI HOY ‘POGT ‘O§ ANOG OL ‘GQGT ‘T ATONE ‘ALAIOON 'IVOIHGOSOTIHG NVOINAY HLNOG AHL HLIM LNOAOODY NI UANASVaU, NOP AH, (XXx1) REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The Librarian has pleasure in reporting many valuable accessions and additional exchanges during the year 1903-4. Towards the end of 1902 a circular letter was sent to a number of well-known societies whose publications were not received by this Society nor by any other institution in Cape Town. It was sym- pathetically answered in all cases in which an answer was received. The Gottingen, the Leipzig, and the Vienna Academies of Science have agreed to send from the present time the scientific sections of their publications in exchange for our Transactions. The societies of Rome, of Naples, and of Turin have agreed to do the same. In addition, these societies have agreed to let this Society have their publications in exchange for ours for all years for which our Society has publications of its own to offer in return. It has also been arranged to have exchanges with the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and with the Gesellschaft Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. | The Institution of Civil Engineers has supplied copies of its Minutes and Proceedings, completing as far as it was able the set of its publications in the possession of this Society. The Royal Colonial Institute has presented a set of its publications. Volumes, or parts of volumes, missing, have been received from the Société des Sciences Naturelles de l’ouest de la France; from Mr. H. C. Russell, in connection with the Meteorology and Rainfall publications of New South Wales; from the Institut Colonial de Marseilles; and from the Faculté des Sciences de Marseilles; the Geographical Journal ; Scottish Geographical Magazine ; the Secre- tary of the Meteorological Commission, Cape Town; the Government Entomologist, Cape Town; and the Director of the Geological Survey, Cape Town The Entomological Society of Holland has presented the Society with a complete set of its publications. The Society owes thanks to these and to other societies for the ordinary exchanges of the year. The Society has also to acknowledge with thanks the receipt of copies of author’s reprints received from Messrs. H. C. Russell, EH. Cohen, Charles Janet, 8. 5S. Hough, L. Crawford, J. C. Beattie, F. P. Mennell. The Cape Government has generously donated a set of the parts of the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature which have - xxxll_ Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. appeared up to date, and the Society is to receive henceforth a copy of this invaluable publication. The Librarian has to report with regret that he has not been able to prepare a catalogue of the library ; that the present accommoda- tion is insufficient and in some ways unsuitable; that he has not been able to spend the whole of the grant voted by the Council for the library. ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY. _ ADELAIDE. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. xxii., Tis AX Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Australia, South Australian Branch, vols. v., vi. AGRAM. Jahrbuch des Meteorologischen Obs. in Agram ftir 1901. Jahr- gang I. AMSTERDAM. Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Royal Academy of Sciences, vols. iv., v. AUSTIN. Transactions of the Texas Academy of Science, vol. v. BALTIMORE. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, Nos. 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153. Johns Hopkins University Studies in Historical and Political Selence, series xix., Nos. 10; iil) me ceriesison, m Now ie Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xxi., Nos. 159, 160. BASEL. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Band xiii., Hett 1, 3, mit Anhang; Band xiv.) Band xv, dete, amdexye BATAVIA. Medeelingen det ’s lands plantentium, vol. lxvi. Bulletin de l’Institut Botanique de Buitenzorg, No. xvii. BERKELEY. University of California Publications. Zoology, vol. i., Nos. 1, 2. Physiology, vol. i., Nos. 1, 2. Uniy, Bulletin, vol. iv., No. 2; voli v7; Novi. Additions to the Library. XXXIll BERKELEY (continued)— Agricultural Experimental Station Bull., No. 147. Lick Obs. Bull, No. 35. BERLIN. Sitzungsberichte der Kon. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1902, 1903. | Veroffent. des Instituts fur Meereskunde und des Geo- graphischen Instituts an der Universitat Berlin, Heft 1, 2. BOULDER, COLORADO. The University of Colorado, Studies, vol. i., Nos. 1, 2, 4. Brookuyn, New YorK. Cold Spring Harbour Monographs, Nos. 1, ii. BRUSSELS. Académie Royale de Belgique. Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences, 1902, Nos. 4-12; 1903, Nos. 8-10; 1904, Nos. 1-2. Annuaire de l’Académie Royale des Sciences et des Beaux- Artes de Belgique, 1903. Burenos AYRES. Anales del Museo Nacional, tom. vil., viii. BuLAWAYO. Proceedings of the Rhodesia Scientific Association, vol. iii., pt. 3. Rhodesia Museum, Special Report. if is First Annual Report. CALCUTTA. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1901, Nos. 9-11; 1902, Nos. 1-11; 1903, Nos. 1-5. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. Ixx., pt. 1, Nos. 1, ene pus, Nos. 12 pt, 3, Nos, 12); lxx,, pts, § 222. Dio Noss ih 2 iot.o, Now: CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAND. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. i., piswowd ; vol. xu pis: 1, 23) 4) 5. University Library. Report of the Library Synod for the year ending December, 1901. Care Town. Annual Reports of the Geological Commission, 1900, 1901, 1902, Reports of the Government Entomologist for the years 1895. 1896, 1897) L698; 1899; 1900, 1901. xxxiv Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. CaPpE Town (continued)-— Annals of the South African Museum, vol. ii., pt. 9; ii, pt. 4; iv., pts. 1, 2. ‘Report of His Majesty’s Astronomer at the Cape of Good Hope for the year 1901. Report of the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon, 1902. Report of the Senior Analyst, 1902. Report of the Government Botanist, 1902. Report of the Government Biologist, 1901. Reports of the Meteorological Commission, 1877-1902. CHICAGO. Field Columbian Museum. Report Series, vol 11., No. 1. Geological Series, vol. i., Nos. 9, 10, 11; vol. i1., Nos. 1, 2, = 3h, as Botanical Series, vol. i., No. 7, Title-page and Index to vol. i. Zoological Series, vol. iii., Nos. 10, 11, 12, 18, 14. CINCINNATI. The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History, ViOlMeoxexs No. 2: Bulletin of the Lloyd Library, No. 6. Mycological Series, Nos. 1, 2. Pharmacy Series, No. 1. Reproduction Series, Nos.) 2: COLUMBUS. Thirty-first Annual Report of the Board of Trustees of the Ohio State University, pts. 1, 2. | CoRDOBA. Bol. Acad. Nac. Ciencias en Cordoba, xvii., pts. 1, 2, 3. DAVENPORT. Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, vol. viii. DRESDEN. Litteratur des Landes u. Volkskunde des Kon. Sachsens. Nachtrag. 4. Verein fiir Erdkunde, Mitglieder Verzeichniss. EDINBURGH. The Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. xvi., No. 10; vol. xviii., Nos. ah G=17 avoloexix,, xx Nios. 1) 2573.94: Proceedings of the Scottish Microscopical Society, vol. iii., No. 3. Additions to the Library. XXXV GLASGOW. Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society, vols. xxxiiL., SSOSIN GOTTINGER. Nachrichten von der Konig Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Math.-Phys. Class, 1894-1903. Geschaftliche Mittheilungen, 1894-1903. GREIFSWALD. Das Meteoreisen von N’ Goureyma, von EH. Cohen. 3 ,, Rafruti, von EH. Cohen. Hatirax, N.S. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science, vol. x., pt. 3. HALLE A. SAALE. Leopoldina, Heft 34-37. Nova-Acta, Band 69, Heft 1; Band 70, Heft 3. HAMBURG. Jahresbericht Hamb. Wissen. Anstalt, Band xix., Beiheft 1, 2, a4 band: xx, Beikeft £, HAMILTON. Journal and Proceedings of the Hamilton Scientific Association, vol, xvill., Xix. HEIDELBERG. Berichte tiber Land und Forstwirthschaft in Deutsch Ost-afrika, Bd. i., Heft 3, 4, 5. HERTFORD. Contributions to South African Petrography, by F. P. Mennell, F.G.S. HoBART. Report of the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, 1902. INDIANAPOLIS. Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science, 1901, 1902. Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources. KASSEL. Abhandlungen u. Bericht. des Vereins fiir Naturkunde, vol. xlviii. - xxxvi_ Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety. La Puata. Revista del Museo de la Plata, tomo x. LAUSANNE. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, — Nos. 143; 144. 145, 147, 148. LAWRENCE. Bulletin of the University of Kansas, vol. t., Nos. 7, 8; vol. iv., INGSOG, 6: LEIPZIG. Verhandlungen as Gesellschaft Deutscher Naturforscher u. Aerzte. 71 Versammlungen, Munchen, 1899. 73 Versamm- lungen, Hamburg, 1901. Lima. Boletin del Cuerpo de Ingenieurs de Minas del Peru, Nos. 1, 3. LONDON. The Geographical Journal, vol. xiv., No. 5; vol. xvi., No. 6; VO bh INOV OS eltwocen occ, odie, INoey 1h. 2: Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Nos. 230-233, 236, 237. Geological Literature added to the Geological Society’s Library for the year ended December, 1901. List of Fellows of the Geological Society. Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, vol. xxxii. Minutes and Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers, vols, xxx.—cliy. Brief Index to Subject Matter of Minutes C.E. Subject Index of vol. 59-118 (M.C.E.) Charter and List of Members of gee of CH fear 1893; 1895, 1896, 1899, 1900; Report of Council of Inst. of C.E., 1897. Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, vol. lxii., INos. 6; 7,08; 93 vol: Ixim., Negra, 2;:3:4579- ayol) xine Noses 2, ey ey Os Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, Nos. 123, 124, 125, 128, 129. List of Fellows of the R.M.S., 1904. Proceedings of the Royal Colonial Institute, vol. xxxiii. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. xvi., pts. 4, 6, 7. Additions to the Library. XXXVI Lonpon (contunued)— ‘Proceedings of the Z.S., 1901, vol. ii., pt. 2; 1902, vol.i., pts. 1,2; yor iy) purlelI05, voli, pt. 1. List of the Fellows of the Z.S., London, 1891-1900, 1902. International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, 1st series. MapIson. Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy, vol. xu., No. 1. MANCHESTER. Journal of the Manchester Geographical Society, vols. xvii, xOVIUIL,, SEX Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, vols. xlvi., xlvi., xvii. MARSEILLES. Annales de |’Institut Colonial 4° année, 3° vol. (1896), 5° année, 4° vol. (1897). Annales de l'Institut Botanico-Géologique, colonial de Marseilles, erSeremicrvammee, lc vol: Annales de la Faculté des Sciences, tomes iii., iv., xii., xiii. MELBOURNE. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. xv., Nos. 1, 2; WO; Sa INO) UP Sails INCI, Mexico. Memorias y Revista de la Sociedad Cientifica ‘‘ Antonio Alzate,”’ tome xvi., Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; xviii. Nos. 3, 4, 5; xix., Nos. 2, 3, 4. Boletin Mensual del Obs. Met. Central, 1901, 1902. Parergones del Instituto Geologico, tom. i., No. 1. MIssouLa. University Bulletin, Nos. 17, 18, 20. Geolog. Series 1. Monte VIDEO. Anales del Museo Nacional, tom, iv., No. 1. MoNTREAL. Canadian Record of Science, vol. viil., No. 8; ix., No. 2. NANTES. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de l’Ouest de la France, tomes iv., Vil., Vill., ix. x.; 2™° Ser., tomes i, il., iii, Table des matiéres, tomes 1.—x. 24 - xxxviii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. NAPLES. Rend. Acc. Sci. Fis. e Mat., vol. ix., Nos. 5, 7. OBERLIN. The Wilson Bulletin, Nos. 39, 40, 41, 42, 48, 44, 45. Laboratory Bulletin, No. 12. OTTAWA. . Transactions of the Ottawa Literary and Scientific Society, No. 3. Geological Survey of Canada. Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Annual Report, New Series, vol. vi. Geological Map of Dominion of Canada. Sheet 783. PARIS. La Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. Revue Mensuelle d’ Histoire Naturelle, Nos. 379-384, 386-390, 396, 398, 400-402. PERTH. Annual Report of the Progress of the Geological Survey of West Australia for the year 1900. PHILADELPHIA. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Nos. 167-174. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, vols. li, live aly: Rio DE JANEIRO. Anal. Mus. Nace., vols. x., x1. Rock Isuanp. Augustana Library Publications, No. 3. Rome. Atti R. Acc. dei Lincei, 1895-1903. St. PETERSBURG. Mémo. Acad. Imp. Sci., vol. xi., pts. 1, 2, 5-8; vol. xii., pts. 1-4, 6-11; vol. xiii., pts. 1, 3-5, 7. Bulletin, vol. xvi., pts. 4, 5; vol. xvii., pts. 1—4. SAN HRANCISCO. Proceedings of the Californian Academy of Sciences. Math. Phys., vol. i., pt. 8. Zoology, vol. ii., pts. 7-11; vol. iii., pts. 1-4, 5, 6. Botany, vol. ii., pts. 3-9. Additions to the Library. KIS SAN FRANCISCO (continued)— Geology, vol. ii., pt. 1. Occasional Papers, vol. viii. Memoirs of the C.A. of Sciences, vol. iii. | SANTIAGO. Actes de la Société Scientifique du Chili, tom. xi., xii. STOCKHOLM. Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Bihang, vols. xxvii., xxvul. ; Handlingar, vols. xxxv.—xxxvil. ; Ofversigt, vol. lviii., ars. 1903. Antiq. Tidskrift for Sverige, vol. xvii., pts. 1, 2. Konig. Vitterhets Hist. 0. Antiq. Akad. Maradsblad, 1897. SYDNEY. Records of the Geological Survey of N.S.W., vol. vil., pts. 2, 3. Handbook to the Mining and Geological Museum. Memoirs Geol. Survey, N.S.W., Geology, No. 3. Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation Obs. made in N.S.W. during 1895, 1896, 1899, 1900. Meteorological Observations for 1876, 1885, 1891-1897, 1899. Australian Museum. Special Catalogue, No. 1. Records, vol. iv., Nos. 6, 7, 8; vol. v., Nos. 2, 3. Memoir, iv., Nos. 4; 5, 6, 7. Scientific Results of the Trawling Exp. Report of the Trustees, 1901, 1902. Calendar of the University of Sydney, 1902. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, VO xvi, pt. 4 vol xxvili. pt. 3. Journal and Proceedings of the R.S8. of New South Wales, WOM, SOSA yb, LOOK Abstract of Proceedings, R.S., N.S.W. Reprints of Papers, Science Laboratories, University, 1895-6, 1897-19038, two volumes. TORONTO. Transactions of the Canadian Institute, No. 14. Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, New Series, No. 11, WOls th, Jol, Os TURIN. Bolletino dei Musei de Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della R. Univers, Nos. 382-415, 416-432, 433-458, Atti Acc. Scei., vols, 18-29, - xl Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. UPSALA. Bulletin of the Geological Institution of the University, vol. v., pt. 2. URBANA. ane of the Illinois State Lab. of Natural History, vols. v., 1, Dt, 2: Biennial Report of the Director of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, 1899-1900. VIENNA. Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hof Museum, vol. xv., pts. 3, 4; vol. xvi., pts. 1, 2, 3, 4; vol. xvui., pt: 1 Jahrbuch der K. K. Central Institut fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus, vol. xxxix. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Denkschriften, Bander 72, 73. Sitz. ber. Math.-Natur. Wiss. Classe, band ex., heft v.—vii. ; band exi., heft 4-9. Mittheilungen der Erd. Com., Nos. 1-8, 10-13. WASHINGTON. Smithsonian Institution. Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vols. xxiil., xxiv. Bulletin re a Volos leh: Annual Reports, 1901, 1902. ZURICH. Verteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. 46 Jahrgang., heft 1, 3, 4. 47 3s heft 1, 2. Newjahrsblatt. 1897 1897 1897 1901 1895 1890 1901 1886 1900 1902 1877 1904 1895 1897 1902 1901 1899 1897 1882 1901 1899 ( xli) iter Ol VER MoSiiS Por year ending July 31, 1904. HONORARY MEMBERS. Kisk eta Gardin Rh... CM ZS.. Church House, Cape Town. Trimen, R., F.R.S., Entomological Society, London. 1900 1900 Couen, Prof. E.; University, Greifswald. SEBMAN TOF. ea Gpee ol eS. King’s College, London. ORDINARY MEMBERS. Alston, E. G., Cape Town. Aictoneeds Ae VR C.S:, Union Street, Cape Town. Alston, G., 1, Lilian Villas, Wan- del Street, Cape Town. Amphlett, G. T., Standard Bank, Cape Town. Anderson, A. J., W.A., M.B., Medi- cal Officer of Health, Cape Town. Anderson, T. J., M.L.A. Anderson, Wm., Geological Sur- vey Office, Maritzbure, Natal. Andrew, D. C., Union Castle Co., Cape Town. Arderne, H. M., The Hill, Clare- mont, C. C. Arderne, H. R., Arderne’s Build- ings, Cape Town. Baker, H., Johannesburg. Barker, C. N., Rownham, Malvern, Natal. Barnard (Miss), L. M., Wynberg, C. C. Baxter, W., M.A., South African College School, Cape Town. Beard, Herbert R., B.A., Wyn- berg, C. C. BCA ute Cnt. SCs. Hiekus Serie. South African College, Cape Town. IBGE, dio Lat, Wily WEIDS “Ab ill oveday, benjamin, Iijohe, B.A LB. Cape Town. Berry, Hon. Sir Wm. Bisset, .D., Houses of Parliament, Cape Town, 1894 ISIE 1897 1903 1903 1900 1904 1877 1902 1902 1898 1899 1900 1901 1901 1896 1895 1896 1901 1901 1899 Besté, Rev. W., Stutterheim, C. C. Inxolluls, Jal, JONSCS, Jap Sic. Ikeraille worth, C. C. Brauns, H., W.D., Ph.D., Willow- more, C. C. Brink, A., Kimberley. Brooks, F., Bulawayo. Broom, R., M.D., B.Sc., Victoria College, Stellenbosch, C. C. IByMoMao, AW JBI. 120), IBioxe aly. Kimberley. Buchanan, Hon. Sir John, Clare- mont, C. C. Campbell, L. G., M.D., Durban, Natal. Casalis, G. A., M.D., Claremont, C. C. Churchill, F. O. F., Wyebank, Natal. Clarkes Gey MEN Ar Abin Cara P.O. Box 1,113, Johannesbure. Clifton, G. H., M.D., Green Point, C. C. Colson, R., Lydenburg, Transvaal. Cookson, B., M.A. Cooper, A. W., Richmond, Natal. Corstorphine, G. 8., B.Sc., Ph.D., P.O. Box 1,167, Johannesburg. Cowper, Sydney, C.M.G., C. C. Cox, Dr. J. H., Colonial Oftice, Cape Town. Craig, William, 4.17.I.C.E., Public Works Dept., Cape Town. Crawford, Lawrence, M.A., D.Sc., South African College, Cape Town, xlii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 1895 1903 1902 1890 1902 1899 1898 1901 1903 1877 _ 1897 1895 1903 1890 1899 1900 1902 1902 1901 1892 1901 1901 1903 1898 1899 1895 1896 Cregoe, J. P., P.O. Box 1,420, Johannesburg. Dendy, A., D.Sc., South African College, Cape Town. Dinter, Kurt, Windhoek, German S.W. Africa. Dodds, W. J., MW.D., Valkenberg, Mowbray, C. C. Dodt, J.,. Museum, Bloemfontein, Own. C: Don, David, The Durban, Natal. Maze, Berea, Drege, J. L., Port Elizabeth, C. C. Dwyer oF) in, (C.Gen.,~— Cape Town. Dyer, B., Library, Kimberley, Cr: Ebden, Hon. A., Rondebosch, C. C. Edington, A., M.B., Graham’s own ©. Ce Ryans. \eS.,04e5.,) Durban. Natal. Kyles, F., Bulawayo, Rhodesia. Fairbridge, W. G., 133, Long- market Street, Cape Town. Heltham, Hy i. L., P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg. Findlay, F. N. R., Rustenburg, Transvaal. Finnemore, Hon. Mr. Justice R. I., EB.S.A.. 2Supreme i Court, Maritzburg. Fismer, F., 17.D., Wandel Street, Cape Town. Pitt Jd) He AwVEniClH.. Public Works Dept., Cape Town. Fletcher, W., Ratel River, Cale- don, C. C. Flint, Rev. Wm., D.D., Rose- bank, C. C. Fourcade, H. G., Forest Dept., Cape Town. France, Dr. H., South African Association Building, Cape Town. Fry, Harold A., P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg. Fuller, C., F.E.S., Agricultural Dept., Maritzburg. Fuller, EK. Barnard, MW.B., Cape Town. Gilchrist, O).2D. ai, eV Ay BISes. Ph.D., South African Museum, Cape Town, 1879 1904 1897 1991 1901 1899 1903 1897 1901 1898 1891 1902 1902 1901 1904 1902 1901 1901 1900 1902 1901 1899 1889 1897 1896 1891 1897 Gill, Sir David, KCB SiaiaD: F.R.S., Royal Observatory, Cape Town. Gordon, W. B., Public Works Dept., Cape Town. Graham, F. G. C., Town, C. C. Graham, Hon. T. L., Sonnen- strahl, Wynberg, C. C. Grant-Dalton, A., M.I.C.H., Cape Govt. Railways, Cape Town. Gray, Charles J., Department of Mines, Maritzburg. Griffiths, W. L., W.D., Mansion House Chambers, Cape Town. Gunning, ‘J. Ws Beene. ne Museum, Pretoria. > Hallack, J. G., Mowbray, C. C. Hamilton, 2) ly) siimeineens Dept., C.G.R., Cape Town. Hammersley-Heenan, RR. H., M.I.C.E., Table Bay Harbour Board, Cape Town. Havers, P., Stellenbosch, C. C. Hayward, 8. H., Hofmeyr Cham- bers, Cape Town. Hely-Hutchinson, H.H., The Hon. Sir W. F., G.C.M.G., Govern= ment House, Cape Town. Hennesy, O. T., Arderne’s Build- ings, Cape Town. Herbert, H. A., African Banking Corporation, Cape Town. Hewat, M. L., M.D., Steyning, Mowbray, C. C. [vaal. Hirst, W., Johannesburg, Trans- Honey, J. W., Customs House, Pretoria. Hoop, van der, A. C., Consul- General for the Netherlands, Cape Town. Horn, W. J., South African Col- lege, Cape Town: Houch, (S:)Sa eA peeenesee Royal Observatory, C. C. Howard, R.N., W.R.C.S., O’okiep, C.C. Hugo, D. de Vos, M.B., Wor- cester, C. C. Hugo, Hon. J. D., Worcester, C.C. Hutcheon, D., M.R.C.V.S., Dept. Agriculture, Cape Town. Hutchins, D. E., F.R.M.S., Kenil- worth, C. C. Graham’s 1903 1883 _ 1903 1898 1902 1902 1896 1896 1900 1903 1903 1900 1901 1902 1902 USE 1888 1892 1896 1901 1895 1901 1902 1899 1903 1900 1897 Inst of Members. Innis, R. T. A., Meteorological Dept., Johannesburg. Janisch, N., Colonial Office, Cape Town. Johnson, J. P., Cleveland, Johan- nesburg. Juritz, C. F., M.A., Government Laboratory, Cape Town. Kilpin, H. F., C.M.G., Houses of Parliament, Cape Town. Kipling, Rudyard, Rottingdean, Brighton, England. Kitching, C. McGowan, WM.D., Church Street, Cape Town. Kolbeweicun in uC a bal. DD, St. Mary’s Presbytery, Cape Town. Krapohl, J. H. C., B.A., Concor- dia, C. C. Ladds, J. G. McLear, Cape Govt. Railways, Cape Town. Landsberg, E., W.B., Cape Town. Lawn, Prof. J. G., Johannesburg. Leslie, T. N., Vereeniging, Trans- vaal. Lewis, A. J., Government Laboratory, Cape Town. Lewis, C. E., M.A., South African College, Cape Town. Lightfoot, The Ven. Archdeacon, Cape Town. Lindley, J. B., C.M.G., LL.B., Claremont, C. C.- Lithman, K. V., Dock Road, Cape Town. Littlewood, E. T., M.A., B.Sc., High School, Wynberg, C. C. Logeman, W. S8., South African College, Cape Town. Lounsbury, C. P., B.Sc., Depart- ment of Agriculture, Cape Town. Lyle, J., M.A., South African College School, Cape Town. Maberly, Dr. J., Woodstock. MeK wen) I. S., AMC LE... General Manager Cape Govt. Railways, Cape Town. MacDonald, G. B., Uniondale, C. C. Macmillan, B. R., Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. Macpherson, J. W. C., Stellenbosch, C. C. M.A., Douglass, M.B., 1902 1900 1894 1903 1898 1885 1897 1900 1899 1899 1896 1901 1897 1901 1903 1902 1899 1903 1900 1899 1898 1902 1896 1892 1902 1903 1903 1901 xii Mallison, P. R., Hex River, C. C. Mally, C. W., B.Sc., Department of Agriculture. Mally, L., 8, Shortmarket Street, Cape Town. Mann, G., South African Associa- tion, Cape Town. Mansergh, C. L. W., Public Works Department, Cape Town. Marloth, R., Ph.D., M.A., Church Street, Cape Town. Marshall Gon Ay Ko Eons)., F.Z.S., P.O. Box 56, Salis- bury, Southern Rhodesia. Masey, F. E., Rhodes Buildings, Cape Town. Masons WG... B5S6.,, Fel Aloe, Elsenbure, Mulder’s Vley, C. C. Masson, J. L., Surveyor-General’s Office, Maritzburg. Mayer, C., Stellenbosch, C. C. Meacham, C. S., Mariedahl, New- lands, C.C. Meiring, I. P. van H., Worcester, CoC: Melvill, E. H. V., Johannesburg. Menmuir,R.W.,4.M.I.C.E., Wood- stock, C. C. Mennell, F. P., Rhodesian Museum, Bulawayo. Millar, A. D., 298, Smith Street, Durban, Natal. Milligan, A., D’Urban. Milner, H. E., Viscount, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., Johannesburg. Moffat, J. B., Kenilworth, C. C. Molengraff, G. A. F., Ph.D., P.O. Box 149, Johannesburg. Moorsom, C. J., Bloemfontein, O. R. C. Morrison Ja 94h. seAs. | BaSce, F.R.S.E., Victoria College, Stel- lenbosch, C. C. Mii C2 MEG Ga) ss anys Sa Department of Education, Cape Town. Muirhead, J. M. P., F.S.S., Sel- wyn Chambers, St. George’s Street, Cape Town. Muller, H. J., Willowmore, C.C. Nobbs, E., Ph.D., Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. Noorden, P. M. van, Willowmore, C.C. xliv 1902 1899 1901 1902 1900 1899 1902 1901 1903 1908 1885 1901 1902 1899 1901 1895 1899 1894 1901 1896 1900 1902 1898 1892 1901 1901 o- Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Noteutt, H. C., B.A., Victoria College, Stellenbosch, C.C. Oakley, H. M., The Colonnade, Greenmarket Square, Cape Town. Ohlsson, O. A., 10, Adderley Street, Cape Town. \ O'Neil, Rev. J. A., S.J., Dun- brody, Uitenhage, C. C. Orpen, J. M., Bulawayo. Pakeman, Capt. A. E., East Lon- donwe iC: Palmer: aca. Town. Payne, E., Sir Lowry Road, Cape Town. Payne, Hi, A.MWI.C.E., South African College, Cape Town. Pearson, H. H. W., South African College, Cape Town. Perimeneya Li eS. LZiS2, South African Museum, Cape Town. Perry, T. W., Public Works De- partment, Cape Town. Rickstone, VE i.) Va, Drakenstein, Paarl. Piers, C. E., W.D., Camp Street, Cape Town. Proctor, J., College House, Cape Town. LL.B., Cape Groot PUccelihe sieeve) Rebs, OMAN. South African Museum, Cape Town. Quecketi, J. hs, h5Z77S., the Museum, Durban, Natal. Rattray, A., Consul-General for France, Cape Town. Reunert, T., M.I.C.H., Johannes- burg. van der Riet, B., Ph.D., M.A., Victoria College, Stellenbosch, Ca, Ritchie, W., M.A., South African College, Cape Town. Ritso. b. Wie erGsS.., Public Works Department, Cape Town. Rix Trott, H., Port Elizabeth. Roberts, A. W., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., Lovedale. Roberts, R. O. W., Town House, Cape Town. Robertson, J., Boys’ High School, Wynberg. 1900 1896 1899 1897 1900 1890 1895 1890 1896 1878 1895 1896 1901 1877 1896 1877 1901 1902 1900 1903 1897 1903 1895 1903 1899 1897 Robertson, W., W.D., Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. Rogers, A. W., U.Ap HG ase South African Museum, Cape Town. Rohden, M. F., Oudtshoorn. Ross, A., F.Z.S., PO. (Boxalhaoie Johannesburg. Russell, W. A., W.A., Education Department, Bloemfontein. Ryan, P., Rosebank, C. C. Saunders, H. P., Arderne’s Bldgs., Cape Town. Schonland, 8., Ph.D., M.A., Al- bany Museum, Graham’s Town, C. C. Schreiner, Hon. W. Pe, ece Lyndale, Newlands, C. C. Schunke-Hollway, H.C., F.BR.G.S., Simondium, Paarl, C. C. Sehwarza, We Eline aeteliaO moe F.G.S., South African Museum, Cape Town. Selater, W).9 la, MeAR eAn Se South African Museum, Cape Town. Shepperd, H. P., Stellenbosch, C. C. Silberbauer, C. F., 4, Liesbeek Villas, Rondebosch. de Smidt, H., B.A., The Treasury, Cape Town. Smith, the Hon. Sir C. Aber- crombie, M.A., Wynberg, C. C. Smith, Rev. HE. W., Aliwal North, C.C. Smith, Hon. G. D., Cape Town. Stanford, We is Ma (CavnGa. Umtata, C. C. Stevenson, Sinclair, J7.D., Ronde- bosch, C. C. Stewart, C. B., B.Sc., Meteoro- logical Dept., Cape Town. Stewart: Ti. FG. S. WMeieGan.. St. George’s Chambers, Cape Town. Stoney, W. W., .D., Kimberley, C.C. Stott, C.H., F.G.S., Pietermaritz- burg, Natal. Struben, A., Westoe, C. C. Sutton, J. R., B.A., P.O. Box 142, Kimberley, C. C. Mowbray, 1898 1902 1895 1903 1903 1882 1903 1896 1896 1897 Inst of Members. Tennant, David, 102, Wale Street, Cape Town. ThomncontAsmrer D>. Bure Street, Cape Town. thomson ene ede B.Se., F.R.S.E., University Chambers, Cape Town. Thomson, J. G., F.L.S., South African Museum, Cape Town. Noity (duaeAe ee eAG Se. South African Museum, Cape Town. Tooke, W. Hammond, Dept. of Agriculture, Cape Town. Travers-Jackson, G. H., P.O. Box 365, Cape Town. iredgolde Cs Hi, BAS IL B., P.O. Box 306, Bulawayo. Turner, G., M.D., Government Buildings, Pretoria. Versfeld, J. J., F.L.R.C.S., Stel- lenbosch, C. C. 1877 1900 1900 1903 1893 1878 1898 1900 1897 1903 1902 1902 25 xlv de Villiers, The Right Hon. Sir ie lO lb Gee, olan@/4 NN yi = berg, C. C. Waldron, F. W., A.M.I-C.E., Public Works Dept., Cape Town. Walsh, A., Cape Town. Warren, E., D.Sc., The Museum, Maritzburg. Westhofen, W., M.I.C.E., Public Works Dept., Cape Town. Wiener, L., Newlands, C. C. Wilman (Miss), M., Kenilworth, Cae: Wilson, H. F., M.A., Groenhof, Bloemfontein. Wood, J. Medley, Berea, Durban. Wilson, Marius, I/.D., Cape Town. Young, E. W., M.1I.C.E., Ronde- bosch, C. C. Young, A., South African College, Cape Town. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. AN INTRODUCTION, LO LE STLUDY OF SOUTH AFRICAN RAINFALL. By J. R. Surron, M.A., F.R.Met.S. (Read December, 1903.) This paper is to be regarded as the fifth of the meteorological series planned some years ago, four of which have appeared in previous volumes of the Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The following materials are available for a discussion of the rain- - fall of Kimberley :— 1. Monthly totals 1875, 1877-1902, by F. W. Matthews. 2. A complete daily register, 1884-1897, by the late G. J. Lee. 3. A complete daily register, 1880-1890, saving a gap in 1884, by the late L. and S. A. Exploration Company, taken for the Meteoro- logical Commission ; also nearly complete monthly totals from the same gauge, published in the Annual Reports of the Meteorological Commission, 1880-1900. 4. Monthly totals, 1885-1900, by the Gaoler, taken for the Meteoro- logical Commission. 5. A complete register, 1894-1902, by J. R. Sutton. 6. Nearly complete returns within the last five years from gauges. established at the different mines owned by the De Beers Company. 7. Occasional returns from various sources. Of these the first is in many respects the most important, as it is the most extensive and complete. The record shows internal evi- dence of having been well and faithfully kept. The gauge has, 1 2 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. however, what might be called a ‘‘roof’’ exposure, at an elevation of about 15 feet. This seems to have resulted in a small loss in the catch. Still an elevated gauge at Kimberley would not lose so great a percentage of the total fall as one at the same altitude in England, since our winds are lighter, and the average size of the raindrops much greater. Small droplets are readily carried by strong winds, as is proved by the “salt rain” (really sea spray) occasionally reported from different parts of inland England.* The Matthews gauge is a 5-inch Symons’s early pattern. No. 2 had also a roof exposure at nearly the same height. The gauge is an 8-inch Meteorological Office pattern. In earlier years the catch was entered to the ninth decimal place! This unique effort seems to have been accomplished by weighing the catch and converting ounces and grains into inches, But even if the mouth of the gauge had been accurately measured, the quantity of dust and rubbish collected would probably have been fatal to the trustworthi- ness of anything after the third decimal place. As a matter of expe- rience, weighing is not to be recommended, with or without the extra decimals. ‘‘ Weighing the water,” said Horsley, ‘‘ and reducing it from weight to depth, seemed pretty troublesome even when done in the easiest method.”’ t No. 3 is a Glaisher 8-inch gauge. Up to 1889, when the De Beers Company took over the business of the Exploration Company, it stood about 4 feet above the ground in a small courtyard behind the offices in Lennox Street. Now it is being used in the west end of Kimberley. I have some indistinct idea that the mouth of the gauge was said to be slightly too large, although it would be less surprising to be told that it had become too small, such being the certain ultimate fate of every gauge; for with a given perimeter a circle encloses the greatest area, and therefore any deformation of the rim of a gauge means a reduced area of catch. For a nice proof see Halsted, Hlements of Geometry, p. 162. | Like a number of other gaols in the country, the rainfall reported by No. 4 is less than that reported outside. The inference that rain does not therefore fall upon just and unjust alike is plausible but incorrect. The true explanation is that the lighter rains are ignored by the observer. No. 5 is an 8-inch ordinary gauge, mounted with its rim 3 feet above the ground. The observations with this have been supple- mented by the hourly totals of rain caught in a large evaporation * See e.g., Phil. Trans., 1704, passim; Luke Howard, Appendix to Barometro- graphia, part 2, p. 16a. + Phu. Trans,, 1723, An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 3 tank. These are generally too small as compared with the gauge, for reasons to a large extent obscure. In consequence of the great local variation in the falls of rain, a “number of 5-inch Snowdon gauges were set up in 1897 at the different mines and on some of the farms owned by the De Beers Company. ‘The records were in many cases broken during the late war, and all the outside gauges taken away by the Boers. These gauges were ‘all placed at the same height above the ground as the Kenilworth gauge, but they are mostly in a more open situation. This may be partly the reason why their catch is so frequently less than that of Kenilworth.* Tables 1-12 give a complete history of rainfall at Kimberley from 1877-1902. The daily amounts for 1877, 1888, 1889, and part of 1884, were kindly given me by Mr. Matthews; 1880-1883, the remainder of 1884, with 1885, are from the Exploration Company’s register ; 1886-1897 are from the Lee register ; 1898-1902 are from the Kenilworth register. Thus the history deals almost exclusively with the records of 8-inch gauges,{ one half giving the rainfall near the ground, the other half at a height of 15 feet. It has been usual at Kimberley to reckon the fall up to 8 a.m. on the last day of each month, entering the separate items to the date -of measurement ; but because it is preferable to give the fall up to ‘8a.m. on the 1st of the following month, I have rearranged the monthly totals accordingly ; and, so as not to disturb previous dates, made a rain month of 31 days extend from the 2nd to the 32nd. ‘The totals in the last column of the historical Tables give the number of days, and the total fall for each date, in twenty-six years. If annual averages are required they may be obtained after division by 26. | It appears from these Tables that March is the wettest and July the driest month, the increase or decrease from one to the other being gradual. Although the total fall is less in February than’ in January, February is really the wetter month by an average of “O7 inch per day, on account of the fewer days it contains. There * The student may with profit consult Heberden, ‘‘ On the different quantities -of Rain which appear to fall at different heights, &c.,” Phil. Trans., vol. lix. p. 359 (1769) ; Barrington, ‘‘ Experiments made .. . to ascertain the different ‘quantities of Rain .. . at different heights,” Phil. Trans , vol. lxi. p. 294 (1771); and chiefly, on the general question, Hann, Lehrbuch der Meteorologie, p. 296 ‘Cleveland Abbe, ‘‘ Determination of the true amount of Precipitation, &c.,” Bulletin No. 7, F. D., U.S.A. Dept. of Agr.; also G. Dines, ‘“ Difference of Rainfall with elevation,” British Rainfall (1880). The other literature on the subject is of enormous bulk, and often amazingly futile. + Not that the size of the gauge makes any appreciable difference. - 4 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. seems, however, to be a distinct tendency to wet and dry seasons: characteristic of certain seasons. For example, the first half of | February and the second half of November are notably deficient in quantity ; also the latter half of June, the latter half of September, the fourth week of October, and the first half of December, are rela- tively wet. The absolutely wettest time is during the last week of February ; the driest during the first week of August. Of the accidental variations we have some remarkable cases, due. chiefly (probably) to the shortness of the record. A good example is. found in the twenty-four hours ending at 8 a.m. February 9th. In. the whole twenty-six years there was not a single shower on this: date so great as ‘10 inch, and indeed only one shower of any import- ance on the 10th; the total fall for the two dates together in the whole twenty-six years only reaching three-quarters of an inch. But: as it happens the rule for dry weather at this time breaks down in the present year, 1903, with -45 inch—a greater fall for the date than is furnished by all the former twenty-six years put together. Still it is curious, to say the least, that February 9th is the driest day, and February 9th and 10th the driest two days, in sixteen con- secutive weeks. On the other hand, the rule for each of the four dates, February 25th—28th, is for heavy rain in every other year. Dates upon which no rain at all is known to have fallen are only found between June and September ; albeit too much stress should. not be laid upon the apparent dryness or otherwise of particular: dates in any record extending over less than fifty years, because, for one reason, the total rain as given for any date is not materially greater than the possible rain in twenty-four hours. Take, for example, the rain of September 17th. This, for at least a quarter of a century, from 1877-1901, seemed to be one of the driest of days, only one small fall of 015 inch being on record. In 1902 came a change with the heaviest day’s rain known here (7.e., 4°52 inches), making September 17th at one jump the wettest date in six months. This is a heavier fall than some rainfall maxims allow for. For example: ‘‘ The extreme percentage of the mean annual rainfall which may be expected on any one day is, with a mean fall of 20 inches, 16 per cent. ...’’* For the same mean amnual fall K. M. Eaton gives 20 per cent.| The Kenilworth fall in question is, however, nearly 25 per cent. of the annual mean. Moreover, in India there are stations where the fall in one day has exceeded the. annual mean. | * British Rainfall, 1867. + Symons’s Met. Mag., 1878, p. 13. { See Blandford, ‘‘ Climates and Weather of India,’’ pp. 64, 266. An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 5 The complete Matthews register of monthly totals is given in ‘Table 13, and for comparison the yearly falls according to the Lee, Sutton, and Meteorological Commission registers. We may extract the following set of comparative annual averages :— 1877-1902 (26 years). wales: TEVA seas. oe. ett thls scared. 18-47 inches. INIRARGING WISP ts. Soca oe cok sos oe Sateen ees epeSly ers: 1884-1897 (14 years). Nioxin wise wea i ces hes hee’ 18:08 inches. Beery Brat is Sdls vnentia vate Soa0 Meteorological Commission! s.--4- L965), = 1894-1902 (9 years). Witariilne wiry cic 3) torn. rato ate 18:84 inches. SUNGEO MM seks yack fee oles heen aac th a eae ye 8:99" =. It will be gathered from the comparative results of Table 13 that, even after making allowances for faulty exposure, the annual fall of one part of Kimberley may differ greatly from that of another. ‘Thus in 1897 the fall at different gauges varied between a little more than 8:75 inches to a little less than 14 inches, most of the variation occurring in March. Also in 1902 the Kenilworth fall was upwards of 4°5 inches greater than that at the De Beers mine. The actual annual extremes shown by Table 13 range between 8°85 inches (in 1897 at Kenilworth) and 34:23 inches (in 1891 at the Exploration ‘Company’s gauge), a total range of more than 25 inches. This makes the maximum annual total nearly four times the minimum. There is, moreover, a register for Du Toit’s Pan showing a much greater range, from 7:79 inches in 1878 to 37:46 inches in 1881, making the maximum nearly five times the minimum.* Without absolutely denying the truthfulness of these exceptional amounts, they should at any rate be received with caution. A minimum of 7:90 inches in 1892, reported from the Kimberley gaol, is un- doubtedly too small, the number of rainy days being returned at “twenty-nine ! It is interesting to compare the annual range of rainfall for Kim- berley with that of some other places. Sir Charles Todd gives very full and clear information under this head for South Australia. | * Report of the Met. Com., 1880, 1881. + Met. Obs. made at the Adelaide Observatory, &c., 1899. 6 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The following are worth attention :— PorticQar wilt: csscsencotees 49-44 inches to 81:72 inches. Ahige Springs: 2... 45a 5°39 if Oe ae PaO, Wes a eee evel - he St NO ELA? 2 oe. cseatns woes 13°43 u SOS ema 5, At Leon, Estado de Guanajuato, Mexico, the range is from 12°39 inches to 35:79 inches.* At Algiers the range is from 17 inches to 51°45 inches. t At Cordoba, Argentine, from 19 inches to nearly 40 inches. | In India we have Calcutta, with an annual average of about 65 inches, and a range from 38°5 to 98:5; Cawnpore, with an average of 32°3 inches, and a range from 7:1 to 60°7; Kurrachee, with an average of 7°6 inches, falling sometimes below half an inch, and rising sometimes to 28 inches; Bombay (Colaba), with an annual average of 74 inches, and a range of 79 inches from 35°9 to 114°9.§ At Durban the range is from 27:24 inches to 71:27 inches; at. Port Elizabeth from 10:41 to 33°59 ; at Cape Town from 17 to 41. Therefore, while the range at stations near the coast of South Africa is not materially different from that of other coasts, the range at Kimberley is relatively less than that of the inland stations of Australia and India, and greater than those of the interior of South America. Table 14 has been designed to show the total rain of Tables 1-12; in twenty-four equal parts of a year of fifteen days each. To obtain this the total fall of February 29th has been increased in the ratio 5: 26, there having been five leap-years in the period under review. The twenty-four quantities so obtained may be expressed in inches. by the formula :— R = 483-024 + 18-012 sin (n15° + 70°) + 4:428 sin (730° + 340°8) + 9:764 sin (245° + 339°°8) + 2°028 sin (760° + 211°-4) The relative magnitudes of the third sa fourth terms of this formula are worth notice. Table 15 epitomises Tables 1-12, giving for each month the number * M. Leal, ‘‘ Clima de Leon,” Mem. Soc. Alzate, t. xii. p. 15. ; A. Thevenet, ‘‘ Essai de Climatologie Algérienne.” { W. G. Davis, ‘ Clima de Cordoba,” Anales Ob. Met. Arg., t. ix. (2) p. 299. § Indian Met. Mem., vol. xiv. ; An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. T of days of rain, and the average number per annum, in twenty- six years ; the total fall in twenty-six years, and the annual average ; the average per day, and the average per rainy day; the greatest fall on record, in one day, and one month; also the chance of a rainy day in any coming month. It seems that a fall exceeding an inch in twenty-four hours is not as a rule to be anticipated in June, July, or August, nor a month’s rain exceeding 2 inches. The heaviest falls have occurred in the spring months, a single day’s rain not infrequently making the month’s total equal to that of the summer months. It is curious that the rate of fall should be greatest in September. There seems to be some indication of maximum rates at the equinoxes and solstices. Table 16 gives the number of daily rainfalls of given quantity in the twenty-six years—the daily falls in 16a, and the monthly in 16s. It appears from this that upon nearly one-half the total of rainy days the fall is less than one-tenth of an inch. It must be remem- bered, however, that many of these small rains are associated in some way with the heavier falls, z.c., they precede or follow wetter days. October 1s remarkable for the relatively great number of days upon which the fall is between -5 inch and 1 inch. In September, on the other hand, it seems to be the rule for twice as. many heavy falls above 1 inch as below. In fact, of the whole September fall of something less than 24 inches in twenty-six years,. nearly 14 inches, or 58 per cent., fell in the seven days upon which the fall exceeded 1 inch per diem; whereas only 8:5 per cent. fell in the three days upon which the fall was between °d inch and 1 inch. In October more than 40 per cent. of the rain comes in showers of ‘6 inch (more or less) each. Some individual tendency to periodicity is indicated by rains of different intensity: good rains, say exceeding ‘5 inch, have a maximum frequency in March and a minimum in July; which happens to be the case also for very light showers. But rains of between ‘1 inch and ‘5 inch have a maximum frequency in February and a minimum in August. In Table 168 the most interesting month is October. In this month it is more than an even chance that the rain will be between 1 and 2 inches in amount. There is only one instance on record in which the rain for the month exceeded 2 inches, the excess falling in one day. The last column shows that in March and October the monthly rain is as often above the average as below. There is not yet sufficient material available here to enable us to single out the rains of the different types from the ombrometric - 8 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. statistics. To do so successfully would require all the accumulated records of a weather bureau, although it may be possible later on to _ introduce some facts of interest in this connection. At present it may perhaps be taken as a working basis that the greater part of our rain falls in thunder-squalls and secondary cyclones, no great quantity coming in cyclones proper nor with straight isobars. Table 17 gives the diurnal variation of rainfall at Kenilworth, in quantity and duration, both in whole totals for six years (1897— 1902), month by month, and in annual averages. There was not a separate recording rain-gauge at this station during this period, and therefore the values have been mostly reduced from the automatic records of the evaporation tank. The yearly average quantities show a principal maximum at 4.30 p.m., and a principal minimum at 9 a.m.—being thus very nearly the inverse of the barometric phases. There are points of relationship with the diurnal oscillation of the barometer, as well as with the horary dewpoints. The phases of frequency are interesting because the maxima tend to fall earlier, and the minima later, than those of quantity. The last line of Table 17 gives the average fall for each hour of rain at different times in the day. This indicates that the rate of fall is lightest an hour or so after sunrise, and heaviest just before’ sunset, the increase of rate during the daylight hours being gradual. During the night hours there are considerable irregularities, with a strong tendency to a long-drawn-out maximum between XXIII. aya IMO Table 18 shows the diurnal variation of rain for different seasons © in portions of the total fall in six years; the total hours; and the average rate in each rainy hour. At the foot of the Table is given a summary showing how the seasonal variation is distributed between day and night, 7.e., from VI-—XVIII., and from XVIIT.-VI., respec- tively. This proves that, saving the spring months (August- October), the greatest quantity of rain falls at night. In the summer it rains as often by night as by day; but in the winter there are half as many rainy hours again at night as there are by day. The rate of fall per rainy hour, however, is pretty much the same night and day, excepting in the spring. Putting all the seasons together, we find the quantity rather the greater at night, but the number of hours still greater, so that on the whole the rate of fall is greater by day. Table 19 is inserted for comparison with Tables 17 and 18. It shows :— - 1. Thunder and Thunderstorms. An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 9 2. Lightning unaccompanied by audible Thunder . 3. Thunder, Thunderstorms, and Lightning, all together. The numbers are got from eye-observation. They cannot pre- tend to any completeness, particularly of lightning during the night. ‘They show all that was seen or heard of this kind of electrical manifestation, but it is certain that many hours of it must have ‘escaped notice. Still, they probably give a fairly good rough idea of the diurnal variation, at any rate between VI. and XXIV. A feature of special interest in the Table is the curious slackening in - the frequency of thunderstorms between XVI. and XVII. Since thunderstorms evidently tend to a maximum about the time of sunset, we have at once a reason why the greatest rate of rainfall ‘should come about this time. Table 20 gives the most important harmonic constants in the ‘diurnal curve of rainfall at Kenilworth, counting from Oh. 30m. a.m. The resemblance of the annual and semi-annual waves of both quantity and frequency to the same waves of barometric pressure inverted is very strikingly exhibited in the epochs. Attention should also be directed to the small fluctuation in the epoch of the second term of rain-frequency at all seasons, its departure from the mean never much exceeding half an hour. It is important to compare this fact with the resemblances between the corresponding terms of barometric pressure and vapour tension mentioned in previous papers of this series.* Seeing that there are not any mountains on the tableland to turn the horizontal air currents upwards, and that the air when it rises must do so of itself, the importance of this result In its bearings upon the theory of the semi-diurnal oscillation of the barometer will be obvious. The amplitudes are of some interest. In the hours for the year the fourth harmonic term is practically as great as the third. But in the case of quantity the fourth is very much smaller than the third. Therefore the rainfall of six hours’ period is very ight. The first term is the greatest at all seasons, but the relative magnitude of the other three varies through the year. In the spring the ‘second term almost vanishes, while the fourth term is large. In the summer the second term is large. The harmonic constants of thunderstorms bear a strong family likeness to those of rain, particularly the summer frequency of the latter to the mean of the former. It is evident that a large propor- tion of the summer rain falls in thunderstorms, that of other classes being largely represented by the fourth term. The diurnal- variation of thunderstorms is probably a general * See ‘‘An Elementary Synopsis, &c.,” Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., vol. xiv., p. 185. 10 = Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. phenomenon subject to local influences. For the purpose of com- parison with the Kenilworth numbers I venture to quote the con-. stants given by Riggenbach for Basle and Vienna.** Those for Basle are computed from hourly statistics of 1473 hours of thunder-. storms observed between 1826 and 1888, supplemented by 171 others of which the duration and time of day is somewhat doubttful.. Those for Vienna are quoted from Hann. Both the Basle and Vienna amplitudes are reduced to proportional parts of a thousand, the Kenilworth amplitudes are not. Riggenbach notes the near resemblance of certain of the phases of the two European stations. As it happens, the first two phases of the Kenilworth formula fall about as much later than Basle as Basle is than Vienna. Some correction, however, will have to be made for a departure from local time at Kenilworth of about seven minutes, the longitude of this. place being about 24° 27’ E., while the time system is reckoned from the meridian of 22° 30’ E. Whether the Basle and Vienna con- stants refer to local or zone time I do not know. It is important to determine in what manner particular wind- directions are associated with the monthly rainfalls. To do this, the monthly average number of hours of wind blowing in each direction during the six years 1897-1902 has been first determined from the automatic records taken at Kenilworth. The departures. from these monthly means are then tabulated for each month, and it is also marked whether the concomitant rainfall is greater or less. than the mean. Such departures of monthly wind-direction from the normals are then arranged into two sets according as the. accompanying rain was greater or less than the normal rainfall. - The result is condensed into Table 21, for each quarter of the com- pass. A plus sign indicates that in any set, for any month, there were more hours of wind than the average, a minus sign that there: were less hours. For example, in January, with deficient rainfall, the number of hours of wind from N.—E.N.E. was thirteen hours. short of the average; whereas when the rain was in excess the wind from the same quarter was twenty-four hours greater than the. average. It appears from this that, taking the year as a whole, in the more rainy months the winds with an easterly component. increase; those from the west increasing in dry months. In individual months there are some exceptions to the rule: in Decem- ber, ¢.g., a rainy month and an increase of wind from the north- west go together; in October the increase is from the south-west ; in June and July the increase is with the winds having a southerly * A. Riggenbach, ‘‘ Resultate aus 112 jihrigen Gewitteraufzeichnungen in Basel,” T. viii., 1889. , An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 11 component. A miniature monsoon effect is suggested by this. For the greater part of the year our rain seems to be associated with surface winds having an easterly component; but during midwinter with surface winds from the south. This seems to furnish a link between the summer rains of Durban and the winter rains of the Cape Peninsula. At the same time two or three circumstances. must be borne in mind: First, that it does not follow that these particular prevailing directions bring the rain, seeing that they may be as much an effect as a cause; second, that the cloud currents generally spring from points lying somewhere between north and west—clouds of the cirrus type coming more from the west, those of lower levels more from the north, of the mean direction ; third, that as a rule the particular wind-direction associated with abun- dant rain, characteristic of any month, is the dominant normal wind of that month—that is to say, with abundant rain the normai prevailing wind prevails yet more; or, in other words, the rainfall decreases with the deviation of the vane from its normal position. This is a curious commentary on a previous result, ‘‘ that, relatively to the normal curve, the cloudiness of the sky increases with the deviation of the vane from its normal position.’ *: The cloud result, however, applies to the diurnal variation of the wind, while the rain result applies to the mean direction for the month. A noteworthy consideration is that whereas there were two months. having a rainfall less than the mean to every one having a rainfall greater, in the six years under review, more deficient months have -been included in forming the wind-averages than abundant ones,. -and therefore a certain amount of preconceived bias towards dryness. has entered into the ratios. In passing it may be mentioned that the same bias is some drawback to the greater number of meteorological statistics in which one element has to be compared with another. It is not unlikely that deviations from the median, rather than from the mean, would give better compara- tive results. | I have not yet made any experiments for the purpose of deter- mining the temperature of falling rain, nor indeed do I yet know of a likely method. But it may be roughly estimated, in propor- tionate numbers, from the consideration that in heavy falls the temperature of air, rain, and dewpoint, must tend to a common * «¢ Winds of Kimberley, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., vol. xi., pt. 1, p. 92. + See Hann, ‘‘ Handbook of Climatology” (Ward’s edition), p. 24; Merriman, “‘ Method of Least Squares,” 8th ed., p. 210; Lupton, ‘‘ Notes on Observations,’ 44, t See, however, Hann, Lehrbuch der Met., p. 3038. - 12 = Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. equality. Acting upon this principle the temperature of the dew- point has been tabulated, in each month, at the end of any hour in which there was a rain exceeding ‘10 inch. The results are arranged in Table 22: Column 1 contains the months; Column 2 the mean monthly temperature of the air for the five years 1898— 1902 ;’Column 3 the mean monthly temperature of the dewpoint ; ‘Column 4 the mean temperature of the dewpoint immediately after rain, for each month; Column 5 the frequency, 1.c., the number of observations from which Column 4 has been deduced. We may from these results form some idea of the altitudes from which the rain has fallen. For taking the adiabatic rate of cooling of the air as 1°-6 F. for each 300 feet of ascent, and the lowering of the dewpoint as 0°:3 for the same space due to the expansion of the air, we have this formula for the height h of the lower surface of the rain clouds— h = 3000(t — d)/13, where ¢ is the normal temperature of the air and d that of the dew- point after rain at the earth’s surface.* Whence we get the relative heights of the rain clouds in Column 6. Of course these values can make no claim to any great precision, because while on the one hand the falling rain must notify the temperature of the air through which it passes, and thus also the mean temperature of the month, on the other hand it is certain that the rain mostly comes not so much from the cooling of ascending currents of moist air as from horizontal streams bringing moisture from the ocean. The average of Column 6 for the summer half, September to March, is 2,560 feet, that for the winter 1,060 feet. The August value, being obtained from only one observation, is of no great consequence. That October has a lower cloud level than either September or. November is probably a fact, and may be directly connected with the absence of very heavy thunderstorms characteristic of that month, so plainly indicated in Table 16. Moreover, the October clouds tend, perhaps more than those of any other month, to a stratiform type, sug- gestive of the plane of contact of two humid air-strata at different temperatures.{ The smallness of the April value is remarkable. In the absence of direct measures the formula just quoted may be used for the purpose of approximately determining the altitudes at Kimberley of clouds generally. It gives a monthly average series ranging from upwards of 6,000 feet in November to 3,000 feet in April—this last value confirming the April minimum of Table 22. A useful development is a comparison between the mean monthly * W. M. Davis, ‘‘ Elementary Meteorology,” p. 163. + See the remarks by F. Waldo, ‘‘ Modern Meteorology,” p. 255. An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 13 amounts of cloud and the corresponding computed mean altitudes of the lower plane of condensation. In Table 23 this is done in two ways: First, for each month of the five years 1898-1902 the mean monthly amount of cloud is tabulated in order of magnitude, followed by the corresponding computed altitude of the plane of condensation ; next, the process is reversed, the computed altitudes. being tabulated in order of magnitude followed by the corresponding amounts of cloud. For example, taking the mean results for January, we have in illustration of the first scheme :— Year. Order. Cloud. Plane. January 1898 A 59 per cent. 2,838 feet 1899 B 45 5,038 1900 C 38 0,301 1902 D 31 5,123 1901 E 30 6,438 And in illustration of the second— Year. Order. Plane. Cloud. January 1898 EF 2,838 feet 59 per cent. 1902 G 5,123 31 1900 ley 0,001 38 1899 J 9,038 45 1901 K 6,438 30 The double process is necessary because a particular month may have the same cloud percentage, but different cloud altitudes, in different years. It appears from Table 23 that, generally speaking, the average altitude of the first plane of condensation will be greater as the cloudiness of the sky is less; and conversely. A moment’s thought, and a glance at the Table, will show that this is not contradictory to the other result that the plane of condensation is lower in winter (when the percentage of cloud is small) than it is in summer (when the percentage of cloud is relatively great). The statement, however, is not a law in the sense that a great percentage. of cloud necessarily implies a low cloud level. For obviously the prevailing cloud of any assigned month may be cirrus, or it may be stratus, or what not. But in the long run, when sufficient observa- tions have been accumulated to give the averages their chance, the statement may be exact enough. As we might expect, then, in very dry weather the sky will be clearer than when there is much 14 ~=Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. moisture in the air; and clouds, when they do form, must float at a much higher level. Table 24 gives the mean annual complements of the dewpoint for each hour of the day, and the corresponding computed altitude of the first plane of condensation. According to this the diurnal variation ranges from about 2,000 feet at VI. to 7,000 feet at XV. The minimum altitude here may be somewhat too high, while the maximum is probably quite 400 feet too low. The Blue Hill observations show that up to about noon the computed and observed altitudes of cumulus, strato-cumulus, stratus, and nimbus, are not appreciably unlike; but after noon the observed altitudes become greater than the computed, reaching a maximum excess of 500 feet between XY. and XVI.* The explanation seems to be that the upward impetus of the warm air currents continues for some time after the temperature has begun to fall at the surface of the earth. Table 24 gives also the monthly variation of the computed altitudes of the first plane of condensation at VI. and at XY. We see from this that the VI.-curve is the flatter, its amplitude being less by some 1,200 feet, and the actual minimum curve is flatter still. The greatest monthly: mean computed altitude at either of the two selected hours in the five years considered was in November, 1900, with 10,250 feet, the least in April, 1899, with 690 feet, the former of course at XV. and the latter at VI. It may not be out of place to remark here that since the cloudiness of the sky only averages about 29 per cent., and the duration of sunshine is upwards of 76 per cent. of the optimum, the warm air currents do not in the majority of instances rise to the condensation level. We have now to consider the position, of Kimberley in the general scheme of South African rainfall. The principal published informa- tion suitable for this purpose will be found in the Annual Reports of the Meteorological Commission, where monthly totals and the maximum fall in each month only are given, derived from 300 (odd) gauges distributed throughout South Africa. The quality of the material is not of the best, although it has un- doubtedly improved of recent years. Buchan has made a useful summary of the whole of the monthly totals printed in the reports of the ten years 1885-1894.+ He deals with 278 stations, of which about one-half have a complete record; the other half having a shorter history of two to nine years. Monthly averages for 160 stations having, generally speaking, com- * « Blue Hill Met. Obs.,” in the Harvard Annals, vol. xlii., Part 1, p. 124. The discussion explains it the other way about. + ‘**A Discussion of the Rainfall of South Africa,’ 1897. An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 16 plete records for not less than seventeen or eighteen years, have been computed and arranged in Table 25. In the few instances made use of where the record is for a less number of years, the station is inserted because the area is badly represented or because of some importance in the site. The material comes chiefly from the pick of the annual reports of the Meteorological Commission for the years 1880-1901. Of the rest, the Kimberley record, as already mentioned, is from private registers ; the Bloemfontein record was taken mostly from a register printed in a local newspaper; the Natal records are from the very excellent annual reports issued by the Durban Observatory, supplemented by some MS. monthly totals kindly sent me by Mr. Nevill. In forming Table 25 I have availed myself largely of Buchan’s work, simply combining in most of the cases his ten-year normals with the results for twelve additional years. This course was justified by an occasional test of the same normals. The rainfall areas L., II., I1I., IV., . . . of the Meteorological Commission’s arrangement have been retained for the sake of continuity, although it is not easy to see why they were ever adopted.* The only attempted improvement has been to divide all the areas which seemed to extend too far east and west into two. A comparison between the Commission’s map and its modification given at the end of this paper, together with an examination of the rainfall of some of the Karroo areas, will show the necessity for such a plan. Our sub- division raises the number of areas from fifteen to twenty. For _-each of these the mean rainfall has been computed, and approximate angles and coefficients in the sine series determined—only approxi- mate because the months vary in length. These last appear in Table 26, wherein V,, V., V, are the epochs; w,, 2,, «, the ampli- tudes; w’,, w’,, w, the amplitudes in parts per thousand of the mean monthly rainfall. We shall return to a consideration of these constants presently. So far as these 160 stations go, Section I. (the Cape Peninsula) has the most copious fall, with an average of over 40 inches per annum; Section XV. (Natal) coming next with nearly 36 inches. ‘The western division of Section IX. (Northern Border) is the most arid, with an average of less than 6 inches. It is to be re- membered, however, that the sectional average results depend to a great extent upon the number of gauges in a given area, and their position. Generally the number of good records throughout * The latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes, are from the latest Reports of the Met. Com. Some of these are doubtful: Uniondale, Kleinpoort, and Glenconnor, in Section V., for example. 16 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the Colony seems to vary directly as the intelligence.of the population. * Of the individual stations dealt with, Waai Kopje, on Table. Mountain, has the most lavish rainfall. But there are stations close by with more. The absolutely wettest place known in South Africa is probably Maclear’s Beacon, also on Table Mountain, with an average annual fall for the seven years 1894-1900 of 86:81 inches, and a variability from 69:14 to 105°85 inches per annum.}+ Par- ticularly wet stations are Evelyn Valley, with an annual average. of 59°50 inches; Hogsback, with 47-49 inches; Lower Katberg, with 43:20 inches; Perie Forest, with nearly 40 inches (these. four are in Section X.); Ceres (Section II.), with 39°69 inches; Storms River (Section IV.), with 42:52 inches; stations in Basuto-. land (Section XIII.), with 30-40 inches; parts of Natal, with 40 inches more or less. ; The driest station south of the Orange River seems to be Port. Nolloth (Section III.), with only 2:5 inches per annum, ranging from °45 inch to 5°35 inches. Other dry stations are: Garies, with 5°66 inches; Van Rhyn’s Dorp, with 6:20 inches; Matjes- fontein (Section VI. W.), with 6°33 inches; Middlepost. (Section VIII. W.), with 5:20 inches; and all the stations forming Section IX. W., Pella being the most prominent, with 3°31 inches. Of adjacent stations exhibiting great contrasts we have the. Zwartberg Pass, 24°70 inches, a very few miles from Prince. Albert, 9°15 inches; Alicedale, 16 inches, not far from Grahams-. town, 27 inches; Evelyn Valley and Thomas River only 2’ of longitude and 3’ of latitude apart, and the rainfall of the former nearly three times that of the latter; and of course the various. places in the Cape Peninsula. These last resemble, on a smaller scale, the contrasts between the wettest and driest parts of England. { With few exceptions the averages of Table 25 are less than Buchan’s, the mean difference being probably at least 2 inches. Undoubtedly Buchan’s normals include some particularly wet years. § * The lack of rainfall records in Natal until recently is remarkable, and does. not confirm the generalisation. It must have been thought that because the best. meteorological work in South Africa was being done at the Durban Observatory,, potential observers were relieved of the responsibility of keeping registers. + T. Stewart, ‘‘The Rainfall of the Cape Peninsula,” a paper read before the: S. A. Phil. Soc., Feb. 6, 1901. + There does not seem to be any tendency in South Africa to a simple. relationship between rainfall and altitude, as is sometimes found in more truly mountainous countries. § See also D. E. Hutchins, ‘‘ Rainfall of S. Africa,” in C. G. H. Agricultural Journal, Dec. 9, 1897. ; An Introduction to the Study of South African Rawmfall. 17 Table 26 enables us much better than Table 25 to subdivide South Africa into suitable rainfall areas. Broadly these are— 1. Area of winter rains. 2. Area of Summer rains. 3. Area of spring and autumn rains. The characteristic formule of these give :— i100, more or less) au, > uw, Or u,. Sections I., II., III., belong to this class.) A We G0 100° 5 w, > 2, OF 2W,. (Sections: Ove cl inn SCREIE: XUN KIX. bX EH VII E., Vil. belong to this class.) Po Ne vile) MOraGl- Ws = OU th. (Sections IV. E., IV. W., V. W., VI. W., belong to this class.) But there is not really any abrupt transition from one class to the other; and the formula representing any section bears a certain affinity to those representing the areas round about it. Near the west coast the formulz change the most rapidly. Let us first consider the variation of the epoch in V, as the geo- graphical position charges :— Starting from Natal and travelling along the parallel of 30° S., we find that the angular magnitude of the epoch becomes smaller, 2.c., the phase times come later, from east to west. The variations are— Area. a Fas eae DECuOMOCNny sateen wse. she OS: S Jan. 4 DRT seh ks 6h 85°38 Jian. 19 XSI ae) ee ee a tageale Jian. 29 JONG dah, aaa a ee 67°°4 Feb. 7 BIANCA ries ene 54°-5 Feb. 20 ACR: 0S ee asi 282°:0 July 5 Travelling west along a parallel somewhat to the north of 32° %., the variations are— DIL Stee eee ae 95°:8 Jan. 10 SLR ae A Ea (Oe Oe ee eda 26 WARDS Bi oe edu: 67°°6 Feb. 7 AV TEC Le eee 44°] Mar. 3 TD tee 982°-0 July 5 eo 18 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Travelling west along the parallel of 33° S., the variations are— » OP A ape Cer 9525 Jan. 10 2,21 El Weak as, whi Tit Sik Jan. 29 IV PE ciple 66°1 Feb. 9 OV We es SA te 19°:3 Mar. 28 But now we notice a remarkable fact. We have seen that the epochs come later as we travel east; they also come later as we travel northwards in the eastern districts ; they also come later as we travel southwards in the western districts. Section XIII. is later than Section XII.; Section XIV. is later than Section X. But Section III. is earlier than Section I.; and Section IX. W., is earlier than Section VIII. W. It follows that the epoch of the first harmonic term is describing a curved orbit (if such a term may lbe permitted) with its concavity to the south. There is, for example, the following order :—- | Area. Wis Epoch of Maximum. DECHOM NV eens Let 101°°5 Jan. 4 D0 | es a er eae | 95°°8 Jan. 10 DB UE eae ae 85°°8 Jan. 19 ENGI ore titrant Ce Jan. 29 a tine Scene. 67°°4 Feb. 7 TENN ese s ened cae 54°°5 Feb. 20 NACE rs dated 44°] Mar. 3 VALS NW: eral er We IP3) Mar. 28 VUE cate 62-5 April 10 TaN aa rae. 329°-2 May 18 Fitting in with the same scheme are Sections X., VII., VIII. E., and Sections IV. E., V. E., VI. E., whose epochs come in ¢orre- sponding sequence. A similar line of inquiry with regard to the epoch of the second harmonic term shows either that the orbit is more complex, or that the monthly averages are not sufficiently near perfection to furnish the desired information. A general view seems to indicate that the path takes a direction from N.N.EH. to §.8.W. across the tableland, curving eastward as it nears the south coast. The following are specimens :— Area. Ne. Epoch of Maximum. SSGHIOM Oe oc wing v0 sbi 45°1 Hebary: Aueys DEM Were asi cntn ae 23°°9 Feb.18 Aug. 19 Die A 313°°3 Mar. 26 Sept. 24 An Introduction to the Study of South African Ramfall. 19 Area. VE Epoch of Maximum. Section) Wy. gcat..: 24°°5 ie Dalian wu cealls OU Oe eae 397°°5 Mar.3 Sept. 2 Vil or Vik... ~332-0 Mar. 16 Sept. 15 A ed Oa abies area 292°:9 April5 = Oct. 5 HAVE” cerca. 263°°8 April 20 Oct. 19 ID Dee eee 306°°2 Mar.4 Sept. 3 AV AINTEL NW ois saeote 5 323°°5 Mar. 21 Sept. 19 WIGU ie eevee ae 276°°8 April 13 Oct. 13 We eae aaa 307°°7 Mar. 29 Sept. 27 ING AN oar 281°-0 April 11 Oct. 11 HOA eh cays 263°-8 April 20 Oct. 19 Section VI. W. is the one apparent exception to the orderly ‘sequence of dates in this arrangement. Yet it is to be observed that the Zwartberg Pass is in this Section. Now the monthly averages for this station are obtained chiefly from casual observations of rain- fall in occasional months, regular observations only having been taken recently. A reference to Table 25 proves thatthe Zwartberg numbers, because of their great relative magnitude, have considerably influenced the averages of Section VI. W. The Matjesfontein results, however, are not of the highest excellence. No very orderly scheme seems to include the angular magnitudes in V,. They scarcely invite discussion, since much accuracy cannot ‘be claimed for them. The amplitudes w, decrease in absolute magnitude, latitude for latitude, from the coast inland. For example— Me Vea me SSeCuIOIN OV eee 404 Sectiomm lle. ISila Sectiom XG s.4... 1-285 eM 2339 cy AO Maree 1:536 WAKER ce Wee KEINE 02, VIII. E. -988 Vilas oe IDSs 18, EAI WISE WW ey WO WG. Ula TX.W. 402 TER Tepe 614 Te om des 1:395 ee OMe: HF ssrctes i 2:524 This result does not mean, as might at first sight appear, that the amplitudes decrease with distance from the sea, because they actually tend to increase from south to north. The following are examples:— Tse Us Wap ecto: X.. 1.5 1285 [DWe JBinsee CILYS) DVN oe tay MU ean leaa6 Vi Be. 2169 Wea Oik o- 20 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ues ie es Section XIV...1:702 Vile... 041 VI. Wee -lot Vee ko VIEL Wore Vila 3983 TX. Wes. 4202, IDS do PACU Here w, is rather less in IX. W., than it is in VIII. W.—a result. perhaps due to some affinity between these two Sections and Sec- tions I., III. The amplitude in Section III. is considerably less than that of Section I. Some of these results. take a different aspect if we replace the. absolute magnitudes of the first amplitude by the relative magnitudes. We then have— tes 06. Ware Section XV.... 834 Section XII. ...... Sid" Section Oe a= Oot XE 83a NOIRE coe 768 Wilda ieee 592, Egan SD) WION ES ido MOL VIE 2.6923 « ID Je SSl WADKE MWe sel VISWoe aso IX. W. 824 TS Coe eee 767 hi Ata 738. ER Oe tL Re te 749: ieee Sao TV a a ill LV. WW eto. CES oe (6's) Nig selen hake 167 VV; Whee cll: XV... 8%o Wit Hs O92 VEIOW 2227135: Velie 592 VILE. W.. 561 VILE Ee aon DX Wee S24 IDS le noe SDI Here VI. W. is again obtrusive. Making due allowance for it, it, seems that there is a slight tendency to an increase inland along the. parallels, which, however, is quite overridden by the strong increase. inland along the meridians. If the amplitudes of the first harmonic term be arranged along the orbit, as was done for the epochs, it appears that the absolute. values gradually decrease, with, however, some little irregularity. The relative values, on the other hand, first increase and then decrease :— thie (hese SeGtlOM DOV ob rtccnen oc 94.94 834 DS) Ep aan ee 1815 815 >.<) a a ee 2:336 835 EEN vac, tires eO2 875 An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 21 Me Qt Section IX. W....... 402 824 NV EIGN ee Asli, 561 AVL ET Ree alkoilt 135 WRENN care IL 210 HEE NN Sy ees: ALT 86 The following is the variation from east to west in the absolute amplitude of the second harmonic term :— AW esc bss Section XVea.. 2 "Section XII. 2..... WS Section > 7". 322 Ne 300 Melee ‘404 WA 245 Vee oA Vi 264 DNA les IDX, JB 4 OL VALE Wee 1a VIF We “2s PX. W.. -199 JU Le ae Ley) Nis) Cae Sil 11 Ea cs 2, Te eee 562 A remarkable feature about these amplitudes is that they tend to a maximum from the tableland side of the Drakensbergen southward to the sea. Thus the region of spring and autumn rains penetrates from the South Coast and Southern Karroo at least as far as the mountains of Basutoland. The reason why it cannot be easily detected in the monthly averages of Table 25 is that it is swallowed up by the great relative amplitude of the first term. The corresponding values, in relative measure, are— que Nite. Wo Secuion GV.» oo) Section XTi... G2 Sectione en... 134 SCA LS Dd ee 207 Wales 1192 eV 79 Vie hi 206 Vil Be en IDX, IB JEG WAKES Whig PAUL VI. W. 195 IX. W. 408 0G Sa ees 140 iL eee 149 Tila Ae; AO Nea esi 167 We are better able now to understand how it comes about that while nearly the whole of Sections IV. and V. have maxima of rain- fall in autumn and spring, the western halves of both have the primary maximum in April or May, whereas the eastern stations have either a primary maximum or a greatly increased (relatively) secondary maximum in September. At first sight we should expect that the maxima of these eastern stations would approximate to those of the neighbouring Sections VII., VIII. E., and XI., rather than that the western stations should do so. But the explanation, 22 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. as indicated above, is that the annual rain wave, becoming later and weaker as it journeys inland from the east coast, meets the south coast somewhere between Mossel Bay and Cape L’Agulhas in April, and reinforces the strongly marked semi-annual rain wave of the South Coast there, being scarcely felt at all further east. It being fairly clear that the rains of Kimberley and Durban are included in the same system of summer rains, the extent of the relationship becomes an interesting question. Daily observations. are published for the latter place, and therefore individual rains as well as monthly totals may be considered. Now it happens that there is not any real resemblance in the character of the showers of the two places. At Kimberley the heavier rain comes with a barometric depression; at Durban with a barometric crest. At Kimberley, speaking at large, the barometer rises as the heavy rain ceases; if there be more rain it is generally in small clearing showers. At Durban the barometer falls when the rain comes to an end. There were at Kimberley, in the five years 1897-1901, 72 heavy rains sufficiently isolated from other rain to admit of direct comparison with the pressures; at Durban there were 100 during the same period. By tabulating the barometric pressures of the days upon which the rain ended, for either place, together with three days before and two days after, we get the following comparative series of averages :— Durban. Kimberley. Third day before.......-. 30-075 inches 26-139 inches Second wy Ve. 2 Valter 30:061 26°131 First Pein | ohare, asks 30°135 26-102 FATN DAY =a eee 30°252 26:090 First day after.....:....:. 3098 26130 Second 7 eae 30:°125 IO N37 This is a result of considerable importance. From a comparison of the monthly averages of Kimberley and Durban I have tried to determine whether a wet or a dry month at one place signifies a like or unlike state of things at the other. In Table 27 this has been done by tabulating in four columns :— 1. When the fall at both places is less than the mean. 2. When the fall at both places is greater than the mean. 3. When the fall at Durban is greater than the mean, but at Kimberley less. 4, When the fall at Durban is less than the mean, but at Kim- berley greater. | : The Table includes the twenty-six years 1877-1902—~.e., 312 An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 23 months. The two last columns show how many of these months had a fall less than the mean. It appears that there were 126 months in which both places together had a fall less than the mean; 53 in which the fall was greater than the mean at both; 63 in which the fall at Durban was greater, and at Kimberley less; 70 in which the fall at Durban was less, and at Kimberley greater. Is this any- thing more than chance? A perfectly chance distribution would give:— When both stations together are less than the mean 119 When both) together are’ sreater’ 2.00). 2.0 ...25.... 002001 46 Durban greater and Kimberley less......................0. 63 Durban less and Kimberley greater.....................06 70 —the difference between the numbers in the last two lines evidently being a constant quantity. Thus there is an excess of 14 agree- ments greater than the 165 allowed for by the matured chances, which amounts to a deviation of both together in the same direction of about one month in the year. So that even if there be a relation- ship between these two stations it is not very decided. Related more or less closely to the variation of rainfall is the cloudy state of the sky. This last element is stated in monthly averages in Table 28. Great accuracy must not be expected in these numbers, although they may possibly show the shape of the annual curves fairly well. It is a surprising fact that although the observation for the amount of cloud demands less skill than the reading of any instrument, it is done much more inaccurately. It. is surprising sometimes how the percentage of cloud at a given station changes when the observer is changed ; it is still more sur- prising how the observer himself sometimes changes. Kimberley observers have not on the whole made very comparable observations, as may be, é.g., seen in the returns from Central Jones Street (G. J. Lee), and from the Meteorological Commission Station (C. Aburrow), for 1887.* That they may easily agree well enough is proved in the returns from Kenilworth, Kimberley (J. R. Sutton), and from Lennox Street (H. F. Harrison), for 1898.+ Certainly the Kenilworth averages seem to be fairly consistent, as tested with the sunshine recorders. The following are the total percentages of sunshine plus cloud during daylight, year by year :— ! JC elses See atc te Nn ae 108 per cent INOS IS) CARS Src. OT 0, 4 ee ee ee en eee iL) GD Oe ait St i Oh ae yealy ened a 7 ILL Oe ee eae oer eo aT 7, 112 Cy OTP A ests BES ae ls nag i et ae 110 Report of the Met. Com., 1887. t Ibid., 1898. - e 24 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society The two earliest years had one observation of cloud in the morning and one in the afternoon ; but the three later had two in the morn- ing and two in the afternoon.* The Royal Observatory averages are also probably fairly good, since they agree on the whole with the Simonstown results. A change of method on the part of a single observer appears in the sudden drop in the estimated percentage of cloud at Graaff Reinet in 1892. For the nine years earlier than 1902 the average appeared as 39 per cent., varying from 35 per cent. to 44 per cent.; in the next seven it appeared as 16 per cent., varying from 12 per cent. to 21 per cent. But a new observer in 1900 immediately doubled this last low estimate. Defects being under- stood, we cannot always compare the cloudiness of one station with another, but only, sometimes, the annual variation at the same station. From Table 28 I have selected a number of what seemed to be the best of the cloud averages, and determined the constants as far as the third harmonic term, putting in also the corresponding con- stants for rainfall, together with the rainfall constants for Adelaide and Alice Springs (South Australia), and Cordoba (Argentine). It is interesting to compare the South African numbers in this Table with those of Table 26, these being for stations, those for areas. The rainfall constants given here for Kimberley differ somewhat from those in the full formula computed above directly from Tables 1-12, for various reasons. The last are obtained from twenty-four nearly equal portions of a year. The values given in Table 29 (with the exception of Cordoba) are computed from the twelve months of various lengths reduced to thirty days. Thus the constants apply to the rate per month, rather than to aliquot parts of a year. The error introduced makes the times of the turning-points some four days too early in the first term, and seven days in the second. Tor comparative purposes only this is not of any great importance. In the third and later terms, however, the error is likely to be more serious. In the matter of the Cordoba numbers, the magnitudes given in “el Clima de Cordoba”’ are reckoned from January Ist. They are also determined from the average rainfall during each one- twelfth of a year. Before quoting them here they have been altered to count from the middle of January, so as to compare better with the others. It appears from Table 29 that there is no very near approach to agreement between the epochs of cloud and rain for the ditferent stations. At Durban, Kast London, and Kimberley the two elements * At Torquay, for the year 1899, the total percentage of (sunshine plus cloud) uring daylight is 104:4. A. Chandler, Met. Rep. for 1899. An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 265 tally fairly well. So do they also at Clanwilliam. At Aliwal North only in the annual term. At Simonstown the annual term of rain- fall is a month earlier, and the semi-annual term a month later than the corresponding terms of cloud. Any correspondence at Port Hlizabeth and Mossel Bay is only in the semi-annual terms. At the same time it seems not unlikely that the same annual cloud wave whose crest passes over Durban about the middle of December passes over Port Elizabeth and Mossel Bay a fortnight and five weeks later respectively, and a fortnight later still over Kimberley and Aliwal North. Nevertheless, it has lost its relative rank with respect to the second term by the time it reaches the south coast. It brings practically no rain, the annual wave of precipitation which started from the east coast with it not arriving until three months later. Where do our rains originate? It has been stated pretty fre- quently and positively that they come from the south-east in summer and from the south-west in winter; that enormous quantities come from the South Indian Ocean in the summer, watering the greater part of the land south of the Zambesi; whereas the little that comes from the South Atlantic during the winter is all deposited within sight of Table Mountain.* One view connects them with the permanent anticyclones spreading across the ocean in these latitudes. + It is not clear, however, that such explanations represent all, or even more than a small portion, of the facts. If these rains originate entirely in the south, it is indeed strange that practically all the cloud currents over Kimberley have a larger or smaller northerly component! Heavy thunder-clouds mostly advance from the west or north-west. Other rain clouds, and lighter thunderstorms, from somewhere between north-east and east. Scarcely any clouds come from the south-east, and very few from the south-west. The diurnal variation of the wind at Kimberley may be arrested, and the vane point for two or three days towards the south-east, and never a cloud obscure the sky. The variation may be arrested, and the vane point anywhere between east and north, and the sky be overcast and rain fall in abundance. And in almost every case the direction of the cloud movement is independent of the surface wind. One difficulty in settling such a question is paucity of observations: saving for one * Maury claimed that the rain of the world came chiefly from the southern hemisphere. The atmosphere ‘‘isan engine. The South Seas . . . are the boiler for it, and the northern hemisphere is its condenser”? (Physical Geography of the Sea (1859), p. 52). + Buchan, ‘‘ Rainfall of South Africa,” p. 16. o- 26 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. station, and that not under the control of the Meteorological Com- mission, we know next to nothing of the wind system of any place in Cape Colony. The statements that connect general wind changes. with precipitation on the central tableland are probably misleading because they ignore the undetermined diurnal variation of the vane. So far as the coast stations are concerned it is still an open question as to the manner in which the wind-directions are modified by the ereat bulk of the tableland. In the light of these drawbacks the numbers given in Table 30) must be discounted according to taste. They show, to the limits of our knowledge, the frequency and average fall of rain corresponding to particular wind-directions, at Durban, for the eighteen years 1885-1902, and at Kimberley for the nine years 1894-1902 (but reduced to eighteen years for purposes of comparison). The argument for Durban is the quantity of rain exceeding half an inch in twenty-four years for any day, and the wind direction at 9 am. entered to the same day. The Durban rain-day ends at 3 p.m. The argument for Kimberley is the quantity of rain for the twenty-four hours ending 8 p.m. on any day, and the wind-direction at 8 a.m.on the same day. Thus the wind is observed at the middle of the rain-day. It appears from the Table that a south-west wind brings more rain to Durban than any other direction, the next most important direction being the south. A considerable quantity, also, falls in calms. Upon the whole, if we neglect calms, it may be affirmed that the rain winds of Durban tend to blow nearly parallel with the coast, the resultant direction being almost 8.W. by 8. The third most important direction is west. It is remarkable that so much should come from this point, which is ay from the considerable mountains of Basutoland. At Kimberley the scheme is very simple. The resultant direction is appreciably from N. by E., practically nothing coming from any point having a south-westerly component.* | Thus two places not far from the same parallel of fanaa and in the same system of summer rainfall, have their chief rain-bearing winds from entirely opposite points of the compass. This result, however, 1s really what might have been expected from the opposite relationship to the variations of atmospheric pressure manifested by the rains of the two places. It seems to follow that the direction of the wind is only important in so far as it relates to the baric * Tf we observe the wind at 8 p.m. on the day before, i.e., at the beginning of the rain-day, the resultant direction becomes nearly E. by N. This alteration is due to the influence of the diurnal oscillation of the vane. ~ An Introduction to the Study of South African Rainfall. 27 gradients.* Now Prof. Morrison has pointed out that barometric depressions in most cases start from the south coast and travel in some northerly direction. We may then summarise all that is known of the predominant conditions determining South African rainfall, outside the Cape Peninsula and West Coast, in the following paragraphs :— The rain decreases on the whole with distance from the coast. It comes with a high pressure at Durban, and a low pressure at Kimberley. It comes chiefly with south-westerly winds at Durban, and with north-easterly winds at Kimberley. The principal barometric disturbances come from the south. The clouds over the tableland come from some northerly point. We may be certain that the winds blowing on-shore along the west coast carry comparatively little moisture, not so much because of the short superoceanic path they are said to traverse (owing to the influ- ence of the permanent anticyclone near by), as because of the coldness of the water.t| An interesting parallel is found on the coast of California. It is referred to here because of the very apropos explanation it has elicited: “On the coast of Southern California the sea-breeze blows throughout the greater part of the year. It is weak in winter and strong in summer. During the latter season it is a dry wind even on the coast. . . . The cause is undoubtedly to be found. in the fact that the ocean near the coast is very cool, while, on the cther hand, the land is very much warmed. The air that comes off the ocean must therefore seem relatively dry over the land.”{ The same argument holds with us, matatis mutandis. Port Nolloth, on the west coast, with only 2°5 inches of rain per annum, is a far more humid place, because of its lower temperature, than Port St. John’s, on the east coast, with a rainfall ten or twelve times greater. But Umtata, thirty-five miles inland from the east * It is interesting to compare these conditions with corresponding phenomena on the coast of Syria: ‘‘ The barometer is uwswally on the rise during a rain. A south- west wind concurs with a rise from a low barometer.”? Moreover, ‘‘as long as the wind blows steadily from the west or south-west there is usually no rain. But when it blows for a day or two from the east, south, or south-south-west, and then veers suddenly to the west or south-west, rain is very apt to fall. (G. E. Post, ‘* Notes on the Meteorology of Syria and Palestine,’ Trans. Vic. Inst., vol. xx., pp. 284, 280.) At Manila the rain accompanies the depression, tending to its greatest rate of fall after the passage of the minimum pressure. (See Loomis, ‘¢ Contributions to Meteorology.” Memoirs N.A.S., vol. iii., 1886. + ‘The temperature of the sea near Cape Town is sometimes 20° lower than in the corresponding latitude on the eastern side of the continent ” (Scott, Elementary Meteorology, p. 299, 6th Edition). { Hann’s ‘‘ Handbook of Climatology ” (Ward’s Edition), p. 156. 28 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. coast, is almost as humid as the coast, whereas O’okiep, fifty miles inland from the west coast, is exceedingly dry, and become so because the high temperature of the land as compared with the sea has lessened the relative humidity. This principle was known at end of the eighteenth century at least. Dalton has the following characteristically sagacious remarks upon the rainfall conditions of the north-west of England: ‘‘ The reason that a S.W. wind in these parts brings rain seems to be that, coming from the torrid zone, it is charged with vapour, and the heat escaping as it proceeds north- ward, a precipitation of the vapour ensues; but a N.E. wind, blowing from a cold into a warmer country, has its capacity for vapour increased, and therefore we generally find it promote evaporation.” * The interpretation of these facts seems to be that our rain originates on the equator, being carried hither in the upper atmospheric currents flowing from the west and north. The rain begins on the east coast when this moist upper stratum meets the lower bodies of air damp with moisture from the Indian Ocean. Then it gradually works back from the east coast as the eastern air becomes heavier with vapour. + | Now the upper current, though it may be nearly saturated at its low temperature aloft, does not increase its absolute humidity by commingling with the air of the west coast, and therefore can flow across the slopes bordering the tableland without being induced to condense its moisture. The copious rainfall of the district extending from Ceres to Table Mountain is perhaps largely promoted by its proximity to the region where the warm Agulhas and cold Benguela currents meet. Wojerkof mentions this cold current in connection with the aridity of the West Coast :—‘‘ An der Kiiste riithrt diess zum Theil von der kalten Meeresstromung her, welche in der Nahe fliesst und von welcher aus kalte S.W.—und Stid Winde nach der Kiiste wehen. Die Passatwinde von der Ostkiiste kommen tiber das hohe Binnen- land her schon in einem sehr trockenen Zustand an’’ (‘Die Atmosphiarische Circulation, &c.,”’ in Erg. No. 38. Geo. Mitt. 1874). * Dalton, ‘‘ Meteorological Observations and Essays,” 2nd ed., 1834, p. 132. + The month of greatest average rainfall over Natal is December (see Table 25), whereas the quantity of moisture in the air of Durban is greatest in February. At Durban itself, October, with a mean moisture of 5:8 grains per cubic foot, has as great a daily rainfall as February, with a mean moisture of 7°5 grains, 27 2S eo 29 {0 a ae | 31 ese 335 22 aS, ee ee | - | | : | t ' | cu j Por # L.ewANSVAA|\L COLONY ieee cae Mt | : j fs 5 SEC. XNI. @ | ‘ ; 2 ~ | 2 | 4 i ony i | O) G | . ay ‘ rk. v 28 N “ \ iv | | 93 lrmqy [ier lye [1997 lags |oe99 |/200 |iper |r02-| 2 fun ite Pane alee mae ~ 5 Da a : = [ome |e eat [ae a ere | ato] te = : cel S - ean | as) eS, Jes re rie ee Wee We |e thee dp i Bo Wes |e tae [lene |S ee en ae [4 ben 0 2 [ E pn a aE 3 | ooy gx | | [reno | bool aye fe Ip 3 3 ous ool | f a 330] «| ro “ro| 320 |6| bo ¥ & | 1 IE 3% |:030 BIE Gb |y |/ 025 F S p20 ‘01D. [roy] ogy | Siar | Bota ae ar | 5 Laer v b obo | oro | -¥F0| 2 a a ESE i: Stl | asso _| aso ags| $ [3009 WW 2 tbo | -090 1% | eee | ie | al __|-yro| 038- £1153, 4] | 030 Lt IL yD | tye may at | oro _| V9£ \l \lios = 4 | 290 “Ro 134 | 20% 1372 al 19% = bro iz ord | 4/2500 10 010 | | 303 | shy | 397 | 33 | [obs ares 7 020 i 040 | IE | ver] [aut $40 Flaray D- 090 [ 520 x15 It 00% ($2 vax{ [is ont | 16 | 9 \E- Jos RB 1x0 i reas || any 2.10) 00> iho |=| 49 iy : Ho 002. | -00) | [Ear IE [ 3 | 5] $24 IF obo oss tho |-1>+o yoo 7| tas 7 | T “0¥O | 040 30 yy > [>to li it Tho} 510 al 3/72 i) 110 | -003 058 210 030} /2aJ- al 940 ob 3] p26 % 3 210 oiS-| fob| Fro | ott | abr 010 |__| 8 [752 14 aro IL uy | 3b! bro il yer | orb | ry3 0s3| 05 | 9 /2.034 Bey po ood} ost Oy [ise 20 | 06u- ols 5 |aus) By] 1F0| 00] o¥0| s20 Wy 087 oa 090|2 Te) /0| -49. 2 z al | too} TR i byb E ass oo | Hs / 3 oro] | oor W¥2 | yo 013 bo 6| 698 pros on ie ooy | 026 | 03s | o+0 FL As | - wr al [ 10 | Blk | Paps tee} SpE] all IE ALS | 94987 = 22602 ~% [oro _ | 07% | ‘ool 245 | Ie + 55 >) | | it YO | 0/0 | -o/ oo 002 | .00) | 0) 0/0 | 00> HAS » o/& | sob | 085 | oby hy eal a(S Heal 4 | osy or) If | “050 IL “200 ¥| Bof To obo ars | 39) E 3 | 70% v7] [ 0nd i 093| | o7- = 3 | 796 Mat |-or0] y/o |-ob0 190 1540 |106¥) 430 | 20 | 440 | ait arg \9rq [1-67 [daly Baar | tao fyb fob& Bylo |3/o/ gb) 20 BASS Roary79s-|/-9as | |37.023 }— ——} — + | = | ' i || 8 G -| % ! ! ° ' 6 fo \ 7 >| 6 fo en ee | ¥ 5 ¢| ¥| 23] 1] 70] 1 Sa g ¥ By Bn| 9 9 Wt a —-- —-| al 8 & ryyo 4 / ab Bue 992 |/003 dey SLE Ate ys) [ats [684 Rie 19/ he Hi Hy Mike 7 *7) mi] 7 (eka hie - Revi aya lsvel es trl pees eee asl eee leven eri acellceel eau vee mop pe ge f Bo [ess Issn the Nes lfc Me. Ne Neo. Heo Nes. Neo [ee [feo Ie Q 2 Ibo | ad iol OE 1-0 = | a | SE (5220) | | : (ees Ba Yr 2 7? -0%0 010 | Bes IL 043 | 1/0 020 i 0 out 10 oo} if Tt | [ ae y iyo al RS he ARS) B — 060 [ on} oe iF [ IE {hp -0%0 n 0/0 ] L ) Oyo [ : f i q | al 1% 0x0 | 010 | . 12.0 yoo Wo '6 030 sie a 20 330 : . IE IL = IEGED af |} zi al ie + [one = | i -obl -0%3 | Sta 4 to fe FE : AE | i. + sy -bo2 | La [eo 00 | | - ; aq {fe o%3 perl |b | -- | hipy|hro3 | 9957 ° ™, : - }290 | oro 3499 0} 1-64 0 wend oad enh 1-967 1-775) bos] yrg] 122-4 3: : oth 14 = a ali To eT | 4 hn = ee i Meg hase a | a - ne 7 ae : BE seerariacoiyniairencetemaet aA Z r 4 Be 5 at ox oe ey 4a BRP a RET Bade, 4 r ‘ * ‘ 4 : | sik | ni i - y; ak eee Wife Pe ee are NW tet we Re AS a ‘ a: ; Lane , feeb Hy ; ; betas dal accel Mprenitleunse dibs are ; ; * : : ; : Ice es oes } ele hd eae foe NC opin Ele gh ap lets i rea he- i ; ot. Sl Ree eae Chee # oS ws shee Rie Mbp oi eme ow: f x j f he dg = a a: oo etd Se Fe “He 2 ‘ ' ‘i " hale J tap emma orrt 2 aneirercse sey A t ft sini todo tele] a ” 3 4 , aut hie oan Chae Ke bo 2) 0, iGo, iis te ‘ete {i ae eS ty eS nm ex tue es id : BP ' 4 - a +4 ¥ \ tne ad wires. ee ee ee we Ah aie BRA Hen cote areas Maas ar, Goats Sy ae ; ea ah fesneed ied ohare panda Od als ate scgornaaplaioawineel } . : ' : q va ; r Bea io pant ie ime nse eyoae teen adh ” “ls thea “OF + ott mis . ee eo" Co is}77 I8)% 1879 [Iso |isey [rer [aes [iaey oar WL st) [048 889 INGL-) 1852. 493 |) 55y, I | A s : : ; eis . : ee | Frese | b= aa : S| see | Ps | |e | Se ee ees Bees — 7 - - be 2 | 00 O30 os} aBEE [|< [els 4 ez) A) So Fiche | 91 r SEI tt at I$]) [1898 [1979] [840] 1864 | ota] ssa JAvy [ser | sao $9) | 44) 0919] 1690 NGL | 9%! 1653 |1sgy] 1994 l1a56 (9) | 1878 | 1659 | /500 |/5 07 wl oa < Oo esha] eles | Peto an So eee een Iesilien Wess Iso les. GLI NPS fr ee Se cs ite amt Mab [ 010 |-060 | 10 287| | ly. | 020 os0 =i it d 4 I Yaso “220 | 75| ie = 4/0 IL u 56 | % 1-740] 100 Y30 140 200 | s]auso wR obo o20| 03) | 003 ty} s| ato ¢ [Loo | + 342| 393 032 toy | 250 | | tlaxy | 150 10 090 004 123 | 13 (bo |-0g0 Diewa $!/ 100 Le IL og / P Pa 1 PERG 4 “050 030 ie 166 coy 015 22] 24 to 03/ rbb E IL 1590 3} 515 | TT IF 120 2 ; “Oty o =F? fref eset IP Ir slot T= SEALE $3.5 (03,00 | a | | Ec) | [22% a [see aaa | Tlasss TD L 1730 002-| 263 | 040] c/o Fass Ist yO “Y¥F0 Atgy | orf 3/5] Ss DF >¥O [23 005, 150 156 020 os) no 050] -yis O50 ; [ T aoe Ps tps] 0x0 IES) TT | 025] 1b0 | “00% aS Lenn aa ees ERS TAS. 045] 030 bt | “ots | 03) |_| 9/ | eto oF Bros 15 Ty5 ~ | -loo OY ID ey = i ip = =a a Ory Bo oyo ox0 ae == fhe 30; | 8|/aqs >I tT os oor | 900 8 Salo] E [esol | bln Ee BPO [oso | 5194 20% | 206] orn 095 2a oa [Te O20 Ti alt IE 09) 110 |.9/0 S140 ry 130 |-o0y 0t0 030 | os) | | 003 Liye orb $95 [3 al 150| 1/\1-9480 IFT Jim 250 295] 017 ylo [ep bo] set 7 010 | 050 030 [073 | 00% | oof aaa 09% | fase] | eyo /o| S59) >) 190 3] 370 [B10 foto [oto | coe | | | [eve ¥)3 035 bas 030 - E | oo al 3) 586 35 oO 070 | 130 ool 00y [_ [e768 2b 910 ¥ 503 to o0t0 | jbo oy -o/f 3/0 ood. 120 | as Sata ’ 33% | -/53 ob/ yO arb 1%3 = Giza Le Month 360 }. 150.270 1-4)0 f).0r0. ae wee | ays | v8) f1ey. | 006 /1-4/7| S1yO [Eby | -7TRAQI pall Rage |gas) -- p-3bT sas] S42] yoo laaas % [4b> |/6b3 a =[oP As safely) Table 14. Total Raragall it Kom fr he ab + are IND) — 1902, — epnat irwnb 154, hago ack. Yam Pel Man Uhr, May Jum Jal, ng. Sef 0k Mev. bee. er ene nde whe Ah, mh, he ache ie, he, lay ale, ae, he, ite, tage E48 EF or Ay -- he 47 pry 136 aya 1254 by ko 2493 wows i De 63/10 : Th AIRS Gh GAS Ver AYe ADS YF 2S tS 12Gb oS 27) 53) 1458 Ie TIL Sy bo 30 23 -- 150 wor Sys bL T4y bor tio yO 173 =o +03 by Jodo b¢ foo 130 J40 Le 127 3 Go (bo HI) Fd aby 179 155 Fb : ats op el 9K byk 193 YD) 8h ay ee tye 152 ys 6b po 20F 162 G0 - = 7F 6s 963 sy 136 270 Low - eb Ko yyy 144 243 141 137 GF YS 14 7¥ 2oy 336 YFG 1-4) ‘ -- of -bo 1) 34% Aby dof 144 14r 23) 1b NG 6! bse Fhe jos ¢ 3.29 3.4/ as// 329 296 bS/ alr F¥5 + 9% 3/30 9y LIF yay -b3 i by 7) 1248 F)o 1S 736 by) 2202/4 ae Je eA ak rit : ayo 2.33 3503 245/ W351 449 1.47 Lbs : Ato 31/5 17.5% 2 15-60 i245 $F 327 toh -- - 0% 7 Der 1g.4b. j 21-0), aqr 113 624 90 2 130 -- 29 ast BBs 49% 240 1h 43 - (2 22al 7 19.27 $25 257 1yt 300 I89 reg hys $F 17.45 1938 loo TA) 188 429 22h - 497 4 ASE 16.94 ? 147% 7 bi 3.27 480 2497 - - 06 165 44 1% bob ayo 22.23 75 ¥20 142 1.6% 1bo 07 130 146276 /.03 162) 22-Ay7 5 inches 24-959 V2RaATe a9 ees < > wy 3797, - AT AtI0 bJ00 YH aso 0.95 2-9/ 270 2200 b4ys WAS Wend 4552 5.247 292 2475 S4bo ay¥-br Gg 34.023 1.50/ 20% 372 39TS Py 22.625 na Iny 1546 aorb 17.332 “yoo 187 JB 1305 11-95% 3yy Is) 1 01S 1bot b 636 aby 150-470 1-672 5-bb0 qs JIS y¥ 920 5950 6.336 Lith Yd SH¥ 6047) ysso 1931 2¥q9 ¥a50 7.030 hyt% 2b S/L 965 2590 bby, + York s¥70 Asvo¥s20 tubo 7-974 1b. 33 / 9523 4/.020 27.55% Is $96 Ja.liy ag 4 YB3. 024 dey hem 00 Seam, Dmek Won BG & MIS oN. LI a 2 Cy 1 iy a/ wIochpputy SV EK OCP EYINVA a ° SASS Gey oS OMen was ~~ 3 ‘ya=yo The 17 dhe bunnnnik Variation 9 Rarnfete ot Kervbornrt, ° ' “ WW Ww Vv 7] vu vit m x N xu xy ¥v x xv x XK Kd HH fa Ae, thay clay mA, Ae, tae, inch, paths waclen woke, sha thas phates packer tmnvha, tte, ele, Ceha, rela, ttle, tha, ‘make char n- YY Fore 43 1315 Joh asl dab 222 087 249 bya br HF -5bG A/er aby DL 1263 Lys by bsg 79? 1% 3st L100 ALG [6% 189 By 230 326 037 Yor 195 yr $27 +45 .60G 1obt b70 651 .s03 493 dyG 3%) hep bra yoo yay yg tty doy y70 496 276 Po yb) PHY MF Lb Joby. 686 1447 Job 828 rib) 4/3 Oy) EDD) ¢ Hy 139 139 19% 1G 07) 120 -yor 022 9th Y2u qu 1296 Fook 345 bbb 3SyS 337 35% Fob 029 °=«-376 1 203 MY Ab 170 083 0% cob 090 12] 010 030 003 025 066 -0%/ -oF! -033 -//1 05) -0Y/ OXS 03) 419-90) -003 ord 064 009 obj- oFo 213 oF) 002 107 037 09g 033 “foe 279 223) 069 025 oe HL « ey 106 IDS 083 M3 IPL JOY -o¥y olf 080 19) -735 036 -01G -/2) -07/ -0b2 -0¥) -0/7 02% Aut 2b D- 034 -0/3 0/0 002 004% 006 coy -o07 - 3 3% ~~ 043 964 003 007 -005 -003 070 117 -sodr Sef 5a4 303 133° 174 -¥o9 239 057 -003 00> a) 5 oe Ny oF 025/333 2s 176 34% bo? WF Iso -Yt2 ch ash ad IAG 02S 005 -00/ -0hF 10% 306 465 bs yt by gb 4/7 YO 3/5 230 215 -S4H -foy 19/ Nn ayy 9b 0%3 016 -O)Y OFX -oF% 233 030 033 2s AAD yr bs 39 FI] 322-20 -0%% 095 -0/F /30/ dee 34 370 “bb 299 249 073 093 abu ISb bb 007 arb bby b16 H-/>G 937-902 -b22./343 1189 bro nO 337 797 bypare 3913 YIyd ¥4)0 2.69L 24742607 A/oy 1-Gor/ 3 143% (4h AgGr ¥FO7 FAY) 7.947 $376 D94/ 39% b-by3 F004 ¥100 KIGb F956 ° 1 " ue I. Thamhen and Thenderst rors. hawt herane hris hewts hawre hewry hows howe howe, ewes howis bewrs hewrs hors (iS of ol 2 ays % xr xvi wn IK XK OR Kx ox OM hare ‘howie hewis hurr Mwis howe howls hewrs heures hows 2 do 19) 1a IY Wy Y ¢ He as =o 4a eet 1 1 34, T™ 9h 1) toh ayy WoT ! ! i ws Ihe, A fi % e TE PIS ty 4 - ay, 9h IK / fl ! i jl / A ! ti : : hn / a 4 i ay a * xe Dice ~ Geo WE: f 5 a nth. 1+ ty Ib 12% lob oe by Ge A ua $O 97% toh bs HR) GD OE Tee 5) Pru taps IM) Heat: 724 19-7) 13:33 1629 (9b 1937 14.2s- 10.65 ! va 3 ! Pw Yee irmneosys a = Bn ee DFT 974 13aF 1396 1423 G00 /-/0) 3% 643 ~ Onrmral = ra sd br 8D yg 479 -B% 357 31) ob 406 300 - [ hewno Aowrs hewre howto Aenas hewre hero i) 20 (EE 20 % iY 20 hawre bewie heme heures heme here Aree hows hows heme Bo 10 Ie t (5 > 10 tr Kewte bert hana bears hewts dors have hewis hewis hewre howe bewra hewis hewre hrwrs howe hana hewne I t ! i] AS Te eat! -- sa -- t ax Sy Joy 2.8% : E : 3 15% ay OL fat 33 I us 5 ceyr~ rp ppepes 1 HY eotvy 34 F Ser akty 64 an 10% t fo. %e ID 2 7* ers 1 5 A 2s 10% 107. 1b3, (2b Yayo 5) 39 4A) ey) 8 7 Ss as EI ae a ca 2. Thendew, Thyadersternes and Liplinirng. [j bete bent. Mets hewts bets hones bonne hemts hentr bynte horas hewn berwny harny hewn hare haris hen, hewighrmrs hers hows hewrs hewr> on FIZ 266 1-0 WHY DP 00 ha 8] eye Wt 1S 95 Ye 74w Hoy 13.07 QE ly (7 14.56 3217 yl] yx3S 3317 aoyl Hoy de Spas) [Cy ye ¢ f Sear MSN Comes G, Wf t 3 Uy ps t ( 6 3 va IS le 1g (110 wpe rwry~ Tw~ oD = Byecprrrparccad > i) 7) c 2 3 7 ¥ vA & ?) >a KFF Pre 4 Ld o~ = GX) wo / a) 5 ) 17 Iho I 4% 66 $5 7-7 77 : yO 145 206 19% 1%3 203 272 19.0 1bT 17% hho vy ers > © A ( >> 3 t Wy mh ph ph nh nd peli inch whi moh ake e 3 mth wh wk mA trih Wh rch mh nh KA oF! -oby -O4/ ~—%0 0y3 -o¥0 “036 -03b o¥0 -eyo oyL ory -OFR oby 070 072 ys OF2 O¥2 -oy/ -05q -obr co f iY Tbk 4. The binnsh Faniation 4 Kove alt ut Entlontl Tale 20. Same Harmanic Constants i» the Burnal Cnves (——— Kembertes m Aferent Seators, 1997 902. |e Ravafall o- bemlurmt (Kimberley); A Thunterstnms st — aaa a Table 25. Shennns ie Rehatcons hip bho. he ee houd + the ermpitid g y ore K erkey Geantiby Prequeney, | Ratz Bets Hse, Ho. eae, oe tr ie ee is Aah de 9 he Ts 4 fen dansatien rae K Sh (eS Norte 7h to Maz Ong te|lv te Hb. Map te Ung tl Nev.te Heb. b Mgt Cag (pes (facie Korie Wie Cee. Pre, ate Cox A q D E Awnje A B @ D E Crenfe | fens afm aly 04. | Yume cfs J Oh. [Dem Oe Sey ooh 7 EECA Ree aie ont all CHEE a ec "he Jo Jo oo fet. fet fect fect. fect fect Fn tliny eikee Aken. Behe, meh, [Lowe Bore teers kom [efile opal onl, a folew Bi ig 20 SEU elon ae pate Ku eb Geo Vosn EA 24 3/ 25 YI AB F236 $33) £125 by3b Fosy Vo byor psy -obb bin] 1¢ 33° 11 A) -074 -054 ooh or fo) 2 I ee ine eks. Bi 3 nl HS ik Sell yo 1% 33 y3 3.739 4477 4362 Gord 908 = 0 fey 2.04q 822-537] 23 3L 11 Jae] oy 057 04S “oe COL) AD TBO Rg T B)Ko LOK rg eet 3% a2 Dee 36 3olq (3.4/5 203% 3692 355% 337y Mo EUS ayse Bla IS] 2H 2h >> 0)! -0%) “030 030 be [ sy 3 a es p 30° 2% mS 3 25 2)92 artlb/ 3646 3,%6.- 70/8 Wo NE 1220 ab 295] 1D Ab I I>] -03y -o¥) 043 ors 2.346 3b a8 IB Yq ley) 3.309 L957 svat es wy me Se a a Be a8 se ile Bees) Geis, gree ee ¥ 183 6 330 73] 15 30 13 9 | -o63 -035 “on -pay 11 )2. 19594 7205 2206 } Ml Sey) Aue CN Els Se) 7 rb 4 It 3,436 320% 3. 3oqX 3923 23557 vi 432 47) wee vay] (4 20 Ip) S] ov) ony -027 -obF 9 Y530 asus 100) as ne ae Tue. 32 7 5 6 14% Ayoo abot 3.§00 YGssaT %SbF ERE wi ash tn01 305 aya} seh 20 se >} 022 -obo ors -oyt Mob | 4952785 3336 bb2 1992 7 ny. aay 7 ne Pe 14 Ye 4293 Vel “D> -& 825 ¥,sb.0 vy 746 9949 «9-295 1/0) Ib >] 4 6 030 oS 037 o/f Sep. 3b 3/ 23 n 4 403% 2,76 ry Gesu, png S220 Ip bit -$3 asq WIS) 13 oy 6 % oy) 036 o¢o -ory Ook 4s 3 zy ay 3y Caio, pee 6,300 534 hesy 337) a ep ee He, 3/3 ul ar we F 063 030 ors 05D Tide 2 Now as 24q 27 1k a7 Tylg bsr3 6,023 b 600 be ba Cass 5 2 MY $23! 1 ar 28 022 034 037 -047 : be, ul 2 3b BBL 3 vos brbs> bese = b43g = 397 F765 Nem 4g 44) abe aps] sb 18 b 4 | ob) on) oye 0d Metlly, Dervratirn 9, chy Himd farm Oe HbA, ee aoe RS bo a 3006 vy! ¥lFL S0/> 5027 eae mH IID gy aby by] 22 27 5 7 | 065 03> 040 023 — = Z a 1 mi IGE IL iy “£45 Jy 33 5 «8 | os4 -o5y cork on) Defies Rarnpele | rumdanr Manrpall <4 ie XV AIS} 2973S 225 --Dr0] 44 ¥L 9) 10 | oyS oFG -035 -073 [N-ENE, ESSE, S—nsvt. W—WiH] N—ENE E—SSE. S—WSw/ W— NNW. Me ne i rib ofe let jet [ct fut fet MI 3)GO ARE 44S G4} Sr YY 1) | 064 083 09% 05% hrwre- hems hewn. hews.| hewn, how hours. Amro. 9 “GE 3 + > 243% S125 5,33/ sss b,y3 Fu 3F0$ AsS% 05% 22/g| yb 43 S +1 | 076 0F4 orf -fob am = ly es +24 #2) —13 37 oes £G 37 ai x ag x ie a 2 . wee My I FJ2% 194 2918] 3% Yr 3) >/ | ous” 7% 020 139 94. |— > +I — 1 +30 —G% +h —33 ae al hee at ae A ee sf i 3 ae is 45 ix agbh bby) aby 498) 4) 999 I> ry] -063 ory opr o3b Than. +10 +ab 0 —20 —¥ ia, OR) Ne A aS SST: ° 1a rae Hee ar Ax 2539 2Ay% a2) 633) yy > I 15) 5% -ol> 1075 +033 ay +6 + b ta, 3 —27 Gr. yr 19 Jo ay at SE Cares 5467 fe a Sby Ki 13452256 37¥ $029) 39 Sy FI ‘6 |] 035 oy2d 034 -oby ™ +6 tyr +i —/y 3% Mag 24 jo xe) 3 7b ass Be re ol sya My Se IKE 381 Fo) 23 43 fb 1) | -oyb oud -02% -obye -—%t-—y te — > Tren. AG i) pa) a6 9 Boor 3 he 20 tas gad wet 139q IAM 1) or] 31 y3 1 BL | -0y3 -oyy -0/— 03% =) +34 —33, 255 pe. 32 eae i) 4 b aiyee) abo Sogao) ails 385 Ndnght 3299 140 ogy 775) 2b 3) 2-21 | sab 044 -00% 037 Oy. ° a oO @ ling. ay 2/ ae [> i) YWIFy 22S 747 VPX3 465 Sef tio +4 25 +2 Sh. iy 36 3/ i) aS S762 yesh Fwy bors bub (hee spuisyolys Jistibuss| bsg +13 >¥b 293| 05) oF0 024 orl ou +2 -34 +34 —2 cz 4s 34 ry Pave 37 4st. dos/ 38 BSE boc hae, New fo $93 =15. —5/ Nee ue 25 31 1G 2) Fyls bers sad Gyba Laon hee, =f] i a se [ken 3g 39 (3k ‘oyst = 5399 be Gurr U9 IGS MAGG 332%9177|330 362 Gb jas | 05> oF Ory opr Mean 3 17 30 ay as Le7% obs ~byb 4923 S306 Yaaht IFYSO 102 343% Jas! 229 SI 150 ')9 | 079 04% 026 043 fo +)% +/50—¢/ —/40 ‘ % Statins Ww, reopt [del [day Ga es S an aN ry | Y/d. | 3.53 2.5 Pe eye : >) | 9B) ebb a.5(¢ Sa 3 : 136 |/3.86 by | 925 17-69 sy! | ne 49 | bb 137 |/=00 ' 6.44 07 ya? oh YR 3Q yb LY-1) 61) ¥59 | aby as] ae | c. iy AS Loe > / 6 : 20 5 eal — aaa “39 ‘Lo 4 ee pee SS RD as 76 | 7o by |/b-S\& g | ¥1g | 3-93 mal 33 Lon 3 1-3 |/3.68 Peg aol | Ade er a eee S Noe IS eee gq |4¥%5 | boo |2. See fa yh 2 ba 222 119.30 $ 13.43 | 3-42] 2. wee 3.) 8s PbS | (Sys RD | Avb | AsaG 2. AD | TAs | OI LY g | 290 | 3-72 Dee nese ht 10 14 eae Mileas ast (yur oer Pore he 3 SH | HIG ri | 130 |l¢¥o iy AS) og Af -$0 | 770 23 1.23 3 ie AY /2. fo) Sr) eed his g | 43s 1 143 je eS ar eg SS | AS plo | 4.9% | 29g | 2:3 Se aa eee ee 14 29 | 69 | 6c $5 | /02S Pa | 193° feed pe | re | ag) 3 | gr | ror | sso | /¥-83 ob) -%') ) a oy a "30 OS OF) Nae ee 1G oll oS | f-73 AERTS OG | 3 com) | ied | (200) Weeds | TY 357 ro) .at $7 . ae A ¥ O SS ie aes /3.6 >. ! a 23 | 2.3% | 7. 3 2G Sof “~O Gs | 1.66 og 19.3) l4y fate [aug [afl | 3% 3.6 | -Gf [11g 1 191 AY | 7/47 £4 4F Jo uy! 2/ Pal) Y¥ 2. uke S43 | 2.08 | /5/ 57 Bee | 7+ | 51 $ aor: A ‘76 Lie > “O3 TE | 1/09 | 145) 24S Ao-32~ la o. Ree 173 30. | °¥% | SO W707 | by) 470 |19.«7 3 2 : oy) > YY “Ff Te TL LKSs 1-¥D 3.05 |20-46 ¥2. a 6S ole 35 Lee, 3/ | 4b) DAH AGG [23.27 Ie | wy | fod | BI 1/23 | TG) ATH |RAWDS eee To | -$7 | 204%] 24612.83 RES ao 79 Ge to WN | -64 | -§9]/37 | 23% | Sor) 23% [2760 [ 30 33 3 YY / G% {oOo Let | 2.247) A722 |23.2o° a 2 | ee | ite | oa | ae s IG | a3 Ly | -$2[ 258 | 37 es lane Re | i) 3 - 4. ZO f32- | 1.593 3-27 | Y2O|7.4%I-~139.99 ? ea 241 pe | LAG | OL | 270 13-971 FKS [Pr ee | ee ee line | Fis 757 Goel bos 53% Bee Ps | Sa oo Lagi 293 | 694 | % GIL) TS 79.80 : 15 7% | 4e2 3.64, | 3-27 | 2:3) | HFS ys.o6 8) £72 [25-4 als |S Pas (\ Nu. 0 iy se [sz uy me 4 cs m ‘ ? Tate 2y. Compare D ieavritean (AEC) te Hirot Plane Condenration Riaanal Ne wat yan | Cin Mlinsak A] Condensate | Complement of Cordinaalign Al eiheemalll ence | gay) Seo 3 fat Ot xv 3 tet ° 13. % 2145 Jay 33.6 ). tv0 ! ay AdGx IW. 3y9 bory i Was abo Mar. | 47-7 6,295 nt I) Aylg Opn as-) 393/ iv lof a33/ Ma | 29> 6,75% v 43 aryl | de | ape | baz v/ oq aory Qe | 276 bur vi 10% 3397 Aw. | 33-4 7,223 yin} iy Bush sof 37,0 $53 iX | 19-4 wer) | be | 367 tyl9 Xan ess Fyoo Nw Ys Caos x 27.0 Gass he 343 Bb Nem | 29.6 base x 7 ary av iy feet nw 3A. | J,t00 pas qb ar wile 15564 | tt ion 205/ ™~ | 3a.0 3 4F Mar yb 1ob2 xvi 280 bybx OM yl yl xm | As ryyb | Ma, bg Wega xx 204 ¥ bb ~ bg IWFG2 aX hey way “Me )% 1,800 x 0 Y9a3, anf. 97 Ars Xx | 1b vbyl Sep. Ind albor Xue Iyeor Jay lb 04. wd aber 3.20% 2.03% alle 26. Shearng he Tenn Month, + Unnnal Karnfule at Selecid Stotions 1 Sth Africa hel, br Ge 22 Yar [480 y /4ol Stale ft pd. [ze s. os A = Cy of A /% /% /% airy Sai ig V. Sruthern Kanroo, € On dich Vo Hist-lontral Kamen | i v/ Maes [orleem Puree a2 Zeraatbon, hers Detrafe Beaufort 1 2 3 ¥ ry 2d 20 20 an al 33 5b 335g 3b Fb ye oO ay +4 ay as as as 15 +0 0 toe poe aa elas AS vail ay} ar 2% + 3j;Ayoo A270 24400 2,+00 2,500 3,700 34/4,000 yq ! 0|2,)50 | 342,400 ae 49) 1, lyr Yb} 3,100 al 2 42] 4776 3/| ¥200) $| ¥ob0 4d) ¥Ytoo 2 I9G) 7|4%/oo 133 oy BY +l -6/ 136 1Fo ryh Heyy) 9b S4_| tov fast Kondow Carrafe XL. Noth-Last :— YerBirstadt ( v 25 SI N30 13|24 34/30 $l2g 3/30 q\arng 50/31 10)29 aol3/ 7 | Wate a 3.10 IG 4,290! 3-20 % bol 3-b/ 4,400] Yat AnT0 AD az { i] i } | fe ® Aond ot § Bier Tia Sens | | a 3 i r- * “ ’ «ea e a 4 > “i : zit “= * f ¢ , AIH 2 Tele 2b. Constants v tle Sine Series tov Omruel Curves 4 Rarrfall ~ Smt Aficr Sectin V omen uy % uy uy 1 a78°7 158% 7b 24y We ADU My Bay 1395 WL 942.0 207.4 47.6 bry IW. 329.2 24/0 laos -1y7 WE. 87.0 263.6 195 157 VW 307-7 a1 19 VC. 72.0 292.9 A0y.b -/bg Wea 19.32966 7¥.0 157 VIL. bby 337-4 Alb -Fy/ Vil 77.1 332,0 A804 756 Wi yyy 223.5 3/3) wy w.&. 67.639).5 309.6 94% IK 4 F923 299.9 Yor IX.D. 67% 36b.2.249.6 /20/ X 96-5 33-3 292.0 1.245 Al 9-2 23.4 286.7 1o3l Ki FH IT aby 1) T KW SEB YT ATE IIIS XIV DF 24-9 33/0/7020 XV, lor T3204 229 TAYIY sho At) 112 ash 2b 19% 189 ab ny ay 17 aby 199 2K/ 32d yoy /9 370 447 M2 45 25 Wb ogl so 057 07. 5) 050 11d +03 075 103 133 (yd 7b2 163 od ye 176 49 DEX} 7b ab 7 2/0 >) Br bg +52. +b) who) bay 957 FFD) 746 Bye BST ty By 167 "9 1¥o 150 Dd a/7) 18) 195° 1 192. >/ 206 ¥06 197 3y 207 $2 73d 9 3G faker ate ysroret perce SHLD E AA ~ boyy. gare +| wy 9 > 146 14 xt pia 63 oI 16% by oF J-o 77 Chywd. buntgn 11450 305°2 Ibo'o /%-45 5507 /.000 Cote 107-1 3064 10% 941 Brg As0d Erbil loy-/ 29523600 Sbby yoss 1333 Mol Ke, $a.F 3/32 75.2 6083 ¥.003 1246 Smmaraloun 262.9 22.7.3 1443 look 3yo% bor AsalNot, 73.0 240-3 Ty F 348 3.2/9 rydy Kinkersbey 9/-% 327.0 3362 627) A7TY 0958 Crabtyrtin 392.9 277.5 107.7 2.963 + uly 2.207 Charsellisn Aly 2 2/26 121.0 1/32) 2.922 972 Le Bynd ? A. Ranft furan 10975 302.6 ¥o"7 1.928 - GartZonkon /o0-l 25) 205) 526 Cob Vigohed 239.7 23.) 156.7 32 Mow Bay 163.1 *79-T 10.2 153 Svematewn 278-7 Loy FX.) 1453 Aint Nov W¥6 16-9 asb-0 1717 ikea! 2 EL ay) B 1/50 loti. 53.5 347.0 283./ B00 Anil 284.0192) 65.3 979 lidubuihe Situ, 258165 % Lal 1.055 DbieSpring, te 77% 2-2 91.9 WR + Brddrn drgint 99) [¥5-0 269.0 A¥E7) Tele 30. Shewenp the Ha sperc aA Bah Owerafe fale 9, Kain ernes bomding 6 P hie ether, oe ok a Fi > LONE RS Ry fem NPR ty cman et > wl y Se 2 mee We ee 4 8 “WW 2 : J ae ($40 ee a ee et pehttatee Ns hans - aa ee on vad * } » (29 ) FACTORIZABLE CONTINUANTS. By Tuomas Muir, LL.D. (Read December, 1903.) 1. The first to note the existence of a continuant resolvable into linear factors appears to have been Sylvester,* the continuant in question having for the elements of its main diagonal a constant quantity, for the elements of one minor diagonal the integers i 203," ..5 ta order, and for the elements of the other minor diagonal the same integers in reverse order: for example The next was Painvin,+ whose continuant had not only the elements of its minor diagonals in equidifferent progression, but those of its main diagonal as well: for example a b ’ el 3(6-1) a-l Oe a a (aeineay ieee ZO Ge ee eG Ven (a 30), | : . 6-1 a-3 | —an identity which, though involving an additional variable, does not include the identity preceding it. The initial object of the present note is to establish a theorem much more general than either and including both. This done there is then added one or two allied propositions of greater analytical interest. 2. The n-line continuant whose right-hand minor diagonal is b, 2b, 3b, ..., whose left-hand minor diagonal reversed 1s —c, -- 2c, * [Syutvester, J. J.] Théoréme sur les déterminants de M. Sylvester.—Nowv. Ann. de Math., xiii., p. 305 (Aug., 1854). + Partnvin, [L.] Sur un certain systeme d’équations linéaires.—Jowrn. de Inowuville, 2° sér., iii., pp. 41-46. 30 =©Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. —8c}..., and whose main diagonal is a, a-b-c, a—2b-2e, ..., as equal to — 3 (a—n-1.b)(a—-n-2.6-c)(@—-n—3.6-—2¢)...... (a-—n—1.C). By way of illustrative proof let us take the case where n = 5, viz., a b si ; i | SAG haa G 2b : =3G Qi = IND = HG 3b 296° saeh a0 eee ; =6 (= tin 46 |. Performing the operation row, + row, + row, + row, + row., removing the factor a—4c and lowering the order of the determinant we have (a - 4c)| a—b4+-3¢ 9b+ 4¢ Ac 4c | = BC 20-26 3b : ; AG @ = B10 = 3 4b Ras —¢ a — 3b -- 4c Performing on this determinant the operation row, + 2 row, + 3 row, + 4 row, we obtain (a—b-3c)| 1 2 3 4 | —8¢ a-—2b--2€ 30 | — 2c a — 3b — 3¢ 4b | os —¢ a—4b—4c_ the determinant factor of which reduces to O=0AAG 3b+.9c¢ Ie — 2c a =3bD= 30 “AO =6 a—4b -4c |. ‘On this we now perform the operation row, + 3 row, + 6 row, obtaining (a—-2b -2c)| 1 3 6 =%¢ a= 36 = 3c Ab -¢ ~ @—4b-4¢ Factorizable Continvuants. Bil the determinant in which reduces to G30 ae sto-— 12¢ =@6 Gy 2D = AE |, Finally the operation row, + 4 row, enables us to remove the factor a—3b-—c and to disclose the final factor a—4b. The result thus is (a — 4c) (a — 3¢ — b) (a — 2c - 2b) (a — ¢ — 3b) (a — 4D). 3. It is important to take notice of the multiples in the successive row-operations, especially as they appear when placed in the form 1 tg eis b>: Jan LGB coe 4 tar Thies) i, 4 it —a, form resembling what used-to be known as ‘‘ Pascal’s triangle.”’ In the second place it should be noted that the swm of the factors appearing in the final result vs the same as the sum of the elements of the main diagonal of the continuant ; the fact being, indeed, that if from the elements of the main diagonal we remove the terms in ), thus obtaining ad, a—Cc, a—2c, a— 3c, a—4e, and then in reverse order re-annex the said terms we arrive at the factors. Lastly, note should be taken that before deciding whether a given continuant is of the form of § 2, and therefore resolvable into linear factors, it is necessary to bear in mind that a factor in the place (7, s) may be transferred to the place (s, 7) without affecting the value of the continuant. 4. Painvin’s result is obtained by putting c= —b+1, and Sylvester’s by putting c= -b=1. Curiously enough, however, there are more continuants than one which resolve into exactly the same factors as Painvin’s; thus for the fourth order we have | at+3b b : : | MeGe aba kb. 24% Gea Gr) AN ee ee | mt (a= F(a 2 3), ) eer eee so that the continuant here and that instanced in § 1 are identical. 32 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Thé attempt to establish this identity by transforming the one continuant into the other has led to the following theorem, which, besides effecting a still wider generalisation than that of § 2, places the whole matter on a ditferent and far more interesting footing. 5. The value of the continuant a b So) eae eae (1-n)e a-b-e 20: Sieeerres (227)\¢ 0 = 20 Gwaae. ls Yins : i eee a —(n — 2) (b+¢) (7 —1)b | tae —¢ a —(n—1) (b6+c) eee ees | given mm § 2 r not altered by adding to its matrix the matrix of the continuant (27 —1)x x gt re (l-n)x (n-3)xr ae SEES 6 (2-n)xe (n-d)zr ...... ne ee hie ie | roe —2% —(n-l1)z |. The result of performing on the latter matrix the first of the operations performed in § 2 on the original matrix, viz., the operation TOM Se LOWS ap WON SPs ace5 is to make a row of zeros: it follows, therefore, that this operation performed on the matrix, which is the sum of these two matrices, will lead to exactly the same result as in § 2. The same is the effect of the operation row, + 2 row, + 3 row, + ...... performed on the determinant of order 1—1, which appears after the removal of the factor a—(n-1)b; and so at every successive stage of the factorization. 6. As an illustration of this theorem let us take the case of the fourth order, viz., ly det ae b+2 : [230232 a-hole) 1) 2b on ; | ; —-2¢o-2% a—2b—-—2-—-a2 3b+ 3x | | , + C6 =2% a—3b—3¢— 382, Factorizable Continuants. 35 Putting x= —b we have verification that the continuant is resolvable into (a — 36) (a — 26 —c) (a—- 6 — 2c) (a - 3¢). Putting « = --c we have a second verification, the factors being now got in the reverse order. In the third place, the putting of z=0 and x=b brings out the identity of Painvin’s continuant and that referred to in § 4: the number of such identities, however, is seen to be infinite. Lastly, the sum of the diagonal elements being independent of x is the same when x=0 as when « = — 0: there is thus verified the assertion of § 3 regarding the sum of the factors in the result. were, CUM, Hey (35) DEVELOPMENTS OF A PFAFFIAN. By Tuomas Murr, LL.D. (Read December, 1903.) 1. The fundamental development of a Pfaffian is, of course, that which Jacobi used for the purposes of a definition, viz., in umbral notation, /193456.. = 12/3456) — 13-2456] + 14:/2356| — 15-9346) + 16-/2345), or, more concretely, tL Gy | th, Be Ge oy Odd Oe) — Gs. C, €..65)| — @,:|D, 0. bg Br 451126 5 MG 5 YS Os OS C, Cs C6 €6 €6 €6 a ds |b, b, b b, b, b es | — 5) b, b, 06) + Mg.| 63 O4 95 Cy, 6 Cy Ce de d. ’ the fifteen terms of the development of the Pfaffian of the third degree being got in five sets of three terms each. The analogous development of a determinant, it may be remembered, viz., | a,0,¢,d,) = a,| 6,c,d,| - a,|b,c,d,| + a,| d,c.d,) - a,| b,c.d, has also been used for the purposes of a definition, the first to do so being Vandermonde (1771). 2. In the second place, since Ge Gad, Ga Agl—= GC, C. 64 - | 1 a, a, 0. Ae b, b, b. be d. de Op Oy, b. be C, Co C6 €6 } C, Ce C6 ds dé d. de €6 C6 | 5 and since the Pfaffian on the extreme right can be expressed as an o- 36 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ageregate of products, each of which has for its first factor one of the determinants of the set | On edie Oe ae | 5, b, b. be b) and.for its second factor one of the remaining elements of the Pfaffian,* we obtain : | Gd, 3 A, Os a = @,| €, 6, ¢¢| — | a, b,)e6 + |, bikde —, |G, Oglde ee ea re — |a,b.).c6 + | a, B6|.c. eoececeeceese 6 e6 — | ds D¢l|.c,, the fifteen terms of the development being now got in one set of three and six sets of two. (E,) 3. In the third place, since neither a, nor 0, can occur in the same term with a,, we have from the second line of § 2 |@, G@, @, Gs Oe | —ia, |C, C. Ce |\-— Aa 0, Oe Do One ae 3 0, Os de 5 6 5 A6 . 6, b; 06 eiarsiorevoreisis 6 €6 C Ce. C6 €6 5 46 €6 | 5 + b, | a, as a6 B16) €6 or, if we use A,, A,, B, for the complementary minors of az, a, b;, and put for the Pfaffian on the extreme right its equivalent the determinant — | a, 0; ¢ |, there results jG de Oe Ge Gok, — 1G Need Oemcon (A.) On DO. eys + b,B, C6 This, however, by reason of the low degree of the Pfaffian on the left, is a defective illustration of the form of development now reached. ‘Taking, instead, the Pfaffian of next higher degree we have | Gy Ge, @, dg|= @,4, — @ pA, t-ol Wy Be. ai 1 DB, 20, bg + OB, D0: bg S00 00000000 C, Cs . Cg Ge RVR ge eet Rta apetexaterererer ns Ys ’ = aA, — aA, a =(| @,0;C6|- 9); + 6,B, * See Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdinburgh, xl., pp. 49-58. Developments of a Pfaffian. 4 33 the 105 terms of the Pfaffian » being got in 8 sets of 15, and 10 sets of 6 each. (E.,) 4. We may pursue the process further and obtain a fourth development of a like character, but-a drawback then attaches to the result, the fact being that it is impossible now to say that the Pfaffian | 3 a Gh Ge so0 GE OOo sa 208 C, C. Ae C8 dew Gs Ys GI TIS 8 5 We Wa Ue Gh) = b,B, b. bg: b, bg | + ¢,C, Ge C6. C7 Ce | | d. dg d, dg | Ys 5 the cofactors of a,, — b,, c, in the said Pfaffian being not A,, B,, C,, but | ¢ Os 3 DD be | . A, Ag A, a |. @s Gg A, Qs | Cre Cr Ce Cx C6 Cy 0. Og O- bg | €6 C, @g | €6 C6 @, 8g ty Je | it h ti ts Jeg |, Yg |» Jg |. If, therefore, we insist on retaining a,A,—6,B,+c¢,C,, we shall be repeating 9 terms already included in a,A,—a,A,+06,B,, and must rectify the error by bringing in the product =| Gy GG, | 5 | G5 G Gs] bs b, Ie te , C, Ys |» the result being Bad, @, de... 0s)|— ne — A, 4 aA, = | G2 a. @,1..|e5 e, es | 3 b, b . Os as 6B, = 6,B, b, b, tr IE CO cr + 6,8, G, Js esececesecn + | a. be Ca dg|, Js (A3) where, instead of the 105 terms of the proper development, we have 123, viz., 6 sets of 15 each, 1 set of 9, cancelling a previous 9, and 1 set of 24. o- 38 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. 5. If with an initial Pfaffian of still higher degree we write the result of the preceding paragraph, e.@., |'@o Gy Q,...G,,| =O,R, — Gan GA — Oe GaGa) ieete enue nes 7 b, b, »- By Ve b,B, .: 6,B, b, b, tits fy Fro CRETE NCS + ¢,C, Cl ea coeres e easter . er U0 =P | » As We +++ Axo 2 Dee Os Cz C6 -' Cro Gem e eae €6 o Gx i \) and then again as an equivalent for the Pfaffian on right, put 1G OE eens + 6,B. Oo 20> ek Oe, — ¢,C, Ce; momeOre +d.D, did Bane, 6 C10 compensating for this error by inserting | a, 4, 4,|.compl - |a, a, a4,|.compl + BED. Dy, Oe Cy Cs ds hy | b; b, C, the extreme | a, a, a, |.compl Cs .compl, we shall obtain an identity which is of still less value when viewed as giving a development of the given Pfaffian, viz., | a, @; @,-..G.9| = aA, — d,A, + a,A,- a,A, = | a, @, a, |.compl he Oe Oe + 6,B, — 6,B, + 6B, nels Center ¢,0, — ¢C, C, estes + dD, tro + | a, a, a,|.compl -— | a, a, a, |.compl 3 bs b, b. : d, + | a, a, a,|.compl — | 0, b, b,|.compl Oe CGR d d Developments of a Pfaffian. | 39 for here, instead of the 945 terms of the proper development, we have 10 sets of 105 terms each, 5 sets of 45 terms each, which merely cancel 225 terms of the preceding sets, and 1 final set of 120. _6. Using, as above, the contraction ‘‘compl”’ to stand for the complementary minor of the determinant or Pfaffian which precedes it,* we may formulate as follows the series of general identities thus reached :— | Gy Gz ce Cn | = OE = SN Ge, [Roomalls (E,) b on a | =4,A, — 4@,A, — 3 1| a, 6, ¢,|.compl), (E,) + b,B, : ie) gee =a,A, —a,A, +4,A, — | a, a, a,|.compl + 6,B, — 6,B, D, ©, + ¢,C, SiC + Bila, bc, dg|.compl} (E,) it being remembered that only the first two identities are un- exceptionably effective, giving, as they do, the final development of the Pfaffian without superfluous terms. It may be noted in passing that the triangular mode of disposing the terms of the first kind on the right is not without advantage, in that it is a help to the formation of the terms of the second and following kinds. Thus in (H,) having to commence with a,.col + a,.coi + @,col + a,.cof + 6,coi + 6,coi + &,col + €,col + €¢,.cof + d..cof it is only necessary to leave out in succession the first, second, ... frame-lines of this quasi-Pfaffian, and we obtain + |b, 6, 6,|.cot + | a, a, a,|.cof, + | a, a, a,|.cof + ; ie CG G, @. O, O, d. d, d, in (E,), the triangular matrix being larger, it is possible to form from * Tf strict uniformity of notation were more important than brevity, such a term as ‘‘a,A,”’ would have to be replaced by ‘‘a,.compl.’” Perhaps the best uniform notation, however, would be got by using a contraction of the word cofactor, say the contraction ‘‘ cof”; the difficulty of indicating what signs are to be +, and what —, would also then be avoided. e 40 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. it a Pfaffian of the third order, so that the terms of the second kind just given would be followed by GO COL : and so on. It is also worth noting that there is an interesting alternative form which may be substituted for the first three terms in (E,), (Eee) aes vaize, |@, a, a,|.compl — | a, a, a,|.compl + ... — | a, @, a, |.compl. Ded, O, 0, BOs C, C. Gs 7. When the identity (E,) is applied to a Pfaffian of the 2nd degree, (H,) to a Pfaffian of the 3rd degree, and so on, the development in each case ends with only one determinant under the sign of summation: that is to say, we have | 3%, | = arc, — | a, 0, | (Ax) a b, 4 and the other special cases marked (Q,), (A3), (A,) above, &c. To all except the first two of these there attaches, of course, the blemish attaching to (H,), (E,),..... It is greatly magnified, however, if, instead of viewing the d identities as giving the development of the single Pfaffian on the left, we transform them so as to present an equivalent for the solitary deternunant on the right.* Not only so, but the blemish then attaches to (A,) and (),) also. Thus, taking the case of (A,), which then becomes Q, G, A, | = | G.@s By Gg Ge | — 103) © CosGe |, 2 a0, ee Dy DO. 0, Ds O,. 0, d. d, d. d¢ Cee 1G. 6,.€. s tb hae es Oe @ 58 - wha 6 Mile 6 |5 * This is the way in which the identities are viewed in a paper by Mr. J. Brill, which has just appeared in the Proceedings of the London Math. Soc. (see Vol. I. of Second Series, pp. 103-111). The subject of the paper, it may also be men- tioned, might well be overlooked, as the title under which it appears is ‘‘ On the Minors of a Skew-symmetrical Determinant,” whereas the only theorem contained in it is that here (§ 7) illustrated. Developments of a Pfaffian. 41 we see that to reach the six well-known terms of | a, b,c,| we have to handle 1 set of 15 terms followed by 3 sets of 3 terms each, the last 9 terms appearing merely for the purpose of cancelling 9 of the 15 which precede them; furthermore, six variables occur in the development which have nothing to do with the function sought to be developed. > Te a f ae - fis (43 ) HIGH-LEVEL GRAVELS OF THE CAPE AND THE PROBLEM OF THE KARROO GOLD, By Be Fei SCHWARZ. A. b.©..0:,. HGS: (Read January 27, 1904.) Plates II.-V. The high-level gravels of South Africa have attracted a good deal of attention for some considerable time owing to the peculiar position they occupy. They are found capping the flat-topped hills all over the southern coast-regions of the Colony—at one time as a flinty quartzite, when they have been mistaken for lava-flows; at another as thick beds of gravel- and boulder-beds perched many hundreds of feet above the present levels of the rivers, when they have been mistaken for the Enon Conglomerate, a member of the Uitenhage Series of Jurassic age. They were first studied by Mr. Rogers and myself along the seaward face of the great coast-ranges, especially in Caledon, Swel- lendam, and Riversdale, and later, in the extreme east, in Komgha and Kentani. For some time it was not clear whether the gravels here were old sea-beaches, and that the level flats which they must have originally covered were not surf-cut terraces. As a matter of fact the sea is at the present time cutting ledges along the coast which at low tide are exposed and continue the rocky land-surface for a considerable distance out to sea; east of Cape Agulhas, as far as the Pondoland shore, these surf-cut terraces occur repeatedly, and form the home of the oyster, the octopus, the ollycrock, and other sea delicacies. The gravels, however, have more the appearance of river-borne material, and the fine sands that of river-sand, and the question has been practically settled by the discovery of the fruits of Chara—a typical fresh-water weed embedded in the hardened sands. in Komgha. Inland the evidences of the gravels were not so abundant, though Mr. Rogers and myself have recorded them as occurring in Ladi- smith, Oudtshoorn, and Prince Albert. For the whole of the last year I have been working on the watershed between the Gouritz and Gamtoos river-systems, and have found the high-level gravels 4 - 44 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. enormously developed, or rather, since they must have existed equally all over the other districts in which small vestiges are still retained, where they have been very little disturbed by denudation. Seeing these gravels, then, in their full development, I have been able to get a better grasp of their meaning and origin, and I propose in the present paper to work out my views in regard to them. I dare say these will need some modification as our knowledge advances, yet I think a useful purpose will be served in drawing under one head an important body of facts. Stated briefly, my idea is that at no very distant time there was a plain passing all over the southern part of the continent, and far into the Karroo, which was elevated some 1,000 feet above the level of the present rivers—that is to say, on the coast it was 1,000 feet to 2,000 feet above the present sea-level; in the interior mountainous district, Ladismith, Oudtshoorn, and Baviaan’s Kloof, it was 3,000 feet and more, and on the Karyroo side of the coast-range it was 3,000 feet to 4,000 feet. This plain was formed when the rivers had reached a quiet stage in their denudation—that is, a period when they no longer cut downwards, but had time to meander backwards and forwards and reduce all the country to a more or less dead flat. When a river has reached this stage, it is said to have reached its base-level of erosion, and the plain is called a peneplain. It usually occurs when the fall of the river is a very gradual one from a long way inland to its debouchment into the sea. It cannot, however, be said that the present rivers of South Africa have such a gentle fall ; in fact, it is the steep gradients that cause all the trouble of the droughts by draining away the water so rapidly ; as the plain keeps approximately at the same height above these present river-courses, some other cause than a gradual fall is necessary to explain their existence. The other cause is afforded by the mountain chains which the rivers had to traverse; these produced bars across the © river channels, which had to be cut down before the river was free _ to flow to the sea, and hence behind each mountain chain there was an enforced period of base-levelling, so that the plain, instead of being one continuous slope, is cut into a series of steps. I do not offer this explanation from purely theoretical considerations, but, as we shall see later, there are actually plains now being formed in the Long Kloof from exactly such a cause. The plain-formation, however, must have been aided by a condition in the equilibrium of the land unlike that through which we are now passing, which is one of con- tinuous uplift, so that the rivers are constantly cutting downwards. Before this rise, and may be at the time of the plain-formation, there must have been a great sinking, as the shallow sea-bottom which High-level Gravels of the Cape. 45 extends out to the Agulhas Bank was almost certainly at one time dry land, which has now been covered by the sea, and formed a base-levelled plain at some remote period. The level of a plain need not be all reduced to sea-level in order to produce base-levelling, as a stoppage low down in a river-course, whether from its confluence with the ocean or from a bar in its course, reacts very strongly on the denudation of its upper course; it is as if the river when rapidly flowing was to a certain extent rigid. Good instances of this are afforded by dams across the dry rivers of the Karroo: the water is stopped by the dam-wall, and this reacts all along its course up; floods occur far beyond what one would at first sight think possible for the effect of the dam-wall to reach. The rocks cut by this bevelling process include all the known rock formations in the west of the Colony, except the Recent ; Uitenhage Beds are bevelled equally with the Malmesbury clay-slates, so that the plains were subsequent to the mountain-building and to the Jurassic or Lower Cretaceous rock-formations. These plains are only plains in the centres of their areas ; on one side, or on both, the plain rises to the mountains from which the streams flow (Plate X. 1). Ralph Tarr * has applied to the action of rivers when they cut inclined plains like this the term of ‘“ bevelling,” and by an extension of the term I shall allude to the intra-mountain plains as double bevels. Of such double bevels there are a number of series between Ladismith and Uitenhage, but the effect of them all was to produce wide-open valleys all longitudinally on about the same level. On the north of this area, in the Karroo, there was a single bevel with a wide peneplain extending some way towards the Nieuweveld and Camdeboo, and on the seaward side there was the single bevel forming the Ruggens of Caledon and Swellendam, and the table-topped hills all along the coast. As the evidence is best in the double-bevelled region, I will begin my description with that. There are two rivers running westwards towards Oudtshoorn, the Kammanassie and the Oliphant’s Rivers. The former has had to excavate its bed through the loose sands and conglomerates of the Uitenhage Series (Fig. 1), while the latter has had to work its way through solid Bokkeveld slates; hence the Oliphant’s River has stolen a march on the Kammanassie, and has not only been able to clear its bed and lay down wide alluvial flats, but has captured the head-waters of its rival, so that the Kamma- nassie River no longer reaches the water-parting between the Gouritz and Gamtoos river-systems. The smaller river, however, is much more interesting, as the stream and its side tributaries has simply * «The Peneplain,” American Geologist, xxi., 1898. 46 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. cut downwards, leaving the old bevel-surface entire except for the canon-like gorge through which the rivers run. The farms along the main river are divided into two kinds, one lying on the river-level and utilising the narrow strip of alluvium, the other lying in wide - open plains some 800 feet above the other. Communication between the two sets of farms can only be made at a few points, and then the road or footpath is extremely precipitous. - Above the plains the mountains rise—on one side, the Long Kloof Mountains, and on the north the Kammanassie. The village of Uniondale lies in the low level along the Kammanassie River, on a place where a tributary from the Long Kloof has by some curious chance been added to its catchment area, and the impact of this new increment of water has. washed out a comparatively wide opening in the river valley. Hast: HiGs a P. The High-Level Plateau. R.E. Red Enon. W.E. White Enon Conglomerate. BV. Bokkeveld Beds. T.M.S. Table Mountain Sandstone. The Oliphant’s River Valley, showing the fold-basin of Enon Conglomerate and the High-Level Plateau or Bevel. of Uniondale there is the Uitvlugt Berg, which seems a considerable: mountain from the village, but on getting out of the gorge of the Kammanassie River on to the plain it loses a good two-thirds of its — height; a shelf belonging to the bevel, and covered with fine gravel, skirts the mountain on the south side, while on the north side there is the high plateau itself, only indented by shallow river courses. At the eastern end of Uitvlugt the river ends blindly in the plateau, and a bunch of finger-like gorges are cut into it. The gravel cap here is very well exposed and is continuous ; in the centre of the: double bevel it consists of yellow sand some thirty feet thick. The upper portion of the sand becomes intensely hard, due to the: deposition of secondary silica between the sand grains ; lower down the rock becomes softer, and near the bottom is loose, clayey sand that can be dug with a spade. The quartzite-like surface cracks up High-level Gravels of the Cape. 47 into blocks, which are rounded and become polished by the sand blown over them. The fort protecting the village of Uniondale is built on a very good example of wind-polished surface-quartzite (Plate X. 2). The rock is an exceedingly good building stone: the harder varieties can be used for foundations, bridge work, &c., while the softer are useful for walling; by choosing the particular hardness varieties can be obtained which take mouldings and chisel work. The softer kinds harden on exposure, and once hard are not subject to rotting like the calcareous sands of the coast, as the cementing material here is silica. It is interesting to notice that, with an abundance of the best building stone in the immediate neighbour- hood, the architect of the local Dutch Church, in picking the stone for building the tower, took the Table Mountain Sandstone. The rock in its normal condition is all right, but here it is penetrated with shear-planes, along which white mica is developed; the con- sequence was that before the roof was in place the tower had to be pulled down. In the gravel at the head of the Kammanassie River, beyond Uitvlugt, there are three distinct zones, which seems to point to the fact that after the first layer of gravel was deposited the river became more obstructed, and a higher layer was laid down, and sub- sequently a third, which facts accord well with the theory that the obstruction was due to the successive sinking of the land surface. The formation of the steep-sided gorges that commence at their actual heads, with as great a height of wall as lower down, require some explanation. No springs occur in them, and the erosion works backwards as if an invisible steam-shovel were gnawing out the material. Walther, in his monograph on the Deserts, makes out tha these cul-de-sacs are peculiar to excessively dry regions subjected now and again to tremendous cloud-bursts. Here, however, we have them forming ina well-watered region, and though it is getting to be a desert from the burning of the mountain veld, it was evidently in former ages very much better watered than now. I think the ex- planation may be got from studying the drainage system. The Oliphant’s River has beheaded the Kammanassie River and left the present head in an aimless way out on the flats. To compensate for this loss, the river has got a large supply of water from the Long Kloof, which runs in at Uniondale, some eight miles down stream from the nominal head; the effective head now lying at the summit of the Prince Alfred’s Pass. Directly the main river got this incre- ment, it was once again turned into a powerful chisel of erosion, and rapidly deepened its course. The upper portion, though only con- taining water after rain, was affected by this lowering of the general level of the main valley, and erosion worked backwards by a kind of 48 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. under tow, the bottom of the banks being first attacked, instead of the usual gradual scouring all along the gradient. The basin of the Kammanassie River is divided from the Long Kloof by a range of hills; looked at from the head of the pass from - Uniondale to Avontuur, the gravel-covered level is seen to be almost continued over the dividing ridge, so that when the gravel was formed erosion of the ridge had practically stopped. Since then, owing to the uplift, the rivers have cut vigorously downwards, but those in the Long Kloof seem to have arrived at such a state of equilibrium that the water was actually stagnant. Near Avontuur, for instance, one area is drained by a stream that has crept in from the Kammanassie River on the north; another contiguous one has been invaded by a river cutting back from the south, and now drains straight into the ocean by the Keurboom’s River, while a third drains eastwards to the Kouga. The Long Kloof is a narrow valley of Fic. 2. Section across the Long Kloof and Kammanassie River valley to show the bevelling (P.P.) and the formation of a lower plain of erosion (p.) due to the obstruction of the stream marked ---- by the Table Mountain Sandstone (T.M.S.) in he Long Kloof Mountains. Bokkeveld Beds hedged in with hills of Table Mountain Sandstone, and there seems at first sight no reason why one large river should not drain right away down the valley, as is the case with the Oliphant’s River in Clanwilliam, which is similarly encompassed. When, however, we find evidence of a former period of no flow—that is, that the whole of the Long Kloof near Uniondale was converted at the time into a swamp—we can understand how it is the side streams from more vigorous river-systems have had time to eat their way back through the dividing ridges, and steal each what it could from this stagnant region. Directly the drainage of the Long Kloof commenced, the plain that had been formed became eaten into by ravines, and when these spread and spread, the plain with its gravel covering became reduced to mere remnants, and hence we see little table-topped hills, gravel-capped, in many places between Avontuur and the George-Oudtshoorn road. Some of these invading streams, High-level Gravels of the Cape. 49 however, took on more than they could satisfactorily accomplish ; for instance, above Commandant’s Drift on the Kammanassie, the river of that name has sent a side streamlet that has tapped the Long Kloof east of the farm Molen River (Fig. 2) ; the water pours out over a fine waterfall into a deep pool, and is carried out in furrows ; after the gorge had been first formed, the running water cut down to extremely hard quartzite, which it has only been able to wear away very slowly; hence the drainage area behind the water- fall has remained at a minimum level for a very long time, and has. thus been made into a plain of erosion exactly as the higher plain, Birds’-eye view of the gravel-capped bevel in the Kammanassie Valley opposite Commando Kraal. of which a few flat-topped hills attest the former existence, was cut down. The Long Kloof, unfortunately, has not yet been geologi- cally surveyed to any great extent, and a good deal more about these river-systems will be learnt when it is done. The gravels in the Kammanassie Valley about Commandant’s Drift, and lower down, are coarser than round Uniondale, and are heavily charged with iron (Fig. 3). In the upper Oliphant’s River we have another area where the gravels can be very well seen. Standing on any high point in the rim of the basin one notices a shelf cut in the mountains, which runs. uninterruptedly and at exactly the same level all round. It looks as if it were the eroded edge of a lake whose waters had now been 50 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. withdrawn, and the occurrences of gravels on the ledge lends addi- tional evidence for this view. But on studying the area further, it will be seen that there are several hills in the centre of the basin which come up just to the level of the ledge and no further, and slowly one gets to recognise that the ledge is but the remnant of a wide high-level plateau which has since been cut into by the natural forces of erosion. Along the south side of the basin, and north of the Kammanassie Mountain, the shelf is still very broad, running out from the mountain a mile or more, and there are only deep and narrow gorges cut into it. The rock out of which the shelfs are cut is mostly Bokkeveld Beds. On the north of the basin, however, the width of the shelf is much less, and the end of the remnants facing the main river are not simple mountain slopes covered with débris, but are true dip-slopes of Table Mountain Sandstone. The dip- slopes are very steep, from 45° to 60°, and on some a small patch of Bokkeveld slates is still adherent, and Enon Conglomerate is also to some extent piled against them, but for the most part they are bare rock-faces truncated at the top by the shelf and covered with gravel. We have found these rock-shelfs as far west as Seven Weeks’ Poort on the Ladismith side; and they can also be very well seen at Meiring’s Poort; between these two points there has been so vigorous an erosion that the traces of the old plateau have disap- peared, yet it is abundantly evident that the plain did formerly exist here. At Vlakte Plaats the shelfs run together and form a continuous high-level plateau. It is very interesting to notice here the remnants of another plateau only a hundred feet above the present flood-level, and still a third, which only recently has been abandoned by the river, and over which the railway between Jager’s River and Union- dale Road is carried for some distance. In this one area, therefore, we have all the stages in the development of the plateaus, each formed during a period of no downward erosion of the river, due to stoppage in its course. The gravel covering the high plateau is in places exceedingly coarse, and the’ boulders are not rounded ; the matrix is yellow clay not usually impregnated with iron, but which becomes flint-hard by the deposition of silica. The lower plateaus are not capped with gravel, but were once probably covered with soil, which has not had an opportunity of hardening, and has con- sequently been washed or blown away. At Paarde Kloof there is an isolated hill to the west of the home- stead, cut out of white gravel and sand belonging to the Enon Conglomerate, which dip steeply to the south-west; the summit of the hill reaches the level of the plateau, and is covered with the high- High-level Gravels of the Cape. ol level gravels. The latter consist of the very same pebbles that have been washed out of the Enon Conglomerate, some perhaps from the self-same beds in the upturned edges of which this re-made gravel rests (Plate X., fig. 3). This is an interesting point, as the high-level gravels so resemble in places the conglomerate of the Jurassic or Lower Cretaceous Beds that they can often be confounded, but here we have the most satisfactory demonstration that the high-level gravels are very long subsequent to the Enon Conglomerate. Nearer the head of the river along the southern flanks of the Anthonie’s Berg, the gravel becomes very thick; at the bottom is the normal gravel-capping cemented with iron, then comes a very thick deposit of coarse rubble, 80 to 100 feet thick, and on top of this again white, silica-cemented sand. The actual head of the river lies on the high plateau, and there is a wide area of rolling plains intensely cold in winter, at an elevation of 3,200 to 3,500 feet; it extends towards Willowmore, and forms a connecting bridge of high country between the Anthonie’s Berg and the Baviaan’s Kloof Mountains. From the head of the Oliphant’s River one can look over Nieuwe Kloof and the extraordinary part of the country known as Baviaan’s Kloof—both a kloof and a home of baboons par excel- lence. : The geology of Baviaan’s Kloof needs a special paper. It is suffi- cient here to say that there are two great mountain ranges, the Kouga on the north and the Baviaan’s Kloof Mountains on the south, rising to 5,000 and 6,000 feet; between them is a wide open plain at the normal elevation of the high plateaus, from 3,000 to 3,000 feet; the distance between the two crests is from nine to twelve miles, and the bevels go very high up the mountain sides, so that practically the whole of the intervening space is the double bevel itself (Hig. 4). In the centre are a number of narrow basins due to the letting down by folding of the Bokkeveld and Table Mountain Beds, and the Enon Conglomerate as well, that at one time lay upon these. To what depth the fold carried the last- mentioned beds we cannot judge, as the bottom of the present valley bottoms are choked with débris, and no borehole or well has been let down far enough to strike rock ; the surface of the valleys is from 1,000 to 1,200 feet below the plateau. These little fold- or fault- basins—for the fold is so abrupt that it often passes into a fault—are strung on the Baviaan’s Kloof River, like beads on a thread, the river between each basin running through tremendous winding gorges. All over the level country the gravels are strongly de- veloped, and exhibit on the edges of the basins banks of gravel and hardened sand, some 40 to 60 feet thick. The edges are abrupt as 52 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. if cut out by denudation, and strongly suggest that at the time of the bevelling the whole of the basins were filled in; an additional evidence of this is that the Enon Conglomerate still left in the little basins occurs on the up-stream end ; at the down-stream end it has all been carried away. The krantzes of gravel stand out perfectly vertical.on the tops of very steep slopes, and from their nature are easily excavated into small caves and recesses. In these hollows the bees are very fond of building, but the nests are unapproachable ; the Bushmen, however, determined to get the honey, used to drive pegs in the vertical face of the rock, and thus made a ladder by SS CH f= —SS— eS = oe iN —, = — = ; f= ase est = == - a =. ti = 2 ———————— SS s4 kn Lili ope Se Ee PoE S (( e ———————————— Ss 5 hn Sa ee 2S = hy? i mal ee ee Se RRL Hi 4 = ) ‘ . P8) Hy iS 's5 bw Vane) ba ei i Ss i er ry all f} th Rea Kia, 4. View of the Kouga Mountains near Beako’s Nek, Baviaan’s Kloof, showing the original bevel deeply incised by the stream-beds. The rock is Table Mountain Sandstone with vertical dip. which to reach the nest ; the pegs can still be seen in many places in Baviaan’s Kloof, especially by Verloren River. Turning now to the gravel-covered bevels north of the inner coast range, the Zwartebergen, we find but a few isolated patches of the gravel cap left. Near Floris Kraal, by Laingsberg, at Prince Albert village on the east, and near Klaarstroom on the Prince Albert road, there are unmistakable gravel plateaus, but whether these belong to the great system that we have been discussing in the inter-moun- tainous region is another thing. I believe the tops of the Witteberg hills here represent that period, and that the gravel caps just men- tioned, except perhaps the Floris Kraal one, are on a lower level High-level Gravels of the Cape. 53 —that is, belong to a later bevel of erosion. It is an extraordinary thing, that throughout the Witteberg hills which lie to the north of the Zwartebergen and are continued towards Grahamstown, the tops are all ground flat to a level from 3,500 to 4,000 feet above the sea, and this in spite of the fact that the strata of which they are com- posed are contorted into the most abrupt and intricate folds. On the inside of the Cederbergen we get the same Witteberg hills, but the strata there are lying almost flat, and the phenomenon of their being flat-topped did not therefore excite any particular attention when they were surveyed, but in spite of the horizontality of the component beds I now believe the actual summits of the hills are due to a base-levelling similar to that which has reduced the folded region to the east of them. Points on these hills do certainly rise so high that one cannot include them with the peneplain; for instance, the hill to the north of Willowmore called Aasvogel Berg, is 4,400 feet, but this, I take it, is either a portion that has escaped the levelling, forming, as it were, an island, or has since been raised by earth movements, either explanation being equally probable. To the east of Aasvogel Berg, however, the hills are cut strictly to a plateau which has now been worn into, and the softer beds removed, so that the country is one succession of steep valleys; yet the crests of the intervening ridges all touch a level sky-line, and occasionally also open flats still occur perched on top of the hills. These latter are very important economically, as the Witteberg rocks are not as a rule pervious to water, and the highly inclined beds of quartzite act like so many pent roofs, down the sides of which the rain-water rushes so impetuously that none is left to sink into the ground and nourish the vegetation that grows upon them; where these flats occur, since they include the softer rocks as well as the harder quartzites, the rain-water has a chance to sink in, and, as a result, they are covered with grass and luxuriant bush, and below them springs issue. When one looks northwards from these hills in the region of Prince Albert, one notices an immense plain and then a ridge of hills; one can see the two very well from the railway between Prince Albert Road and Groot Fontein on the Western system. One at once notices that these hills to the north of the plain are all level-topped, or at any rate the summits of the ridges all rise to a certain elevation, no more and seldom less; this unmistakably indicates that they are remnants of a plain of erosion, as the beds of which they are composed are contorted, and had they not been so cut down they would have formed a series of jagged and irregular hills (Fig. 5). The height of the hills is from 3,000 to 3,500 feet, and 54 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the plateau of which they are part must have at one time been very extensive. The Witteberg hills by Prince Albert, rising to 3,500 to 4,000 feet, are also part of a plain which at one time was very extensive, and thus it is almost certain that the two plains were at one time continuous, and that what remains of them now has been separated by the rivers, of which such mighty chisels of erosion exist in the Gamka or Lion River and the Dwyka. These northerly hills only extend as far as the Prince Albert Division; eastwards, beyond, we get the immense plains of the flat Karroo, the Beaufort, Aberdeen, Willowmore, and Graaff-Reinet flats, in which the rivers have an immense thickness of Witteberg quartzite to traverse, and have to do so along their strike, which is always the least susceptible to river erosion; the rivers, therefore, are to a certain extent dammed back and have cut out a plain exactly as I have supposed them to have done on a higher level in Saas eee eNils nS 200 0 Sg co ies : Tre EXLS, Fic. 3. M.C.S. Malmesbury Beds. T.M.S. Table Mountain Series. BV. Bokkeveld Beds. WS. Witteberg Beds. DW. Dwyka Beds. EE. Ecca Beds. BF. Beaufort Beds. Generalised Section from the Zwartebergen to the Prince Albert Goldfields, showing the old High-Level Plateau which has now nearly disappeared. bygone days. Should a channel be cut through the Witteberg hills, by which a shorter passage could be obtained for the flood- water from these plains of the Flat Karroo to reach the ocean, there is little doubt but that the plain formation would be broken up, and a Rugte veld or Kopjes veld produced, as in the hills north of Prince Albert. It is in these northerly hills that the gold has been found in the Prince Albert Division on the farms Spreeuw Fontein, Klein Water- val, and north of Commando Kraal. The gold has always been alluvial, for the most part being found in the mud and dirt extracted between the joints of the sandstones. Prospecting has everywhere been vigorously prosecuted, but up to the present no signs of any reef has been discovered. I have known these fields for ten years, and have always been very sceptical as to whether any gold-bearing reef will ever be found in this part of the Karroo; there are abun- dant quartz reefs, some pure, solid, white quartz, others locular, and High-level Gravels of the Cape. 55 made up of small transparent yellowish crystals of quartz; these reefs fill cracks which have been caused by the contraction of this part of the earth’s surface, probably due to the contraction after the heating produced by the injection of the dolerite sheets and dykes. The quartz has been deposited from waiter, and it is very improbable to my mind that the cracks can have penetrated sufficiently deep to allow the metalliferous solutions that came from the earth’s interior to reach them. It is not, of course, impossible, for we know of springs in Nevada to-day that bring gold in solution to the surface, but in these comparatively recent rocks as those of the Karroo, that do not date back beyond the Permian or Trias, one does not look for metal-bearing reefs. The same opinion was expressed by Mr. Sawyer in his report on these fields. How, then, did the gold get to the Prince Albert gold-fields ? As a result of my recent survey I am very strongly of opinion that the gold came from the Zwartebergen, and was carried over to the various localities where it is now found, on top of the old high- level plateau. The evidence is satisfactory as far as I can make out, for the gold is found all along the belt of high country and nowhere else. If hearsay evidence can be admitted, it also points that way, for I heard stories that gold had been found recently on the top of the Witteberg hills at Zoetendal’s Vley, and Mr. T. Bain records a find of gold near the same place in 1891. I heard similar stories that gold has been found in fallen blocks on the flanks of the Zwarte- bergen themselves, at Scotch Kloof on the farm Damascus. I state these facts simply as I heard them, and I had no means of sifting them to learn what amount of truth there was in them; when any one finds gold, he keeps the fact as secret as possible and certainly will not give any information to a Government official. Whether these finds have been gold or no, they occur in places where they very well might be, and the Zwartebergen do undoubtedly contain gold in small quantities, and it is quite possible that deposits may be found in them as rich as those in the Outeniqua Mountains in Knysna, which are in the same formation. Further, there exist in the Zwartebergen beds of true banket, which are no more than old gravels, and may, of course, be barren; but it is a significant fact that the Knysna gold is found in the immediate neighbourhood of similar beds of banket (Plate X. 4). For a reason that is not yet sufficiently explained, where there is a deposit of sand and gravel, if there are any heavy metallic particles borne by the stream by which they are being deposited, it is always in the gravels that the metallic particles are deposited. On the Rhine and on the Irawadi River in India the sands are perfectly 56 = =Transactions ‘of the South African Philosophical Society. free of any trace of gold, yet the gravels contain appreciable quan- tities, and such deposits have been worked from time immemorial ; in a sandstone formation one, therefore, always looks to a banket or conglomerate bed as the one most likely to contain the precious metal. The whole problem of the Karroo gold amounts to this: it is unlikely that reef gold occurs in the Karroo, while it certainly exists in the Table Mountain Sandstone of the ZAwartebergen ; by the knowledge that the localities where the gold is now obtained were once connected by a graded plain cut by rivers flowing north from the Zwartebergen, we have an adequate explanation of how the gold was carried from the one place to the other. There are no gravel caps to the hills on the Karroo gold-fields, and all signs of the flat ground have disappeared, but once the gold got to the place and the levelled hills became cut into the kopjes as they now are, the gold on top would sink with the sinking of the valleys, and instead of being carried off with the lighter sand, would be left behind and come to rest in the crevices of the rock, just as in actual sluice- boxes the gold grains come to rest in the furrows of the shoots. The problem of the high-level gravels is one of altitude, and there are too few bench marks in the Colony to make any reasoning of the above sort perfectly satisfactory. I have throughout had to use rough estimates and calculations from bench marks up along assumed rates of increase in the falls of the rivers. It would be of very great value not only from a theoretical standpoint, but also from a practical one as well, if three or four carefully levelled sections were run from the coast inland; not only would we be able to dis- cuss such apparently trivial things as the existence in past ages of old land surfaces, but one could gather from such sections a true idea of the present fall of rivers, and once that was obtained, we should no longer be in doubt about the various irrigation schemes that are continually being proposed—we should have solid data on which to base our estimates. (57 ) IE ISIN DIDS A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PRINCE ALBERT GOLD-FIELDS. The first nugget that was found on the Prince Albert Gold-fields was obtained on the farm Spreeuw Fontein, by Mr. Lodewyk Botma, from the dirt thrown out by an Aard vaark (ant-eater) that was making ahole. The nugget weighed 24 oz., and was rounded and water-worn, but had all the same a few crystals of quartz adherent. This was in 1871. The same year Messrs. Barry and Nephews, of Port Beau- fort, employed Mr. E. J. Dunn to go and report on the find, but the result was an adverse opinion. So the matter rested till 1891, when a shepherd picked up another nugget on the adjoining farm Klein Waterval, weighing 6 dwt. 23 grns. Soon afterwards, or to be precise, on the 4th August, 1891, the farm Spreeuw Fontein (19050 morgen) was thrown open to the public, and on the 20th September the farm Klein Waterval (8898 morgen) was added to the public diggings. At the opening some 500 persons were present, and before the end of the year 1,042 claims had been registered and 504 oz. of gold obtained. The largest quantity obtained by one man was 100 oz., and this was on the claims belonging to Mr. P. H. du Plessis, the original prospector. Mr. Botma, the owner of Spreeuw Fontein, laid out a township which he proposed to name Gat’s Plaats, I suppose in memory of the Aard vaark’s hole. Interest gradually waned, and when I was there in 1895 working had fallen into the hands of a few poor coloured men; at last, in 1896, even the Registrar of Claims was withdrawn. Various attempts have been made to reawaken interest in the fields, and during the war there was a report of a new find of a large nugget, but all to no purpose. For some years now a small syndicate at Prince Albert has kept a prospector at work to the east of Spreeuw Fontein, on the Willow- more border, but the results of his work have not been made public. (58 ) REFERENCES TO REPORTS ON THE GOLD-FIELDS. . 29-71. Report on the indication of the existence of gold in certain of tha Western Divisions of the Colony, by E. J. Dunn. . 30-71. Report on a tour made by Dr. W. G. Atherstone and Mr. Thos. Bain in connection with the gold discovery in the Gouph. . 12-91. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor (T. Bain) upon his recent investigation into the gold discoveries on the farms Spreeuw Fontein and Klein Waterval, with annexure by Mr. H. M. Oakley. . 18-91. Report upon the discovery of gold in the Division of Prince Albert by T. Bain. . 28-92. Report of the Inspector and Registrar of Mines, Prince Albert (H. M. Oakley), for the year 1891. . 45-93. Report upon the Geology and Mineral Resources of the Division of Prince Albert, A. R. Sawyer. | (59 ) EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate II. South end of Meiring’s Poort, east side. The bevel is shown cut in Cango Beds and Table Mountain Sandstone; it is seen rising rapidly towards the mountains on the left, the Zwartebergen, and in part is covered with coarse gravel. An enlarged portion of the gravel is shown in fig. 1, Plate III. Puate III. Looking eastwards from the fort on the south of the village of Uniondale. The valley and head of the Kammanassie River is seen below, and the Oude Post Berg on the extreme left. In the foreground is the irregular surface of the high-level river-deposit, here consisting of sand, hardened by deposition of silica till it is a compact mass of yellow quartzite ; the rounded surfaces of the weathered blocks are wind- and sand-polished. In the distance the high-level plateau is well shown, and there is an isolated flat-topped hill in the centre, similar to that from which the photograph was taken. Puate IV. Fig. 1.—The coarse gravel capping the bevel terrace on the south end of Meiring’s Poort, east side; it is seen from a distance in Plate I. Fig. 2.—Roode Kop, Paarde Kloof, Uniondale. Recent gravel is shown resting on the upturned edges of Enon Conglomerate (Lower Cretaceous or Jurassic Beds). PuaTe V. A bed of banket in the Table Mountain Sandstone, Jager’s River, Uniondale. Yc fi ale ‘ ARTs MT Plate in. VE: Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol ANG NYOOHSLanG ‘IM00g SONTHIATY 40 aarg ESV ‘Ta ANG CAtddV)-THAVA Plate III. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XY. ‘TIVGNOIN() 40 LSVQL STIG, TtddvO-TAAVAY West, Newman, proc. Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soe. Vol. XV. Plater ve Fre 1. Near VIEW OF THE GRAVEL CAP SEEN IN THE DISTANCE IN PLATE II. Ine, West, Newman proc. GRAVEL CAPPING Up-TURNED BEDS or ENon CONGLOMERATE. Trans. 8S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XV. Plate V. “ATIVGNOIN() ‘AAAI S.AHOVE SANOLSGNVG NIVINAOTY aTay I, THI N I 6 iL INV 5, fo aagq West, Newman proc. iL a ae ee a ee < f ir . . ‘ ot im ya ! Vi, nt > - tng ' a ’ i\ ; ry bs) : 7 “ st) ae (61 ) THE SUTHERLAND VOLCANIC PIPES AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER VENTS IN SOUTH AFRICA. By A. W. Rogers and A. L. pu Torr. (Read March 2, 1904.) During the recent geological survey of Sutherland a considerable number of volcanic pipes were met with. They are all of a peculiar type, and are more nearly allied to the Kimberley pipes than to the more usual kind of volcanic vents that are represented in this country by the Stormberg necks. In this paper we propose to describe these volcanoes, and to point out their relationship to similar vents in other parts of South Africa, and their more or less close resemblance to some foreign vents. In the Sutherland Division the necks occur on the village commonage; on the farm Matjes Fontein, about nine miles south- east of the village of Sutheriand; in the immediate neighbourhood of Saltpetre Kop, a short distance to the north-east of Matjes Fon- tein; on Blaanw Blommetjes Keep, 24 miles north-west of the Kop; on De Vrede, to the south of Saltpetre Kop; and on the banks of Portugal’s River, east of De Vrede. There are probably several others which escaped detection, but in the case of two shallow depressions about two miles east of Sutherland village some of the peculiar minerals characteristic of one class of the rocks occupying the pipes were found in the surface soil. Many of the pipes are very inconspicuous, for their contents have weathered away slightly faster than the surrounding rocks, and the tendency to form a depression has been kept in check by the deposit of silt and sand over the areas, so that there is nothing to distinguish a depression due to the presence of a pipe from the shallow pans that are frequently met with in the Upper Karroo. Other pipes are fairly easily found owing to the weather-resisting qualities of some of the rock in them; and others again, such as the Saltpetre Kop group, are very conspicuous from. that cause. All the vents in the Sutherland Division are surrounded by nearly horizontal strata belonging to the lower part of the Beaufort series. 62 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. No fossils have been found in their immediate vicinity; but not far to the north-east of Portugal’s River large bones belonging to Titanosuchus occur, and this is a genus which is found in the Pareiasaurus beds in the Gouph. To the west, in sandstones which have been followed round from the Roggeveld escarpment to the Komsberg, and which pass under the village of Sutherland, there are plants belonging to the genera Glossopteris and Schizoneura. THE SUTHERLAND CoMMONAGE GROUP. A few hundred yards west of the village there is a low escarpment of sandstones; from the edge of the escarpment the ground rises gradually to the steep dolerite-crowned hills of Vyf Fontein. It is on this sloping terrace that the vents we have now to describe are situated. The accompanying plan (Fig. 1) shows their distribution. Vent No. I. is a roughly triangular area, well defined on the south- west, but covered with soil on the other sides. Two shafts for prospecting purposes have been sunk in this area, but they are now in great part filled up by fallen material. They are both in a soft, light bluish-grey tuff or weathered igneous rock, probably the former. The deeper shaft was sunk to a depth of 80 feet * without striking the unweathered rock. Near the south-western wall the tuff becomes a sandy breccia, and contains numerous angular frag - ments of sandstone and shale. Under the microscope the rock is found to consist of grains of quartz, flakes of brown mica, broken erystals of olivine augite and brown hornblende, and minute grains and crystals of iron ores and perofskite, set in a dusty matrix con- taining much calcite. In other parts of the vent there are outcrops of a grey rock with a compact-looking base crowded with crystals of olivine and pieces of ilmenite up to an inch in length. Many hardened fragments of shale are seen, and there are also flecks and small cracks filled with a mixture of calcite and zeolites. The specific gravity of a fresh specimen without large pieces of ilmenite is 8:11. Under the microscope the matrix is seen to consist of a matted aggregate of fibres with low double refraction which is attacked by dilute hydrochloric acid with separation of silica; in this matrix are magnetite or ilmenite grains, crystals of perofskite, apatite, melilite, grains of augite and olivine, though the augite is not abundant, and numerous flakes of a very pale biotite. The melilite occurs in colourless lath-shaped sections showing the * For this and much other information about the prospecting operations in the Sutherland Division we are indebted to Mr. J. Kennedy, of Sutherland. The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes. 63: Dam Powder oh ® yagazine e ocale of Feet i mee 10,90 Fia. 1. Plan of voleanic necks of Sutherland. o- 64 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. characteristic ‘“peg-structure,”’ but this feature is not so well developed as in the melilite of Spiegel River and Matjes Fontein ; irregular patches of a colourless, almost isotropic, mineral are basal sections of the melilite. There is usually one cleavage crack in the lath-shaped sections, and the edges of the lath are irregular owing to the surrounding grains, particularly of magnetite and perofskite, projecting slightly into the melilite. The melilite gives the usual silica jelly on treatment with weak acid. The large olivine crystals are usually corroded but otherwise unaltered; they reach half an inch in length. The ground mass and smaller mineral constituents of the rock are enclosed within the corrosion cavities. No glassy matter appears to be left in this rock, but the fibrous ground may have been derived from glass. This rock can be called a melilite-basalt, and its points of resem- blance to others of a similar nature will be referred to later. The contact with the surrounding sedimentary rocks can only be seen on the south-western edge of the pipe, but the thin sandstones and shales exposed there are distinctly hardened within a few feet of the pipe. A columnar structure, with the columns usually at right angles to the pipe wall, is well developed at places; sometimes the columns are arranged radially in bunches. The strata dip away from the neck at various angles up to 20°. The pipe No. III is an irregularly shaped area of melilite-basalt with more melilite than the rock from No. I., but no pale-brown mica ; olivine, perofskite, and magnetite are abundant. It contains inclusions of an earlier consolidated melilite-basalt with much pale biotite. The melilite is arranged in a stream-like fashion round the large olivine crystals. No tuff or breccia has been found in this vent, but its junction with the surrounding rocks is not exposed, and as there are no artificial excavations in it, the absence of tuff may be more apparent than real. No. IY. is an elliptical area of melilite-basalt about 300 feet long and 100 feet wide. Its junction with the sedimentary rocks is hidden. The remaining necks—Nos. V.—VIII.—are filled with rocks of quite different nature from those already described. They consist of altered vesicular lavas and rocks containing so much débris derived from sandstones and shale that they must be looked upon as agglomerates and not as igneous rocks charged with foreign matter No melilite-basalt has been noticed in these pipes. The boundaries of these vents as marked on the plan (Fig. 1) are not accurate ; there is so much sand and gravel washed down from the hills to the west that they are for the most part hidden. There is no doubt as to the The Sutherland Volcamec Pipes. 65 separation of Nos. V. and VIII., and of these two from VI. and VIL., but the outcrops represented on the plan by the two latter may belong to one pipe. The rocks from these outcrops are mainly highly vesicular glass ; when fresh they are dark in colour and somewhat banded. The vesicles are filled with calcite, analcite, and natrolite, besides other minerals that have not been determined. Quartz is not present in the vesicles, and only occurs in these rocks as grains of sand derived from sedimentary strata. In the fresher specimens the glass is isotropic and unaltered ; in it lie large porphyritic crystals of olivine which are now entirely replaced by serpentine; a greatly altered fine-grained rock adheres to several of the serpentine pseudomorphs as though they really belonged to a rock of which fragments are enclosed by the glassy lavas. The original nature of this enclosed rock has not been made out. ‘The glass also contains a mineral that occurs in small rectangular and hexagonal sections ; the rec- tangular sections have straight extinction and the hexagonal ones are isotropic; both the refraction and double refraction are low. This mineral has the optical character of nepheline, but it does not give the chemical reactions characteristic of that ‘species. It is frequently altered to a mass of greenish yellow granules. Very small crystals of augite, much magnetite, and minute needles of a doubly refracting mineral are also present. In the absence of a chemical analysis of the rock, it is impossible to decide upon its nature, but it is evidently a very basic glass. It has a strong resemblance to a thin glassy dyke found by Mr. Schwarz* some years ago at Kook Fontein under the Nieuweveld. The only outcrop that remains to be mentioned is that of the curved dyke marked No. II. on the plan. It encircles the group of vents already described on the north and east. It is about 1} miles long and 700 feet wide across the forked eastern end, else- where its maximum width is 350 feet. In places east of the vents the dyke narrows down to a few feet. No tuff or ashy material has been met with along its course, and it appears to be a dyke rising more or less vertically through the sedimentary rocks. The rock is a melilite-basalt very like that in No. I. pipe, but it contains rather more cracks filled with zeolites. The ground mass is a felted mass of fibres with small crystals and grains of perofskite, magnetite or ilmenite, augite, flakes of pale biotite, and many crystals of melilite. Much of the melilite is partially altered to a fibrous mineral which polarises rather brightly when the fibres lie parallel, but in the more advanced stages of alteration the pseudomorphs become indistin- * Ann. Rep. Geol. Comm. for 1896, p. 18. oa 66 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. guishable from the matted fibres of the ground mass. The large olivine crystals are in all respects similar to those in the other melilite-basalts. In all of these rocks the magnetite and perofskite grains and crystals are frequently arranged round the olivine crystals as a sort of border or frame. Some large masses of shale and grit many feet in length are enclosed by the melilite-basalt of this dyke. The Sutherland Commonage vents, then, are of two kinds—one variety is filled with melilite-basalt alone, or with that rock and tuff; the second class is characterised by glassy and amygdaloidal lavas, and contains some gritty tuff or agglomerate. There is nothing to show which of the two classes was in activity first. The whole group of vents is partially surrounded by a curved dyke of melilite- basalt. THe Matses Fontein PIpss. On the farm Matjes Fontein, about 12 miles south-east from Sutherland village, there are two very interesting pipes; although they are ill-exposed at the surface, shafts sunk by a prospector enabled us to get a good idea of their nature. One of the pipes is situated # mile south-south-east of the homestead, and the other is at Silver Dam, a portion of the same farm. The two will be referred to as the Matjes Fontein and Silver Dam pipes. The Matjes Fontein pipe has two pits sunk in it, one of which cuts through the contact with the country rock, a greenish sandy shale which dips at a high angle away from the pipe. This dip does not extend far, as there are outcrops of sandstones and shales lying nearly horizontally a few yards from the pipe. The size of the pipe cannot be determined closely, but it is about 100 feet wide. Near the contact with the green shale the contents of the pipe are an agglomerate with a soft earthy matrix with much sandy matter in it. The included fragments are mica plates up to an inch in dia- meter, large lumps of ilmenite, irregularly shaped lustrous black hornblende up to 3 inches in length, many pieces of shale and sandstone derived from the Karroo formation, and large fragments of granite and gneiss. The large fragments are angular or partially rounded and they are scattered irregularly through the sandy matrix. Near the second shaft there is a boulder of dolerite several feet in diameter; its relation to the pipe is not absolutely certain, for it projects from the soil and the surrounding rock is not laid bare. There is, however, no doubt that it lies within the pipe, and as it cannot be a boulder derived from dolerite now exposed at the surface, for the nearest dolerite outcrop is more than a mile away, it is very probably a block of dolerite lying in the agglomerate. In the second The Sutherland Voleamuec Pipes. 67 shaft there is melilite-basalt, dull greenish-black in colour, with large crystals of dark mica up to half an inch in diameter, and smaller green crystals of olivine are clearly seen on a freshly broken surface. It effervesces freely with dilute acid owing to the abundance of calcite. Under the microscope the rock is seen to consist of olivine and a very pale biotite set in a mass of melilite laths, mag- netite, perofskite, and grains of calcite; a comparatively small quantity of fibrous matter, resembling the ground-mass fibres in the Sutherland Commonage rocks, is also present and may represent: a former glassy basis. The melilite crystals are arranged roughly parallel to each other and to the long axes of many of the olivine crystals, thus giving the rock a distinct flow-structure. The melilite crystals average ‘1 mm. in width and about ‘01 mm. in thickness ; the mineral is colourless or very slightly tinted yellowish-pink. The peg-structure is well developed. The melilite is attacked by hydro- chloric acid with separation of gelatinous silica. In the character of its. double refraction, which is positive, it differs from the melilite known from the other melilite-basalts of the Colony. The pleochroism of the pale brown mica has a most remarkable peculiarity, the greatest absorption of light takes place when the traces of the basal cleavage planes lie perpendicularly to the short diagonal of the polariser. It is rather more strongly pleochroic than the biotite in the Suther- land pipes. In the strength of its double refraction it resembles the latter. The olivine is usually fresh, but alteration to serpentine has taken place along some cleavage cracks; it encloses patches of ground-mass, flakes of mica, and magnetite, but not melilite or perofskite. Both magnetite and perofskite ure often arranged as a border to the olivine crystals. The abundance of calcite in this rock is difficult to account for. The constituents mentioned above are very little altered, and the melilite, which contains more lime than any other constituent except the calcite, shows no sign of alteration. It is unlikely that the glass basis contained so much lime as to give rise to the amount of calcite present. The surrounding Beaufort beds do not contain much calcareous matter. It is possible that water containing carbonate of lime in solution made its way through the pipe in an upward direction after the activity at the vent ceased, but in this case it is remarkable that so little change was induced in the older constituents of the rock. The calcite does not fill spaces of the nature of steam holes, but occurs in small grains with partial crystalline boundaries scattered throughout the rock. But for the difficulty of imagining calcite to form from a molten siliceous magma the mineral in the Matjes Fontein pipe might well be considered to be an original constituent. oo 68 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The Silver Dam pipe lies a little more than a mile to the north- east of the vent just described. A shallow pan marks the position of the pipe, but it is not conterminous with its boundaries. The agglomerate of the pipe does not crop out at the surface, and it was only from the material piled round the top of two deep shafts made by a prospector that we could obtain specimens of the rock. As the materials from the two pits are rather different they will be described separately. The boundaries of the vent are ill-defined, but it is about 180 feet in diameter. The rock from the south-western shaft, the one sunk within the shallow pan, is a soft blue-grey material crowded with fragments of rocks and minerals. Amongst the rocks are shales and sandstones evidently derived from the Karroo formation, quartzites, dolerite of the Karroo type, granulite, and peculiar rocks allied to the eclogites ; with these there are numerous fragments of minerals that are the most conspicucus constituents, black mica, hornblende, augite, and ilmenite. Under the microscope the matrix is seen to consist largely of calcite in which there are crystals of perofskite, iron ores, fibrous serpentine, and dusty matter that cannot be determined; in this matrix lie fragments of the minerals mentioned above. ‘The mono- clinic pyroxene is of four varieties: (1) Almost colourless with very well-developed prismatic cleavage; it occurs occasionally in well- formed crystals and is identical in character with the augite in one of the granulitic rocks present in the form of fragments in the pipe. (2) Colourless with many diallagic inclusions; the prismatic cleavage is less well developed than in the first variety. It encloses felspar laths ophitically, and is evidently derived from olivine dolerite of the Karroo type. (8) A very pale green pyroxene with very slight pleochroism derived from one of the eclogites. (4) A bright green distinctly pleochroic mineral, a chrome diopside, derived from one of the granulitic rocks; it has the prism cleavages very well developed. The hornblende is in large fragments; it has a brown colour and moderately strong pleochroism. It also occurs in conjunction with biotite and ilmenite, and is certainly derived from one of the eclogite- like rocks. Mica is present in large and small flakes; a biotite with rather weak pleochroism is abundant, but another variety with strong pleochroism is also there. All these minerals are rather altered on the outside; the coloured ones are bleached, and contain dusty inclusions. In addition to these minerals there are also apatite, garnet, and a plagioclase felspar considerably altered. The sandstone and shale fragments are altered to a depth of about 1 inch; they are lighter in colour in that zone than within it. There are three varieties of heavy basic rocks found as fragments The Sutherland Volcame Pupes. 69 up to a foot in diameter. (1) A dark rock with many garnets visible to the naked eye. Its specific gravity is 3:15. The mineral con- stituents are almost colourless augite, brown hornblende at places intergrown with the augite, a very basic plagioclase, pale pink garnet always surrounded by a dark rim of alteration products, and ilmenite. The structure of the rock is granulitic, and crystalline forms are rarely seen. (2) A black rock with specific gravity 3°23; it is composed of pale green augite, strongly coloured brown hornblende, strongly pleochroic brown mica, ilmenite, calcite filling up cavities within the augite, mica and ilmenite, apatite, and a cloudy alteration product. No felspar is visible. The augite and hornblende tend to form aggregates of considerable size from which the other constituents are excluded. There are several intermediate varieties between these two, which appear to be respectively the least and most basic repre- sentatives of onerock mass. (3) A banded black and white granulitic rock. The mineral that appears to be black in a hand specimen is brilliantly green in thin section and it is a chrome-diopside in irregular rounded grains. The white portion of the rock is a cloudy mass (saussurite) of greatly altered felspar. A considerable amount of apatite is present. None of these eclogites or granulitic rocks is known wi situ in the Colony, but the more basic black varieties present points of resemblance to rocks that are found as inclusions in the blue ground of the pipes north of the Orange River. From the second shaft, a short way to the north-east of the one from which the rocks just described were obtained, there came an agglomerate with a harder matrix than that from the south-western pit. The matrix is less serpentinous and more sandy; if it were destitute of inclusions it might even be called a calcareous clayey sandstone, but microscopic examination of a thin section reveals the presence of serpentine, perofskite, iron ores, and ilmenite. The in- cluded fragments visible to the naked eye are sandstone, quartzite, shale, augite, mica, hornblende, and ilmenite, all similar to those described from the other shaft; chrome-diopside is rare ; serpentine pseudomorphs after olivine are not uncommon. Dolerite of the Karroo type is frequently seen in this rock. All these fragments are outlined by a narrow band of altered material. The Silver Dam breccias have a close resemblance to the Kimberley blue-ground, from which they chiefly differ in being less serpentinous; the minerals enstatite, smaragdite, orthite, tourmaline, epidote, and diamond, which occur more or less sparsely in the blue-ground have not been found at Silver Dam. We shall return to this question after the description of the other pipes. 70 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. THE SALTPETRE Kor Group. Saltpetre Kop, or Old Sneeuw Kop as it is called on the maps, is a prominent peak about 12 miles south-east of Sutherland. It stands some 5,500 feet above the sea and 1,000 feet above the country at its base. The peak is formed of a hard siliceous and ferruginous agglomerate, part of a large vent which is 1,000 yards long. Other portions of the agglomerate in the vent are soft and do not stand out from the surface. This large vent is the chief one of a group of at least twenty distinct necks and over forty dyke-lke outcrops of agglomerate and tuff. The arrangement of the necks and dykes is shown in the accompanying plan (Fig. 2), and the section (ig. 3) gives an idea of the relation of the necks to the surrounding sedimentary beds. The latter have been bent upwards into a dome, so that they dip away from the central vent on all sides. The angle of dip is greatest near the centre and decreases gradually ; at a distance of from 14 to 2 miles from the highest peak the dip due to the local up-thrust is no longer determinable. In most volcanic centres a slight dip towards the vent is seen in its immediate neighbourhood, but it only effects the rock within a few yards of the wall of the neck; the outward dip noticed at Saltpetre Kop and other pipes of the type we are here dealing with seems to be quite abnormal. The Saltpetre Kop dome remains one of the old illustrations of the ‘“ craters of elevation,’ though it must be remem- bered that the strata with the outward dip in the latter are of voleanic origin, and not ordinary sandstones and shales as in the case of Saltpetre Kop. It has long since been recognised that the dip of the voleanic beds round vents is entirely due to their manner of deposition, and that the strata through which the necks were blown are very slightly if at all arched upwards by the explosive agency that gave birth to the voleanoes. The Saltpetre Kop dome is all the more striking in that it is situated well within the great interior region of the Colony, where the rocks lie nearly horizontally It is like a solid blister raised in these horizontal strata. There can be no doubt whatever that the dome is due to the force exerted during the formation of the great vent. The other nineteen are of much smaller size than the great central one, and are not arranged quite symmetrically about it. There seem to be no necks south-east or east-south-east of the large one, though it is possible that one or more vents filled with a soft agglomerate or tuff may have escaped notice, or may be buried under some alluvial deposits that lie in that direction. The small vents do not appre- The Sutherland Volcame Pupes. R10 JR a - BI] Blaauw Blommetyes Keepy wave : ve = sh { \ vo a Cee Titel Plan of Saltpetre Kop. The dotted areas represent pipes, and the thick black lines dykes. al 72 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ciably affect the qua-qua-versal dip of the Beaufort beds due to the main vent. As fuller details of the various tuffs and agglomerates—using the former term for the fine-grained and the latter for the coarse-grained rocks—have been given elsewhere, * we shall not repeat them here, but we may summarise the main characters of these remarkable breccias. The coarse agglomerates are made of a sandy matrix with angular lumps of sandstone, shale, mudstone, and occasional pieces of quartzite, granite, mica-schist, and dolerite of the Karroo type; amongst the smaller constituents are felspar (orthoclose and micro- cline), ilmenite, brown mica, and hornblende. The last three minerals are similar to those in the Matjes Fontein and Silver Dam pipes. Itis remarkable that no fragments of granulites or eclogites that are such conspicuous constituents of the Silver Dam breccia have been found at Saltpetre Kop, nor have olivine, augite, melilite, or perofskite been seen in specimens of the Saltpetre Kop agglo- merates. The coarse parts of the agglomerate are sometimes rather cavernous, and the spaces may be lined with small quartz crystals. The agglomerates show no signs of bedding, but in the south-eastern portion of the large vent, which is occupied by rather fine-grained tuff, the rock is distinctly bedded, although the dips vary greatly within short distances. This tuff probably fell back into the vent after an explosion or was washed into it from the surface of the crater. Some of the quartzite fragments are of a remarkable shape ; they looked like ordinary water-worn pebbles which have been battered ; they are covered with shallow depression which are not sufficiently large to interfere with the general oval form of the pebbles. Similar quartzite pebbles were found in the pipes on De Vrede. Many parts of the agglomerates and tuffs were impreg- nated with silica and hydrated ferric oxides. When there is a moderate amount of iron present these silicified rocks have a striking resemblance to some of the surface quartzites of the southern and western districts of the Colony, but the similarity is, so to say, accidental, for there can be no two fragmental rocks with more dissimilar origins than these. Their resemblance consists in the silicification of detritus largely composed of quartz grains. The specific gravity of an average specimen with much ferric oxide is as high as 3°4. This accession of silica and ferric oxide has taken place to a greater extent in the peripheral parts of the agglomerate than elsewhere, and it also affects the sedimentary beds near the vents and dykes. Carbonates of lime, magnesium, and iron are also present in the agglomerates and tuffs, as well as barytes. The * Ann. Rep. of the Geol. Comm. for 1903. The Sutherland Volcanic Pupes. 13 deposition of these minerals is very probably due to the passage of water charged with them after the explosive action had ceased : an analogous process to the sol- fataric stage of ordinary volca- noes. Forty-six dykes filled with material apparently similar in general character to the agglo- merates and tuffs of the vents have been noticed within a short distance of the central peak; some of them are shown on the plan. The longest dyke is over 700 yards in length. The ma- » jority have a north-north-easterly trend. Few of the dyke rocks have been examined in detail. A specimen taken from the longest dyke is seen under the microscope to be made up of small but well-preserved felspar laths imbedded in a very fine- grained matrix of interlocking crystals, the nature of which has not been made out, but they may be felspar. The felspar laths are andesine or albite. A por- phyritic crystal of felspar con- tains small flakes of strongly pleochroic biotite, the only ferro- magnesian mineral seen in the specimen. Apatite is present, as well as much calcite in the form of minute crystalline grains scat- tered through the matrix and as pseudomorphs which show rec- tangular, hexagonal, or irregular { boundaries. No other sign of «: oy a the original nature of this mineral 3 ¥ has been observed. In addition to these constituents there-is much hydrated ferric oxide. This rock is undoubtedly an igneous one, and up to the present it is the only rock from the Saltpetre Kop vents and dykes that 0 / 3,009 feet 2 000 ) 2). Fia. 3. ation of the pipes (3) to the surrounding rocks, Beaufort beds (1) and dolerite sheets ( 1,000 Section through Saltpetre Kop to show rel Y,000 ff above Pa \ ‘\ - 74 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. approaches an ordinary igneous rock in character. One of the other dykes is shown by a microscopical examination to be of precisely the same nature as one of the gritty calcareous tuffs of the vents. On the farm De Vrede, at a distance of 24 miles south-south-east of the central vent of Saltpetre Kop, there are two necks of the Saltpetre Kop type containing a yellow gritty rock with many frag- ments of quartzite, sandstone, and shale. One block of sandstone in this agglomerate is over 10 feet in length. From one of the vents a dyke runs northwards through the Beaufort beds; it is a yellow, earthy-looking rock containing both sulphate of barium (barytes), and carbonate of lime, and also numerous flakes of black mica. The carbonate of lime forms long lath-shaped crystals, probably pseudo- morphs after another constituent. On Portugal’s River, 3 miles east of the De Vrede necks, there is a long curved dyke of coarse agglomerate, which was traced over 500 yards through the veld; at one place it is 80 yards wide. It is composed of a ferruginous agglomerate of sandstone and shale frag- ments ; calcite and gypsum are found in cavities and cracks in this rock. The sandstone fragments are often of large size, blocks 5 feet in length are not uncommon. On the farm Blaauw Blommetjes Keep, 24 miles north-west from Saltpetre Kop, there is a wide area of agglomerate, which may be a neck; from it a sheet-like extension of fine-grained tuff passes across the nearly horizontal sandstone and shales of the Beaufort series and also through a dolerite sheet, a point of great interest, as it con- firms the evidence given by the dolerite fragments in the Matjes Fontein, Silver Dam, and Saltpetre Kop breccias, that the necks were posterior in date to the dolerite intrusions (see Fig. 4). The tuff is very different in appearance at different spots; the bulk of it is a dull, rather decomposed-looking rock with numerous flakes of black mica, and it is highly calcareous. Other parts are more compact, and are heavily charged with iron oxides and calcite: numerous angular pieces of sandstone and shale are seen in the ferruginous rock. SUMMARY OF THE SUTHERLAND PIPES. The above descriptions of the various pipes in the Sutherland Division shows that they may be roughly divided into three classes :— (1) Those filled with purely igneous material, either melilite- basalt or a basic glassy lava. These are confined to the Sutherland Commonage. 5 — The Sutherland Volcame Pipes. 75 (2) Vents occupied partly by melilite-basalt or glassy lava and partly by agglomerate or tuff. In this class are the large vent eS aoe ae eae “OO geet womens Beanugort ea | Fie. 4. Plan of agglomerate and dolerite at Blaauw Blommeties Keep. and some of the smaller ones on the commonage, and the Matjes Fontein pipe. 6 o- 76. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (3) Necks of agglomerate or tuff, including all the Saltpetre Kop vents and that of Silver Dam. While there are very great differences in the materials filling these vents they have one feature in common; they differ very greatly from the contents of the volcanic pipes of Stormberg age in the east of the Colony. The Stormberg volcanoes are occasionally penetrated by dolerite dykes, and if this dolerite be regarded as belonging to the same great system of intrusions of similar nature stretching from Calvinia to Natal, then the fact that the Sutherland volcanoes are of later age than the dolerite of that district proves them to be younger than the Stormberg volcanoes. There is no direct evidence of their relative ages; so far as we know at present the vents of Stormberg age do not occur west of the Molteno Division, and the volcanoes of the type we are now dealing with have not been found so far to the east. COMPARISON WITH THE STORMBERG VOLCANIC ROCKS. The contents of the Stormberg vents and the lavas and tuff that accompany them are of a different nature from those connected with the Sutherland pipes. In the first place the Stormberg lavas are thoroughly doleritic or basaltic in composition ; they belong to the great group of basic igneous rocks, of which labradorite or an allied species of felspar and augite are very important constituents.* Fragments of these basaltic lavas are abundant in the Stormberg vents, and they differ from the blocks of dolerite in the Sutherland vents in being glassy and often vesicular instead of holocrystalline dolerites; they are also much more abundant than the dolerite frag- ments occasionally found in the western agglomerates. The only igneous rocks in the Sutherland vents, other than those forming boulders, are melilite-basalts or very basic glasses, rocks which are much more basic than the Stormberg lavas. The felspathic rock forming one of the Saltpetre Kop dykes is an exception to the general rule that felspar is absent or very rare in the western rocks, but this dyke has at least no obvious resemblance to the Stormberg lavas or the dolerites. Many of the Stormberg vents are filled with agglomerate or tuff largely composed of débris of sedimentary rocks or of deep-seated igneous ones such as granite, but hitherto no trace of the peculiar mica, diopside, hornblende, ilmenite, garnet, and perofskite, which are such conspicuous constituents of the Suther- * See Cohen, ‘‘ Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min. Geol. and Pal.,” 1875, 113-127 Schwarz, Geol. Comm. (1903), Report on Matatiele. ~The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes. Ca land breccias, have been found in them,* nor have the fragments of eclogite. COMPARISON WITH THE KIMBERLEY AND OTHER PireEs NORTH OF THE ORANGE RIVER. The constituents of the Kimberley group of pipes are fairly well known, thanks to the many mineralogists who have examined the materials brought to light by the progress of mining operations, but less information is available concerning the Jagers Fontein, Monas- tery, Pretoria, and other mines outside the Kimberley area. t The more important constituents of the Kimberley blue-ground are the following: Olivine and its alteration product serpentine, enstatite (bronzite), chrome diopside, smaragdite, biotite, garnet, perofskite, magnetite, chromite, picotite, ilmenite; the less abun- dant minerals are apatite, epidote, orthite, tremolite, tourmaline, rutile, sphene, leucoxene, and diamond.{ The rhombic pyroxene, enstatite or bronzite, which is usually considered to be an important constituent, seems to have been much more abundant in the earlier worked blue-ground than in the later worked rock obtained from greater depths.§ An examination of some specimens in the South African Museum from the lower levels in de Beer’s Mine reveals a very small amount of this mineral. LEnstatite is an abundant mineral in an enstatite-garnet-augite-hornblende rock from the Monastery Mine (O. R. C.) preserved in the Museum. As a result of his examination of the blue-ground or Kimberley, Professor Carvill Lewis came to the conclusion that it was related to melilite-basalt, though owing, as he suspected, to the alteration his specimens had undergone, the melilite could not be identified.|| The intimate association of melilite-basalt with breccias which have a distinct similarity to the blue-ground, though differing from it in the greater abundance of débris derived from sedimentary rocks and, in the case of the Matjes Fontein pipe, from deep-seated acid igneous rocks, is certainly very suggestive, and warrants the expectation that melilite rocks will one day be found with the typical blue-ground at Kim- berley. As we have stated on a previous page, the melilite-basalt has not been met with at Silver Dam, nor is the breccia in the * See Schwarz, op. cit., p. 54. + The most useful publications dealing with the constituents of the Kimberley group are: N.S. Maskelyne and Flight, Q. J.G.S., xxx., 1874, pp. 408-416; L. de Launay, ‘‘ Les diamants du Cap,” Paris, 1897; H.C. Lewis, ‘“‘ Genesis and Matrix of es Diamond,” London, 1897, edited by Professor Bonney. + Taken from Lewis, op. cit., Sect. II. 5 See Bonney, Geol. Mag., 1895, p. 496, || Lewis, op. cit., p. 49. oo 78 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Matjes Fontein pipe identical with that of Silver Dam, but the proximity of the two pipes and their general resemblance leave no doubt as to their close relationship. Amongst some specimens sent to the South African Museum from Kimberley there is one labelled by the donor “‘ aphanite in blue-ground,’”’ which seems to occur as a fine-grained rock forming a narrow dyke in the blue. This rock is composed of small but well-shaped crystals of olivine, very slightly altered to serpentine along cleavage cracks, lying in a ground mass of calcite, magnetite, and perhaps ilmenite, perofskite, and a few irregularly shaped fragments of a pale biotite. The calcite is very abundant and conceals other constituents than those mentioned, but when it is removed from a slice by means of dilute acid a consider- able quantity of indeterminate substance remains, which yields gelatinous silica on treatment with hydrochloric acid. The rock is evidently an igneous material injected whilst in a molten condition, for it has none of the characteristics of the breccias, broken crystals of olivine, garnet, diopside, and fragments of shale being absent from it. It resembles in general appearance the melilite-basalt of Matjes Fontein, but melilite is not visible in the specimen we have examined. So far as we know it is the first example of an ultra- basic igneous rock recorded as probably forming an intrusion in the blue-ground. Further information concerning intrusions of this type will be most interesting. The name ‘“aphanite’’ merely indicates that the constituents are not large enough to be visible to the naked eye. The term has been especially used in connection with fine-grained augite-labradorite rocks, with which the Kimberley specimen has no relation. The so-called ‘‘snake-rock’’ of the De Beer’s mine is merely a hard variety of blue-ground apparently forming a dyke in the softer blue and passing outside the limits of the pipe into the surrounding rock (a quartz porphyry) at the 1,700 feet level.* The chief differ- ence between thin sections of the ‘‘snake’”’ and the blue-ground is that the olivine is less altered in the former than in the latter. Amongst some specimens of the inclusions from the blue-ground of the Monastery Mine, about 30 miles south of Winburg, O. R. C., in the South African Museum there are rocks with similar characters to the eclogites and related rocks of Silver Dam. One of these has already been mentioned; another consists of bright green augite containing chromium, colourless augite, biotite, olivine, garnet, and ilmenite; and a third one of olivine, pale green augite, colourless augite, and pale biotite. Olivine is not abundant in the rock con- * This fact was communicated in a letter to one of the writers by Mr. T. E. Robertson, for a time lecturer in the School of Mines, Kimberley. The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes. 79 taining chrome-diopside, but it has not been found in the rock fragments from Silver Dam, although it is abundant as isolated and serpentinised crystals and fragments in the breccia. In some rounded fragments of eclogite from the Newlands mine in Griqualand West, Professor Bonney * found garnet (pyrope), a chrome-diopside of a much paler colour than the bright green augite mentioned above from the Silver Dam and Monastery Mine rocks, but apparently similar to the pale green augite of those rocks, and small octahedral diamonds. He indicates the bearing of this dis- covery on the origin of the diamond, which belongs primarily to the holocrystalline ultrabasic rock and not to the blue-ground. The evidence brought forward in his paper appears to be quite conclusive on this point. The Newlands. Mine is on the Harts River, north-west of Kim- berley. The blue-ground fills an irregular pipe and fissures in slates and other rocks belonging to the pre-Cape rocks of Griqualand West,t+ but at the surface the pipe is surrounded by shales of the Karroo formation as at Kimberley. The accounts of the serpentinous breccia in dykes is interesting, and affords a parallel to the breccia dykes of Saltpetre Kop and other localities in Sutherland. COMPARISON WITH THE PIPES SOUTH OF THE ORANGE RIVER. In Mr. Dunn’s paper, ‘‘On the Mode of Occurrence of Diamonds in South Africa,” | there is a short description of a pipe at Schiet Fontein, Carnarvon, which is surrounded by shales turned up at the contact with the breccia. No particulars of the contents of this pipe or those near Hanover are known. At Balmoral (Ratel Fontein) in the Fraserburg Division there is an admirably exposed pipe.§ The surrounding rocks are sandstones and shales belonging to the middle part (probably the Dicynodon beds) of the Beaufort Series, and they dip away from the pipe. The pipe is about 300 feet in diameter and nearly circular. The contents are more easily weathered than the surrounding rock, so the pipe is marked by a depression from 10 to 20 feet deep, with a vertical wall formed by the Beaufort beds, except at one place where the surface water drains off through a narrow gap in the sandstone wall. The material filling the pipe is a soft blue clay containing fragments of shale, sandstone, dolerite of the Karroo type, ilmenite, garnet, * Geol. Mag., 1899, pp. 309-321. + See W. Graichen, ‘‘Die Newlands-diamantminen, Sud Africa,’ Zeitschrift fur praktische Geologie, xi., 1903, pp. 448-452. + Q. J. G.S., 1874, pp. 54-60. § Rogers and Schwarz, Ann. Rep. Geol. Comm, for 1900, pp. 60-61, g0 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and biotite; these are the only minerals and rocks yet observed in the Balmoral breccia. This vent is evidently similar to the Silver Dam pipe, but up to the present it has yielded a smaller variety of rocks and minerals than that one. On the farm Spiegel River in the Division of Riversdale there is an outcrop of melilite-basalt in the Uitenhage beds.* It is more or less oval in outline and about 300 feet in its longer diameter. The rock stands out from the softer Uitenhage beds, but there are no sections showing the junction, and as the surrounding rocks are sandy conglomerates with feebly-developed bedding planes the change of dip, if it exist, near the igneous rock is not observable. The only reasonable explanation of this singular occurrence is that the basalt fills a pipe or neck. It is the only igneous rock of post- Uitenhage age in the Colony whose date is proved. The rock is composed of porphyritic crystals of olivine lying in a base of melilite, augite, perofskite, magnetite, and glass. It has a very strong family likeness to the melilite-bearing rocks of Sutherland Commonage and Matjes Fontein, but is not identical with any one of them. Its chief points of difference from those are its freshness: hardly any sign of alteration can be seen; the only obvious change is the formation of serpentine along some of the cleavage cracks in the olivine; the augite is very pale green in colour and is an abundant constituent in the form of grains and crystallites; this mineral is not abundant in any of the Sutherland specimens yet examined, and is entirely absent from some of them; calcite is not seen in the Spiegel River rock, though it is abundant in those from Sutherland; and ‘biotite is entirely absent.t In spite of these * See Ann. Rep. Geol. Comm. for 1898, p. 62. + Mr. J. Lewis, of the Government Analytical Laboratory, very kindly made a complete chemical analysis of the Spiegel River rock, with the following results :— TOs. scdis aw aitascn ascth b ane deeeemnstneane tem atenaeenete 36°15 FIO Ss Fasase conv asthe le aa uaeR menos aes 2°30 PNA Pare ee npree noni aecnidonens 5 iesnbade.cksoncoad 15°18 WC) asa eecaas sisaeennmemeireeecee memeceeces 4:87 (Oi. 0 ARP RREME aes Mp Hoar aoc Ane duch spogeaarc re 10 GO: piviesdiet sae eveierne cle canee setenee aceite 9°11 MnO... 2c2- acteneraasaneneouseenvateeeraee 33 CAO oie. dus aboachh dee deuoneees tenons erences 11:40 IN ied Oe Scanoadssoocnab sone .cdcoosooppqednoscde 13°63 BAO) Socsauk fos secawon op mrieme sine remy eto 06 INGO 5. Fctc de dala vtey, ttle Soke ee eels ae tarot 2°42 EO?» sstttasince vata sv deku tenet tention aeeeeee nes 1°81 POs ie taicstewascona sosdedenenetest nc senenmeent 26 SO BS. tach da atrctle tice Meiemetina sche ween ereteet 49 OHG ON TOMTOM reer ae nsnescensmrcasenes 1°95 OF? driven of below 1102 ccneh nts 37 The Sutherland Volcanic Pipes. 81 differences there is such a close general resemblance between the rocks from these different localities, and the type of rock is such an unusual one, that there'is reason to believe them to have been con- nected in their origin. Beyond the community of type and manner of occurrence there is at present no evidence to bring forward in support of this view, which is, therefore, to a large extent hypotheti- cal. As to their relative ages there is not much evidence; the Sutherland pipes are younger than the Karroo dolerites, and there- fore very probably younger than the Stormberg period, but how much so is an open question; the Spiegel River intrusion took place later than the deposition of the Uitenhage beds, or rather than that portion of them represented in Riversdale. The Stormberg beds may be considered as of upper Triassic (Rhaetic) age, and the Uitenhage beds are correlated with the Lower Cretaceous of Europe. If the supposition of a common origin of the Spiegel River and Sutherland pipes can be legitimately made, then the latter must also be considered as of later age than the Uitenhage period. GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE VOLCANIC VENTS. There is good reason to think that the peculiar pipes, filled with breccias of various kinds or with ultra-basic igneous rock, found at so many places within the Colony, near Pretoria, and in the Orange River Colony were produced at about the same time. Though the pipes at present known occur in groups far removed from one another, it is probable that many more have escaped detection, or have been found unprofitable by prospectors, and therefore have passed out of memory. The fragments of blackened wood dis- covered in the blue-ground at Kimberley probably came from trees growing near the vent at the time of the explosions, and are the only direct evidence of the area having been dry land at that time. By other arguments, however, we may be satisfied that the eruptions took place after the great fresh-water basin in which the Karroo formation was deposited became dry land. This event probably happened at the close of the Stormberg period, and there is no evidence of the deposition of any later beds, save gravel and allu- vium, in the Karroo region. Whether the Uitenhage beds extended into this area is not known, but in any case it is not likely that. they ever formed such thick bodies of rock there as they did south of the Zwartebergen. We may consider that since Stormberg times the great interior region of the Colony has remained above the level of the sea, and at some time during the long epoch that separates the present day from the Stormberg (Rhaetic) period, the terrific ex- o 82 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. plosions took place that drilled holes only a few hundred feet in diameter through many thousands of feet of rock; these holes were finally filled up either with serpentinous breccia, a mixture of such matter and uitra-basic igneous rock, agglomerates and tuffs of little else than comminuted sedimentary beds, or with igneous rock alone as at Spiegel River and some of the Sutherland Commonage vents. Whether the present surface section of a pipe is surrounded by Pre-Cape beds as at Pretoria and some of the West Griqualand occurrences, or by different stages of the Karroo formation as at Kimberley and Sutherland, depends-entirely on the relative progress of denudation. In no case has the original crater been preserved. We are, indeed, entirely ignorant as to whether piles of agglomerates and tuffs were thrown out at the surface. Had lava streams of any great thickness issued from these volcanoes they would probably have left outliers to bear witness of their former extent, for the Stormberg lavas have a wide distribution, and they are older than the western voleanoes. It is of course quite possible that evidence bearing on these questions is still preserved in South Africa, but remains to be discovered. Pipes of the nature of those described in this paper are not abundant in other parts of the world. At Bingara* in New South Wales there is a pipe of which the contents bear a striking general resemblance to those of some of the South African pipes. In a dull greenish blue matrix there lie fragments of claystone, melaphyre, augite-picrite, eclogite, and many minerals including pyroxenes, garnet, felspar, and pleonaste. The age of this vent is probably Tertiary. t In North America, dyke rocks strikingly similar to the blue-ground of Kimberley have been met with at Syracuse, New York, and in Kentucky. They have a distinct fragmental structure, though formed of minerals that generally occur in ultra-basic igneous rocks, and although they occur in dykes. In a paper dealing with the occurrence of eclogite boulders in the Newlands Mine Professor Bonney § takes the view that the rounded and apparently waterworn boulders of eclogite were obtained from a conglomerate—the Dwyka conglomerate—during the explosion which caused the pipe. This view cannot be maintained, at any rate the * See G. W. Card, ‘“‘ An Eclogite-bearing Breccia from the Bingare Diamond Field,” Rec. Geol. Surv. of New South Wales, vol. vii. pt. ii. 1902, pp. 29-39. + ‘The Mineral Resources of New South Wales,” E. F. Pittman, 1901, p. 393. + The original descriptions of these rocks are not available to us, but a good account by Professor Bonney is printed in ‘‘ Genesis and Matrix of the Diamond,’ p. 58. § Geol. Mag., 1899, p. 321 The Sutherland Volcanc Pupes. 83 Dwyka conglomerate cannot have supplied the boulders. In the first place that conglomerate is thinner in the north of the Colony than elsewhere—at Kimberley, for instance, it is only a few feet in thickness ; secondly, the conglomerate and its contents are fairly well known in Prieska and between Loeries Fontein and Willowmore, but eclogite is not known to occur in it, and it is unlikely that rocks of this nature should be so abundant at certain localities where vents happen to have been established; thirdly, rounded boulders of the ordinary coarse-grained ophitic olivine-dolerite of the Karroo type are abundant in the Balmoral pipe; these dolerites were evidently derived from the intrusive sheets and dykes that traverse the Beaufort beds of the Nieuweveld, and are not known to occur in the form of boulders in the Dwyka conglomerate, which is a much older rock than the intrusions. In the case of certain boulders noticed at Saltpetre Kop, the quartzites and granites, it is quite possible that their origin was similar to that advocated by Professor Bonney for the eclogite boulders, for quartzites and granites are extremely abundant in the Dwyka conglomerate throughout its extent, so far as it has been surveyed in Cape Colony ; and in the Tanqua Karroo, due west of Saltpetre Kop, the conglomerate is probably some 800 feet thick, while directly south of the Kop, along the south of the Karroo, its thickness is still greatey. The Dwyka conglomerate almost certainly underlies the Sutherland area, at a depth of perhaps 3,000 feet. The quartzite, however, is distinctly like that in the Table Mountain series, so the boulders may have been derived directly from that series which perhaps underlies the Saltpetre Kop area at a depth of at least 5,000 feet. The great area of crystalline schists, gneiss, granite, and granulites of the north and north-west of the Colony is as yet very imperfectly known, but so far as the rocks have been examined they do not include granulitic masses of nearly such basic composition as the eclogites of the blue-ground; it is unlikely that the latter formed part of the old crystalline schists now exposed at the surface, for had they done so some out-crops would probably have been found of this remarkable type of rock, evidently of wide distribution deep under the surface. ON TWO NEW THEROCEPHALIAN REPTILES (GLANO- SUCHUS MACROPS AND PRISTEROGNATHUS BAIN). By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch. (Read March 30, 1904.) (Plate VI.) GLANOSUCHUS MACROPS, g. n. et sp. n. This new genus and species is founded on a fairly complete skull discovered by Mr. Snyman at Knoflok’s Fontein, near Van der Byl’s Kraal in the Gouph. It is the skull of a moderately large Thero- cephalian reptile with the teeth fairly well preserved and with the greater part of each mandible in position. The specimen has been subjected to a considerable degree of pressure, which has not only produced some distortion but has made the bone in some parts extremely brittle. In addition to this the bone, except in parts that are much weathered, is so like the matrix that in one or two regions one is unable to say with certainty what is bone and what matrix. It is thus impossible to give as complete a description of the skull as one should like, and in the figures of the skull I have been obliged to depart from my usual practice of only drawing what is bone. . The skull bears some little resemblance to one or two of the already known Therocephalians, especially Scylacosaurus, Seymno- saurus, Ailurosaurus, and Pristerognathus, but its dentition shows it to be distinct from any of those genera. From the occipital condyle to the front of the snout the skull measures almost exactly 12 inches, and the greatest width across the temporal arches has probably been about 6 inches. The snout is moderately long and powerfully developed, with the nostrils directed more forwards than outwards. The orbits are relatively rather-small, and are situated behind the median transverse plane. The temporal fossa, though imperfect, have probably extended back beyond the plane of the 8 86 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. occipital condyle. The dentition of the upper jaw is five large pointed incisors and a sixth small one, one large canine, and apparently five small simple molars. The premaxillary is fairly well seen on both sides of the skull. It is a moderately strong bone, and passes up between the nasal and the maxillary. There is evidence of there having been a strong internasal process. Posteriorly the bone is overlapped as in other Therocephalians by the maxillary. The nostrils are oval openings, looking forwards, outwards, and slightly upwards. Each is about 14 inch in length and about 4 inch in depth. The nasal bones are, as in other Therocephalians, remarkable for being broader in front than behind. They are not ancylosed as in Lycosuchus. . The maxillaries are well developed, but so far as displayed do not present any features of special interest. The frontal region is very distinctly concave, both transversely and antero-posteriorly. In the antero-posterior direction the con- cavity, though not very deep, extends from the front of the frontal bone to near the parietal foramen. The lachrymal, prefrontal, and postorbital bones are not sufficiently well preserved to admit of description. The parietal region is about half the breadth of the frontal region. The parietal foramen is large. The jugal appears to have been well developed. The squamosal bone is almost entirely absent, but it must have been a larger bone than in Lycosuchus to accommodate the muscles of the lower jaw. The occiput is very imperfect and not well displayed. The con- dyle is large and single, and bears considerable resemblance to that in Dicynodon. The upper part of the occiput (? supra-occipital) slopes slightly forwards. The palate has only been slightly cleared of matrix, but it is manifest that it agrees pretty closely with that in Scylacosaurus. The pterygoids have large transverse processes which descend almost to the lower margins of the mandibles. Immediately in front of the line of the transverse processes there are situated a number of small, round, pointed teeth. The pterygoids posteriorly alter lying side by side for a short distance pass outwards and backwards to meet the quadrates. The dentition differs from that of any of the Therocephalians in which the full dentition is known. There are on each side five large pointed subequal incisors, each of which has a flattened and Two New Therocephalian Reptiles. 487 finely serrated posterior border. Behind the fifth incisor is a small pointed tooth which I regard as a sixth incisor. The maxillary teeth comprise a single large canine and apparently five small pointed molars. The canine is somewhat flattened behind and has a finely serrated edge, but so far as preserved the anterior part of the tooth is smooth and rounded. The three anterior molars are fairly well preserved, and in the second and third at least both the anterior and posterior edges have fine serrations. The fourth molar appears to be lost and the fifth is very im- perfect. The mandible has the dentary bone relatively rather more largely developed than in Lycosuchus. A somewhat oblique section of the jaw near the plane of the posterior border of the orbits shows the dentary above resting on the surangular with the angular and what is apparently the splenial below. The following are the principal measurements of the skull and teeth :— Length of skull, snout to occipital condyle ...... 315 mm. Breadth of snout above canines ................006 EAS, srimaved: maeroroital width) 2). ).c.9.-ssee ase. ay) Hstimated width in temporal region ............... 145 Length 1st incisor—5th incisor inclusive ......... 48 eTe iit Ol Amel TCTs Omi eae ends) ee tee es, ee, 24 Length from 5th i-front of ¢ (upper part) ......... 12 BemetOt Cami’ < sven ye « Slhohen alee Ra len ernie 17-6 Bemsvaviromue=tromtsOu ml) |.) seen eeeereeeee ne. 2s 16 Length m'—m5 inclusive ...... Recon ites sidan ae aloo 45°3 LISS TAGS Al Oyu) PaO eae a anc Pas SS 65 PRISTEROGNATHUS BAINI, Ni. sp. This new species is founded on an imperfect snout of a small Therocephalian. It was obtained many years ago by Mr. T. Bain in the Western Karroo, but the exact locality is unknown. It was recently presented to the South African Museum by Mr. J. M. Bain together with a number of other interesting specimens collected at various times by Mr. T. Bain. The specimen consists of the snout, broken off in the region of the canine teeth. It does not seem to present any character by which it can be distinguished generically from Pristerognathus of Seeley, but it is a distinct species from P. polyodon Seeley. As in that ; 16 species, so in this, the dental formula is 7 oo 88 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The following are the principal measurements :— Length from 1:—ichinelusive r=... eee 14:3 mm. s 5», 14-16 iy oo tht sh oes cia eee 14:6 ny ON TE lesa cart ee Oia. ca Nee 5 ar Mer nee eh Soke bre 5:2 va. “yp, Ss APR Larla al acerer tic MOO Wee: aR RU Ont ss ch auingr Nt SCE RRC SOO a ie ec ee 6 9 | gigp VD“ aecti'ea wanes antl BRS rl pyueneen ist beeen 4-2 jo. lng’ UO VADA SIRS Neal oa tetas enter ee 3°2 REFERENCE TO PLATE. FIG. 1. Side view of skull of Glanosuchus macrops, x °31. Za Wiper. 55 55 a a Scenic 3. Under ,, ae FA oh egos 4. Section of mandible of A a ye oul, 5) i) 1 4 Dteryooidsiol 3, * at plane A, fig. 3, x 31. 6. ” ” ” ” ”? ” JB fig. 3, x “Bl. 3) 7. Side view of snout of Pristerognathus baini, nat. size. 8. Under. % ies a Mabe sizes Pleie W West,Newman lith. London. GLANOSUCHUS MAGROPS, Broom. pee ere NAMES BAIN I, Broo, ies oer rin Soc, Yel CV. R.Broom del. (89 ) THE ORIGIN OF THE MAMMALIAN CARPUS AND TARSUS. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch. (Read May 25, 1904.) (Plate VII.) Frew problems in biology are of greater interest than that of the origin of mammals, and within the last thirty years much discussion has been given to the problem. The majority of embryologists, from the consideration of certain developmental conditions, have been led to the conclusion that the mammals have been descended from some Batrachian ancestor or some even more primitive form which may have lived in Devonian times. Most paleontologists, on the other hand, have considered that in the Theriodont and Dicynodont reptiles we have forms which are so strikingly mammal-like that the ancestral mammal should be looked for either in one of these groups or in some closely allied order. As recent investigations point pretty conclu- sively to the fact of the mammalian skull being directly descended from that of the Theriodont, it becomes important to see if the evidence derived from other parts of the skeleton confirms that given by the skull. Already the shoulder girdle of the Anomodont has been shown to be essentially similar to that of the Monotreme (1), while that of the Monotreme resembles closely that of the foetal Marsupial (2). In the present paper I hope to show that the evidence derived from the study of the carpus and tarsus confirms that of the skull and shoulder girdle. Unfortunately the carpi and tarsi of the fossil reptiles are much less perfectly known than most other parts of the skeleton, since unless the various elements are found in undisturbed position the evidence derived from them is not of a very satisfactory nature. Still it is possible even at present to show from the few well-preserved specimens known that the. mammals must have been deriyed from some Synapsidan reptile, 90 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. In the Stegocephalia the carpus is usually but imperfectly ossified. In Eryops, however, it is well ossified, and fortunately a well-preserved specimen is known (3). As preserved there are four bones in the proximal row, five in the distal, and two other elements in the centre. By Cope the four proximal bones are believed to be Radiale, Centrale, Intermedium, and Ulnare. By Emery (4) they are looked upon as the Radiale, Paracentrale, Intermedium, and Ulnare. While it is difficult for one who has only the figures to go by to give a very decided opinion, I should like to suggest that the four proximal elements are probably homologous with the four proximal elements found in the carpi of most primitive reptiles and well seen in Sphenodon, viz., Radiale, Intermedium, Ulnare, and Pisiform. The two central elements are undoubtedly centralia 1 and 2, while the five distal elements are as certainly carpalia 1-5. The carpus of Eryops would thus seem to agree closely with that of Sphenodon, and no doubt represents a slight specialisation of the primitive form from which the carpi of all the higher animals have been derived. It is probable that in early Permian or late Carboniferous times some member of the Stegocephalia gave rise to the Cotylosauria. © This order, though of the greatest interest as containing most pro- bably the ancestors of all the later reptiles, both of the Synapsidan and Diapsidan groups, is at present only imperfectly known. An imperfect carpus of Pariotichus has been described (5), but as the elements were not found in position it is difficult to place much reliance on it. The carpus in Pareiasaurus has not been described, but Huene (6) has recently figured the fairly well-preserved carpus of the allied genus Sclerosaurus. In his Taf. I. he indicates four elements as carpalia 1-4, and this identification seems probably correct. Proximal to C 3 and C 4, and situated immediately distal to the Ulna, is another element, almost certainly the Ulnare. In Taf. Il. what is evidently the counterpart of this Ulnare is marked ‘‘ Pisiform,’’ and a more proximal bone is marked “‘ Ulnare.”’ What is regarded as Ulnare in Taf. II. seems to me to be a portion of the Ulna. The element between the Radius and Ulna, and which Huene regards as the Radiale, I should incline to regard as the Intermedium. The element marked C 3 in Taf. II. does not appear to be the same as C 3 in Taf. I., and is in my opinion the centrale. It is thus probable that the Cotylosaurian carpus consisted of: four proximal elements, a centrale, and four distal elements. While the specimen of Sclerosaurus practically proves these elements to have been present, it does not disprove the presence of a second centrale, and as many of the descendants of the Cotylosaurus retain two Origin of Mammalian Carpus and Tarstis.>>>>.” 91 centralia, we may conclude that two centralia existed in, {he GCorylo- saurian carpus. In Procolophon (7, 8, 9), the Diaptosaurian, most nearly related to the Cotylosaurs, the carpus is fortunately well known. Proximally there are a well-developed pisiform, a large ulnare, and a fair-sized narrow intermedium. ‘The radiale appears to have been cartilaginous. In the centre of the carpus are two centralia, and distally there are four carpalia. If the radiale is rightly regarded as having been cartilaginous, then the carpus would appear to have agreed with that of Eryops as regards the elements except that in Procolophon the carpale 5 is absent or cartilaginous. The structure of the skull renders it probable that the Thero- cephalians are the direct descendants of the Cotylosaurs in the line which gave rise to the Mammalia. Of the Therocephalians the only carpus known is that of Theriodesmus (10). Fortunately the specimen is well preserved and the degree of displacement of the bones so slight that there can be little doubt as to the interpretation of the various elements. Bardeleben (11) has recently redescribed and figured the carpus. He has shown that there are four bones in the proximal row—radiale, intermedium, ulnare, and pisiform—two centralia and four carpalia. The figure of the carpus which I give is only a slight modification of that given by Bardeleben. Among the Dicynodonts the carpus is pretty well known. In most genera it is well ossified, but in the aquatic Lystrosaurus it is mainly cartilaginous. The only Endothiodont carpus known is that of Opisthoctenodon agilis,.but fortunately this is known by a fairly satisfactory specimen. As in most primitive reptiles, the proximal row consists of four bones—a broad short radiale, a small inter- medium, a large ulnare, and a rather small pisiform. In the centre of the carpus are two broad centralia. The distal row is formed of a large carpale 1, small carpalia 2 and 3, and a large carpale 4. On the radial side of the carpus as preserved are three small bones, which may belong to the hand, but as the specimen is of very small size and crushed in on the base of the skull, it is impossible to be quite certain of the nature of the fragments. I have figured them as they occur. The two bones adjoining the first carpale and first metacarpal are probably the bones of a prepollex, as in Theriodesmus. The third little bone possibly does not belong to the manus. The carpus of Oudenodon (12) I have already elsewhere described. It closely resembles that of Opisthoctenodon, but there appears to be no trace of a prepollex. The proximal row consists of.radiale, intermedium, ulnare, and pisiform. There are two centralia, and apparently five carpaha. It is doubtful if the fifth carpale is really 92 Prrnsactions of the South African Philosophical Society. disiiaix\i fromthe» fourth, but there is some evidence of its having been distinct. In my previous description of this carpus I mistook the first carpale for the first metacarpal. It is unfortunate that in the Theriodontia the group from which the mammals appear to have directly sprung, only one carpus is at present known, and that an imperfect one. This is the carpus of Microgomphodon ewmerus (13) described and figured by Seeley. Seeley considers there are three bones in the proximal row, but as it is very probable that the large element with which the ulna articulates is not the pisiform as Seeley believes, but the ulnare, and that the pisiform is missing, it seems likely that the proximal row in the Theriodonts has four bones, as in the more primitive groups and the majority of mammals. There appears to be only one centrale, and only four carpalia. Itis possible, however, that the element between the radiale and the ulnare is not the intermedium, but a second centrale, and that the intermedium is not seen in the specimen. The arrangement of the bones in the Endothiodont carpus suggests this possibility. It is impossible to decide the point by the figure. The examination of the series of carpi shows that there has been very little evolution in the carpus from the higher Labyrinthodonts to the Theriodonts. The fifth carpale becomes lost, but otherwise any of the carpi from the Cotylosaurians to the Theriodonts might be the one from which the mammalian type has been derived. The stages in the evolution of the tarsus, though they are less fully known than the stages of the carpus, throw much more light on the line of descent of the mammals, — The Labyrinthodont tarsus is practically unknown. The tarsus of the primitive Stegocephalian Archegosaurus is known, but there is some difference of opinion as to its interpretation. Its most interest- ing feature is that it consists of at least nine distinct elements, and certain of these may represent the fusion of two. But while the Stegocephahan tarsus contains so many distinct elements, the number is found to be very considerably reduced in all the descendants. In some the reduction appears to be due to a number of the elements uniting together; in others the reduction is evidently due to some of the original elements being lost. In the Cotylosauria the tarsus is very imperfectly known. In Pareiasaurus and Sclerosaurus there is a large tarsal bone probably made up of the united tibiale, intermedium, and fibulare. The other elements have possibly been cartilaginous. Case has figured a fairly satisfactory tarsus of Pariotichus (5). It shows that the proximal tarsal row consists of two distinct bones—either tibiale and - fibulare, or with possibly an intermedium united to one of the other Origin of Mammalian Carpus and Tarsus. 93 two elements. There are probably five tarsalia and a distinct centrale. In Procolophon (7) the tarsus consists of six bones, but the inter- medium is manifestly united with the tibiale, and it is not improbable that the centrale is united with the fibulare. There are only four tarsalia ossified. In other primitive Diaptosaurians five tarsalia are ossified. In Sphenodon (14) the structure and development of the tarsus have been very fully worked out by Howes and Swinnerton; and though Sphenodon has advanced far from the point of separation of the Diapsida and the Synapsida, it gives us perhaps.a better idea of the primitive type of the Reptilian tarsus than we get from most of the fossil specimens. Here we find that the tarsus in its early development consists of a moderate-sized fibulare and tibiale, a large intermedium, a rather small centrale, and four tarsalia. Unfortunately no Therocephahan tarsus is known, so that the intermediate stages between the Cotylosaurian types and _ the Dicynodont are at present hypothetical. The Dicynodont type is fortunately now fully known. A few years ago I described the tarsus of Oudenodon (12), and since then have had the opportunity of examining two other Dicynodont tarsi. The tarsus of Oudenodon trigoniceps has been somewhat more fully developed, and a slight modification is required of my previous description. The small element which I regarded as the centrale has been found to be really a part of the tibial. The intermedium, however, seems to be a distinct element. The first row of the tarsus thus consists of a large semicircular tibiale, and a somewhat larger fibulare, with a small intermedium fitted in between them. The distal row is formed of four bones, of which the first is large and almost like a metatarsal. Between the tibiale and the first tarsale there is a moderate-sized gap in which it is moderately certain there was a cartilaginous centrale. The second Dicynodont tarsus I have examined probably also belongs to a species of Oudenodon, and while it agrees closely with that of O. trigoniceps it shows a distinct ossified centrale between the tibiale and first tarsale. The centrale is not fully ossified like the other elements, but has the appearance of an imperfectly ossified cartilaginous element. The third tarsus is a specimen in the Albany Museum—probably belonging to a species of Dicynodon. Here the most noteworthy feature is the presence of a large fully ossified centrale, which articulates with the tibtale and with probably all four tarsalia. The Dicynodont tarsus, with the exception of having a distinct intermedium, is thus seen to be practically of the mammalan type. 94 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Only one Theriodont tarsus is known—that of Microgomphodon (13) —and unfortunately it is not satisfactorily preserved. It agrees, however, with the Dicynodont tarsus in having the tibiale and fibulare of large size. According to Seeley the caleaneum (= fibulare) ‘does not develop a posterior heel process.’’ As, however, only the anterior or upper surface of the tarsus seems to be displayed, it is difficult to see what evidence there is for this statement. In the Dicynodont fibulare there is a distinct heel process, and it is highly probable that one also exists in the Theriodonts. There is in the tarsus of Microgomphodon a wide space between the tibiale and the first tarsale, so that the condition of the Theriodont tarsus is pro- bably very similar to that in the Dicynodont, there being evidently either a cartilaginous centrale or a bony centrale which is lost from the specimen. While the mammalian carpus has become very slightly specialised, and is hence of little service in guiding us to the mammalian ancestor, the specialisation of the tarsus is so peculiar that all claimants to the honour of being the immediate forefathers of the mammals may be dismissed if they do not show some approximation to a similar specialisation. We may thus put on one side all modern types of reptiles and all the Amphibia, none of which can have any claim to be the immediate mammalian ancestor, and we have left the Cotylo- saurians, some of the primitive Diaptosaurians, the Therocephalians, and the Dicynodonts and Theriodonts. In these latter we find more or less approximation to the mammalian type, but if we take into consideration the extreme mammalian specialisation—the presence of a large tibiale and fibulare with a centrale which is not in the centre but comes between the tibiale and the first tarsale—then we are driven to the conclusion that the mammalian ancestor must have been a Dicynodont, a Theriodont, or a form belonging to a closely allied order. From the examination of the skull we have good reason to believe that the ancestor was a Theriodont, and the evidence of the tarsus fully confirms that derived from the skull and other parts of the skeleton, and the carpus, while it does not add any very strong evidence, certainly does not afford any pyadenee that is not also in harmony with this conclusion. AppENDUM (Oct. 20, 1904) :—Case has recently published a short paper ‘‘ On the Structure of the Fore Foot of Dimetrodon” (Journ. Geol., vol. xii., No. 4, May— June, 1904), in which he figures an almost perfect carpus, and shows that it is strikingly like the carpus of Procolophon. The only differences of importance are that in Dimetrodon the radiale is large and fully GSM and that there is a distinct ossified fifth carpale,—R.B, REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. (1) Broom. ‘On the Early Cond. Shoulder Girdle in Polyproto- donts,” Journ. Linn. Soe., 1902. (2) Broom. “On the Develop. and Morphology of Marsupial Shoulder Girdle,” Tr. Roy. Soc. Ed., vol. xxxix., 1897. (3) Corr. ‘On the Shoulder Girdle and Extremities of Eryops,”’ Treen Elm soe) vol, xvi, £8o0), (4) Empry. “ Die foss. Reste von Archegosaurus und Hryops, &e.,”’ Ana ange bd, xiv, No. 8) 1897: (5) Case. ‘A Redeseription of Pariotichus incisivus, Cope,”’ Aol sulle voli No. o, 1899: | (6) v. Huenz. ‘ Uebersicht ueber die Reptilien der Trias,” Geol. u. Pal. Abhandl. Jena, 1902. (7) Broom. ‘On the Remains of Procolophon in the Albany Museum,” Rec. Alb. Mus., vol. i., part 1, 1903. (8) Broom. “Note on the Manus of Procolophon,” Rec. Alb. Mus., vol. i., part 2, 1904. (9) Osporn. ‘The Reptilian Sub-classes Diapsida and Synapsida, ’ Mem. Am. Mus., N.H., 1903. (10) Sepney. ‘On Parts of the Skeleton of a Mammal, &c.,’ Phil. Trans., 1888. (11) Barpenepen. ‘On the Prepollex and eesti: &c.,”’ Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889. (12) Broom. ‘On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon,”’ Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901. (13) SeEnEy. “On the Gomphodontia,’” Phil. Trans., 1895. (14) HowEs AND SwinnerTON. ‘On the Development of the Skeleton of the Tuatara, &.,’’ Tr. Zool. Soc., 1901. Cad sarewe” REFERENCES TO PLATE. . Carpus of Eryops. After Emery. Slightly modified. Reduced. . Carpus of Sphenodon, juv. After Howes and Swinnerton. Enlarged. . Carpus of Procolophon. Slightly enlarged. att i Carpus of Theriodesmus. Arrangement restored. . Carpus of Opisthoctenodon agilis. Enlarged. . Carpus of Oudenodon trigoniceps. Slightly enlarged. . Tarsus of Procolophon. Slightly enlarged. | . Tarsus of Oudenodon trigoniceps. Slightly enlarged. libeame Oeil ee. Vol x V. | Place Vil. CARPUS OF OPISTHOCTENODON CARPUS OF OUDENODON TARSUS OF PROCOLOPHON TARSUS OF OUDENODON R.Broom del. West, Newman lith. London. Pe ii rANS CARP AND TAR SI ( 97 ) MIMICRY AMONG PLANTS. By R. Martots, Px.D., M.A. (Plate VIII.) (Read May 25, 1904.) Mimicry among animals is of such general occurrence that nobody who takes the slightest notice of the creatures around him can over- look these means of protection. Especially numerous are cases of mimicry among insects, and South Africa in particular possesses many most remarkable forms of this kind. Whoever meets the “ flying leaf” or the ‘‘ walking twig” or other members of the Mantis tribe in their natural surroundings cannot help admiring the perfect similarity of these insects and of the plants among which they live. But there is no need for me to mention any further cases of mimicry among insects, for the subject has been dealt with in an excellent way in the presidential address delivered by Mr. Trimen in 1884. . Quite different, however, is the state of our knowledge with regard to the occurrence of mimicry among plants. I may state from the outset, that many of the instances described as mimicry of plants appear to me to be due to teleological speculations and the imagination of the writers. One of the most common eases of this kind is that of the white dead nettle, which is supposed to mimic in its foliage the stinging nettle. In all probability the popular names of the two plants have had something to do with the view _ that the dead nettle should find some protection in this similarity of foliage. I think that this similarity 1s a mere coincidence, just as the fruit of the edible chestnut, when green, resembles that of the horse-chestnut ; yet I am not sure that the similarity of the two fruits has not induced some writer to proclaim this as another case of mimicry. - 98 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. There are, on the other hand, a number of instances in which the similarity of parts of plants to other objects is so striking that one can hardly doubt that they have been acquired by natural selection. The best examples of this kind are offered by some orchids, not only among the gorgeous tropical species, but also by some which are fairly common in various parts of Europe. Several species of the genus Ophrys do not bear their names without justification, for the flowers of O. apifera, muscifera, and aranifera resemble bees, flies, and spiders to such an extent that they may be easily mistaken for them without closer examination. Of course such similarities are not cases of protective colouring, for the function of these remarkable forms and colours is evidently connected with the fertilisation of the flowers. In all probability they afford the insects which visit the flowers a certain amount of safety from their enemies by hiding them during the time the visitors spend there. Another example of this kind of mimicry is afforded by some Stapelias, a group of succulent plants which has its headquarters in South Africa. The flowers of most species of this group emit a strong odour resembling that of putrid meat, thereby attracting carrion flies which effect cross-fertilisation. It is even said that the eggs and larve of such flies have been observed on these flowers, which would show that the deception had been complete. That the scent must be very deceptive to animals I know from experience. I had a rare Stapelia in my garden which was going to flower for the first time, but one day I found the bud scratched to pieces by my dog. All these instances, however, are not mimicry in its proper sense, for the resemblance does not afford any protection to the plant. But there are a few examples recorded where this seems to be really the case. Sp. M. Moore* mentions as one of the means of pro- tection which some desert plants of Australia possess, the similarity of the foliage of some species of Loranthus with the leaves of the host upon which they grow. He avoids the word’ mimicry and introduces instead the term ‘‘homoplasy.”’ In particular are men- tioned Loranthus pendulus Sieb, and L. Quandang Ldl., which, owing to this close resemblance, can hardly be discovered on the trees or shrubs upon which they grow. He also mentions that camels are very fond of the Loranthus but do not eat the leaves of the host. That, of course, does not prove much, for camels are not indigenous to Australia. The only inference which one could draw from this observation would be the supposition that other * Sp. M. Moore, ‘‘The Botanical Results of a Journey into the Interior of Western Australia,’ Journ. Linn. Soc., xxxiv., 1899. _ Minucry among Plants. 99 herbivorous animals may have the same taste and that in all probability the parasitic plant would thus escape their attacks. The other example of apparently real mimicry is described by Burchell nearly one hundred years ago. In his travels through the karroo he found a species of Mesembrianthemum, which he named M. turbuuforme, thinking it to be undescribed. As a matter of fact it had been found by Thunberg, who had named it WV. truncatum, from the shape of its leaves. Burchell* gives the following account of his find: “On picking up from the stony ground what was sup- posed a curiously shaped pebble it proved to be a plant, and an additional new species to the numerous tribe of Mesembrianthemum ; but in colour and appearance bore the closest resemblance to the stones between which it was growing. On the same ground was found a species of the Gryllus tribe amongst the stones, and so exactly like them in colour and even in shape, that it could never have been discovered had it not been observed just at a moment when in motion. The intention of Nature, in these instances, seems to have been the same as when she gave to the Chameleon the power of accommodating its colour, in a certain degree, to that of the object nearest to it, in order to compensate for the deficiency of its locomotive powers. By their form and colour, these insects may pass unobserved by those birds, which would soon extirpate a species so little able to elude its pursuers, and this little Mesem- brianthemum may generally escape the notice of cattle and wild animals.”’ This plant has been referred to by Wallace } as the stone Mesem- brianthemum of the karroo, and its case is mentioned as the only example of real mimicry that has come to his notice. As stated at the beginning of my paper, I was at first very scep- tical about this and similar statements, particularly as cattle, which Burchell mentions, are not indigenous to the country. Gradually, however, my observations of such cases have become more numerous, hence I cannot look upon them all as mere coincidences. The most remarkable plant in this respect is Mesembrianthemum Bolusit, Hook. f{., which inhabits the hills of the karroo about Aberdeen. It generally produces only two leaves, which grow to the size of a duck’s egg. Their surface is rough like weathered stone and their colour a brownish grey with a touch of dull green. The leaves are half buried in the soil or between the stones among which the plants grow, hence it requires a keen eye to detect them * Burchell, ‘‘ Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa,’ London, 1822, vol. i. p. 310. + Wallace, A. R., ‘* Tropical Nature and Other Essays,” London, 1878, p. 223. - 100 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. when notin flower. In autumn, however, when bright yellow flowers about 2 inches in diameter appear between the leaves, the plants are very showy. But that does not last long, and during the dry season the leaves look just like lumps of stone. [See Plate VIII.] A similar colour and texture of surface have the leaves of Mesem- brianthemum nobile Haw., which is fairly common in the karroo, e.g., near Laingsburg and Fraserburg Road. In the Bokkeveld karroo, between Ceres and. Calvinia, occurs a species of Mesembrianthemum with small leaves, the colour of which harmonises with the pebbles and gravel among which they are half buried to such an extent that I detected them only while stooping down, although the surface of the ground was quite bare. The most curious feature of the case was that the plants differed in colour, some being more yellowish, leather coloured, and others more brown, rust-coloured, and that these variations coincided with the yellowish or brownish colour of the shaly gravel. I could not help thinking of Burchell’s reference to the chameleon, although I am unable to understand how this apparent adaptation might have come about. ‘lo make the analogy even more complete I captured a member of the Gryllus tribe—I cannot say a grass- hopper, for there was no grass-within miles, nor did the insect bear the slightest resemblance to grass—which, when at rest, looked so exactly like a brown pebble that I took a few of these fragments of stone with me. There are several other species of Mesembrianthemum which are so curiously marked that in their original locality they easily escape the notice of men and animals. An instance of this kind was men- tioned privately by Mr. Hammond Tooke. During a stay in the karroo he had often used a certain footpath which passed for some distance over bare ground merely covered with pebbles. One day, however, he saw some of these pebbles bearing bright yellow flowers, one at the top of each stonelet. The number of these flowering pebbles increased every day until there were hundreds of them on the otherwise bare veld. It was Mesembrianthemum truncatellwm Haw., which occurred rather plentifully in this locality. It may be asked whether these plants have any enemies against which this protection would be useful. On that point observation leaves no doubt, for goats eat all these species readily, hence it may be assumed that the wild antelopes do the same. Ostriches are also very fond of them and hares and tortoises eat them as well. As some of these animals feed only or mostly at night time it is obvious that plants which are so well hidden have more chance of escaping destruction than others which can be more easily seen. Minmicry among Plants. 101 Another species of Mesembrianthemum seems to achieve the same object in a different way. It forms fleshy cushions on the ground up to 10 inches in diameter. These cushions consist of a large number of tooth-shaped fleshy leaves, which are snow white. All that is nothing unusual in the karroo, where plants with pure white leaves are not uncommon. It surprised me, however, that this plant occurred only where the ground was covered with fragments of white quartz. I found several patches of the plant, but only on these fields of white quartz. Of course there were many such localities without this plant, for white quartzites are of common occurrence in the Laingsburg and Ladismith districts. A similar observation has been made in connection with another plant by myself as well as by a friend of mine. This is Anacamp- seros papyracea Ki. Mey., a little succulent of the karroo which is pure white owing to the large papery stipules which cover the tiny leaves. I have seen hundreds of these plantlets in the Laingsburg, Ladismith, and Prince Albert districts, but only on such fields of white quartz—with one exception, and that was a specimen growing in clayey soil. But, and this factis very significant, this plant stood in a group of Apicra deltoidea Bak., which has leaves that are as rigid and sharp-pointed as if they were cut out of a piece of stout metal. I do not consider the peculiar occurrence of this Anacampseros and the last-mentioned species of Mesembrianthemum as mimicry, for the white hairs on the leaves of the Mesembrianthemum and the papery stipules of the Anacampseros serve in the first instance another function. But the whiteness of the plants has probably allowed those individuals which occurred in similar surroundings to escape the depredations of animals, particularly of those which feed at night-time like the hares. It is interesting to note that some natives call this Anacampseros “haasjes kost,’’ probably indicating that hares are fond of the plant. In conclusion, I should like to sum up my views on this question, as far as the South African plants are concerned, as follows :— 1. There are some plants which seem to occur only, or at least mostly, on fields of white quartz, where they are not easily noticed, particularly not at night-time, owing to their own white colour. It ‘is probable that this limited occurrence in these districts is due to the destruction of those individuals which sprang up in other localities where their whiteness easily betrayed them to the night- feeding animals. Hxamples are Anacampseros papyracea and a species of Mesembrianthemum. 2. There are some species of Mesembrianthemum which are so ) - 102 OSES of the South African Philosophical Society. wel hidden among the fragments of yellow and brown shale that they are most difficult to detect. Yet this is also not true mimicry, for if these plants are cultivated in a moister climate, e.g., at Cape- town, they produce green leaves. This shows that the yellow and brown colourings were the effect of the karroo climate and not acquired protective adaptations, although the plants do obtain efficient protection from them in their natural surroundings. 3. There are, however, some species of Mesembrianthemum, viz., M. bolus and M. nobile, which retain their remarkable surface structure even in cultivation, although the leaves become somewhat less dull under these modified conditions and lose consequently something of their desert character. This, I think, may be mimicry, or if one prefers the word, homoplasy. It is possible that M. truncatum Thunb. and M. truncatellawm Haw. are some more examples of this group. Pilates Vn Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XV. ( rz) a @ as gnu ) SINVId DNONWV AOI ue “YOOHT 6 IIs NTOd WOWHHSE IJ : HLOTUVIN NV ital AUVAINAS TOT West, Newman, London, proc. Photo. A. Fuller. mGL03 5 OBSERVATIONS ON THE STRUCTURE OF MESOSAURUS. By he broom MDE Bioe,. Cv 7.5. (Read June 29, 1904.) Plate IX, The genus Mesosaurus was founded by Gervais in 1865 for a small fossil reptile found in Griqualand West, South Africa. The type specimen, which is now in Paris, consists of the head, neck, the two fore limbs, and the greater part of the body, and has been named Mesosaurus temudens. In 1889 Girich described, under the name Ditrochosaurus capensis, the remains of reptile closely resembling Mesosawrus, from near Hopetown. The remains are evidently those of an immature animal, and there seems little doubt that they are those of a young Mesosaurus. | In 1892 Seeley described a number of imperfect remains of Mesosaurus in the British Museum, and also the very fine specimen belonging to the South African Museum. The Cape Town specimen he regarded as belonging to the type species, but the British Museum specimens he referred to a new species, M. plewrogaster.. From these specimens he was able to add much to our knowledge of the genus. The Cape Town specimen shows the neck, .dorsal vertebra and ribs, and the fore limbs in an almost perfect state of preservation, and less satisfactorily the shoulder girdle, which is considerably crushed and displaced. The London specimens reveal something of the structure of the abdominal ribs, and one of them shows the structure of the hind foot. Though no further specimens of Mesosaurus have been described, a considerable number of specimens of the closely allied South American genus Stereosternum have been described, and almost o 104 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. everything of its osteology is now known except the structure of the skull and the shoulder girdle. : A very fine specimen of a moderately large Mesosawrus has recently been discovered in Bushmanland by the Rev. C. A. Neethling, of Nieuwoudtville, and Mr. Neethling has been good enough to forward the specimen to me for examination. This specimen consists of the greater part of the thoracic and abdominal regions, both hind limbs, and a very considerable part of the tail of a moderate-sized individual. Unfortunately the matrix is an exceedingly soft shale, and the specimen has been considerably weathered, especially in the thoracic region and the posterior part of the tail. The pelvis and both feet are well preserved, and there is the impression of a portion of the skull. Owing to crushing it is difficult to make very much of the impression of the skull bones. They appear to me to represent the right maxillary bone, parts of both premaxillaries, the nasals, and in a much less satisfactory condition some of the bones in the orbital region. The premaxillaries, as in many other reptiles with long snouts, form a large part of the rostrum, probably as much as two-thirds of the upper surface between the point of the snout and the region of the orbits. Here they meet what are apparently the nasals. The maxillary is long and appears to extend backwards below the orbit. The nostril appears to be between the nasal, the maxillary, and the premaxillary bones. The other bones are not sufficiently well preserved to admit of description. The impressions of 16 presacral vertebrae can be counted, but — most of them are badly weathered. A few, however, show the structure of the under surface fairly satisfactorily. So far as can be made out, they agree closely with those of the Cape Town specimen. The ridge for the articulation of the rib runs from the small transverse process inwards and slightly forwards to the upper and outer corner of the cupped articular surface. On the left side 16 presacral ribs are seen in almost natural position, and two others mucn displaced. On the right side 15 ribs can be counted. A small, very imperfect impression may be the inner part of the right humerus, but this is very doubtful. In the case of the last two presacral vertebre the ribs are not attached as in the more anterior vertebre. In the last vertebra the short rib is attached to the transverse process, and in the second last the rib appears to be attached immediately below the transverse process. The sacrum consists, as in Stereosternum, of two vertebre, but their structure is not very satisfactorily. shown. Of the pelvis, the pubis and ischium of each side are fairly well Observations on the Structure of Mesosaurus. 108 preserved ; and on the left side a small part of the displaced ilium is seen. The pubis and ischium are flat bones which bear consider- able resemblance to those of Stereosternum. The pubis of Mesosawrus differs from that of Stereosternwm in that the pubic foramen is here closed externally by cartilage and not by bone, as the American genus. The ischium differs in having the external border less concave than in Stereosterntm. The ilium is too imperfect to admit of description. Hach femur is well preserved, and is present as a slightly curved rod of bone with each end abruptly truncated. It is thus evident that each end of the bone was largely cartilaginous in life. The inner end is slightly thicker than the outer. The cast of the left tibia is nearly perfect, and shows the bone to have been an almost straight rod, slightly constricted in the middle and a little thicker at the upper than the lower end. In the case of both fibule the casts are imperfect at the proximal ends. The fibula appears to have been rather stouter than the tibia, and slightly curved—the concavity being directed towards the tibia. . The tarsus is represented by fairly satisfactory casts on each side. It consists of two large bones in the proximal row and four in the distal. Of the two proximal bones, the larger is probably the anchy- losed intermedium and tibiale, and the smaller the fibulare. Between the two bones there is a fairly large foramen. The first, second, and third tarsalia are well preserved, and are small rounded bones of about equal size. The fourth is not very well preserved, but appears to be similar to the others. I can find no trace of a fifth tarsale. Possibly it existed as a cartilaginous element. The impressions of all the digits are practically perfect. The first has a rather stout metatarsal and two short phalanges—the two phalanges being together shorter than the metatarsal. The terminal phalanx does not appear to have been clawed, though the evidence on this point is not quite conclusive. The second digit is consider- ably longer than the first. The metatarsal is narrower and of more uniform thickness. There are three phalanges which together are about equal in length to the metatarsal. In the third digit the metatarsal and first phalanx are each distinctly longer than in the second toe. There are four phalanges. The fourth and fifth toes are about equal in length and each considerably longer than the third toe. In the fourth toe there are five phalanges, each of which is, like the phalanges of the first three toes, moderately robust. In the fifth toe there are four phalanges, which are each distinctly more slender than those of the other toes. 106 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The first three caudal vertebrae have each fairly long pointed ribs. Those of the first two are directed outwards ; that of the third curves slightly backwards. In the fourth caudal the ribs are slightly shorter, but also curve slightly backwards. In the case of this vertebra there is an appearance suggestive of an intercentrum, but the evidence is not very satisfactory. From the fifth to the ninth vertebree the caudal ribs steadily decrease in size. The ribs of the fifth and sixth vertebre are directed outwards; those of the seventh, eighth, and ninth point slightly forwards. The sixth vertebra shows facets for a chevron bone. The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth vertebrze are too imperfectly preserved to admit of description. From the thirteenth to the twentieth the vertebre are represented by imperfect casts of the right sides. These vertebre agree fairly closely one with the other. They have large arches and spinous processes, and are remarkable for having well-marked splitting planes. One chevron is seen in almost perfect condition, and is strikingly like the chevrons of Stereosternum. The side view of the seventeenth caudal vertebra is shown in fig. 6. A restoration of the lower surface of the pelvis is given in fig. 4, while fig. 5 shows a restoration of the tarsus and metatarsus and phalanges. From immediately in front of the pelvis to near the anterior end of the specimen there are the impressions of a very large number of delicate abdominal ribs. These are so slender that with the crushing each appears to have been broken into many fragments. It is seen that there has been a median series with on each side certainly two and possibly, but not probably, three lateral. series. There would appear to have been about four sets of splints to each vertebra. The riblets are much more slender than those ie by Seeley.in M. plewrogaster.. nL Gas With regard to the Species of this - specimen, ca 1S at present: impossible to speak with certainty. So far as the vertebrae and ribs — are concerned I fail to detect any differences of importance between it and the Cape Town specimen. If Seeley is correct in regarding the Cape Town specimen as belonging to the type species, then this specimen is probably also Mesosawrus tenwdens. Notes ON THE CAPE Town SPECIMEN. This specimen has already been fully described by Prof. Seeley, and a satisfactory figure has been given. There are still, how- ever, one or two points on which further observations may not be superfluous. The head is represented De the 1 impression of the ae surface. Observations on the Structure of Mesosaurus. 107 The impression formed by the mandible is sufficiently satisfactory to enable one to make out the dentary, splenial, and angular bones. Of the palate the impression is much less satisfactory. Seeley speaks of the palate as being ‘‘ completely closed,’ and considers it as “possible that the palato-nares may be in the depression behind the posterior divergence of the pterygoid bones.”” The only palatal bones of which there are any impressions in the specimen are no doubt the pterygoids as Seeley recognised. But so far as shown in the impression they are thoroughly Rhynchocephalian in type, though greatly elongated, and there seems to be no good reason for regarding the internal nares as being situated behind them. In the basisphenoid region the elements are hopelessly crushed and displaced. The cervical ribs are apparently all single-headed. The shoulder girdle is fairly well preserved, but it is crushed and evidently considerably displaced. As the girdle is unlike that of any other known animal, it is impossible to speak with any degree of confidence of the original condition of the elements. In the specimen there are two fan-shaped portions of the girdle which approach each other in the middle line. These are regarded by Seeley as portions of the coracoids, the rest of the coracoids being directed outwards “and: backwards. The portion which is directed forwards and outwards beyond the foramen is believed to be the scapula. In fig. 2 I have attempted a restoration of the girdle. The fan-shaped part I believe to be the precoracoid, the posterior part the coracoid, and the anterior the scapula. In the specimen I consider both arches have been displaced by the coracoids having been drawn outwards. Although I have been unable to find any sutures, indications seem to be given of the different elements by the radiations of the bony fibres. In front of the cartilage bones there are evidences of an interclavicle and of the two clavicles. As these are considerably crushed it is difficult to be at all sure of the original condition. I can find no evidence of the interclavicle having had a posterior median process. If the interpretation of the elements here given should prove correct, then it would appear that the type of girdle in Mesosaurus is a modification of the type found in Procolophon. It is remarkable that in the Cape ‘Town specimen, though the impression is of the ventral surface, there are only the indications of three or four of the abdominal riblets. It is somewhat difficult to decide with secede the species of this specimen. It certainly differs greatly from the figure of the Paris specimen, and the question depends on what reliance can - 108 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. be placed on Gervais’ figure. According to Seeley we have the evidence of Gaudry that the cervical ribs in the Paris specimen are similar to those in the Cape Town specimen. If this is so, then the Paris specimen-is very badly drawn indeed. In the text the humerus is stated to be 25 mm. long and 13 mm. broad, but if the figure of the humerus, which is stated to be natural size, is measured, it is found that while 25 mm. is the length, the breadth is only 9 mm. Hither the measurements are incorrectly given in the text, or the drawing is so out of proportion as to be worthless. The shoulder girdle as figured is very unlike that of the Cape Town specimen, and strongly suggests that the two specimens belong to different species, but until a reliable figure is given of the Paris specimen the question must remain unsettled. The following measurements of the Cape Town specimen may be useful for comparison with others :— Length. Breadth. Hume rtic 6. cee es 1) vaayany 9:7 mana RAGS Vi. s eee 14°8 2°7 na ee Ree Beis 2 2°5 ist maetacarpall.c.ce.)-2-cces: 48 2°5 2nd Parmer aries cate Os 6°5 Ie 3rd RL Seen ee ee 6°8 1:5 Ath Ak A Ye Ae 6:4 ier Oth Me rp Belton chi 5:2 i? The following are the principal measurements of the Nieuwoudtville specimen :— Length. Breadth. REN Can Nae men Ne terete ae e 34°5 mm. 6-5 mm. JB Ca ranean eee Honea 5 lem 20°5 | Oo Sh metatarsals wseat cee ctee 8:7 ie Wee es 2nd RD i eel PF RG Sa 12°4 on 3rd ty if chee eee i; about 3-2 Ath nl’ | Pewee aetna 16°5 oo 5th a ot aa Meanie cet gs 18 2:8 _ Entire length of 1st digit, including metatarsal... 16 mm. ” ” 2nd ” 9 ” coe 24°6 ” ” 3rd ” ” 9 siievou evel ” ” 4th mB) ” ” eee 37 Ii ba pa) 7d 5th ” ” ; 9 eee 39:4 Observations on the Structure of Mesosaurus. 109 ADDENDUM. (September 1, 1904.) - When writing the above paper I refrained from offering any opinion on the question of the systematic position of Mesosawrws, in the hope that a good skull might turn up and settle the question beyond dispute. As, however, different opinions on the question have been recently expressed by Osborn and Boulenger, and the question has an important bearing on the classification of Reptiles, it may perhaps be advisable to consider the direction in which the evidence derived from the pectoral and pelvic arches seems to point. By Osborn Mesosaurus is placed in his Super-order Diaptosauria —a group which includes the primitive Rhynchocephalians of other writers—and the Plesiosaurs he regards as having been derived quite independently from Cotylosaurian ancestors. By Boulenger Mesosawrus is believed to be closely related to the early Plesio- saurians, such as Neusticosaurus, and the whole Plesiosaurian order to be descended from Rhynchocephalian ancestors. While the whole question cannot be finally settled except by the skull, the evidence of the limb girdles seems to lead us a certain distance on safe ground. In Mesosawrus the pubis and ischium are plate-like and very similar to those bones in Procolophon and Paleo- hatteria. The pectoral arch also seems to be a modification of the Procolophon type. We may therefore conclude that Mesosaurus is ~ descended from a land animal that had plate-like pubis and ischium and an ossified precoracoid. Such a land animal might be found in the Microsauria, Cotylosauria, or the Diaptosauria. That Mesosaurus "is directly descended from a Microsaurian ancestor is very impro- bable for a number of reasons. That it is descended from a Cotylo- saurian is not at all improbable, but it is much more likely that the ancestor was.a primitive Rhynchocephalian or Diaptosaurian. And on this point Osborn and Boulenger seem to be agreed. But on the question of the affinities of -Mesosawrus to the Plesiosaurs their views are very dissimilar. The Plesiosaurs are so extremely specialised in many directions that the determination of their affinities has been a matter of great _ difficulty, and many very different results have been arrived at. Many writers have been impressed by the Chelonian resemblances in some of the characters, and have regarded the affinities as mainly » Rhynchocephalian. The skull, however, bears much resemblance to that of the Anomodonts, and hence the Plesiosaurs have been re- garded as more closely allied to the Theriodonts and Anomodonts o- 110 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. than to the Rhynchocephalians. This latter opinion has had the support of Smith-Woodward, Osborn, and Williston, and until re- cently I favoured the same view. In the Plesiosaurian skull there is, as in the Anomodonts, a single large temporal fossa, and the superficial resemblance of the two skulls is thus great. When we study the structure of the fosse, however, we find reasons for doubting if the fosse are really homologous. One of the peculiari- ties of the temporal fossa in the Anomodonts is that the inner wall is formed by the post-orbital and squamosal bones. Occasionally these bones are not fully developed and the parietal forms a part of the wall, but it is manifest that the primitive fossa has been between the post-orbital, squamosal, and jugal bones. In the Plesiosaurs the fossa is apparently a fossa between the post-orbital, parietal, and squamosal bones. It thus seems probable that the two fosse, though apparently so similar, are really distinct in origin. The structure of the pectoral arch in the Plesiosaurs has given rise to much dispute. There is now, however, little difference of opinion that the arch is composed of a large coracoid, a short scapula with a peculiar anterior and inner process, and a short clavicle and an interclavicle. In different genera the development of the various parts is very different, but in no known genus is there any trace of a distinct precoracoid bone. For the peculiar function of the Plesio- saurian fore limb a precoracoid would have been useful, and had it been present in the ancestor it would have been retained. The pre- coracoid bone is typically present in the Cotylosaurs and in the early Diaptosaurs. It is retained in the Anomodonts and Theriodonts because it is useful for the attachment of the muscles in those animals in which the body has been well supported off the ground by the fore limbs. In the lizard-like animals where the body rested mainly on the ground the need for a precoracoid disappeared, and at a very early stage in the lizard-like group the ossified precoracoid is no longer met with. Thus we find even in the very primitive Paleohatterva no ossified precoracoid, and it never again reappears in any of the typical reptilian groups. The need for it reappears as in the Plesiosaurs, but some other arrangement has to be effected. As the precoracoid would not have disappeared had the need for it remained, we may safely conclude that the Plesiosaurs are descended from a land animal of lizard-like habits, and which had lost its precoracoid. If we examine the pelvic arch of the Plesiosaurs we find the evidence pointing in the same direction. The pubis and ischium of the Plesiosaurs have been described as plate-like, but they are only secondarily plate-like, while the bones in Mesosawrus are primarily Observations on the Structure of Mesosaurus. Lil so. The pubis and ischium in the Plesiosaurs, though greatly flat- tened out, are probably but modifications of the radiating type seen in Sphenodon. Had the land ancestor of the Plesiosaurs had a plate-like pubis and ischium it would have been retained in the aquatic descendants, where there is clearly a need for the plate-like form, but as the pubis and ischium are only secondarily flattened it is evident that the land ancestor of the Plesiosaurs had a pelvis somewhat resembling the Sphenodon type. The Plesiosaurian skull is not likely to have been derived from a type like that of Sphenodon, though the temporal vacuity is probably homologous with the upper vacuity of the Sphenodon skull. It seems more probable that the Plesiosaurs are sprung from a land ancestor somewhat resembling Sphenodon in general characters, but with only a single supra-temporal fossa. In Permian times there must have been a very large number of land types of which we know little except their specialised Triassic descendants. The Phyto- saurians, the Ichthyosaurs, the Plesiosaurs, the Proterosaurs, the Pelycosaurs, and the Proganosaurs, all point to there having been a large group of land reptiles resembling in many ways the Rhyncho- cephalians, but much more primitive in many characters. For this large group Osborn’s name of Diaptosauria seems the most suit- able. The more primitive members of it had the skull roofed as in the Cotylosaurs, and retained the precoracoid and the plate-like pubis and ischium. Procolophon is evidently a descendant of these earlier types, and so probably is Mesosaurus. The higher members of the group, owing to their lizard-like habits, lost the precoracoid, and had the pelvis modified into a tri-radiating type. First an upper, then a lower temporal fossa seems to have been formed, though possibly in some types the order may have been reversed. From some of these higher types with only the supra-temporal fossa in all probability sprang the Plesiosaurs. It would thus seem probable that Mesosawrus and the Plesiosaurs are descended from different and rather dissimilar land animals, “which, as being members of the same large Super-order, the Diapto- _sauria, had, however, a good many characters in common—espe- cially the Diapsidan digital formula and well-developed abdominal ribs. A few other characters which the groups have in common appear to be due to similar specialisations to suit like habits. Boulenger in his forthcoming paper on Yelerpeton, of which he has kindly sent me a proof, objects to Osborn’s names for the sub- divisions of the Reptilia—Diapsida and Synapsida—owing mainly to Osborn’s inclusion in the latter of the Plesiosaurs and Chelonians. While Iam inclined to think that Boulenger is right in removing - 112 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the Plesiosaurs and Chelonians from association with the Anomo- donts, I think it will nevertheless be advisable to retain Osborn’s names. Boulenger prefers Cope’s name of Zheromora for’ the mammal-like reptiles; but this name seems untenable owing to Cope’s having made the Pelycosaurs the type of the group—forms which Boulenger agrees in placing in the Rhynchocephalian division. Boulenger’s group—the Herpetomorpha—is nearly synonymous with Osborn’s Diapsida. Plate Le Trans.9 Afr. Phil.S oc Vol. XV. ae 8 & West, Newman lith.L ondon : STRUCTURE OF MESO SAU RS: R.Broom del. REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. P. Gurvars, ‘‘ Description du Mesosaurus tenuidens,’” Mém. de l’Acad. de Montpellier, Sect. des Sc., vi., 1865. Giricu, “ Ditrochosaurus capensis,” Zs. D. geol. Ges., xli., 1889. H. G. Sretey, ‘‘ The Mesosauria of South Africa,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1892: H. F. Ossorn, ‘“‘ The Reptilian Subclasses Diapsida and Synapsida, &c.,” Mem. Am. Mus. N.H., vol. i., viii., 1903. REFERENCES TO PLATE. References to lettering:—cl. clavicle; co, coracoid; F. fibula; /. fibulare; gl. glenoid cavity ; 7. intermedium; i.cl. interclavicle ; isch. ischium; p.co. pre- coracoid ; Pub. pubis; sc. scapula; st. sternum; T. tibia; ¢. tibiale; 1.2. 3. 4. the four tarsalia. Fie. 1. Representation of the Nieuwoudtville specimen of Mesosaurus. x ‘58. 2. Attempted restoration of the shoulder girdle of Mesosaurus. Nat. size. 3. Anterior view of a dorsal vertebra showing the ridges to which are attached the ribs. Nat. size. . Restoration of the ventral elements of the pelvis. Nat. size. . Restoration of the pes of Mesosaurus. Nat. size. . The 17th caudal vertebra, showing the line of splitting. Nat. size. or ea©) aa (115 ) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN SPIDERS. By Wet PuRCEin eH.) First Assistant in the South African Museum, Cape Town. (Read June 29, 1904.) Plates X., XI. The present paper contains descriptions of 4 new genera and 62 new species of South African Spiders contained in the Collection of the South African Museum. With the exception of 3 new species of Prodidomide, all of them belong to the groups Mygalomorphe (Migide, 1 n. sp.; Ctenizide, 1 n. gen. and 5 n. spp.; Barychelide, 2 n. spp.), Cribellate (Uloboride, 1 n. gen. and 3n. spp.; Dictynide, 4 n. spp.; Hvreside, 6 n. spp.), and Heribellate Haplogyne (Sicarude, 19 n. spp.; Dysderide, In. gen. and Il n. spp.; Caponude, 1 n. gen. and 8 n. spp.). Faminy MIGIDA. MOGGRIDGEA NIGRA, N. sp. 2 2 2 (Nos.* 12761-2) with their nests, found in a wall at Ashton, Robertson Div., Cape Colony, by Mr. T. O’Connor in May, 1903. Very closely allied to M. coegensis, Pure. (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. iii., p. 71). Colour much darker, dark brown to nearly black, the 2 posterior pairs of legs and the patella of the 2 anterior pairs a little lighter ; under surface (also of abdomen) pale ochraceous or greenish ochra- ceous, the coxe of the pedipalps and the labium reddish-yellow. Carapace longer and less rotundate, its width not more than 12 times that of the ocular area (the width of the carapace in M. coegensis * Numbers in Museum Catalocue. - 116 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. being almost twice that of the ocular area), its length equal to or less than that of the fourth tibia and metatarsus. Total length (including chelicera) 19 mm.; length of carapace 8, width 64. Nests.—The nest consists of a longish oval sack, which was evi- dently embedded in the mud wall. The opening is placed at one end of the longer surface, so that the door when closed lies parallel to the long axis of the sack. The door itself is D-shaped, thick and rigid, but thinner at the edge, like that of M. mordax, Pure. (Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. i, p. 70, fig. 1), but with a narrower hinge. The upper surface of the door is covered with mud and small pebbles, while the lower surface is lined with white web and is shghtly con- cave, becoming convex only towards the margin. The centre of the under surface is either without pits or is provided with several pairs. Length of a nest 50 mm., width at 10 mm. from opening 16. Width of door taken parallel to hinge 214, at right angles to hinge 164; width of hinge 164, thickness of door in middle 24 ; width of carapace of occupant 64. Faminy CTENIZIDA. Gen. IDIOPS, Perty. IDIOPS PUNGWENSIS, N. sp. 1 § (No. 13576) from the north side of the Pungwe River in Portuguese Hast Africa, about 50 miles east of Umtali, at an allti- tude of about 2,100 feet (D. L. Patrick). Very like Ctenolophus eregoer (Purc., ‘Trans. 8. A. Phil. (See, yol. x, 9p. do2, 1902). but differing principally in the following respects :— Colowr pale ochraceous, in parts, especially the posterior part of the cephalic area and the anterior pair of legs, rufescent, the tibie of these legs deep red on the inner side at apex; granular areas on cephalic portion of carapace infuscate ; under side pale. yellowish ; abdomen purplish-black above. Carapace granular, with a pair of spines posterior to the ocular area ; its length equal to that of the metatarsus and 2 of the tarsus of first leg. Ocular area short, its length only slightly exceeding 4 of the distance from its anterior margin to the middle of the fovea. Area formed by the four anterior eyes decidedly wider behind than in front, its length scarcely 14 times its posterior width ; frontal eyes very prominent, somewhat conically pointed above, close together but separated by a deep cleft. Posterior median eyes 3-4 New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 17 times as far from one another as from the lateral eyes, the latter regularly oval and not attenuated behind, scarcely reniform; area formed by the 4 median eyes much wider than long and only very slightly wider behind than in front. Pedipalps.—Tibia moderately turgid, its length more than twice its height (which is equal to the length of the tarsus) and less than twice the length of the patella, the short spines and spinules border- ing the notch irregularly uniseriate in the distal half of the band but about 4-seriate in the broad proximal half, which ends behind the middle of the under surface. Tarsus with an apical group of spines, its outer distal angle produced into a narrow lobe; process of bulb large, very thick, the distal portion curving forwards and concave in front, the apex broad, rounded externally but angular internally, and provided behind with a short curved spine. Legs.—Tarsi I.-II. with 0 inner and 3-4 outer spines, III. with 2 anterior and 3 posterior spines, IV. with 1 inner and 4—5 outer spines. Metatarsus I. slightly curved and slightly thickened near the middle, its inner side not concave and only slightly thickened near the middle where it is unarmed or provided with a short spine, the apex with 2 spines; outer side with 6 inferior spines, extending to near base. Tvbia I. a little shorter than the metatarsus. Sternal sagilla small, Soe the posterior pair a diameter and a half from the edge. Chelicera with two well-developed rows of teeth below, each com- posed of 3-4 large teeth alternating with two small teeth, the rows of equal length. Total length (including chelicera) 12 mm., length of carapace 43, length of first tibia 34. Gren. CTENOLOPHUS, n. gen. Allied to Idiops. Chelicera with a single row of large teeth below, the teeth of the outer row being reduced to a few small posterior denticles remote from the anterior end of lower margin ; the apical process rather large and well developed. Posterior row of eyes procurved, the lateral eyes emarginate internally, the area formed by the 4 median eyes wider behind than in front in the 2. Labium slightly (type) or more considerably broader than long, with 2-4 apical teeth in a single row. Sternum with 2 pairs of small marginal sagilla. Coxe of third pair of legs without (type) or witha strip of stout setee along hind margin of under side; anterior coxze without spinules on the sides, 10 o- 118 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Type: C. kolbec (Purc.) (Trans..S. A. Phil. Soe., vol. xi, p. 353, 1902, swb Acanthodon). The following species also belong to this genus :— C. kentanicus (?), C. spiricola (¢), C. cregoer (gs) and C. pectun- palpis (gf), (Pure.), all described under Acanthodon. In the two latter (males) the area formed by the 4 median eyes is parallel- sided. The following is a synopsis of the South 20h Idiopine* known to me :— a. Under side of chelicera with both outer and inner row of teeth well developed and reaching to distal margin. at, Tibia of third leg impressed above at base (Gen. Heligmomerus). Selati Distyr., MaMSvevell | eee see ee wi een Ls Caer. jeune: bt. Tibia of third leg not eed aiore ai base (Gen. Idiops). QP. 22. a3, Anterior surface of coxe of first two pairs of legs thickly covered with short, sharp spinules. Area formed by the 4 median eyes broader behind than in front. Umtali, Mashonaland. I. versicolor (Purc.). b3. Coxe of legs without spinules. Area formed by the 4 median eyes parallel-sided, Johannesburg. 3.99. s..0 ee ee ease Ee b?2. ¢. Portuguese East Africa (Pungwe River) .. JI. pungwensis, n. sp. b. Under side of chelicera with an inner row of 4-6 strong teeth, which extends from distal margin to middle, and is flanked on outer side at posterior end by a very short single or double series of teeth. a4, Sternum with 2 pairs of sagilla, the anterior pair marginal, the posterior pair marginal or submarginal, at most about their own length from the lateral margin. Under side of chelicera with 2-9 small or minute outer flanking teeth in middle. a’. Abdomen soft-skinned (Gen. Ctenolophus, n.g.). a°. ci ae . Coxa of third leg with a strip of stout spiniform sete alone pos- terior margin of lower surface. J rontal eyes large and very close together ; ocular area long, almost 4 of the length of the cara- pace. Kentani Distr. — «=. .».« C. kentanicus (Purc.). b7, Coxa of third leg with ence agen Frontal eyes further apart, placed on quite separate tubercles; ocular area short, less than 4 of the length of the carapace. a®?, Abdomen with setigerous tubercles above. Size larger. Ken- nau IDPs aos | 50 Bes de + Gig (HORNE (Purc.). b®, Abdomen without panels aber Size smaller. Kentani Disttcs 20% asap (eae pe a me! pre WC. aspericolaa (Pure): Bors (Ss * The generic position of the following South African species is not known to me: Acanthodon flaveolum, hamiltoni, ochreolum, and pretori@, Poc., Idiops thorelli, O. P. Cambr. » | + H. deserti, Pocock (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), vol. vii., p. 286, 1901), from the Kalahari Desert is not known to me, bah 4 New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 1) . Distal portion of process of palpal organ flattened and broad, Grane Bente Durban). co.) va uO acnegocy (Pures). b°, Distal portion of process of mala organ slender and subterete, slightly curved. Zululand .... .. C. pectinipalpis (Purc.). bs. Abdomen hard-skinned above (Gen. Galeosoma). Johannesburg. ? G. scutatum, Pure. b+. Sternum with 3 pairs of sagilla, all of them remote from the margin. Under side of chelicera with 2 (sometimes 1) powerful outer flanking teeth in middle, sometimes accompanied by a smaller posterior third tooth (Gen. Gorgyrella). a’, Coxa of first leg with large denticulate area, which is almost as exten- sive as that on coxa of second leg. Van Rhyns Dorp and Namaqua- land Divs.. Bie Te oe Gi. NaMmagwensis, Bunce bt°, Coxa of first leg mnonn deneeniate area, or this area very much less extensive than that on coxa of second leg. Hanover Diy. @ G. schreinert, Pure. Gen. ANCYLOTRYPA, HE. Sim. ANCYLOTRYPA CORNUTA, N. sp. 1 ¢ (No. 12801) from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Div., Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil). Colour.—Carapace and chelicera reddish-brown ; sternum and legs yellowish-brown, the latter paler distally ; abdomen blackened above and at the sides, pallid below, the lung-opercula and the spinners pale yellowish. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and tarsus of first leg, and as the metatarsus and 2 of the tarsus of fourth leg, provided with a few black spines and fine setae behind. Ocular area over 24 times as wide as long and a trifle wider behind than in front; both margins of anterior row of eyes (seen from above) a trifle procurved, the median eyes rather small, much smaller than the laterals, and. scarcely, if at all, longer than the posterior laterals ; posterior row of eyes as in A. pusiila, Pure. (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. ii., p. 27, 1903), except that the median eyes are oval. Pedipalps.—Femur produced at apex above into a short obtuse horn, behind which are a pair of low tubercles ; palpal organ much as in A. pusilla, except that the spine is longer, with the thick basal portion also slightly (spirally) curved. Legs.—Tarsi scopulate, I. with a double (irregular) row of about 14 small, stout spines below, beside a distal spine on the outer surface; II. with about 7 inferior but no outer spines; III. with 1—2 dorsal and about 7 outer and 3 inner spines, besides 1-2 in the scopula; IV. with about 4 spines along inner lower edge, 8 (several paired) along outer lower edge, and 5 smaller ones in the scopula. Metatarsi with small distal patch of scopular hairs, the anterior - 120 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. pairs slightly curved; I. with 13-16 rather short spines below, roughly arranged in 2 rows, the inner surface with a strong mesial spine besides; II. with 6 outer and 3 inner spines below, besides a mesial one on the inner surface. Zbia I. very slightly curved, scarcely longer than the metatarsus, with 5 rows of spines, viz., an outer row of 3, an outer inferior row of 6, an inner inferior row of 4—5, and an inner row of 3, besides an odd apical and sometimes a basal spine situated between the two latter rows. Posterior spinners with the apical segment acuminate, slightly longer than the middle one. Abdomen with numerous short spines above. Sternal sagilla slightly nearer to the margin than in A. pusilla. Total length 94 mm. ; length of carapace 4. Gen. PELMATORYCTER, Poe. PELMATORYCTER PALLIDIPES, N. sp. 1 g (No. 12780) from Matjesfontein, Cape Colony, October, 1903 ASTI TE Colour.—Carapace pale a@lhnngaors and lightly infuscated in places on the thoracic portion, the cephalic portion brown; chelicera darker brown ; legs, sternum, coxee, and abdomen pale yellowish, the 4 distal segments of first leg reddish, the sternum slightly infus- cated at anterior and lateral margins, the abdomen blackened on the dorsal surface and round the group of spinners; hairs black. Carapace as long as the tibia and $ the metatarsus, but slightly exceeding the metatarsus and tarsus of first leg, and a little shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg; posterior marginal spines subsetiform, present above the coxe of fourth pair of legs only, the posterior surface with a few sigmoid spines. Ocular area a little wider behind than in front; the anterior row shightly procurved, the eyes equi-distant, the laterals large, about 4 longer than the medians; the posterior row strongly recurved, the lateral eyes long, oval, distant about their own length or slightly less from the anterior laterals and a little longer than the anterior medians; posterior median eyes slightly oval, about two-thirds as long as the laterals. Pedipalps as in P. nigriceps (Pure.) (Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc., vol. xi., p. 358, 1902), except that the spine of the palpal organ is a little ipbeer than the bulb. Legs.—Tarsus I. rather thinly scopulate, lightly concave on under side and not inflated, without spines; II.—IV. slightly inflated below, New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 121 being convex along under side and more densely scopulate, IT. also unspined, III. with 1 dorsal spine, IV. with 0-1 spine on inner surface at apex and 2 on outer. surface. Metatarsi I. and II. not scopulate, I. slightly concave along both inner and under sides, under surface with 0-1 inner (basal) and 3 outer spines, outer sur- face with 1 inferior apical spine, and inner surface with 1-2 (mesial and basal) spines; III. and IV. with small apical patch of scopular hairs. Tibia I. as long as the metatarsus, the under side with a double row composed of 5 outer and 4 inner spines, the outer side besides with 1 and the inner side with 5 other spines. Abdomen with some long setiform spines at base above. Posterior spinners with the apical segment subequal to or slightly longer than the middle segment, these 2 segments together longer than the basal segment. Sternal sagila as in P. nigriceps (Purc.). Total length (including chelicera) 124 mm.; length of carapace 5+. a Gen. SPIROCTENUS, E. Sim.” - 1. SPIROCTENUS PALLIDIPES, 0. sp. Specimens.—6 g g and 18 ? 2, all adults, collected at Touws River Station, Worcester Div., by my wife, Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, and myself in August, 1903. Closely allied to S. lightfooti, (Pure.) (Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., vol. xi., p. 363), which it resembles in most respects. Colour pale yellowish, the chelicera reddish ochraceous, the cara- pace often faintly infuscated, the dorsal surface of the abdomen with a well-defined pattern composed of a series of arcuate, transverse, black or purplish-black stripes united by a median longitudinal stripe, the anterior stripe not expanded into a large patch ; sides of abdomen and under surface without marks, excepting a black spot above and sometimes a smaller one in front of each of the posterior spinners; legs very pale yellowish, concolorous, the femora not darker than the distal segments. @ 2. Carapace as long as or slightly longer than the tibia and 4+ the metatarsus of fourth leg, but a little shorter than or subequal to the tibia and metatarsus of first leg; fovea a deep transverse * According to Simon Spiroctenus, E. Sim. = Hermachastes, Poc., and I may add that Bemmeris pardalina, E. Sim. (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1902, p. 42), is evidently an immature example of Hermachastes collinus, Poc., while Ctenonemus pectiniger, E. Sim. (vbid., p. 43), is also a young Hermachastes. Both these genera, therefore, must be added to the synonyms of Spiroctenus. 122 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (rarely slightly recurved) cavity. Anterior lateral eyes oval, not large, and about as long as the strongly convex anterior median eyes. Chelicera longish, with the spines and spiniform sete of the ras- tellum in a single row, numerous but not very densely crowded together ; the under surface (measured along the groove) longer than the median length of the sternum; the outer row of teeth very feeble, composed of 5-9 minute granules, occupying not more than the middle third of the inferior groove, and less (generally much less) than half as long as the inner row. Posterior spinners with the apical segment as long as the penulti- mate one or only shghtly shorter. Labvum with 0-4 apical teeth. Coxe of pedipalps with few (2-14) teeth at base. Legs without scopule. Metatars: I. and II. with 2 (rarely 1) inner and 3—4 (rarely only 2) outer spines below (the outer apical spine being generally duplicated); IL. with 1-2 superior inner spines as well; IV. and generally also III. with an infero-posterior apical tuft of 2-4 small spiniform setz placed between 2 stout spines. Tvbie I. and IJ. with 0-1 inner and 3 outer spines below (the proximal ones slender and often setiform at apex), and 1-2 slender spines in upper part of inner surface. Claws of anterior legs with 5-6 (rarely 4) teeth in the basal row, and 5-7 small teeth in the row nearest the axis of the leg, these rows overlapping for a small portion of their length; claws of fourth leg with 4-6 teeth in the basal row and 3-5 in the distal row. $$. Carapace a little longer than the first but considerably shorter than the fourth metatarsus. Fovea slightly recurved. Chelicera with the inferior groove subequal to or longer than the median length of the sternum, the inferior teeth as in the 9. 3 Labiwm muticous. Coxe of pedipalps with 0-6 teeth at base. Pedipalps.—Spine of palpal organ longer than the bulb, conical and thick in basal half but slender and filiform in the distal part. Legs.—Tarsi muticous, lightly curving upwards distally, the under | surface with rather thin scopula, which is distinctly divided in I-III. by a row, and in IV. by a narrow band of black bristles. Metatarsa I. and II. straight or lightly incurved, their under side sparsely scopulate distally and provided with 2 inner and 4-6 outer spines, the outer surface besides with 2-3 upper spines, and the inner sur- face with 1 distal and 1 nearly straight mesial spine; III. also sparsely scopulate distally; IV. with very few or scarcely any scopular hairs. Zubia I. only slightly or hardly at all incrassated distally, spurred as in lightfooti, but more numerously and stoutly New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 128 spined, the under surface having 1-2 inner, 3 outer, and often 1- mesial spines, the outer and inner surfaces each with 2-4 other spines in addition; the inner apical spine on under surface stout but much slenderer than the adjacent spur and situated close to it on its inner side, the spur and spine being scparatcd at base by not more than the width of the spur. Length of trunk (carapace + abdomen), ¢ g 114-14 mm. Tenge g 20; length of carapace, § § 5-54, @ 7. oxy —The nests, of which I ane up a large number in the leone Fig. A. Burrow of Spiroctenus pallidipes, n. sp., in vertical section (4 nat. size). Fig. B. Burrow of S. pectiniger (KE. Sim.) in vertical section (4 nat. size). red sand near the river, were all built on the same plan, and consisted of a vertical burrow, sometimes inclined for 2-8 cm. at the entrance, where it is about 8-11 mm. in diameter, while at a depth of about 18-23 cm. the burrow curves sideways and enlarges into a chamber 24 cm. or more in diameter and generally about 5 cm. in length. At 24-74 cm. from the end of the chamber in its upper wall is a small side chamber just large enough to contain the spider, and here she almost always hides when her burrow isdu up. This side-chamber is sometimes nearly vertical and sometimes nearly o 124 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. horizontal. In the large chamber remains of beetles were generally found. The burrows were generally very deep, frequently 35 cm. in depth, but sometimes (in hard clay) only 18 cm. Most of the burrows were without any silken lining (owing, perhaps, to the moist nature of the soil at the time, which prevented the sand from falling in), but in some cases the upper part was lined with web. No attempt at a turret round the entrance was met with. The ¢ § were mostly found under stones and old tins, but one was discovered in a burrow 74 cm. deep. S. pectiniger (Ctenonemus pectinger, K. Sim.), of which we obtained 363,14 2 2, and 3 juv. at Matjesfontein, is very closely allied to pallidipes, n. sp., from which the ? differs as follows: Colour slightly darker, the legs tinged with greenish; abdomen with large patch of blackish-purple in front, the posterior stripes also often continued down the sides. Chelicera shorter, the length of the inferior groove subequalling but not exceeding the median length of the sternum, the outer row of teeth below longer and much stronger, its length being 4 (rarely only 2) of that of the groove and exceeding (rarely subequalling) half that of the inner row, the teeth 10-16 in number, the posterior part of the row being frequently doubled and the anterior ones much stronger than in pallidipes. The g differs further in having the scopule in tarsi I—III. denser and broader and practically entire, the sete of the dividing line being very minute or obsolete, the fourth tarsus quite without scopula, and the inner apical spine on under side of first tibia placed more proximally to the distal spur, the spur and spine being separated at base by nearly or quite twice the width of the spur. I also examined a large number of the nests of pectiniger, which were common everywhere from the river to the tops of the hills. Fig. B, which was sketched from an actual nest, represents the general plan upon which these nests are constructed, and shows (@) a short, inclined, silk-lined tube, 11 mm. in diameter at the entrance and 44 cm. in length, leading into (6) an enlarged chamber, 23 mm. in diameter, out of which two other tubes lead, namely, (c) a deep and more or less vertical burrow, 94 mm. in diameter and descending to a depth of about 204 cm. from the surface, and (d) a short and more hori- zontal burrow 42 mm. in length. At the entrance the burrow is, as a rule, not more than i3 mm. in diameter (rarely as much as 16 mm.), and the silken lining spreads out slightly and is either flush with the surface of the ground or more generally projects slightly to form a very short turret, which does not, however, exceed 34 mm. in height, and is covered with bits of wood and stone adhering to its outer surface. The short blind chamber (d) is very variable in position, New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 125 being sometimes directly opposite the entrance tube and in a line with it, but often to the right or left of it; it may also descend or ascend slightly or be horizontal. It seems to be used as a dining- room, for it almost always contained remains of insects, sometimes in considerable quantities. The deepest tube is always narrower than the entrance tube, and descends toa depth of about 204 cm., and sometimes even as much as 254cm. The spider was always found at ' the bottom of this, the deepest burrow. 2, SPIROCTENUS LATUS, 0. Sp. 1 g (No. 12804) from Wellington (G. French, October, 1903). Colour.—Carapace reddish-yellow, the head and the median part behind infuscated, the margins blackened ; chelicera dark brown, reddish-yellow at base; legs infuscated, also below, paler at distal extremity, especially below, the patelle pale yellowish to reddish- yellow on the naked strips above; coxee and sternum pale ochra- ceous; abdomen pale yellow, the dorsal and upper part of lateral surfaces with thick black reticulation, ventral surface with a trans- verse row of black marks before the spinners, the lung-opercula brownish laterally. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and 3 of the tarsus of the fourth leg, but subequal to the tibia and metatarsus and longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of first leg. Hyes disposed much as in S. collanvus (Poc.), the anterior laterals much: larger than the anterior medians and posterior laterals, the posterior medians very small, much smaller than the other eyes. | Chelicera with the inferior groove much shorter than the median length of the sternum, the outer row of teeth in the eroove extending forwards a little beyond the middle of the inner row and composed of numerous minute teeth, the row duplicated behind. Labiun with 2 apical teeth. Coxe of pedipalps with about 25 basal teeth. Sternum with the sagilla of the posterior pair narrow, elongate. Postervor spinners short, the apical segment almost hemispherical and about half as long as the penultimate segment. Pedipalps.—Tibia with an internal spine near apex; spine of palpal organ shorter than the bulb, conical at the base but finely subulate distally. Legs short. TYarst muticous, those of the third pair slightly curving upwards at base, the others quite straight, I-III. scopulate below, the bristles along the middle of the scopula very minute, almost obsolete in I. and II., distinct but very slender in III. ; LV, 126 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. without scopula. Metatarsus I. strongly curved, being concave below in the basal two-thirds, the under side scopulate distally and provided with 1 inner and 3 outer spines, the outer surface besides with 1 spine and the inner surface with a pair of strong mesial spines; II. only slightly curved, scopulate distally, with 1-3 inner and 2-8 outer spines below, the outer surface besides with Q-1 spine and the inner surface with 2-4 other spines; III. and IV. not scopulate distally. Zvibia I. stout, only slightly incrassated distally, the 2 spurs resembling those of S. collinus, the under sur- face with 1-2 inner and 8 outer spines, the outer surface with no other spines but the inner surface with 3; the inner apical spine on under surface situated as in pallidupes, n. sp. Length of trunk 104 mm., of carapace 5; width of carapace 44. A very distinct species, related to S. collinus (Poc.), tricalcaratus and gooldi (Pure.), but with much slenderer palpal spine and darker and shorter legs. In the shortness of its legs it resembles S. light- foot (Purc.). Famity BARYCHELIDA. HARPACTIRELLA SCHWARZI, 0. Sp. 1 2 (No. 12928) from Vleikuil, north of Blyde Berg, Willowmore Div., Cape Colony (#. H. L. Schwarz). Closely allied to AH. karrooica, Pure. (Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soe., vol. x1., p. 344, 1902), but slightly darker in colour. Carapace (measured laterally to the ocular area) slightly longer than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Posterior median eyes small, shortly oval or subrotund, much shorter than the anterior median eyes, and separated from the latter by their own width. (In karroowa these eyes are larger, more strongly truncated behind, and separated by less than half their own width from the anterior median eyes.) | Tibia of first leg slightly exceeding the metatarsus in length, but much shorter than the distance from the fovea to the posterior’ margin of the ocular tubercle. Anterior metatars? not spined. Apical segment of spinners distinctly (about 3) longer than the middle segment but a little shorter than the ocular tubercle. Length (including chelicera) 27 mm., length of carapace 104. BRACHIONOPUS PRETORIA, nN. Sp. 1 ex. (No. 12769) from Pretoria (J. Wallsamson). Colowr brownish-yellow, the legs pale yellowish in parts, especially New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 127 below ; the abdomen blackened above, with yellow dots, its under surface pale yellowish; carapace with its lateral and posterior edges finely blackened. | Carapace as long as the patella, tibia, and 2 of the metatarsus of first leg, but shorter than the fourth tibia and metatarsus. Ocular tubercle distant only about + of its length from the anterior edge of the carapace. Legs —Tarsi I. and Il. with the scopula entire; III. with a row of fine sete at most imperfectly dividing the scopula; IV. with the scopula distinctly divided by a row of long sete. Metatarsi 1. and II. without apical spine, the scopulze quite entire, more extensive than in annulatus or tristis, Pure. (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. iii., p. 105), the length covered by it being only a little less than that covered by the scopula of the tarsus ; III. with a row of bristles imperfectly or hardly dividing the scopula; IV. with the scopula divided by a row of stout sete. TZbie I. and II. unspined, III. and IV. with longish spines on both outer and inner surfaces, besides several at the apex below. Labiun with about 21 teeth in several rows. Coxe of pedipalps with dense basal patch of about 90 teeth. Spinners very short, the apical segment hemispherical, only about tas long as the middle segment, these 2 segments together about equalling the basal segment in length. Total length about 16 mm. This species approaches Harpactirella more closely than do any of those previously described. . Faminy ULOBORIDA. =. Gen. MENNEUS, E. Sim. MENNEUS DROMEDARIUS, 0. Sp. 1 @ (No. 11536) from the Pirie Bush, King Williamstown (f’. A. Pym, March, 1902). Carapace yellowish down the middle, blackened laterally and with several triangular yellow marks at the lateral margins ; the surface clothed with minute black and brown spinules and patches of fine white hairs. Length of carapace 4 that of the first metatarsus. Hyes agreeing with Pocock’s description of those of M. camelus (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. x., p. 326), except that the posterior medians appear larger and slightly less than 3 diameters apart ; anterior row of eyes much wider than the posterior row. - 128 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Abdomen yellowish, variegated with black, the hairs and spines like those on the carapace ; the under surface whitish laterally and with large dark area along middle; the dorsal process thick, cylin- drical, abruptly truncated at apex, asymmetrically coloured, its length only about 2 that of the carapace. Portion of vulva which is externally visible forming a broad transverse plate with parallel, blackened lateral edges, straight posterior margin and somewhat rounded anterior margin; within the epigastric fold the plate is broadly dilated towards each side behind. Sternum blackened laterally. Labiwm black, the tip and the lateral margins narrowly blackened. Free portion of mazille@ blackened laterally but white internally below. Chelicera with a lateral and 2 anterior black stripes and with 4 teeth in the anterior and 5 in the posterior row, the fourth tooth from the distal end being the smallest in each row. Legs yellow, variegated with black, with black spines and numerous hairs, the under side of the femora of the second and third pairs with a longer mane of reddish, white-tipped hairs. Total length (not including chelicera) 114 mm.; length of cara- pace 4°9 ; length of abdomen 64, length to apex of tubercle 72, width 3°6; length of first leg (from apex of coxa) 33, of fourth leg 164. Gen. AVELLOPSIS, n. gen. Resembling the Australian form Aveila as described and figured by O: P. Cambudge (PO Z7S.4 138i i) pot ple iva, meen) anand differing from Menneus, HE. Sim., in having the thorax dilated on each side at the middle, the sternum broader and the abdomen bituberculate near the middle above, but differing from Avella in having the tarsi in both sexes cylindrical and quite unsegmented. The head also is higher than in these two genera. AVELLOPSIS CAPENSIS, Nn. Sp. Specimens.—4 2? 9,2 88, and a number of young (Nos. 748, 9187, 12330) from the Cape Peninsula (St. James, Camps Bay, Bergvliet Flats, Kalk Bay Mountain) (? @ in March and April, 3 3 in March). 2 @. Carapace slightly longer than half the metatarsus of first leg, strongly dilated on each side just before the middle, being strongly constricted in front of the dilation and much narrowed posteriorly ; the cephalic region distinctly elevated and marked off on each side by an oblique: depression, its anterior surface rather high, vertical, at least as long as half the length of the chelicera, its New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 129 upper surface depressed between the 2 posterior eyes but convex behind the depression. Integument olive-greenish or olive-brown, with a median white stripe running along the thorax and spreading over the posterior part of the head up to each posterior lateral eye ; anterior surface of head more blackened and bordered behind and laterally by a transverse arcuate white line running from each anterior lateral angle upwards between the pair of median eyes on each side to the median line. Median band on carapace densely clothed with silvery-white hairs, which extend to each posterior lateral eye; on each side of this is a very broad band of more scattered reddish hairs; lateral margins of thorax with a band (or series of triangular patches) of white hairs ; anterior surface of head clothed with white and reddish hairs intermixed. Anterior median eyes small, about 2 diameters apart, and a little more than a diameter from the posterior median eyes; these eyes large, a little more than twice as wide as an anterior median eye and nearly 14 diameters apart; lateral eves on each side subequal and larger than the anterior medians, each posterior lateral eye with a large white bristle overhanging it, the tubercle bearing the anterior laterals long; row formed by the anterior eyes much wider than that formed by the posterior ones. Abdomen with a large conical process on each side above just before the middle and a smaller median one in front overhanging the thorax ; integument covered for the most part with silvery-white hairs ; posterior part of dorsal surface with a longitudinal, olivaceous, leaf-like band, which has wavy margins and is covered with reddish and some white hairs; anterior part with a longitudinal, median, olivaceous or black mark, which is dilated on each side behind into a long curved horn (reaching to the apex of the lateral tubercle), and is bordered posteriorly by a transverse ridge clothed with yellow hairs and joining the two tubercles; the median dark mark enclosed anteriorly by a horseshoe-shaped white mark covered with silvery hairs. Sides of abdomen with some olivaceous markings and a wavy line. Ventral surface clothed with ruddy and white hairs inter- mixed and marked with 4 white lunate spots, these spots densely clothed with silvery hairs and bordered externally by a longitudinal (sonfetimes indistinct) white line; median line darker. Vulva formed of a simple triangular plate acuminate in front, truncated behind, and slightly transversely dilated within the epigastric fold ; a small brown stripe on lateral edge of plate present at each hind angle. Chelicera with longitudinal bands of pale yellow and olivaceous, spotted with black on the distal half and furnished with 5-6 teeth in - 130 = Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the anterior and 4-6, besides, sometimes, some very minute ones, in the posterior row. Labi blackened, with white apex. Sternwm about $ longer than wide, blackened (or yellowish and spotted with black), the median pale band clothed with white hairs, the lateral parts with reddish hairs. Legs for the most part olivaceous or blackened, marked and banded with yellow; femora with a narrow yellow band at end of basal two-thirds (sometimes absent); tibia of third leg (and sometimes of first and second legs) in middle and of fourth leg near the base with yellow band; metatarsi of the 2 anterior pairs with 2 yellow bands or spots (sometimes absent or confluent), those of the 2 posterior pairs with a broad band in middle; tarsi pallid, at least at base. 3 &. Carapace about + as long as the first metatarsus, the median band on the thoracic portion narrower than in the ?, the anterior median eyes larger, less than 2 diameters apart, and not more than a diameter from the posterior median eyes. Abdomen more cylindrical, the anterior half of the dorsal surface differently marked, being provided with a large, triangular, longi- tudinal, yellowish or whitish area, which extends on each side behind to the apex of the dorsal tubercles, and is divided, at least posteriorly, by a dark median stripe without lateral horns; the yellow area bordered on each side by a broad dark band. Under surface of abdomen with broad median dark band bordered on each side by a narrower white stripe, the 4 lunate marks not differentiated. Legs longer, olivaceous, the metatarsi mostly paler, the tarsi pallid, the 2 posterior pairs of metatarsi with a broad white band in middle, the other bands obsolete. Pedipalps pallid at base, the distal part of femur and the 3 distal segments infuscated or black, the tibia clavate, the tarsus hemi- spherical, the palpal organ with a curved and flattened, claw-like (but not cruciform) lobe ascending from the centre of the coiled stylus. Measurements.—Length of abdomen and carapace, ? 7, § 62 mm.; length of carapace, 2 34, ¢ 3, of first leg (from apex of coxa), @ 20, & 32, of fourth leg, 9 12, g¢ 143. Gren. MIAGRAMMOPEHES, O. P. Cambr. MIAGRAMMOPES CONSTRICTUS, N. Sp. 1 ad. 2 (No. 982) from Durban, Natal (J. P. Cregoe, October, 1896), resembling M. brevicauda, O. P. Cambr. (P. Z, 8., 1882, pl. xxxi., fig. 124), in general shape. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 131 Carapace parallel-sided, evenly rounded in front, its length 14 times its width in the middle, its surface dark olivaceous-brown, yellowish at the anterior and lateral margins. The 4 principal eyes subequal, forming a slightly recurved row, the medians nearly twice as far from each other as from the lateral eyes and placed just behind the anterior fourth of the carapace, the lateral eyes placed in the centre of a broad low elevation. Anterior pair of legs olivaceous, the sides of the femur and the sides and under surface of the tibia more or less yellowish, the sides of the tarsus and metatarsus reddish-yellow, the hair covering some- what rubbed off, the short hairs white but the under side of the tibia and the upper and under sides of the metatarsus with a thick mane of longer white-tipped brown hairs ; the three posterior pairs of legs pale yellowish, but the inner surface of second pair on the femur, of third pair on patella and distal part of femur and both inner and outer surfaces of patella and distal part of femur of fourth pair dark olivaceous or blackened. Abdomen cylindrical, constricted near the anterior end, the caudal portion short, as in brevicauda ; colour whitish or yellowish-white, the dorsal surface with a strong, blackish olivaceous, median band which widens posteriorly and spreads over the caudal portion, and is marked on each side with 3 small, deep black dots; anterior half of abdomen also with a dark dorsal mark on each side and a larger deep black mark in the lower part of the lateral surface ; under surface with 2 narrow, dark, parallel, longitudinal lines; caudal portion, especially below, densely covered with fulvous hairs. Sternum dark along the middle, yellowish laterally in the expanded portion. | ‘ Measurements.—Length of trunk (carapace + abdomen) 9 mm., of carapace 24, of abdomen 62; width of carapace in middle 14. Fanny DICTYNIDA. . Gen. AUXIMUS, E. Sim. 1. AUXIMUS SCHREINERI, n. sp. Specumens.—(a) 4 22, 3 gg, and a number of young (Nos. 9460 and 11876) from Hanover, Cape Colony, collected by Mr. 8. C. Cronwright Schreiner in 1901. Closely resembling A. capensis, Poc., but with different vulva and with the pattern of yellow spots on the abdomen practically obsolete. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and 2—$ of the tarsus of first = 132 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. leg in the ¢, and equal to the tibiz but shorter than the metatarsus im tnensie Vulva.—Large excavation on the surface longer than broad, its bottom bordered on each side by a curved dark reddish band which terminates posteriorly in a large round black mark (PI. X., fig. 1). Tibize of 2 anterior pairs of legs with 3 pairs of spines below. First leg in g¢ with the metatarsus a little longer than the tibia, bent slightly but rather suddenly inwards near end of basal 2, and gently and slightly curved along the greater part of its length (the concavity below), and more sharply in the opposite direction at the base (the concavity above). Length of carapace and abdomen, ? ? 9-13, ¢ g 9-9} mm. (b) 2 2 ? from Willowmore (Dr. A. Brauns, 1903). Legs with fewer spines, the tibia of the first pair with only 2 pairs of spines below (the basal spines being absent), that of second leg with 1-2 basal spines. 2, AUXIMUS SILVATICUS, N. Sp. Specimens.—2 @ @ and 1 juv. (No. 12797) from the forest at the Knysna (March, 1896, W..P:). Resembling A. capensis, Poc., in general coloration, &e., but with much longer and slenderer legs and very different vulva. 2 @. Carapace a little longer than the metatarsus of first leg ; posterior median eyes further apart, being only a trifle nearer to one another than to the laterals. Vulva a large, strongly convex, shiny plate, bearing a large, longi- tudinal, median groove anteriorly, and a transverse, blackish, -shaped band (in a groove) on each side posteriorly (Pl. X., fig. 2). Length of carapace and abdomen 14 mm. 3. AUXIMUS LONGIPES, 0. sp. Specimens.—(a) A number of 9 2°, ¢ g, and young from the Cape Peninsula (mostly found in the moister ravines on the slopes of mountains). Differs from A. capensis and the 2 preceding species in having the sternum very broad and scarcely at all narrowed in front, and in other characters. | Carapace pale ochraceous to reddish-yellow, finely blackened at the edges, generally with a pair of infuscate marks on posterior part of cephalic portion, and occasionally with faint lateral infuscate marks on thoracic portion (often strongly marked in immature New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 133 specimens) ; its length considerably less than that of the first tibia or metatarsus in both sexes. Abdomen infuscated, with a double series of transverse, whitish or yellowish stripes above extending more or less down the sides, the anterior pairs with a median white stripe running between them ; under surface with a white line on each side. Vulva consisting of a hairy, yellowish, convex plate, more or less depressed in the middle and marked with a pair of thick infuscate bands, which converge anteriorly or form a A, the hind margin of the plate produced in the mesial part into a broad naked tongue, which is sharply grooved on each side of its surface (Pl. X., fig. 3). Legs very long and slender, a little longer in the g than in the ?, the first metatarsus in the g longer than the tibia and slightly curving upwards; colour pale ochraceous, frequently with infuscate bands (faint in the adult but strong in immature specimens), the distal segments reddish-yellow to dark reddish. Pedipalps of g§ very different from those of A. capensis and schreinert ; patella short, truncated at right angles at distal end, its height almost equal to its length along upper surface; tibia much shorter than thick, the distal end deeply emarginate in the middle both above and below and above the middle on the inner side, the apical spur at the inner upper margin short and small, not produced beyond the level of the outer distal edge; tarsus large, much longer than the femur and than the patella and tibia together; stylus of palpal organ very long, forming a large C-shaped curve, over which is stretched a white membrane completely covering the under side of the tarsus (the stylus commences at the middle of the inner edge of the tarsus and ends a little behind its. origin in a short, claw-like obtuse spur); outer edge of bulb with a short sharp spinous process in the middle (hidden under the tarsus). Length of carapace and abdomen, 9? ? 53-104, 9 64 mm. (b) 1 2 from the summit of the Hottentots Holland Mountains at Sir Lowry’s Pass, Caledon Div. (W. F’. P.). (c) 1 2? andi ¢ from Lourensford, Hottentots Holland, Stellen- bosch Div. (H. Hermann). Pedipalp of ¢ with the apical spur of tibia stouter and larger than in the types. Gen. PSEUDAUXIMODS, E. Sim. PSEUDAUXIMUS PALLIDUS, N. sp. 1 ¢ (No. 9461) from Hanover, Cape Colony (S. C. Cronwright Schreiner, October, 1901). Colour like that of the palest specimens of P, reticulatus, Sim. ETL o- 134 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1902, p. 243), the abdomen being pale greyish, with a pair of infuscate lines near median line in front and a row of fainter, more lateral, infuscate marks on each side more posteriorly on dorsal surface, the sides and under surface with some scattered infuscate dots posteriorly ; carapace and legs marked as in reticu- latus. Other characters also very similar except: Tibia and metatarsus of first leg each with only 3 pairs of spines below and 1 other spine on the inner surface (the metatarsus some- times with 3 and the tibia sometimes with only 1 apical spine). Vulva a simple convex area with a large blackish mark on each side; the hind margin narrowly browned, emarginate in the middle (Pl. X., fig. 4), | Length of carapace and abdomen 6 mm. Faminy KRESID A. Gen. STEGODYPHUS, E. Sim. 1. STEGODYPHUS CANUS, n. sp. Specimens.—(a@) 43 2 2 and 9 young (No. 3697) from Naroep, Great Bushmanland, Namaqualand Diy. (Max Schlechter, March, 1898). 2 9. Colowr.—Carapace bright red, pale yellow behind and along the lateral borders, darker red on the lower part of the sides of the cephalic portion, the anterior edge narrowly blackened; whole cara- pace hoary with a thick coat of white or creamy-white hairs, except the facial portion below the level of the posterior median eyes, which is clothed with a triangular patch of yellowish-brown or golden hairs on each side of the median line, the two patches sepa- rated by a vertical wedge-shaped strip of white hairs; anterior edge with a thick fringe of white hairs. Chelicera red, thickly clothed with creamy-white hairs. Legs pale yellowish, the two anterior pairs more reddish, especially distally, all thickly covered with short white or creamy-white hairs, the 4 distal segments with black bands (often absent from the tarsi and metatarsi of the 2 anterior pairs), these bands covered with white or (especially in the fourth leg) with black hairs; fourth femur sometimes with a distal patch of dark hairs on inner and outer sides, and the coxz and trochanters often with a group of fine black sete below. Sternum reddish-yellow, with white hairs and a few fine black sete, and generally marked with an infus- cate submarginal line on each side. Abdomen pale yellowish, clothed New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 135 with short whitish hairs, practically.unspotted above, with the excep- tion of the stigmata and 2 clusters of small brown spots at anterior margin; the sides almost without spots or with a number of oliva- ceous spots ; under surface variable, the middle area olivaceous, bordered on each side by a curved white band, and traversed longi- tudinally by 2 white stripes—or this area pallid, with the olivaceous hairs reduced to a small spot on each side; hairs on pulmonary segment pallid, black only immediately round the vulva. Carapace as long as the tibia and + or more of the metatarsus of first leg. Median eye-area decidedly narrowed in front, but the anterior eyes rather large, not much smaller than the posterior ones and larger than the anterior lateral eyes, which are placed on a large prominent tubercle. Vulva a hard plate containing a large, deep, posterior cavity, which is bordered in front and at the sides by a high, thick, semi- circular ridge; bottom of cavity containing a pair of lateral ridges converging anteriorly and bordered internally by a curved black groove, the median part occupied by a large brown lobe with a pair of convexities, the lobe separated from the black grooves by a narrow white ridge on each side (Pl. X., fig. 5). Length of adult ¢ ? 134-18 mm. (b) 2 2 2 and 1 juv. from Hities, Great Bushmanland, Kenhart Div. (Max Schlechter, March, 1898). 2. STEGODYPHUS TENTORIICOLA, Nn. Sp. | : p Specumens.—11 ° 2 and 2 g gf (No. 11836, &c.) from Hanover. A number of other specimens also from Hanover, Vlag Kop (5-6 miles north of Hanover), and Hierfontein (8-9 miles west of Hanover) (S. C. Cronwright Schreiner, 1902). Adult ? 2 in February and March, ¢ g in February. 2 2 from Hanover. Colow’.—Carapace covered with white hairs (the head in one specimen with yellow hairs) ; the thoracic portion nearly black, broadly reddish-yellow at the sides, the posterior and lateral margins narrowly blackened; the cephalic portion red or reddish-yellow behind, blackened on the sides anteriorly and on the upper part posteriorly, the upper part reddish again anteriorly ; the region of the posterior lateral eyes reddish or reddish-yellow (con- necting the posterior and anterior reddish patch on both sides) or black (connecting the posterior and anterior lateral black patches on each side); median posterior and anterior reddish patch also con- nected by a narrow reddish median line dividing the posterior black patch ; face black, bisected by a median line of white hairs, usually 136 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. entirely covered with white hairs (replaced occasionally by black ones), and bordered on each side by a band of white (rarely yellow) hairs. Chelicera nearly black, covered with white hairs, except ~ quite at apex, where the hairs are black. Sternum pale yellow or reddish-yellow, the sides broadly blackened, the hairs white, with a few black sete. Legs pale yellowish, the 2 anterior pairs more reddish, all very strongly banded with black, the femora with a broad, intensely black, apical band, and one or two paler ones near the base, tarsi and metatarsi of 2 anterior pairs often darkened, the base of the metatarsi then yellowish or reddish-yellow ; all or most of the coxee and trochanters with black patches; the hairs on the legs white, those on some of the black bands black. Abdomen pale yellow, covered for the most part with yellow or cream-coloured hairs, without spots above, excepting the stigmata and generally also a few tiny black spots or groups of black sete; the sides with a number of black spots and an inferior black patch (with black hairs) ; under surface with 2 large roundish or oval yellow marks posterior to the 2 pulmonary spiracles, and separated by a broad median black band, which is cleft anteriorly and clothed with black hairs ; epigastric area black in the middle but yellow on the pulmonary opercula, these again often narrowly encircled with black, the hairs (except those immediately round the vulva) white ; spinners black. Carapace longer than patella and tibia and as long as the tibia and 5, or nearly the whole of the metatarsus of first leg. Hyes much as in S. canus, n. sp., except that the anterior row of median eyes is wider, being not much narrower than the second row. Vulva with the edge of the large cavity deeply emarginated in front, the cavity with a median keel and bounded behind by a curved ridge, which is notched in the middle; hind margin of the plate of vulva convexly projecting backwards beyond the hind margin of the epigastric area on each side of it (Pl. X., fig. 6). 3g gf. Colowr.—Carapace much less densely hoary, often with some yellow hairs on each side on thoracic portion and yellowish- brown ones on the face; abdomen clothed above and on the upper part of the sides with rusty-red or brownish hairs, but the middle of the dorsal surface with a large, fusiform median band of pallid hairs; 2 anterior pairs of legs much Jess intensely banded, the bands being obsolete or almost so on the tibia above. Carapace with the cephalic portion much higher and more abruptly defined, its length equal to the tibia and {—-} of the metatarsus of first leg. Legs much longer, especially the anterior pair; tibia of first leg without fringe of long hairs, but the proximal black band clothed New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 187 with numerous minute, thick, black setz (resembling spinules) on the side and below, but not above. Tibia of pedipalps (measured along upper side) distinctly a little shorter than the patella and furnished with an external fringe of white hairs; the tarsus long, a little longer than the femur, clothed with short white hairs and longer black bristles. Length of ? @ 104-13 mm.; of ¢ 3 8-10 mm. Habits.—According to Mr. Schreiner this species is never ‘gre- garious, for the females live singly, each in her own nest, being, however, sometimes accompanied by the male. These nests, one of which was sent to me by Mr. Schreiner, are in the form of a hollow elongate cone, or ‘ fool’s cap,”’ nearly 5 cm. in length, and formed of a closely woven inner lining, loosely covered externally by pieces of leaves and débris of insects. The nests are fixed on bushes. Gen. ADONHEA, E. Sim. ADONEA VARIEGATA, DN. Sp. oe Specomens.—(a) 2 9 2 (Types: No. 38701) from Naroep, Great Bushmanland, Namaqualand Div., Cape Colony (Max Schlechter, March, 1898). Colowr.—Carapace and abdomen densely mottled with white and olivaceous hairs, the sides of abdomen with olivaceous spots, the dorsal stigmata each in the centre of a rather large white spot; posterior pairs of legs reddish-yellow, the anterior pairs darker, especially distally, all clothed with white and olivaceous hairs. Carapace with the cephalic portion rather. high (about the same height -above-the fovea as in Hresus fumosus, C. L. Koch), depressed, convex above and strongly sloping behind, its width much less than that of the thorax, and less than the length of the patella and tibia of first leg and than the distance from the fovea to the hind margins of the posterior median eyes. Posterior median eyes about 3 times as long as the anterior medians, and separated from the anterior margin by about their own diameter or less, from one another by about 14 times this distance, and from the anterior lateral eyes by less than 3 diameters; width of posterior row of eyes about equal to the length of the oblique row formed by a posterior lateral eye and a posterior median eye of the opposite side. Vulva a semicircular plate containing a large, deep, semicircular emargination, the bottom of which is occupied by a shallow sub- quadrate pan (Pl. X., fig. 7). Under surface of tarsi and metatarsi and the apex of the tibize of o 138 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 3 posterior pairs of legs spined, and also the tarsus and apex of metatarsus of first pair. Length of carapace and abdomen 14-18 mm. (b) 1 go from Namies, Great Bushmanland, Kenhart Div. (Maz Schlechter, March, 1898). Carapace nearly black, but the upper part of the head dark reddish, the hair covering dark olivaceous, but the lateral margins of the thorax with a broad band of snow-white hairs; cephalic portion of carapace very much more suddenly and strongly elevated and more convex above than in the ¢, the hind surface rising almost perpen- -dicularly from the fovea (but not overhanging it), the width exceed- ing that of the thoracic portion, about equal to the distance from the hind margin of head to the posterior median eyes, and almost equal to the length of the tibia and half the metatarsus of first leg. Pos- terior median eyes slightly smaller than in the 9. Abdomen covered with black hairs below and with creamy-white ones above, and furnished with a broad, fusiform, black mark occupying the space between the two rows of dorsal sagilla. Legs longer and slenderer than in 9, especially the 2 distal seg- ments, the femur of first pair stouter than the others; reddish to almost black, with olivaceous hairs, but the dorsal surface of the patella, of the tibia, and, to a lesser extent, of the metatarsi clothed with white hairs, femora with an apical fringe of white hairs. Pedipalps clothed with dark olivaceous hairs, the tarsus and palpal organ small. Length of carapace and abdomen 104 mm. (c) 1 ? from Kykgat, Great Bushmanland, Namaqualand Div. (Max Schlechter, March, 1898). (da) 2 2 @ from the Bokkeveld Mountains about Nieuwoudtville, Calvinia Div. (M. Schlechter, August, 1897; C. L. Lewpoldt, Sep- tember, 1898). Width of head in these specimens less than or greater than the length of the first patella and tibia. (e) 3 2 @ and 1 juv. from Touws River, Worcester Div. (fk. WM. Inghtfoot and W. fF’. P., August, 1903). Length of ¢ ? 92-15 mm. (f) 1 ¢ from Matjesfontein, Worcester Div. (W. #. P., August, 1903). The nests of this species are constructed under stones. GEN. SHEOTHYRA, Pure. SEOTHYRA FASCIATA, 0. Sp. 1 @ (No. 12772) from the South-West Kalahari (Dr. Eric Nobbs, August, 1903). The nests of this species were seen in large numbers New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 139 along a considerable tract in Gordonia to the North-West of Upping- ton, between this town and the Molopo River. Very like S. schreinert, Pure. (Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. ii., p. 32, 1903), but larger, and differing besides in the following respects :— Colour of anterior legs more reddish-yellow, the distal segments red ; carapace reddish-yellow, the head orange-red ; abdomen with a row of transverse black patches on each side above, producing a transversely banded appearance, the short hairs between the bands yellowish. Vulva with the anterior cavity very large, wider than the posterior portion of the median area, the median area transversely grooved both before and behind the constricted part, which is longitudinally grooved (Pl. X., fig. 8). First leg apparently unspined, the tibia without a fringe of longer hairs on inner side, tibia II. and III. with a couple of apical spines below, IV. unspined. Length of carapace and abdomen 83 mm. Nests.—The webs of two nests which were sent to me by Dr. Nobbs show that the nests of this species are constructed on the same plan as those of S. schreineri, Pure. (already described and figured, loc. ctt., pl. i., figs. 5-7), but on a much larger scale. A well- developed side-chamber is present, but it was not possible to distin- guish the tongue-shaped flap at the entrance to the hole in the Specimens at my disposal. The lobes of the lid are very much longer and narrower than those of S. schreinert, and according to Dr. Nobbs the sand is remoyed from the edge at the end of each . lobe for a short distance to form a semicircular groove thus (), while between these 4 grooves the edges are not distinguishable. It is evident that in this species the spider crawls out from under the lid at the ends of the lobes only, and not all round the edges, as is the case in S. schreimerv. The nests were always found in the loose red sand of the desert. Gen. DRESSERUS, E. Sim. 1. DRESSERUS ANGUSTICEPS, N. sp. 2 2 2 (No. 11693) from Stompneus, St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div., collected by Mr. J. EK. C. Goold in May and June, 1902. Allied to D. collinus, Pocock (Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. vi, p. 323, 1900), from the Cape Peninsula, but differing in the following respects :— Abdomen speckled with spots of white hairs above and lines of - 140 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. white hairs at the sides, the dorsal stigmata also ringed with white, as in Hresus fumosus, Koch. Carapace with the cephalic portion narrow and not so high as in collinus, the width of the head being equal to the tibia, metatarsus, and about 1-1 of the tarsus of first leg, equal to or slightly shorter than the distance from the fovea to a line joining the hind margins of the posterior median eyes, but slightly less than the width of the thorax. Eyes much as in collinus, the posterior medians perhaps a tvrifle smaller. Vulva is in Pl. X., fig. 9, the posterior median portion rectangular, truncated, with a small cavity at each hind angle. Legs short, the length of the carapace * being equal to the patella, tibia, metatarsus, and 4-2 of the tarsus of first leg. Length of carapace and abdomen 11 mm. 2. DRESSERUS LATICEPS, 0. sp. 1 @ (No. 12831) from Tsabis, 20 miles N.H. of Concordia, Nama- qualand Div., Cape Colony (J. H. C. Krapohl, 1902). Carapace as long as the patella, tibia, metatarsus, and about 5 Of the tarsus of first leg, the cephalic portion reddish-black, very high and broad, flattened above, rising abruptly behind far above the height of the fovea, its width equal to the patella, tibia, and at least 5 the metatarsus, and to the tibia, metatarsus, and 2 of the tarsus of first leg, and considerably exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Posterior median eyes moderately large, about 14 diameters apart, their distance from the anterior laterals equal to 3 diameters at least. Abdomen pale yellowish, covered with olive-brown hairs. Vulva as in Pl. X., fig. 10, the lateral emarginations rather shallow. Length of carapace and abdomen 15 mm. Faminy SICARITDA. Gren. LOXOSCELHES, Lowe. LOXOSCELES SPINULOSA, 0. sp. 1 ? (No. 7915) from the Pass at Avontuur, near Stormsvlei, Swellendam Div. (W. £. P., August, 1900). * Length of carapace is measured between 2 parallel lines touching the anterior and posterior margins and includes the ocular tubercle. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 141 Colour of carapace and limbs rufescent; abdomen very pale yellowish, covered with numerous reddish, setigerous granules. Carapace broad, with very large longitudinal fovea; its length 4 that of first metatarsus; its surface clothed with long curved spines and smaller hairs and sets, those on the thoracic region arranged in 6 radiating bands and a circumferential row at the extreme margin, the interspaces almost naked. Hyes rather large, the laterals not quite contiguous and rather far forward, a line touching the anterior edges of the anterior pair, passing only just behind the centres of the median eyes (when viewed from above) ; distance between a lateral and a median eye less than the width of a median eye. Abdomen clothed with numerous fine hairs and setz, the dorsal surface also with a number of curved spines, which are strongest anteriorly and become much slenderer posteriorly. Legs very long and slender, bearing the scars of numerous spini- form setee (mostly rubbed off); fourth leg longer than first. Sternwm with numerous long, curved spines and sete. Length 6 mm.; length of first leg (to base of femur) 18 mm. Gren. SCYTODES, Latr. 1. SCYTODES MONTANA, N. sp. Specimens.—(a@) 1 @ (No. 12248) and several young from the top of Kalk Bay Mountain, Cape Peninsula (W. F. P., February, 1902). 2. Colour pale yellow. Carapace with five black stripes in middle part above, the median stripe narrow, running from anterior margin backwards and ending just in front of the highest point of the cara- pace ; the black stripes next to the median one about twice as wide as the latter, almost parallel (only slightly converging posteriorly), © extending from between the lateral eyes to the highest part of the carapace, and suddenly curving outwards at each end to unite with the outer stripes ; these latter about twice as broad as those next to them, and extending from the anterior lateral angles of the clypeus over the lateral eyes to a little distance behind the highest part of the carapace ; from the lateral eyes to the highest part these stripes bulge gently outwards, thus (), but behind this they diverge very slightly for a short distance and are truncated at the hind end; the 4 yellow stripes between the black ones narrow, equalling the median stripe in width. Sides of the carapace traversed by a narrow, hori- yontal black stripe, above which are 2 wavy stripes (or series of short stripes), transected by fine vertical lines and enclosing a row of 4 small yellow areas on each side; below the lowest encircling o- 142 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. stripe are a couple of short black stripes on each side. Abdomen spotted on anterior half and below, encircled in the middle by a transverse band (open below), behind which are a pair of dorsal dots and of lateral stripes, the posterior surface with a pair of vertical stripes; genital operculum blackened on each side. Sternum infuscated, with a row of 8 yellow spots on each side, an anterior and posterior yellow area and a median yellow stripe. Femora of legs faintly infuscated, not banded with black, the tips pale yellow; patella deeply infuscated ; tibiae like the femora but deeply infuscated at the tips; metatarsi and tarsi pale yellow. Under side of abdomen with a pair of fine, not very distinct, brown ridges (visible when viewed from behind), which commence behind the lateral angles of the genital opening, strongly converge pos- teriorly, and are inturned at the hind ends and form the outer and posterior borders of a pair of oval light brownish areas (Pl. X., fie di): Length of trunk (carapace and abdomen) 44 mm. (b) 1 2 from the southern slopes of Table Mountain (W. £’. P., September, 1901), with much more black on the abdomen and on the sides of the carapace; the black stripe on each side of the median one united with the outer band bya transverse black bar at the anterior end of the ()-shaped portion. (c) 1 ¢ from Houw Hoek, Caledon Div. (W. F. P.), with the tibia of fourth leg marked with 3 distinct black bands; the black stripe on each side of the median one on the carapace fused in its middle portion for a considerable distance with the outer band. 2. SCYTODES LYCOSELLA, N. sp. 1 ? (No. $373) from Rietvlei, Umvoti District, Natal (Harold A. Ey, MSI) Colour pale yellow. Carapace with only 3 black stripes above ; the median one abbreviated behind, reaching only to the middle of the carapace; the outer stripes very broad, nearly meeting pos- terlorly, each containing an oval yellow spot just before the middle of the carapace; the median yellow area just behind the median black stripe broad and spindle-shaped; sides of the carapace with black reticulation and several tiers of yellow areas. Sternum with 4 -shaped marginal black marks on each side and 2 rows of dots in middle. Abdomen with numerous black markings. Legs very strongly banded, the femora with 3 strong black bands, the anterior pair also spotted with black near apex; patelle black, paler above ; tibiee banded with black at base and apex and in the 2 posterior pairs New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 143 in the middle also, the 2 anterior pairs thickly spotted all over, the posterior pairs with a few spots only ; metatarsi speckled with black, darkened at apex. Brown horny plates on under sides of abdomen rounded, trans- versely oval, somewhat resembling those of montana, except that they are more distinctly bordered all round by a fine brown line and are further apart (Pl. X., fig. 12). Length of trunk 5 mm. 3. SCYTODES TRIANGULIFERA, 0. sp. Specumens.—(a) 2 9 @ (No. 3917) from Prince Albert Village (W. F. P., September, 1896). Colour yellow. Carapace with a pair of very broad black bands above, resembling the outer bands of S. montana, but each provided in the broadest part at some distance behind the lateral eyes with a cuneate, oblique yellow spot or stripe, and with a smaller yellow spot at hind end; the median stripe reduced to a very short fine line between the lateral eyes and also in front of the median eyes; the median yellow band broad, but not so broad as the black bands ; sides of the carapace with 2 stripes only, both, especially the upper one, strongly and angularly zigzag, and enclosing a series of yellow spaces on each side. Abdomen transversely striped, with 2 or 4 large spots above posteriorly. Sternum with 3-4 black spots on each side, the margins sometimes blackened. Femora of legs infus- cated, with a paler band near the apex; the patella pale yellow above ; the tibiz pale, with dark band at base and apex and in the posterior pair in the middle also; metatarsi and tarsi yellowish. - Horny plates on under side of abdomen bearing each a very strong, well-marked, nearly straight, dark ridge running near outer margin. of the plate from just behind the lateral angles of the genital opening and only slightly converging posteriorly, the edges of the ridges finely wavy, their hind ends far apart but slightly nearer together than the outer angles of the genital opening (Pl. X., fig. 13). Length of trunk 8 mm. (b) 1 2 from Willowmore (Dr. H. Brauns, 1904), with the abdomen banded at the sides only. 4, SCYTODES LEIPOLDTI, 0. sp. 2 9° 92 (No. 3569) from Clanwilliam (C. L. Lewpoldt, October, LES SITN). Colour pale yellowish. Carapace with 4 black stripes above, the median stripe being entirely absent posteriorly to the median eyes, - 144 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and represented by a short stripe before these eyes; the inner stripes narrow, free and converging posteriorly, united a little in front of their middle by a thick transverse patch with the outer stripes and again at their anterior ends; the outer stripes not very thick; sides of the carapace with a black reticulation with large meshes. Abdomen with transverse rows of spots above and at the sides, the median line in front with 1-2 black marks. Femora of legs with 2 distal black bands, the more proximal band less distinct in the anterior pairs, which are also spotted at the sides; patella blackened at apex (except above); tibiz: with 3 black bands ; meta- tarsi mostly darkened at apex. Sternum with 4 curved black marks on each lateral margin. Horny plates on under side of abdomen very like those of S. trian- gulifera, n. sp., but the ridges slightly further apart and slightly more curved, thus ( ), rarely nearly straight. Length of trunk 6 mm, 5. SCYTODES FLAGELLATA, 0. sp. 6 29? and 2 39 (No. 8322) from Houw Hoek, Caledon Div. (W. f. P., August, 1900). Colour pale yellowish. Carapace with the mesial yellow stripe strongly dilated (often lozenge-shaped) in the middle of the dorsal surface, and strongly constricted (sometimes even interrupted) pos- teriorly by the strongly approximated outer black bands; the median black stripe very narrow, reaching highest part of upper surface, and sometimes obliterated in the middle, the outer black stripes very broad, with jagged outer and concave inner margins, and containing several small yellow dots; lateral surface of carapace with .black reticulation showing several tiers of yellow spaces. Sternum spotted, with 4 transverse black marks on each side, or the sides broadly blackened and each with a row of 3-4 yellow spots. Abdomen with transverse bands of black and speckled all over. Femora of legs numerously spotted and furnished with a distal black band, and generally also a more mesial one and a basal one; patelle black distally ; tibiz with 3 dark rings, the mesial one fainter in the anterior pairs. Horny plates on under side of abdomen with a pair of outcurved ridges remote from each other, the hind ends of the ridges out- turned and a little nearer together than the front ends* (Pl. X., fig. 14). * The distance between the ridges varies somewhat in different specimens, being relatively closer together in less distended abdomens. The same applies to the other species. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 145 Process of palpal organ in $ in this and the following forms con- sisting of a thicker proximal and a slenderer distal portion. The proximal portion in this species slightly thickened at apex and con- siderably shorter than the very long, slender, lightly curved, distal portion; the length of the whole process much exceeding the entire length of the tarsus (Pl. X., fig. 15). Length of trunk in ? 64 mm., ¢$ 5. 6. SCYTODES ARENACEA, 0D. sp. 1 2 (No. 5363) from Beenbreek, near the Orange River, Kenhart Div., Great Bushmanland (Max Schlechter, August, 1899). Colour very pale yellowish. Carapace with 3 black stripes above passing through the 3 groups of eyes, the median stripe narrow, reaching highest part of carapace, the outer stripes also narrow, only about twice as broad as the median stripe and remote from it; between the 3 stripes just behind the lne of lateral eyes are 2 short fainter patches, representing the inner pair of lines; sides of cara- pace with a row of oval black rings (or 2 wavy lines), and above them a couple of infuscate spots. Sternum without markings. Femora of anterior legs with narrow distal band and a few spots of black; patellee blackened at apex on each side; tibize blackened at apex and middle and in some at the base, but the third pair scarcely blackened at all; metatarsi slightly darkened at apex ; abdomen with some small black dots above. Horny ridges on under side of abdomen similar to those of S. flagel lata, n. sp., but shorter. _ Length of trunk 44 mm. 7. SCYTODES TESTUDO, 2. sp. Specumens.—(a) 3 22 andl g (No. 12079) from Lion’s Hill, Cape Peninsula. Colour pale yellow. Carapace with 5 black stripes down back, corresponding to those of S. montana, n. sp., the median stripe very narrow and generally more or less obliterated in its middle part but distinct posteriorly and for some distance before and behind the median eyes; the black stripe on each side of the median one also narrow, inturned at the free posterior end but united by a thick transverse black patch with the outer stripe at the anterior end of the very thick ( )-shaped part of the latter; sides of the carapace divided by the black reticulation into several tiers of yellow areas. Abdomen spotted and banded. Sternum with 4 “]-shaped marks - 146 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. on each lateral margin, and 6 dots in 2 rows down the middle. Femora of legs yellow, with 2 black rings in distal part, the proximal part with numerous blacks dots in rows; patelle black distally, yellow at base; tibia yellow, with 3 well-marked black rings; metatarsi and tarsi yellow, the former often darkened at apex. Horny plates on under side of abdomen with a pair of strongly curved ) (-shaped brown ridges, closer together than in S. flagellata, the anterior ends of the ridges diverging further apart than the ~ posterior ends (Pl. X., fig. 16). _ g. Palpal organ about as long as the tarsus, the proximal portion of the process cylindrical, the slender distal portion very short and bearing at its base a small rounded laminate lobe, the length of the whole process less than that of the tarsus (Pl. X., fig. 17). (b) Many other ° ? and g $ from all parts of the Cape Penin- sula. Some specimens have much more black than the types, the sternum being then thickly spotted and the abdomen almost entirely infuscated. Femora sometimes with a black band in front or behind at base. Length of ? up to 64 mm. (c) 1 g and2 @ @ from Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey). (d) 1 ¢ andl 2? from Lourensford, Hottentots Holland, Stellen- bosch Div. (H. Hermann). (e) 3 ¢ g andl @ from Brandvlei, Worcester Div. (W. Ff’. P.). (f) 1 @ from Rabiesberg, near Nuy Station, Worcester Div. Ce a Ie) (g) 1 ? from Houw Hoek, Caledon Div. (W. F. P.). (h) 1 ¢ from Caledon (Mrs. W. F. Purcell). (i) 1 g and several 2 2 from French Hoek (W. F’. P.), with the femora strongly banded at the base. Karroo variety.—In the following specimens the more proximal of the 2 distal black bands of the femur is absent in the first pair of legs and frequently also in the other pairs :— (j) 8 dg and9 2 F from Kogmans Kloof (captured by my wife and myself). | (k) 2 ¢ d and 7 @Q @ from Avontuur and Stormsvlei, Swellendam Div. (W. fF. P.), with the femora sometimes almost entirely blackened in the proximal two-thirds. (1) 1 ¢ from River Zonder Kinde, Caledon Div. (W. F. P.). 8. SCYTODES GOOLDI, n. sp. Specimens.—(a@) 1 2 (No. 12839) and ‘1 g (No. 11675) from Stompneus, St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. H. C. Goold). Allied to S. testudo, n. sp., but more heavily blackened. Carapace New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 147 with 3 black stripes above, the median stripe narrow but well developed, of equal width throughout behind the eyes and bordered on each side by a still narrower, straight, yellow line ; the extremely broad, outer black bands with 2 pairs of yellow spots (one pair behind the lateral eyes and the other at the middle of the carapace). Sides of carapace as in S. testudo. Sternum black, with a median yellow patch and a row of yellow spots on each side in the ?, but more like that of S. testwdo in the g. Legs heavily banded with black and yellow, the femora with 3 black and 3 yellow bands but not spotted at the base, which is black, the apex being yellow; patellee black ; tibiae with 3 black bands; metatarsi with 3, mostly faint, infuscated rings; tarsi pale yellow. Abdomen thickly covered with black markings. Horny plates on under side of abdomen triangular, their inner angles provided with a pair of angular ><-shaped ridges (Pl. X., fig. 18). Palpal organ of g very like that of S. testudo, but the distal laminate lobe very thin and transparent, only seen with difficulty. Length of whole palpal organ a little exceeding that of the tarsus. Length of trunk in @ 5 mm. (b) 1 gf from the mountain-side at St. James, Cape Peninsula CW Py, 9. SCYTODES SUBULATA, N. sp. 3 92 and2 go g (No. 12838, &c.) from Stompneus, St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. H. C. Goold). Allied to S. testudo, n. sp. Colour pale yellowish, the markings closely resembling those of S. leipoldit, n. sp., except that on the carapace the posterior half of each inner stripe is separated off from the anterior half (which often — ends free) just behind the transverse bridge which joins the outer and inner stripes, while the femora of the legs are not spotted but provided with a very distinct basal, mesial, and distal black band. The inner stripes on the carapace are situated close to the outer stripes. Horny plates on under side of abdomen resembling those of S, testudo, but with the ridges often somewhat more angularly bent. Palpal organ of 8 resembling that of S. flagellata, n. sp., but the slender distal portion shorter, equalling the subcylindrical proximal portion in length, the length of the whole process subequal to the length of the tarsus; the anterior keel at base of distal portion very slender and transparent, scarcely visible. Length of trunk in @ 52 mm. o 148 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 10. ScYTODES LYRIFORMIS, 0. sp. o?92 and 1 g (No. 11816) from Hanover (S. C.: Cronwright Schreiner, 1901). Colour pale yellowish. Carapace with 5 black stripes above, but the median stripe short, continued only a little distance behind the median eyes; the inner of the paired strips narrow, subparallel, somewhat remote from the outer stripes and connected before their middle with the latter by a transverse bridge, and often again at the -outcurved anterior ends, the posterior ends converging and free ; outer stripes not very broad; sides of the carapace with a row of 4 black-bordered yellow areas on each side and with black marks above and below these. Abdomen pale yellow, with transverse black stripes and rows of spots. Sternum with 4 curved, marginal black stripes on each side and 3 pairs of black spots near the centre. Femora of legs striped longitudinally with rows of spots and_ black lines (sometimes absent in fourth pair), the distal part with 2 black bands; patelle blackened at apex (except above); tibie with black mesial and distal bands, the anterior pairs also with a basal band ; metatarsi darkened at apex. | Horny plates on under side of abdomen with the ridges curved as in S. testudo and S. flagellata, n. spp., their distance apart being less than in the latter but somewhat greater than in the former species. Palpal organ of § resembling that of S. swbulata, n. sp. Length of,trunk in @ 6 mm. This species scarcely differs in structure from S. swbhulata, n. sp., and may perhaps be merely a colour variety. 11. SCYTODES KARROOICA, N. sp. 3 2 2 (No. 12872) from Matjesfontein, Worcester Div. (W. Ff. P. August, 1903). Very like S. lyrifornus, but larger in size, and with the horny ridges on the under side of the abdomen nearer together and longer (POS tion): Length of trunk 63-7 mm. 12. SCYTODES SILVATICA, Nn. sp. Specumens._(a) 2 292 and. 1 g (Types: No. 855) from the Knysna Forest (W. F. P., March, 1896). Also 2 other ° ? with cocoons from the same locality. Colour a deep brown or purplish-black, mottled with yellow Carapace with well-developed median stripe lying between a pair New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 149 of broader yellow stripes, on each side of which is a very broad, curved, black band, the latter bearing a small yellow spot just before the middle of the carapace ; sides of carapace broadly blackened inferiorly, with a row of 4 yellow spots on each side and a row cf larger or smaller, more irregular yellow marks above these ; posterior part of carapace with median yellow spot. Abdomen with trans- verse yellow stripes, the under side often yellow. Sternum usually with 3 paler, transverse, marginal marks on each side. Femora of posterior legs with 2 distal yellow bands ; patella: yellowish at base; tibize of posterior legs generally with 2 yellowish bands; metatarsi variable, the posterior pairs being generally pale yellowish and the anterior pairs infuscated and with or without 2 yellow bands. Horny plates on under side of abdomen of @ and the palpal organs of ¢ much as in S. lyriformis, nu. sp. Total length of trunk in ? 64 mm. In the 2 ? 2 with cocoons almost the whole animal, with the exception of the 2 distal leg-segments and the 2 submedian yellow stripes, is dark brown. (b) 3 2 2 from Port Elizabeth (J. L. Drége, J. P. Cregoe) in which the legs are without yellow bands and are paler and more yellowish from the tibia on; the tibize generally infuscated at base and apex. 13. SCYTODES CAFFRA, 0. Sp. 1 ? (No. 9933) from Zululand (W. Anderson). Colour.—Carapace black, the anterior two-thirds with a median yellow stripe containing a narrow, median black line which almost reaches to middle of carapace; posterior surface of carapace with median yellow patch; sides with 4 tiers of rather small yellow spots. Abdomen transversely striped with black and yellow. Sternum black, with a posterior, an anterior, and 3 pairs of lateral yellow spots. Femora of legs infuscated, yellowish at the base above and, in the posterior pairs, also behind; patella yellowish above; tibie yellowish, but infuscated at base and apex; metatarsi yellowish, darkened at the base. Horny plates on under side of abdomen with a pair of strong curved ridges. (In the type one ridge is more angularly bent than the other.) (PI. X., fig. 20.) Length of trunk 95 mm. 14. ScYTODES CEDRI, n. sp. 1 ¢ (No. 4255) from Keurbosch Kraal River, Cedarberg Range, Clanwilliam Div. (f. M, Lightfoot, August, 1898). 12 a 150 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Colour.—Carapace with the well-developed, median black stripe reaching to highest part of dorsal surface and lying between 2 still narrower, parallel yellow stripes, which extend from behind the median eyes to the hind margin and unite to a single stripe behind the median black stripe; on each side of the yellow stripe is a very broad black band with practically straight inner and strongly sinuous outer margins, and containing a longitudinal yellow spot in the middle; sides of the carapace with a network of thick black lines enclosing several tiers of yellow markings and uniting above with the broad black bands. Abdomen pale yellowish, apparently hardly spotted at all. Sternum yellow, with some dots and lateral marginal lines. Legs infuscated, the distal segments paler, the tibize darkened at base and apex, and the posterior ones with mesial band as well. Horny plates on under side of abdomen with a pair of longitudinal ridges, which almost touch the median line and then suddenly bend outwards almost at right angles in front (Pl. X., fig. 21). Length of trunk 5 mm. 15. SCYTODES LANCEOLATA, 0. sp. 243 (No. 9471) from Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schreier, 1901). Colour pale yellowish. Carapace with 3 black stripes above, the median yellow stripe rather broad, the median black stripe very fine posteriorly and not reaching behind the middle of the carapace, the outer black stripes broad, each with a longitudinal series of 3 or 4 yellow spots or stripes; sides of carapace reticulated with black, showing several tiers of yellow spaces. Abdomen with transverse black bands and rows of spots, the under side black-spotted. Sternum . with 4 pairs of marginal black lines and 2 central rows of dots. Femora of legs with black bar at apex, the anterior surface, at least in the anterior pairs, also sprinkled with black; tibiz sparsely sprinkled with black, the apex with a black band ; patelle blackened below. Palpal organ about as long as the tarsus; the process compressed and lanceolate distally, the short apical part subulate, with sigmoid curvature and with slender keel in front (Pl. X., fig. 22). Length of trunk 42 mm. 16. ScYTODES ELIZABETH, 0. sp. 2 $3 (No. 5665) from Port Elizabeth (J. L. Drége, November 1899). Colour pale yellowish. Carapace with 3 black dorsal stripes, the New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 151 yellow lines separating them narrow, straight, and parallel, passing anteriorly round the median eye-tubercle, the median stripe well developed, reaching highest part of dorsal surface, the lateral stripes broad and provided each with 2 more or less distinct yellowish spots near the middle; sides of carapace with a series of black-bordered spaces in | or 2 tiers. Sternum with 4 marginal infuscate marks on each side and a few more central dots. Abdomen with transverse black bands and rows of spots. Femora of legs infuscate at apex and sometimes faintly so nearer the middle, the anterior pair faintly infuscate along anterior and posterior surfaces ; patella: infuscate, pallid above ; tibiae darkened at apex and often also at base. Palpal organ a little longer than the tarsus, which is about equal to the process in length; the process broadened distally, with a strong brownish keel on inner side, the short apical portion with very strong sigmoid curvature (Pl. X., fig. 23). Length of trunk 5 mm. Synopsis of the South African species described above * :— Pate a. Horny plates behind vulva on under side of abdomen with a pair of rectangularly bent ridges, which almost touch in the median line (fig. 21). Clanwilliam Div. S. cedri, n. sp. b. Horny plates not almost touching in the median line. at, Horny plates on under side of abdomen with the ridges straight or incurved or circular. a, Horny plates with a pair of very strong \ /- or ( )-shaped ridges. a3, Carapace with a single, very broad black band on each side of the median yellow stripe above. Prince Albert, Willowmore. S. triangulifera, n. sp. b3. Carapace with 2 much narrower, curved black stripes on each side of the median yellow stripe. Clanwilliam .. .. S. leipoldti, n. sp. b?. Horny plates oval, bordered by very weak ridges. a+, Femora of legs not banded. Cape and Caledon Divs. S. montana, n. sp. b+, Femora of legs strongly banded with black and yellow. Umvoti Distra(Natal\ies sa. cS sbyCosella..m. sp: bt. seuss plates with a pair of well- marked, onvennncd ridges, thus ) (. . Femora of legs (at least some of them) more or less speckled with black, the dots generally forming rows. a°. Horny ridges on under side of abdomen far apart (fig. 14). a7. Femora yellow,- with only a few dots and a feeble distal black band. Great Bushmanland .. .. .. &S. arenacea, n. sp. b?7, Femora thickly spotted and eroded Guu strong distal black band. Caledon Div. .. . .. SS. flagellata, n. sp. 6, Horny ridges nearer together (Gea 16 ael 19). * The only other South African species which have been described are S. broomi from Namaqualand and S. marshalli from Estcourt (Pocock, Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. x., pp. 321-323, 1902). Both are unknown to me, - 152 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. a. Median black stripe on carapace reaching to highest part of upper surface, although sometimes interrupted in the middle. Cape, Stellenbosch, Paarl, Caledon, Worcester, Robertson, and Swellendam Divs. oA .. »S.testudo, Msp. b®, Median black stripe deeonaly abtrevinved behind, ending before the middle of the carapace. a’, Larger. Horny ridges on under side of abdomen nearer together (fig. 19). Matjesfontein .. .. SS. karrooica, n. sp. b°. Smaller. Horny ridges further apart. Hanover. S. lyrtformis, n. sp. bs. Femora not speckled. a’?, Femora of anterior legs strongly banded with black and yellow. a, Black median stripe on carapace well developed, reaching to highest part of dorsal surface. Cape and Malmesbury Divs. S. gooldi, n. sp. b™. Black median stripe obsolete posteriorly to the median eyes. Malmesbury .. .. os sap) Ge OSsubaulata meism bt. Femora of anterior legs cnfgeeated a72, Length about 94 mm. \Zululand <=. =. .. 8. ¢cajra, na. sp, b’. Length about 64 mm. Knysna and Port Elizabeth. S. sylvatica, n. sp. Sho a. Distal portion of process of palpal organ filiform, very long and slender, much longer than the slightly clavate proximal portion. Caledon. S. flagellata, n. sp. b. Distal portion of process not or scarcely longer than the proximal portion. at, Slender distal portion of process of palpal organ subulate, about as long as the subcylindrical proximal portion. : a’. Femora yellow, banded with black but not speckled. Malmesbury. S. subulata, n. sp. b?. Femur yellow, speckled at base, banded distally. Hanover. S. lyriformis, n. sp. . Femora infuscated. Knysna .. .. S. silvatica, 0: Sp. bt. Slender distal portion of process much “ghar ‘hom the thicker proximal portion. a3. Process of palpal organ straight, the proximal portion not thickened distally. at, Process of palpal organ with a small but conspicuous keel in front at base of distal portion. Femora speckled. Cape, Stellenbosch, Wor- cester, Paarl, Robertson, Swellendam .. .. .. S. testudo, n. sp. b4. Process with the anterior distal keel very slender and scarcely dis- tinguishable. Femora not speckled. Cape and Malmesbury. S. gooldt, n. sp. b3, Process of palpal organ not straight. a5. Distal portion of process lightly sinuous (fig. 22). Hanover. S. lanceolata, n. sp. b5. Distal portion very strongly sinuous (fig. 23). Port Elizabeth. S. elizabethe, n. sp. Gen. DRYMUSA, E. Sim. 1. DRYMUSA SILVICOLA, 0. sp. Specomens—2 9 9,1 4, and 3 juv. (No. 871) from the forest at Knysna (W. Ff’, P., March, 1896). New Genera and Species of South African Spiders 153 2 2. Colowr of carapace and limbs reddish-brown, the ends of the legs pale yellowish, the upper side of the patella, the apex and base of the tibia and the base of the metatarsi also more or less yellowish ; carapace with 2 black marks at middle above, which converge pos- teriorly and emit from each side 3 wavy, black, radiating lines, and from the front 6 subparalle! lines, the latter anastomosing anteriorly on the head. Anterior median eyes a little larger than the laterals and situated shghtly in front of the line joining the anterior margins of the anterior lateral eyes. Clypeus a little exceeding twice the length of a median eye. Abdomen narrow oblong, shortly acuminate at apex. Enpigastric area very long, entirely covered below by avery large, brown, smooth, semicylindrical, somewhat fiddle-shaped plate extending from anterior end to middle of under surface of abdomen, and occupying the whole space between the pulmonary opercula, whose stigmata he a little before the middle of the plate; anterior end of plate strongly emar- ginate, the edges strongly reflexed on each side of the emargination ; hind end of plate sinuated in the middle, the sinus closed by a small, hard brown plate placed vertically behind the genital opening, and itself emarginate in the middle of its lower edge (Pl. XL, fig. 24). $. Pedipalps with the 3 distal segments nearly pallid, turgid, the femur darker, much slenderer, cylindrical; tarsus subglobular, very broad, appearing, when seen from above, transverse and sinuate in the middle at apex, covered with long hairs on upper and inner surfaces ; bulb small, globular, the spine strong, much curved dis- tally, and pointed at apex (Pl. XI., fig. 25). Length of @ @ 84-94, § 62 mm., of carapace in largest ° 4, g 3, of first leg (to base of femur) in 9° 334, in g 36. Young coloured much as in the adult, the abdomen without yellow transverse stripes. 2. DRYMUSA PRODUCTA, 0. sp. Specimens.—3 ? 9 (No. 7905) from the forest on the mountain- side at Swellendam (W. F’. P., August, 1900). Colour not quite so dark as in the preceding species, the legs much more yellowish in the distal half at least, the abdomen marked above with about 3 pairs of yellow spots in the middle part, followed behind by indications of fine, yellow, transverse lines. Clypeus about equal to twice the length of a median eye. Abdomen like that of the foregoing, but the hardened brown plate before the genital opening much smaller, not reaching anterior end of abdomen, although extending backwards to or nearly to the middle - 154 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. of the ventral surface, the plate somewhat saddle-shaped, the anterior part not raised and gradually passing over into the soft integument, the hind part distinctly hardened and browned, emarginate in the middle of hind margin, with transverse cluster of short sete. No differentiated plate posterior to genital opening (Pl. XI., fig. 26). Length 74, of carapace 34, of first leg 265 mm. The adult ? ? of the 3 South African species may be distinguished as follows :— a. Vulva placed far forward, the epigastric area not produced backwards in the middle below, where its hind margin is broadly sinuated, the sinus touching a line joining the hind ends of the pulmonary spiracles. Cape Peninsula. D. capensis,* EK. Sim. b. Vulva placed at or near middle of ventral surface of abdomen, the epigastric area very strongly produced backwards in the middle below far behind the spiracles, the posterior part at least being hardened to form an epigynum. at. Plate of vulva very large, reaching anterior end of abdomen; vulva closed behind by a small, transverse, vertical sclerite. Knysna. D. silvicola, n. sp. 6'. Plate of vulva much smaller, not reaching anterior end of abdomen; the vulva without additional posterior sclerite. Swellendam. D. producta, n. sp. Faminty DYSDERIDA‘. Gen. ARIADNA, Aud. 1. ARIADNA DENTIGERA, 0. Sp. 1 @ (No. 8600) from the side of Table Mountain above Newlands (W. FP, August, 1900). Colour.—Carapace dark reddish-brown, paler behind but almost black anteriorly, with iridescent sheen, the margins finely blackened ; chelicera black, with strong iridescent sheen (in spirits) ; abdomen pale fulvous yellow below, brown between the pulmonary opercula, the dorsal surface dark violaceous ; legs and sternum reddish-ochra- ceous, the anterior legs slightly more reddish distally but without dorsal markings, the sternum brown at the margins, iridescent, darker in the strong, intersegmental, lateral depressions. Carapace as long as the tibia and 3 of the metatarsus of first leg, very broad in front, its width just behind the ocular area almost equalling the length of the first tibia. Ocular area wide, the dis- tance between the median and posterior lateral eyes slightly exceed- ing the width of the 2 median eyes together ; the eyes subcontiguous * The type of this species was very immature, for the adult ¢, which is larger than either of the two new species, attains a length of 134 mm., the length of the first leg (from base of femur) being 47 mm. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 155 in pairs, the posterior row with its hind margin forming a slightly recurved line, wider than the anterior row; the lateral eyes oval, subequal, longer than the rotund medians. Legs longish, not stout, the fourth femur not thickened, equalling the first in thickness. The hairs mostly rather short and not dense. Metatarsus I. a trifle longer than the tibia, with a double outer and treble inner series of spines, the superior spines shorter; II. spined as in I.; JII. with 1 posterior row of spines and an anterior band 3 rows deep; IV. with 1 inner and 3 outer rows, the middle outer row composed of 3-4 spines, the others mostly of 1 spine each, the transverse apical comb at inferior inner edge composed of a single series of many long sete of equal length and very close together. Tibva I. with broad inner and outer bands of stout spines, arranged in 3-4 irregular rows in each band (16-17 in inner and 12-13 in outer), the lowest spines not very long but longer than the others ; the 2 inferior rows not very far apart; II. with about half as many spines in the bands, the spines 2-3 deep in each band; III. with 1 anterior and 3 posterior rows; IV. with 3-4 inferior outer, | in- ferior inner, and 2 superior inner spines. Patella III. with 1 anterior upper spine, the rest unspined. Femora with 2 (rarely 3) dorsal spines and 1 distal inner spine, the latter absent only in the fourth pair. Inner margin of chelicera with 3 teeth in the upper row and with a single inferior apical tooth in addition, the latter very distinct and as strong as the others. Length of abdomen and carapace 134, of carapace 53 mm. 2. ARIADNA LIGHTFOOTI, Nn. sp. 1 @ (No. 12903) from Hermanuspetersfontein, Caledon Div. (f. M. Inghtfoot, February, 1902). Colowr.—Carapace pale yellowish, with black hairs, lightly infus- cated at the sides posteriorly, the margins finely blackened. Legs pale yellowish, the femora, patellee, and tibiz more or less infuscated on the sides, the infuscation darkest on the 2 anterior pairs, espe- cially on the femora (which are longitudinally banded with yellow), but very faint on the posterior pairs, the upper surface of the femora and of the anterior tibiz also faintly infuscated along the middle line. Cheliceree yellowish. Abdomen purplish-black, with narrow yellow line on each side, the epigastric area, excepting the black transverse patch in front of vulva, pallid. Sternum black. Labium and cox pale yellowish, narrowly blackened at the tips. Carapace only a little shorter than the tibia and metatarsus of first 156 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. leg, narrowed in front, its width just behind the ocular area about 4 of the length of the first tibia. Ocular area much as in dentigera, n. sp., but the distance between the posterior laterals and the medians sub- equal to the united width of the latter. Legs, velatively shorter, and, especially the first tibia and fourth femur, stouter than in dentigera, the fourth femur being distinctly a little thicker than that of first leg; also, the anterior legs especially, more densely clothed with black hairs. Metatarsus I. a little longer than the tibia, I. and II. with a single series of stout spines on each side, II. with an additional inner spine above the inner row near base; III. with 1 posterior and 3 anterior rows of 2-3 spines each ; IV. with 1 basal and 1 apical outer spine only, the apical tuft com- posed of 6 setee. Tbra I. with 3-4 rows of spines (7-8 in the lowest row and 5-8 in the others together) on each side, the 2 inferior rows very far apart; II. with 2 rows on each side and often a single addi- tional spine between the rows, the inner rows each of 5 spines, the lower row abbreviated at base, the outer rows of 3-5 (upper) and 8-9 (lower) spines; III. with 1 anterior and 3 posterior rows; IV. un- spined. Patelle unspined. Femora I. and II. with 4-5, ILI. with 2, IV. with 0-2 medio-dorsal spines, I. also with 3 (in 2 rows), I— III. with 2 and IV. with 0-1 inner distal spines, I. and II. besides with 1-2 outer distal spines. Chelicera with 3 superior and | tiny inferior tooth. Length 11, of carapace 5 mm. 3. ARIADNA JUBATA, N. Sp. 2 2 2 (No. 12830) from Tsabis (in Bushmanland), 20 miles north- east of Concordia, Namaqualand Div. (J. H. C. Krapohl, 1902). Allied to lightfooti, n. sp. Colowr.—Carapace light brown, the cephalic portion darkened on each side in front, veined with black posteriorly in one specimen. Chelicera dark reddish-brown. Posterior pairs of legs pale ochra- ceous, not at all or only faintly infuscated, the anterior pairs reddish- yellow or reddish, infuscated at least on the under surface and on distal part of inner surface of femora and on distal part of upper side of tibia along the median line. Abdomen purplish-black, with narrow lateral yellow line, or the lateral and ventral surfaces almost entirely pallid but with a pair of purplish marks posteriorly below. Sternum and labium brownish-yellow, the latter dark brown on each side. Carapace as long as the tibia and nearly 2 of the metatarsus of first leg, narrowed in front, its width just behind the ocular area about oD? New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 157 3 of the length of the first tibia. Ocular area narrower than in light- foott, the posterior lateral eyes being separated from the medians by a space subequal to the width of one of the latter eyes. | Legs.—Fourth femur thicker than the first; anterior pair of legs thickly clothed with long olive-brown hairs on the patella, tibia, and metatarsus, forming a thick mane, particularly on the upper side, the first tibia thick, its width subequal to the space between the posterior lateral eyes. Metatarsus I. as long as the tibia; I. and II. with a single series of spines on each side below ; III. with 2 anterior and 2 posterior rows of 2-3 (rarely 1) spines each ; IV. with 1 apical and 0-1 basal spine below and 3-4 sete in the apical comb. Tibia I. with 5-7 spines in each inferior row, besides 3-4 others on each side; II. with 3 spines on each side above the inferior row; III. with 1 anterior and 2 posterior rows; IV. unspined. Patella I. with 1 outer and 1-2 inner spines; II. and III. also spined on one or both sides. Hemora I.-III. with dorsal, inner distal, and generally also outer distal spines, the inner distal spines on I. numerous, 7-9 in number, and placed in 3 rows; IV. unspined. Chelicera without distinguishable inferior tooth. Length 94 mm. 4, ARIADNA KOLBEI, 0. Sp. 1 ¢ (No. 5316) from the Kentani District, Transkei (Rev. £’. C. Kolbe, 1899). Colowr.—Carapace dark reddish-brown, very dark anteriorly. Chelicera black. Posterior legs rufescent, the anterior legs reddish, the first pair dark red, with lighter patella. Abdomen pallid, suffused with dark purplish above, especially posteriorly. Sternum yellowish- brown. Labium dark brown. Carapace as long as the tibia and ? of the tarsus of first leg, its width behind the ocular area 3 of the length of first tibia. Ocular area much as in lightfooti, n. sp. Legs much as in lightfootr, except: Metatarsus I., if anything, a trifle shorter than the tibia, IV. with about 8 sete in the comb; tibia I. with 6-8 spines in the lower rows and 3-4 in each upper row, II. with 9-11 outer and 4 inner spines below and 4 inner and 2 outer more superior spines, III. with 1 inferior row of 3-4 and 1 anterior upper row of 2 spines; patella I. with strong inferior inner spine ; femora each with about 4 medio-dorsal spines, otherwise as in laghtfoott. Chelicera as in lightfoote. Length 144, of carapace 7+ mm. - 158 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 5. ARIADNA BILINEATA, 0. Sp. Specimens.—(a) 4 adult @ 2? (Nos. 3443, 3532, &c.), several with cocoons, from Signal Hill and the slopes of Devil’s Peak (Rk. M. Lightfoot, W. F'. P.), and a number of others, apparently immature, also from the Cape Peninsula. ? 2. Colour.—Carapace reddish-yellow to dark reddish-brown, sometimes nearly black anteriorly, the margins finely blackened, the surface hairy and usually finely veined with black, the posterior part of the cephalic portion generally finely outlined in black. Chelicera yellowish-red to black. Abdomen with a fine, pale yellowish line running from end to end down middle of each lateral surface, the dorsal surface violet-black, generally with several very fine, trans- verse, arcuate, yellowish lines posteriorly, the ventral and lateral surfaces (below the lines) either violet-black (except the pulmonary opercula and a pale yellowish patch on each side posteriorly) or pale yellowish, with a pair of posterior black patches below, a black patch between the lungs and an anterior black area on each side. Legs faintly or strongly infuscated, the 2 anterior pairs darker than the posterior ones, the femora with 2 upper and 1 outer pale yellow stripe, the outer stripe on fourth leg very short, basal; patella pale yellowish, infuscated distally ; tibiae with 2 widely separated, superior, yellowish stripes; metatarsi and tarsi paler than the tibiae and femora, the metatarsi nearly all blackened at apex, at least on inner side. Sternum reddish-yellow, lightly infuscated, the lateral margins and depressions generally much blackened. Labium darkened at base. Carapace as long as the tibia and about 2 of the metatarsus of first leg, narrowed in front, its width just behind the eyes only about { of the length of the first tibia, its surface sparsely hairy. Ocular area rather narrow, the distance between the posterior lateral eyes and the median eyes being less than the united width of the latter, the hind margin of the posterior row forming a straight or slightly recurved line. | Legs clothed with brown hairs, the hairs on anterior tibia neither long nor very dense; fourth femur slightly thicker than the first, the first tibia not much thickened. Metatarsus I. a little shorter than the tibia; I. and II. with a single outer and inner row of stout spines below; III. with 2 inferior rows of spines, besides an outer and an inner row of 1-2 spines each; IV. with a slender apical and sometimes a basal spine below, the apical tuft composed of 4—7 sete. Tibia I. with an outer and an inner row of 6-9 stout spines each below, in addition to an outer and an inner row of 3 (rarely 2) spines New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 159 each on the sides; II. spined much as in I., except that the inner row is composed of fewer spines than the outer ; III. with an anterior row of 0-2 and 2 posterior rows of 2-4 spines each; IV. unspined. Patelle not spined. Femora I.-III. with a medio-dorsal row of several spines and an outer distal row of 1-2 spines, I. also with an inner distal group of 3-4 spines; II. and III. with 1-2 inner distal spines ; IV. unspined. Chelicera with the lower tooth obsolete or scarcely distinguish- able. Length of carapace and abdomen 54-74 mm. This is the smallest and at the same time the commonest of the 3 species found in the Cape Peninsula. In the apparently immature specimens the legs are pale yellow, with much less or even scarcely any infuscation, which is often limited to the tips of the segments of the anterior legs. (b) 1 2, with cocoon, from the Hottentots Holland Mountains above Gordon’s Bay (R. M. Lightfoot). (c) 3 2 ° from the Paarl (“#. M. Lightfoot), with the sternum darkened and with median yellow stripe. (d) 1 ? from Hermanuspetersfontein, Caledon Div. (fh. M. Lnghtfoot). (e) 2% ¢ from St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. H. C. Goold), with the abdomen much more yellow than in the types. 6. ARIADNA KARROOICA, N. Sp. Specimens.—(a) A @ (No. 12902) and a g (No. 12845) from Hanover and a ¢ (No. 11963) from Hierfontein, 8-9 miles west of Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schreier, 1901). | 2 ¢ (Types). Very like bilineata, but with stouter anterior tibize. Colowr of carapace and legs as in the darkest specimens of bilineata, but the anterior metatarsi dark reddish or almost black. Abdomen pallid, more or less suffused with purplish, at least on the dorsal and ventral surfaces, the middle of the epigastric area and sometimes a couple of posterior ventral patches dark purplish. Sternum and labium deep blackish-brown, the labium sometimes paler at apex. Carapace as in bilineata, but the posterior row of eyes slightly wider and with its hind margin forming a slightly procurved line (seen from above). Legs like those of bilineata, except that the anterior tibiz are thicker and more densely clothed with long dark brown hairs ; fourth o 160 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. metatarsus with stout basal as well as apical spine below; tibia I. with 5-6 spines in each inferior row, besides 3-4 inner and 5-6 outer more superior spines, the latter in 2 rows, II. with 3 inner and 4-5 outer spines above the inferior row of 6-7 spines; patella I. with short internal spine; femur IV. with dorsal spines and sometimes also a distal internal spine. Chelicera with the inferior tooth very minute, scarcely distinguish- able. 3. Resembling the @ ¢, but with the legs much longer, paler in colour and differently spined. Carapace as long as the first metatarsus. Legs.—Metatarsus I. sinuous, curving upwards at base and down- wards at apex, as long as the tibia and a little more than 4 the patella, spines 3 on each side below and 1 on inner surface near base ; II. with 3 spines on each side below and 1-3 more superior ones on each side; III. with 2 posterior and 2 anterior rows of 2-3 spines each; LV. with 1 distal and 1 stout basal spine below and an apical comb of seta. Tibia I. with 6-7 spines in outer but only 2 in inner inferior row, besides 8-10 outer and 6 inner more superior spines; IT. as in I., but with 3 spines in the inner inferior row; III. with several rows of spines; IV. with 1 inner (apical) and 2 outer (mesial and basal) spines below. Patelle I-III. with 2 (sometimes 1) inner and 1-2 outer spines; IV. unspined. femora with the spines more numerous, but otherwise as in the °. Pedipalps with the tibia incrassated. Palpal organ, seen from outer side, as in Pl. XL, fig. 27, the spine being curved in the middle and strong, except the short distal portion, which is bent almost at right angles and very slender and filiform. Length ¢ 10, ¢ 74 mm. (b) 1 2 from Port Elizabeth (J. L. Dréye, 1903), with black hairs on the anterior legs and the posterior row of eyes not procurved. 7. ARIADNA CAPENSIS, N. sp: 1 2 (No. 5830) from Wynberg Hill (f. Treleaven, February, 1899). Colour brownish-red, the head darker, especially anteriorly. Legs rufescent, the anterior ones redder, the first pair brownish-red, darkest on the tibia and metatarsus; anterior femora infuscated along middle below and on distal part of inner surface. Chelicera reddish-black. Abdomen purplish-black, with narrow yellow line on each side. Sternum reddish-brown. Labium dark brown, paler at apex. Coxe reddish-yellow, scarcely at all infuscated. Carapace a little shorter than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg; New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 161 width of head behind ocular area nearly 7 of the length of first tibia. Posterior row of eyes slightly recurved, the medians together slightly wider than their distance from the posterior laterals. Legs moderately hairy, resembling those of bilineata, except: Metatarsus II. sometimes with an inner upper spine at base; III. with 2 inferior and 1 anterior row of spines ; IV. with a stout apical and basal inferior spine and 3-5 sete in the apicalcomb. Tibie I. and II. with 6 spines in each inferior row, except the inner row of II., which has only 4 spines, the superior rows always of 8 spines ; III. with 1 outer spine besides an inferior row of 3. Femur IV. spined above at base. Chelicera with the lower tooth obsolete. Length 94 mm. 8. ARIADNA SEGESTRIOIDES, N. sp. 1 ? (No. 8396) from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Div. (Rev. J. A. O'Neil, 1898). Resembling a Segestria in appearance. f Colour.—Carapace blackish-brown, slightly paler in the middle. Chelicera reddish-black. Legs blackish-brown to nearly black, the 2 posterior pairs paler distally, their tarsi, and, to a lesser extent, their metatarsi, pale yellowish, the 2 anterior pairs of tarsi reddish. Abdomen pallid, with a median series of purplish spots above, the under surface faintly suffused with purplish and with a dark purplish patch posteriorly before the spinners. Sternum and labium blackish- brown. Carapace as long as the tibia and about +—? of the metatarsus of first leg, its width just behind the eyes about 2 of the length of the first tibia and much shorter than the metatarsus. Median eyes in close contact, their united width slightly, exceeding their distance from the laterals, the posterior row recurved. Legs.—Fourth femur not thicker than the first, its dorsal length more than 3 times its greatest thickness. Anterior tibia stout, nearly cylindrical, its width a little less than the space between the posterior lateral eyes. Short hairs on outer upper surface of the 3 anterior pairs of patelle and tibie slightly thickened at base. Metatarsus I. considerably shorter than the tibia. Spines as in bilineata, n. sp., except: Metatarsus II. with 2 (sometimes 1) superior spines on each side, IV. with 4-5 sete in the apical tuft and 4 stout spines below (including an apical pair); t¢bia I. with 3 inner and 3-4 outer superior spines, II. with 5-6 outer and 3 inner superior spines, III, with 2 rows of inferior spines, besides a row of 162 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 3 on posterior surface, IV. with 38 inferior spines; femora I.—III. with a couple of dorsal and generally 1-2 outer distal spines, I. also with 3, II.-III. with 1-2, and IV. with 1 inner distal spine. ' Inferior tooth of chelicera indistinguishable. Length 103, of carapace 44 mm. 9. ARIADNA UMTALICA, N. sp. Specumens.—(a) 1 2 (No. 12546) from Baviaanskop, 3 miles east of Umtali, Mashonaland (D. L. Patrick, June, 1902). Colouwr.—Carapace dark brown, the ocular area black; chelicera reddish-black ; abdomen palhd, suffused with purplish; legs infus- cated as in dark specimens of bilineata, the 4 distal segments of the 2 posterior pairs, however, reddish-ochraceous above; the anterior tibia and metatarsus blackish-red ; sternum and labium brown, the latter paler at apex. Carapace as long as the tibia and 3 of the metatarsus of first leg, much narrower in front, its width behind the ocular area about 2 of the length of first tibia. Ocular area as in bilineata. Legs.—Anterior legs, especially on the tibia, rather thickly clothed with longish, curved, black hairs, the first tibia stout, its width at least equal to the space between the posterior lateral eyes. Legs otherwise much as in bilineata, except: Metatarsus Il. with an inner basal spine above the inferior row, III. with 2 anterior rows of 2-3 spines and a postero-inferior row of 4—6 spines, IV. with 5 stout spines (including an apical pair), the comb with about 8 sete; tubia I. with 4 outer spines above the inferior row, III. with an anterior upper row of 2 and a posterior lower row of 3 spines, IV. with O-1 inferior spines; patella I. with a short external spine; femur IV. with 1 inner distal and some dorsal spines. Chelicera with minute distal tooth on lower margin. Length 12, of carapace 5 mm. (b) 1 2? from Kuruman, Bechuanaland (G. H. Beare). Length 154 mm. Larger than the type specimen, with darker abdomen and carapace, the latter as long as the tibia and 2 of the metatarsus of first leg ; otherwise apparently not differing from the type. 10. ARIADNA SCABRIPES, 0. sp. Specimens.—6 specimens, including several apparently adult ? 9 (Nos. 9470, &c.), from Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schrewmer). ? @. Colour.—Carapace ochraceous, its lateral margins not blackened, the cephalic portion paler behind, brown at the sides New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 163 in front and blackened at the anterior margin, at least laterally. Chelicera brown or brownish-yellow, black at apex. Abdomen pallid, or the upper surface more or less suffused with dark purplish, the ventral surface with a pair of purplish patches posteriorly and sometimes one before the vulva. Legs almost uniformly pale yellowish, the anterior tarsi often darker than the other segments, which are without infuscated marks. Coxe and sternum pale yellowish, the latter sometimes partly purplish; labium mostly infuseated at base, pale yellowish at. apex. Carapace subequal to or almost as long as the tibia and metatarsus of first leg, narrowed in front, its width just behind the ocular area about # that of the tibia and subequal to that of the metatarsus of first leg. Median eyes in close contact, their distance from the posterior laterals generally less than (sometimes subequal to) their united width. Legs rather short, stout, especially the fourth femur and first tibia, the former very distinctly thicker than the first femur, its dorsal length being only 24 times its greatest thickness, anterior tibia much stouter than the second pair and somewhat fusiform, its width being subequal to the space between the posterior pair of lateral eyes. Short hairs on the dorsal surface and upper part of lateral surface of patella and tibize of the 3 anterior pairs peculiar, being very numerous, curved, and suddenly swollen at the base, the long hairs on the segments normal, the naked strips on the dorsal surface narrower than usual, those on the patella being narrower than the setose strip between them. Metatarsus I. much shorter than the tibia, I. and II. with a single series of 7-8 (rarely 9) spines on each side, rarely with an additional superior spine on one of the legs ; III. mostly with 2 anterior and 2 posterior rows of 1-3 spines each ; IV. with 5 (sometimes only 4) stout spines below, including an apical pair, the apical tuft composed of 5-7 sete. Tibia I. and II. with 5-10 spines in the lower rows (the inner row of second leg composed of only 3-4 spines), the upper row on each of 3-4 spines in I. and 0-3 in II., intermediate spines absent; III. with an infero- posterior row of 3-4 spines and occasionally with a posterior spine in addition, but without anterior spines; IV. with 0-2 inferior spines. Patelle unspined. Fenwr I. with an internal and sometimes also a dorsal apical spine; II. unspined or with 1 internal and 1-2 dorsal spines; III. and IV. unspined. Chelicera with 3 tiny teeth on superior border and a very minute, sometimes scarcely distinguishable, apical denticle on inferior border of inner margin. Length of largest 9 9%, of carapace 4 mm. - 164 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Synopsis of the South African species (2 ?) of Ariadna * :— a. Chelicera with the apical tooth of inferior margin of inner surface well de- veloped and as large as the 3 teeth of superior margin. Head very broad in ~ front, its width behind the ocular area almost equalling the length of the first tibia.. Metatarsi I. and II. with 2-3 rows of spines on each side. Cape Penin- Splat seas te ~ ae, Sas Lea, dentigera, nisp: b. Chelicera with fhe EnteniOr inoth muiciere or abeoe, smaller than the superior teeth. Head narrowed in front, its width about #4 of the length of first tibia. Metatarsi I. and II. with only 1 row of spines on ach side (sometimes with 1-2 superior spines in addition). a’, Metatarsus of first lez subequal to or longer than the tibia. a’. Tibia I. with 5-8 spines above the inferior row on each side. Anterior patella not spined. Caledon Div. we ee Sew Be Ay LOGI OOt, Hi. Stay b2. Tibia I. with 3-4 spines on each side above the inferior row. Anterior patella spined. a3. Width of both median eyes together much greater than their dis- tance from posterior lateral eyes. Bushmanland 3. A. jubata, n. sp. 63. Width of both median eyes together not greater than their dis- tance from posterior lateral eyes. Kentani District. 4. A. kolbei, n. sp. bt. Metatarsus of first leg distinctly shorter than the tibia. a+. Legs short, the length of the first metatarsus being subequal to the width of the head just behind the eyes, and the fourth femur only about 24 times as long above as high. - Colour yellow. Hanover. 10. A. scabripes, n. sp. b+. Legs longer. a5. Tibia I, with 5-6 superior spines on outer side. Patella I. spined internally. Hanover and Port Elizabeth .. 6. A. karrooica, n. sp. bs. Tibia I. with only 3-4 superior spines on each side. Patella not spined ‘internally. a°. Patella I. not spined at all. a7. Metatarsus IV. with 1-2 spines below. Tibia IV. unspined. a’, Carapace as long as the tibia and 3 of the metatarsus of first leg. Cape, Caledon, Stellenbosch, Paarl, and Mal- mesbury Divs. Sieh) elegy wie) ghec. Ont loMineata, mespe b°. Carapace only a little Grater than the tibia and meta-— tarsus of first leg. Cape Peninsula. 7. A. capensis, n. sp. 67. Metatarsus IV. with 4 stout spines below. Tibia IV. spined below. Uitenhage Div. 0 (eo 8.2: segestrioudes, mss. b®. Patella I. spined externally. Mashonaland and Bechuanaland. 9. A. umtalica, n. sp. Gren. SEGESTRIELLA, n. gen. Allied to Arvadna, Aud., but differing in having the body elongate cylindrical, the abdomen obtusely produced beyond the spinners, and the fourth pair of legs very short, not reaching hind end of abdomen when stretched out and with the femur very short and stout, strongly * Simon mentions the occurrence of the genus in South Africa, but does not appear to have described any of the species. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 165 swollen dorsally, the width of the femur between dorsal and ventral edges about 4 its dorsal length and almost twice the width of the first femur. SEGESTRIELLA GRYLLOTALPA, 0. sp. 1 ¢ (No. 11698) from Stompneus, St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. EH. C. Goold, 1902). Colowr.—Carapace brownish red, yellowish at the sides posteriorly and at hind margin, with some radiating infuscate marks, the head dark reddish-brown to nearly black. Chelicera black. Abdomen pale yellowish, with the following purplish-black markings: A band crossing anterior end above the pedicle and extending backwards down each side to middle of abdomen ; a median, moniliform, dorsal band, narrow in front but broad behind, extending along whole length ; a pair of large ventral marks in front of the spinners, each sending a faint stripe anteriorly to the posterior spiracles, which are joined by a transverse band. Legs pale ochraceous, the second pair infuscated on dorsal surface of femur, apex of tibia, basal half and apex of metatarsus and distal half of tarsus; the first pair darker, with brown tibia, infuscated as in the second pair. Coxe pale yellowish. Sternum yellow, partly blackened. Labium dark brown at base, paler distally. Carapace as long as the tibia, metatarsus and 3 of the tarsus of first leg, with sinuous lateral margins, narrowed in front and slightly constricted behind the narrowed part, of which the width is dis- tinetly less than the length of the first tibia. Ocular area with slightly recurved hind margin, the width of the 2 median eyes slightly exceeding their distance from the posterior lateral eyes. Legs with black hairs, the first tibia stout, its width equal to the space between the posterior lateral eyes. Metatarsus I. as long as the tibia; I. and II. with 7-9 spines in each inferior row ; III. with 1 inner superior spine and 1 inner and 3 outer inferior spines; IV. with 1 apical spine below and 3-4 sete in the comb. Tibi I.-II. with 5-8 spines in each inferior row; I. also with 3 outer and 4 inner, and II. with 0 outer and 3 inner more superior spines; III. with 2 outer inferior spines; IV. unspined. Patelle unspined. Femur I. with 2-3, Il. with 2, and III. with 0-1 dorsal spines ; I-III. also with 1 internal distal spine; IV. unspined. Chelicera with 3 small superior teeth and 1 minute apical inferior denticle. Length 104, of carapace 32, of abdomen 6 mm. ; width of carapace 2, of abdomen 2+ mm. 13 - 166 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Famity CAPONIIDA. Gren. CAPONIA, E. Sim. 1. CAPONIA SPIRALIFERA, Nl. Sp. Specimens.—20 g¢ g and 28 2 ¢ and young (No. 9469, &c.) from Hanover (S. C. Cronwright Schrewer). 3S 2 2. Colour.—Carapace and limbs deep yellow or somewhat orange-yellow. Sternum yellow, with large, roundish-cordate, orange, central area, which is more distinctly defined in the g g than in the @ 2; abdomen pale yellow, often with ventral blackish mark pos- teriorly in the ? ¢; the claws, the area containing the median eyes, and the base of each lateral eye black, the margins of the sternum with a black or dark brown spot at base of each leg or at least of each of the 3 posterior pairs. Carapace as long as the tibia, metatarsus, and $—} of the tarsus of first leg. Anterior lateral eyes a little larger than the posterior lateral eyes, the middle lateral eyes variable, equal to (rarely slightly smaller than) the posterior eyes or intermediate in size between the anterior and posterior pair (very rarely subequal to the anterior pair). Palpal organ of 3 .—Process of bulb curved somewhat spirally, the outwardly directed basal part rather longish, scarcely thickened at the end, which is obtuse and rounded (PI. XI, fig. 29); the middle portion clavate distally and curving outwards and bearing a small, simply recurved, inner, distal spine, and sometimes a tiny process next to it; the distal portion strong, recurved, bifid at apex, the main branch short, compressed, obliquely lanceolate and pointed (Pl. XI., fig. 28), the inferior branch longer, slender, filiform and subterete, the apices of the 2 branches diverging. Length of g¢ g 7-9, of @ 2? up to 124 mm. 2, CAPONIA KARROOICA, N. sp. Specomens.—4 3 g and 3 @ 2 (No. 12876) collected at Matjes- fontein, Worcester Div., by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, my wife, and myself. Very close to C. spiralifera, n. sp., but differing slightly in the structure of the palpal organ of the ¢. Carapace and colour as in spiralifera, but the abdomen without posterior black patch below. Process of palpal organ with the outwardly directed basal part New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 167 short, nearly or quite rectangular at the bend (except in one speci- men, where it is almost as in spiralifera); the middle part with its clavate apex not or scarcely curving outwards and bearing a com- pressed, strongly sigmoid, inner distal spine ; the distal incurved part with shorter apical fork, of which the longer inferior branch is dis- tinctly compressed and laminate and about as broad as the evenly pointed shorter main branch (Pl. XI, fig. 30). Length g g 64-74 mm., ? upto 9 mm. 3. CAPONIA FORFICIFERA, 0. Sp. Specomens.—(a) 2 3g (No. 7815) from Brandvlei, Worcester Div. de Meiring, W. Ff. P., August, 1900). Colowr as in the foregoing species, but the carapace and, to a lesser extent, the limbs more orange; abdomen without posterior black patch. Carapace very slightly or very distinctly longer than the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg. Hyes as in the foregoing species. Process of pedipalp with the basal part short, scarcely or not at all thickened at the bend, which is obtuse and rounded ; clavate end of middle part not curving outwards and bearing a lightly curved inner spine, which runs close to the inturned distal part; the latter with the fork very short, scissors-shaped, both blades compressed and - subsimilar or the inferior branch slightly longer and narrower than the main branch (Pl. XL, fig. 31). Length 7 mm. (b) 1 g from the Pass at Avontuur near Stormsvlei, Swellendam Div, (WF. P.). : | (c) 1 g from the forest at Knysna (W. F. P., March, 1896). Colour yellow (evidently that of a recently moulted specimen). 4. CAPONIA BRAUNSI, 0. sp. 1 g (No. 12905) from Willowmore (Dr. H. Brauns). Closely allied to the preceding species but larger. Carapace dark orange, the central part paler yellowish; its length equal to that of the tibia, metatarsus, and about # of the tarsus of first leg. Process of pedipalp with the basal bend thickened and angular but the apical fork small and nearly as in forficifera, n. sp. ; the inferior branch slenderer than the main branch (Pl. XI., fig. 32). Length 102 mm. - 168 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 5. CAPONIA CAPENSIS, N. sp. Specimens.—(a) 1 g (No. 12835) from the slopes of Devil’s Peak (W. F. P., September, 1903) and several ? 2, all from the Cape Peninsula. . 3. Closely allied to forficifera, n. sp., but differing slightly in the form-of the palpal organ, the process of which has the basal part thickened at the bend to form a prominent angle, the fork of the distal part larger, both branches compressed and strongly acuminate at the apex, and the inferior branch a little longer than the main branch (Pl. XI., fig. 33). Carapace and colour as in forficifera. Length 8 mm. (b) 2 $f and several @ ¢ from Stompneus, St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. #. C. Goold). 6. CAPONIA HASTIFERA, N. sp. Specimens.—(a@) 2 g 8 (No. 12847) from Willowmore (Dr. H. Brawns, 1908). Carapace orange-yellow, paler in the middle, its length slightly or distinctly exceeding that of the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg. Process of pedipalp with the basal part short, more or less angular at the bend; the inner spine at distal end of middle part strong, acuminate, curved near base; the main branch of apical fork lami- nate, pointed and curving towards the inferior branch, which is longer, filiform, and much slenderer (Pl. XI., fig. 34). Length 74 mm. (b) 1 g and 1 @ from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Div. (fev. J. A. O’ Neil, 1899). 7. CAPONIA SIMONI, 0. sp. 1 g and 1 @ (No. 3310) from Worcester (W. I’. P., September, 1896). g. Carapace orange, its length a little less than that of the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg; eyes as in all the foregoing species. Process of pedipalp with the basal part longish and strongly pro- duced at the bend ; the inner spine at distal end of the middle part short, recurved, and rod-like, with rather obtuse (not acuminate) apex; the distal part with the inferior branch of the apical fork laminate, broader than the main branch and itself bifid (PL XI., fig. 35). Length 52 mm. New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 169 Synopsis of the species of Caponia ($ 3) described above * : a. Process of pedipalp bifid at apex, the branches entire. a‘. Inturned distal part of process strongly recurved in the direction of the clavate middle part (figs. 29-30). Carapace shorter than the tibia, meta- tarsus, and tarsus of first leg. a’. Inner spine at distal end of the clavate middle part of process simply recurved ; basal part of process ea obtuse ‘at the bend (fig. 29). Hanover . KS : 1. C. spiralifera, n. sp. b?. Inner spine of amas ait) one process aomoid basal part of process short, more angular at the bend (fig. 30). Matjesfontein. 2. C. karrooica, n. sp. b*. Inturned distal part of process not recurved in the direction of the clavate middle part (as in figs. 31-34). a3, Apical fork of process small (figs. 31 and 32). a+, Branches of fork more or less subsimilar; basal bend of process obtuse and rounded (fig. 31). Carapace at least as long as the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg. Worcester, Swellendam, and Knysna Divs... .. ROM OIUCLTCRd, 10.) S)). b+, Inferior branch of forks mach cadres than the main one; basal bend of process angular (fig. 32). Carapace shorter than the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg. Willowmore. 4. C. braunsi, n. sp. 63. Apical fork of process larger (figs. 33 and 34). Carapace at least as long as the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first lee. a5. Branches of fork compressed, nearly equally wide, not converging ; basal bend of process strongly angular (fig. 33). Cape and Malmes- DutyaDivise wace ve oP aero C sCApeists, Ni. Sp). 65, Inferior branch of for aatulate el much slenderer than the lami- nate main branch, which converges towards it; basal bend of process less angular at the bend (fig. 834). Willowmore and Uitenhage Divs. 6. C. hastifera, n. sp. b. Process of pedipalp bifid at apex, the inferior branch being also bifid ; basal part of process strongly produced outwards at the bend (fig. 35). Worcester. 7. C. simont, n. sp. Gren. DIPLOGLENA, n. gen. Closely allied to Capona but with the carapace (Pl. XL, fig. 37) much more broadly obtuse in front and with only 2 eyes (corre- sponding to the median pair and about half a diameter apart); the clypeus many times as long as an eye’s diameter and strongly con- vex, being vertical in front but nearly horizontal behind. Sternum with a short marginal process on each side between the cox of the first leg and pedipalp (Pl. XI., fig. 38). Coxe of pedipalps much * C. secunda, Pocock (Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. vi., p. 321, 1900), from Grahamstown, and C. natalensis (0. P. Cambridge) (Ibid., ser. 4, vol. xiv., p. 170, 1874), from Natal are the only other species described. The ? ? appear indistin- guishable from one another, and C. secunda may be identical with any of the species described here. The species figured by E. Simon (Hist. nat. Araign., 2 éd., p. 326, fig. 293) is not identical with natalensis, o- 170 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. broader than in Caponia but the labium similar. Legs similar in both sexes and resembling those of Caponia, except that the first pair, especially their tibia and femur, are much stouter than the second pair. | Male with the patella of pedipalps longer than broad, its under side at least as long as that of the tibia; tibia constricted at base, expanding funnel-shaped distally, its upper side longer than in Caponia, being as long as its under side; tarsus reniform, but smaller than in Caponia; palpal organ quite different, the bulb having a pair of short spinous processes instead of a very long one. DIPLOGLENA CAPENSIS, Nn. Sp. Specumens.—(a) 3 oo, 4 2%, and 2 young (No. 11687, &c.) from St. Helena Bay, Malmesbury Div. (J. H. C. Goold, $ 3 in May and June, 1902). 3S 2? 2. Colouwr.—Carapace orange-red or orange-yellow ; legs yellow ; abdomen very pale yellowish; sternum orange, with dark marginal spots. Carapace as long as the tibia, metatarsus, and 4-3 of the tarsus of first leg. Bulb of palpal organ bearing at its apex 2 short spinous processes, of which one (usually situated posteriorly and curved inwards) is thick and bears a thin rounded lobe under the truncated apex, while the other (usually situated anteriorly and curved outwards) is strongly flattened and runs from a conically inflated base (Pl. XL, fig. 36). Length g 64, @ 74+ mm. Also ? @ of apparently the same species from :— (b) Malmesbury (W. £. P., 1897). (c) Cape Peninsula (W. fF. P., 1896). Faminry PRODIDOMIDAL. Gen. PRODIDOMUS, Hentz. 1. PRODIDOMUS CAPENSIS, N. Sp. Specumens.—(a) 1 ¢ (No. 717) trom Cape Town (W. F. P., August, 1896). | Colour rufescent, the legs paler and more yellowish than the cara- pace; the abdomen very pale yellowish, the upper surface tinged with purple, especially posteriorly. Carapace with the front margin obtuse and evenly rounded; hairs New Genera and Species of South African Spiders. 17 rubbed off; ocular area much wider than long, the space between the 2 posterior eyes slightly exceeding the length of an eye. Chelicera large, strongly diverging and nearly vertical, their anterior basal angles prominent. Legs hairy or setose below, at least distally ; fourth trochanter as long as the coxa ; two posterior pairs of tibize and metatarsi with 1-2 slender apical spines. Coxe of pedipalps with the process long and slender. Vulva consisting of a pair of oval cavities, which converge pos- teriorly and are bordered on the median and posterior sides by a curved brown ridge; the median line grooved (Pl. XL., fig. 39). Length of trunk 6:8 mm. (b) 1 ¢ from Clanwilliam (Mrs. W. N. C. Marchant) and 1 ¢ from near Rondegat, near Clanwilliam (C. L. Leipoldt). Abdomen sometimes entirely pale yellow. Anterior edge of carapace with numerous fine long hairs. (c) 1 ¢ from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Div. (Rev. J. A. O’ Nevl). 2. PRODIDOMUS PURPURASCENS, 0. sp. 1 ¢ (No. 3211) from the northern slopes of Devil’s Peak (#’. T’re- leaven, November, 1897). Colour as in capensis, but the abdomen darker purple above and the carapace darkened at the edges; the hairs on under side of abdomen fulvous. Carapace with fine short hairs; the anterior margin with fine long sete, the middle portion before the eyes convexly produced; ocular area only a little wider than long, the space between the 2 posterior eyes slightly less than the length of the eyes. Chelicera of moderate size, directed downwards and forwards and only moderately diverging, their outer margins only slightly further apart distally than at base, their width together considerably less than that of widest part of carapace. Legs hairy ; fourth trochanter as long as the coxa; two posterior pairs of tibiz and metatarsi with 1-2 fine apical spines, the fourth tibia also with a mesial spine below. Coxe of pedipalps with the process stout and rather short. Vulva a transverse plate, brown on each side and pallid along the middle, with a pair of dark spots at hind margin; the surface with a broad shallow depression bordered posteriorly by the raised hind margin, which forms a transverse ridge in middle portion ; each end of the ridge with a small cavity in front of it (Pl. XI, fig. 40), Length of trunk 4:8 mm, 172 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 3. PRODIDOMUS SCABER, 0. Sp. A @ and ¢ (No. 3916) from Prince Albert (W. F’. P., September, 1896). : 2 (Lype). Pale yellowish, pubescent, the carapace with a fringe of long fine setze on anterior margin. Anterior margin of carapace evenly rounded in front, obtuse. Ocular area, chelicera, and cox@ of pedipalps as in P. purpurascens, ios SOR Legs.—Fourth trochanter subequal to (or a trifle shorter than) the coxa ; tibize of posterior legs with slender basal, mesial, and apical spines below, the posterior metatarsi with mesial and apical spines. Vulva forming a broad, flat, brown plate, presenting in spirits the appearance of Pl. XI., fig. 41, and provided at its hind margin with a pair of twin tubercles, in front of which are a pair of tiny holes. g. Carapace and limbs rufescent. Upper surface of body and especially the limbs scabrous, with short, stout, rod-like hairs or spinules, the lower surface with finer hairs. Posterior legs without mesial or basal spines on the segments. Pedipalps.—Tibia appearing triangular from above, the outer distal angle produced and deeply bifid at apex. Palpal organ sharply aculeate at apex (Pl. XI., fig. 42). Length of trunk ° 23, § 3mm. Oo to NH Of rs) TEXERANATION OF VPEATES xX. AND UXE 1D ani DC Auximus schreineri, n. sp. .... Vulva. es SUEGUUCUIE, ile BIDs soo >. Bo OMG HOS, Te S]Ve noose Pseudauvimus pallidus, n. sp... cf Stegodyphus canus, nN. sp....... ae ap tentorticola, n. sp. i Adonea variegata, nN. Sp. ...... a SCOvLYMa /ASCLACO), We Sian. 26. - $9 Dyresserus angusticeps, nN. Sp... We 5 UMC DE. Ws 0sne en bc Ae SCYLOMES MONLANG, Me SP... . ns a UNGOSANIGIS Me SDe Bo oe 6c ‘4 se triangulifera, N.sp. .. ie wt VIGGO CLIALAr Me Sat .t--) -1- s ....-. Left palp of ¢ from outer side. 399 DH) 59 a LESLUAO™ MeISeteraretrc sm, ViUllViey. . ; Ae A em nese) lett palpal organ of ¢ irom outer side. es GOOLAY. Dir SD o ye oa Vulva. V5 KOUTOOUCA, Ne Sno 26 A 6 GijjiRely Wee Se ecw oes 5 4, COMM Ms SPyra4.4 5 ates bp 2 lanceolata,n. sp. .... Left palp of ¢; a, from side; b, from front. * elizabethe,n.sp. .... Left palp of ¢ seen partly from outer side and partly from front. Puate XI. Drymusa silvicola, n. sp. ...... Under side of abdomen of ?. a 54 3 ee eee 6©6Left palp of o from upper side. a producta, n. sp....... Epigastric area.of °. Ariadna karrooica, n. sp....... Left palp of g from outer side. Caponia spiralifera, n. sp. .... Palpal organ and tarsus of right pedipalp of $ from front. ie 5 i .... Right palpal organ of ¢ from below. as [ROMP ROGUE, TO, SOG 66 oo oc AF ie a HORMCY CRG, Ty BIOS beec 05 1 1 . (CMG, Ne Eee e6 0006 19 1 9 in CAMENSIS™ De SPs seraca. 8 ” r - WCCO, Wy SI bo Gone 55 1 9 as SUMMON Wei SD sy nate aioe. 35 ” 9 . Diploglena capensis,n. sp. .... 59 9 43 Py etn CaALapace: * on » ---. Anterior part of sternum and mouth parts. Prodidomus capensis, n.sp..... Vulva. 5 purpurascens, nN. sp. 40 a SOUOR, Wns to oc +3 ” 3 », «+--+. Distal part of right pedipalp of ¢ from outer side. 14 West,Newman lith. London. Plate Xl. oy 38 West, Newman Lith London . W.F Purcell del. Y, hy, i (175 ) SOUTH AFRICAN VERBENACEAi, By H. H. W. Prarson, M.A., F.L.S., South African College, Cape Town. (Read September 28, 1904.) The account of the South African Verbenacez contained in the Flora Capensis (vol. v., pp. 180 et sqq.) was based upon materials preserved in the principal British Herbaria. supplemented by specimens lent from other Huropean collections. Among the South African material kindly placed at my disposal by Dr. Bolus, Dr. MacOwan, Dr. Kolbe, Dr. Schonland, and Mr. Medley Wood I have found certain new species, as well as good specimens of hitherto imperfectly known species, of which detailed descriptions are given below. Bouchea incisa and Clerodendron reflecum are at present only recorded from Tropical Africa. Gen. LIPPIA, Linn. LIPPIA PEDUNCULATA, Sp. 0. Fruticulus rectus ramis subteretis, striatis, hispido-scabridis. Folia opposita, brevissime petiolata, ovata vel elliptico-ovata, basim attenuata, apice obtusa vel sub-acuta, crenato-serrata, rugosa, supra hispidulo-scabrida, infra in nervis hispido-scabrida, profuse glandu- lifera. Spice tum globose, denique cylindric, axillares, solitares geminateve, pedunculis longis tenuibus hispidis suffulte. Bractee oblong, basim truncate, apice subito acuminate vel caudato- acuminate, utrinque presertim marginibus hispide, flores haud superantes. Calyx perspicue 2-lobatus, 4-nervatus, extus dense molliterque villosus, intus glaber; lobi vix tubo equantes, 2-nervati, plus minusve perplexe 2-dentati. Corolla extus supra medium villosa, intus in faucibus puberula. 15 o- 176 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. KALAHARI Recion: Transvaal; without precise locality, J. H. MclLea in Herb. Bolus. A woody perennial with erect, subterete, striate, hispido-scabrid branches. Leaves opposite, very shortly petioled, ovate or elliptic- ovate, narrowed at the base, obtuse or subacute, rugose, crenate- serrate, roughly hispidulous above, hispid on the nerves beneath, gland-dotted, 3-5 cm. long, 1-15 em. broad; petiole 2 mm. long. Bracts broadly oblong, abruptly acuminate or caudate-acuminate, truncate at the base, hispid on both surfaces and especially along the margins, not exceeding the flowers, 3-4 mm. long, 2-2-5 mm. broad. Calyx conspicuously 2-lobed, 4-nerved, softly villous without, 15-2 mm. long; lobes almost as long as the tube, 2-nerved, more or less obscurely 2-toothed. Corolla villous above the middle externally, puberulous in the throat, 4—5 mm. long. L. pedunculata has affinities both with ZL. scaberruma and L. asperifolia, being apparently more closely allied with the former. The most marked characters which separate it from L. scaberrima are found in the 4-toothed calyx, the smaller bracts, the more pronounced hairiness, and the comparatively smoother surface of the whole plant. From JL. aspertfolia it differs in the 4-toothed calyx, the larger bracts and spikes, and the less hairy, rougher, and larger leaves. Gren. BOUCHEHA, Cham. The following descriptions of three * new species of Bowchea and an amended description of B. glandulifera invalidate the key to the section Chascanwm + to which all these species belong. For the convenience of students using the Flora Capensis, a revised key for that part of the genus is here given. | Section 2. CHAscANuM. Ripe fruit not separating spontaneously into cocci; areole basal or on the anterior face ; flowers bracteolate. Areole basal : Reaves toothed ih. als Gola Bae ae ee ae Re ern: (6) cuneifolia. Hi QANTSS OTE LO Maree tec ce Sites ck aoe Ot eae Seen ate ee (7) latifolia. * B. incisa is at present known only from a locality within the tropics. It is, however, included here, as it may confidently be expected to occur in extra-tropical Transvaal. + Flora Capensis, vol. v., 198, 199. t The old species are numbered as in I’lora Capensis. South African Verbenacee. IT Areole anterior : Flowering calyx-tube not exceeding 1 cm. : _ Fruiting spike exceeding 10 cm. : Bracts and calyx-tube puberulous but without capitate Sl EATNCL Sepey Meer RMN sce) 3 eet Sa bees Cuisine teal oat Oa hasten apa mh Sickie Aiaae tt (8) Sarepensis. Bracts and calyx-tube with capitate glands, otherwise STADE OMG MISE RCM ya NC Ge soe a Sin giuie eee olathe Sia elke ee (10) glandulifera. Fruiting spike not exceeding 7 cm. : Leaves crowded : Leaves sessile, whorled (rarely opposite)............+0++-00: (9) cernua. Meares pe nlOledOPPOSULE: oa) .c aut) sven eeidy sus sale Ries ew oyun epee oe cespitosa. Leaves distant, opposite : Neamhyzallleavescemitite: wns) cy. bins ls et a inlits ard oat Sai shelors aban <6 integrifolia. eAEstdeepliyeSCREATE werec aici ode os eis eee cic eenetee 6) «le aNesebe le) vc czespitosa. Leaves deeply pinnati-partite with linear segments...... (13) pinnatifida. Flowering calyx-tube exceeding 1 cm.: Leaves cuneate or oblong-cuneate, entire except at the HOUMA CLE MANN Kena siete sieco wi cla fe Schnee ace san eon Mase tevee tha aire dhol e (11) namaquana. Leaves ovate-oblong with distantly toothed margins, less Iveta TAO WON awe tela reco aireln ZaVadetsPel cboregele ore tea ale nie ois ons ere as! Se (12) pumila. leaves pinnatifid or incised, G—7 cm. long ........:....6..0. ese eseee incisa. BoucHEA GLANDULIFERA, H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselton-Dyer ; Flora Capensis, v. 204. [This species was originally described from an immature specimen (Schlechter 76). The following amended description is based upon perfect specimens in the herbaria of Dr. Bolus and Dr. Schénland. | Descriptio emendata: Fruticulus glaberrimus, ramosus laxe. Folia opposita, petiolata, oblonga subrhomboideave, obtusa, mar- ginibus obtuse incisis, nervis lateralibus obscuris. facemus terminalis, simplex, spicoideus, confertus, bracteatus. Bractee anguste lineares, acute, marginibus membranaceis, glandulis minutis capitatis pedicellatis instructis; bracteole setulose, glabra. Flores pedicellis tenuibus suffulti, Calycis tubus rectus, prominente striatus, glandulis capitatis instructus, ceterum glaber- rimus; dentes parvi, acuti, glanduliferi. Corolle tubus arcuatus, extus glaber, intus preesertim in faucibus hispido-villosus. V= lo, = /0, Garg [Bin s0000e — Bx SO NO once a) 4) 40% |G o0occe SO Ny dl, a paw eh atial” om alte | PEDO eee ee eee ee een eee eee eee eee eee eter eens N—1. By the performance on this of the second operation, viz. col, — col, + 2 col, — 2 col, + 3 col, — 3 cole + ...... and the use of the fact that another factor is thus made removable we obtain a set of 7-2 equations, which turn out to be sufficient for the complete solution of our problem. The equations involve all the B’s and s and ¢, that is, in all n+1 quantities; and the key to the proper mode of treating the set les in the selection of the three quantities in terms of which the others are most conveniently expressible. These three are s, ¢, ,; but even with this fact in possession the solution merits some attention in detail, - 186 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The equations are best written in the form —(P,-s +2t = 46, — 36, \ Pr +s = 46, + 38, -— 48, — 6,-28+4t = 48, +43, — 56, ' By + 2s == 00, + 5B. — 636 — 3, — 354 6t = 62. + 6/36 -- 73, (3 +35 8). + 7/3, — 83g CCC CHET OTOH EHH EEHHOOH SOT HEHEHE H HEHEHE THOHEHHHTHEHHEEHHC HEHEHE E HEHEHE EEE Kee and a little examination of them shows the need for considering two cases, viz., 7% even, and » odd. ~ 4, Let us consider first the case where n = 2m. Here the last (3 18 Bam-1, and the last equation 8, +(m—1)s = 2mB, + (2m — 1)Bom-1. Taking the first equation of the set, an equation derived by addition from the first two, an equation similarly derived from the first three, and so on, we obtain the following equivalent set SB. sO) oes 9% = 86,-46,, 6é = 188, — 68s, RS Bp DE a. — 6, — 38 +12t = 246, — 76, 127 = 32(, — 8B, Ceoeeoeeeeree eee FRAGT FHF FET FL HOH HEHEHE HHH OEE HEHE He ge Peso eereseseee 21 +24+...+m -1)t = 2m2G,. From the last of the set we have iia i 3,= t Z om 7 and substitution of this in the others gives B= 5 (2, ee =), ewes ae ps = : (2, Dilys, it) Gs = Uae eHoewth, yah PE ee rt at Be a conad, ‘ Bom=1 oe 3 (Os 0 =. — 9 = lady, oe oa Further Note on Factorizable Continuants. 187 From these the y’s are readily calculable, and thereafter p, q, 7, ...... from the £’s and y’s. Doing this, and putting, for neatness’ sake, a@=a+4t and t = 27, we reach the following general theorem :— The continuant of the 2mth order NT Obs phone otra Var A, De Bondke V2 Zt teens eoeereeeceeereee se PP Oe eeee : | : if is resolvable into linear factors vf, putting M for 2b—s +7, we have 0 0 A, = Pe By = MA = = IN 7 = Gr 0 a+og—qM, 2041 ae aes 1 = IL pee) ) names eyes ie ae Manne boo aaa me A rae Ges pS te 26(0-41) ) Lah et pene aia 2a Ne bis a Yr S 720 i T, V20+ ec = ti i jy? the factors being 2 [atb+r é (atb-s-r4+ on) 1 3 («+ b4r— = . (a+d-s—r+ 07) m n : (at dar ~ Ts («+b-8-r4 >>) m n eo) (a+b45 ne, ' («+b-s r+) (11.) 5. It is worth noting that ist factor = (1, 1) +(1, 4 2nd factor = (2, 2) —(1, 2)-(2, 3 3rd factor = (3, 3)+(2, 3)+(3, i 4th factor = (4, 4) — (8, 4) — (4, 9), e@eoreseseeeaereeereees se ee eeseeseveeesrseoseeoseeeeene (2m)th factor = (2m, 2m) — (2m - 1, 2m), where the elements of the continuant are denoted by their place- names (1, 1), (1, 2), ...; also, that the sum of any even-numbered o- 188 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. factor and the factor immediately following it is 2a+2b—s, thus giving for the sum of all the factors (a+b+7) a (an — 1) (2a + 26 — s) al (a+b-—s-—7), 1.0., m(2a+2b—s) + 2r. Similarly we note that the sum of the first and second diagonal elements, and the sum of any other odd-numbered diagonal element and the element immediately following it, is 2a+M, the result being that the sum of all the diagonal elements is m(Qa aia M) ap 4.0., m(2a+2b —s) + 2Qr. 6. Putting s, which occurs only in the even-numbered factors of (II.), equal to 2b ie, we deduce from (II.) the identity |e Olt tp b “ : ‘ a mercer: Tip Il | | b + 1. Cl TM rept Ble OS Nag SNe ei apres mm) ier as VW WM 1 m+. a b lt! ee ULC ee ae ery i) oe Linaieo op Wb M0 2, m— 2 b + —7T cl eT te Ue aes eile MM Wb m +2 Nea mn fi m OOo O00 PO PIP en peers Are eee Teme OR Uy A ANS ATEN ay enero roa BiOh DAA Diam one | 2m il — («tb+e : (a b—s =a) VU 2 3 (atb+r— = 5 Cae *) VU VW (at bar— os : [qb t er Nev VW Im — 2 ; Om — 1 [« Bey ay ope ae | (« —b-7+4 nar) (III.) VW VL Specialising still further by putting b = 2m—1, and r= 2m, we come back to the simple result (a) from which we started in § 2. Further Note on Factorizable Continuants. 7189 7. The similar investigation of the case where the continuant is of odd order leads to the following theorem :— The continuant of the (2m —1)th order is resolvable unto linear factors, of, putting Reveals O R= s+ a Ne ae =( etl b-R) Mi = Jb m m=—1 we have 7) A, — T 5 iN — N, Ne 1 — - —— INS el G Page ye yeaa 0 fi =) = aah ] = () Gi ep = 1h, Jo , => —— Ye Be Llp Tey 3 Pr ae 2m ee m( 20+ 1) la -1 ve ) 7) m+0 wy ..) y= =p), 26 = piesa Bi Y> i = al} eet Oi: yee? ame om lee m(20 +1) | (0+ as Apoll | the factors being [atb+r 5 [ \ ; etch en aR (a+d-r-s+=R) \ m- ene? D) ; [atb+r- oR : mv Ce ee ee rr Y (« pee = mR), (IV.) Here we have to note that Aop—1 ae Ax = 2a ar iN, and hence that A, +A, +...+ Aom-1 = (2m—-1)(a+ 6) - (m—1)s +7, —a result readily verified by looking at the sum of the factors. - 190 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. There are at least two interesting special cases, viz., when Ble With the former substitu- i} s = ———~0b, and when s = fi tion we reach the identity -atr (m-1)p oR aie | —mp a+4H ia 5 . 2h Po enerce ir atiH 4(m—-2)p ol Waa —-4(m+1)8B a+4H T a a eee i at++H +(M—8S)6 ...... = (at+r+m—-1.B)"(a-7+mp)"-!, where H = (4m-2)68; (V.) and with the latter the identity | latr (m-1)p = AA eae | mp a TH B ; : th Os . S = (at+r+m — 1.) (a-T- Mm = 2.) (a+r+m — 3.) 00. (Vale) which degenerates into the original on putting 6=2B, and 7 = (2m —-1)B. 8. On returning to the two main results, (II.) and (IV.), it is” readily seen that, although the two continuants seem to be functions of four variables, viz., a, 5, s, 7, this is not really so, because the right-hand members are expressible in terms of three variables only. In the case of the even-ordered continuant these latter variables are a+b, s, r, and in the other case a+6--7, spats, s+ Qr. Putting theretore += 0, s = 0, a — = 6 an {land sf, b = Am—-1)r, a= —(2m-1)7 in (IV.), we obtain the correspond- ing nil-factor continuants, that is to say, continuants whose matrices may be added to the matrices of the continuants in (II.) and (IV.) without affecting the identities. For example, knowing that the continuant i = @+7)(a—5)(a+3)(a—1), ct | Further Note on Factorizable Continuants. 191 we can assert that, ¢ being any quantity whatever, the derived continuant maa Boe O+té a—é 2 : 6 a+#é 1-2 T+46 a—#é has exactly the same value. Thus, taking for ¢ the value 3, which causes two of the elements to vanish, we have the new continuant =(a4+7)(a—1).j|a-—3 2 | 6 aol, = (a+7)(a—1). (a—5)(a+3). The elements of the nil-factor continuants corresponding to the set of column-multipliers (S) of § 2 are for the (2m)th order lene a AG = 6) ie => = 6, Ay I OEE Va OSes ee Ger | ee 0 fe = nats pI) Van = &, Y20 ==()) Y20+1 —=s = & | ‘ 20 lee and for the (2m —1)th order . 2m — 1,. 2m —1, Eee eT 0 ces ale ase Verge a OS a ae a 20+1 | : zi : : ; 2(m—1- 6), Bb, = 2(m — 1)é, (oy) == Ey yan = eee (VIL) oe : 2(m+0) , | — en) ao A — it “/>5 a? hp Ye == aille, Y20 = 6) Y20+1 2041 =) 9. When the nil-factor matrix (VII.) is added to the matrix of (II.) in §4, the element in the place (1, 2) is b-£, and the element i aie Sey lars ay etm—t .s—m—1.r} Sea Both elements will therefore vanish when x = 6 and s =7, and it will be possible to remove the first and last factors from both sides, thus giving a new continuant of the (2m—2)th order equal to the 16 in the place (2m —1, 2m) is 192 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. product of the remaining factors. Doing this, and writing A for a+b—7, we arrive at the identity Vee i mn m | m+ 1 A 1m 2 m2 ‘ae | | mM . 3m 3 it | 4 m-+1 2—m m —2 . c= =P A == Fees ess COD | SMe LU T 3m m : : Dear? me . Bolt 2 7 ae 4 3 Wand TP Re woe | m ONL an 6 m+2 3 mM ie it tee | DICICICIONOIOICIOICIOICICICICICICNOIOIOICIOIOIOIOICIG ICC IC ICEC IAC ICICICIOIOIC ON OICECICICICECEOICIOICICIOIOIOICIO CIO ICIIOIGI LEO OIDIOICIOICIO OOO O0G | 2m 9, =(A - ort) ( + 27 — 7 |= | a2 (= L 2 ears (= ar) m m ( mM al m \ (a i Ort or).(A+2r z | mM l SEIS ne as TA NTL te Sat (TX.) ae 27 4 2m=2, ).(A+2"- a“) m Here the general expressions for the elements are §6—m 6-+ m0 Agama SGN bee Ae) eA ee ; o (26 — 1)m o ~ (26+ 1)m B a th OF Bue 20 We Kei We OO TS m — m+60_ od 2(0+ 1) m+O_ Pe Se 1S ORLA arp but as the set of column-multipliers necessary for effecting the resolution is easily ascertained to be eeeereeeeeeeowr eer eeeeeeeaxaeeeeeseese that is to say, the set (S) deprived of its first line, a more general theorem than (IX.) is obtainable by means of the procedure of $§ 3, 4. When 7 is put equal to m in (IX.) we obtain a result which on one side closely resembles Sylvester’s. Further Note on Factorizable Continuants. 193 10. On glancing back at the preceding paragraphs it will be seen that the new results obtained have arisen naturally out of an investigation of the accidentally discovered identity (a) of § 2, where the continuant is of such a form that it may be not inaptly described as consisting of a diagonal of identical elements ensheathed by the first 2n-—1 integers, and where the factors into which it is resolvable form not one equiditferent series but two. Now there is another factorizable continuant, having some of these characteristics, which is equally interesting in itself and equally full of promise as a base for investigation, viz., i (2n —1)8 a | me Fates 1. (3+ 21-2) ‘ (21 -- 2)((3 +1) 3220 Oi 2(38+2n —3) Fs Bae eg eee nae 3(3+2n— 4) TSE ieee cae Reems Nite | * missed ggalsen—D —1 1 = (a+/)3) (a+68+2) (a+ 8+4+4) ...... (a+8+2n—-2). (X.) Here in the sheath enclosing the diagonal of a’s we have, as in the previous case, the integers 1, 2, 3, ..., 22-1 going round the one way, but we have also accompanying them as multipliers the quantities 3, B+1, B+2, ..., B+2n-2 going round the reverse way, and accompanying the latter as divisors the integers 2n—-1, Ds oi oelaets Pipa ollie Sek at Raskcet , —(2n-3), Using the fact that the right-hand side of (X.) 1s a function not of a and # separately, but of a+, we find the corresponding nil-factor continuant to be og Atel Le) on a 1 eceoes 5 hare “ee D2) 3 n° F Die hee 2 ay Die sae a ROR GB ~ oonodd BE (AL) On ee ‘ a (ale BUA pce E =—£+ | —]l thee ales o- 194 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and we are thus able to simplify the original identity into 1.2 | A | ee et ieee ee (27.—1).2 A 2(27—1) Ey Oe (Ai = 7)03) a a pS ORReN rere SS Peay a ele < Aaiie aie bbe lbh Nis he 6 ; es ea. O45 == eee Fe (tng mt = (A+2) (A+4) (A+6)...... (A+ 27). (XIT.) Unfortunately the set of column-multipliers necessary for effecting this resolution is not simple, the first line of it being (it Sool eee pp a Th N N Qn August 21, 1904. ( 195 ) ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF HYMEN- OPTERA FROM CAPE COLONY AND TRANSVAAL, By, P. CAMERON. (Read September 28, 1904.) This paper is based on species collected for me by the Rev. J. A. O’Neil at Dunbrody, at Pearston and Stellenbosch by Prof. Robert Broom; on species in the Collection of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, collected by Mrs. G. White, Mrs. Pringle, and Misses Daly and Sole in the neighbourhood of Grahamstown, for the loan of which I am indebted to Dr. 8. Schénland ; and | a few species from the Transvaal in my own Collection. Famiry ICHNEUMONIDA, HEMITELINI. CASNOAULAX, gen. nov. Metanotum with one transverse curved keel, its spiracles small, circular. Mesonotum trilobate, transversely striated. Scutellum roundly convex, its sides on the basal half keeled. Clypeus sepa- rated from the face, its apex rounded and narrowed. Mandibles bi-dentate ; the sub-apical tooth small, the apical long and sharply pointed. Mesosternum furrowed laterally on the basal half. Wings without an areolet, the transverse cubital nervure very short, the cubitus and radius almost touching where it unites them; the recurrent nervure is received beyond it. Transverse median nervure received shortly behind the transverse basal. Transverse median nervure in hind wings broken below the middle; the radius obsolete from near the base; the cubitus entirely so. Legs slender, the claws sparsely combed. First abdominal segment sessile; becoming gradually widened from the base to the apex; longer than it is wide in the middle ; the spiracles placed near the apical third. The basal three segments are strongly closely longitudinally striated ; 196 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. shortly behind the middle of the first and second and in the middle of the third is a wide deep transverse furrow ; the third and fourth segments laterally have the apical half roundly curved in the centre, the apex distinctly projecting ; there are seven segments. Antenne 25-jointed ; the first joint of flagellum not quite so long as the second. Eyes large ; the ocelli widely separated from them— by the same distance they are from each other; they reach to the top of the vertex. Face and clypeus densely clothed with longish white pubescence. In Ashmead’s system this genus would come in near Allocota, Foer. The deep transverse furrows on the abdomen remind one of the Braconid genus, Iphiaulax. CHNOAULAX STRIATUS, sp. nov. Dark rufous, the head, breast, and legs black; antenne black, dark rufous at the base; front legs dark testaceous, the hind tibize with a clear white band on the base; the calcaria pale; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black; the apical abdominal seg- ments white. ©?. Length 6 mm. ; terebra 1 mm. Cape Colony. Grahamstown, April. Head rugosely punctured ; sparsely haired on the front and vertex, the rest thickly covered with long clear white pubescence; from the ocelli stout strize run obliquely backwards to the eyes. Hind ocelli separated from each other by about the same distance they are from the eyes. Thorax covered with white pubescence; the mesonotum transversely striated ; a narrow longitudinal furrow in the centre of the middle lobe. Scutellum roundly convex, coarsely rugosely punctured. Base of metanotum rugose; the apical slope slightly but distinctly hollowed, obscurely transversely striated; its edges keeled. Pleure closely rugosely punctured; the apex of the pro- stoutly striated. Basal two segments of the abdomen stoutly, longi- tudinally striated; the third and fourth rugosely punctured, irregularly striated ; the apical segments smooth. Palpi long, white. Base or mandibles rufous. Legs covered with a white pile. The long spur of the hind tibize does not reach to the middle of the metatarsus ; it is as-long as the second joint. LIENELLA, gen. nov. Metanotum with fifteen ares in three rows; the base obliquely depressed in the middle. Wings without an areolet ; the transverse cubital nervure short, not much longer than broad; the recurrent Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. IY nervure about three times its length from it. Transverse median nervure interstitial, Transverse median nervure in hind wings broken distinctly below the middle; the radius and cubitus faint. Forewings spotted. Antenne at least 18-jointed (the apical joints are broken off); pilose; the second joint of flagellum longer than the third. Eyes large; malar space small. Hind ocelli clearly separated from the eyes; they are separated from them by a less distance than they are from each other. Occiput margined. First abdominal segment long (as long as the following two segments united), slender, not much dilated at the apex; the spiracles near the middle ; the middle of the post-petiole keeled ; the second and third segments closely, strongly longitudinally striated. Sternal furrow wide, deep. Legs long, slender, the tarsi closely spinose below ; claws simple. Temples broad, obliquely narrowed. Occiput margined., The affinities of this species are with Cenoaulax here described. It is easily separated by the areolated metanotum, longer and more slender abdominal petiole, and by the absence of transverse furrows on the basal segments. LIENELLA NIGRICEPS, sp. nov. Rufous, antenne, except the scape and basal joints of flagellum, head, breast, median segment, except the base of the pleure, and the base and apex of the abdomen black. Legs rufous, the anterior paler, more yellow in tint. Wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black; there is a brown cloud which extends from shortly behind the base of the radius to shortly beyond the middle of the radial cellule and posteriorly to the discoidal nervure. ¢. Length 6 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, February 17th. Front closely, roundly striated; a square fovea in the middle below. Vertex closely, finely obliquely striated. Mesonotum closely striated ; obliquely at the base, the rest transversely ; apex of middle deeply longitudinally furrowed. Scutellar depression wide, deep. Scutellum rugosely punctured. The base of the first central area smooth, its apex closely transversely striated, the second punctured, the outer rugose; the central outer reticulated; the others with a few irregular keels. Pro- and meso-pleure punctured and irregu- larly striated; the meta- closely, rugosely punctured. Post-petiole with some fine longitudinal striz; the second and third segments closely, strongly longitudinally striated. Hind coxe and femora punctured, thickly covered with white hair, - 198 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. PIMPLINI. COSMIOPIMPLA, gen. nov. _. Transverse median nervure in hind wings broken distinctly below the middle. Areolet oblique, of equal width, longer than broad, shortly appendiculated at the first transverse cubital nervure ; disco- cubital nervure broken by a stump of a nervure, sharply angled. Apex of clypeus obliquely depressed, slightly rounded. Last joint of antenne nearly as long as the preceding two united. Fore claws with a stout tooth at the base. Abdominal segments broader than long, coarsely, closely punctured, and with transverse furrows. Wings large, yellowish-hyaline, with fuscous clouds. Hyes emargi- nate within. Ovipositor elongate, straight. In Ashmead’s arrangement (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxiii., 57) this genus would come in near Pimpla and Notopimpla, but these may be known by the transverse median nervure in hind wings being broken above the middle, in addition to the other differences. COSMIOPIMPLA FERRUGINEA, Sp. NOV. Ferruginous, flagellum of antenne, apical third of hind tibie and the hind tarsi black ; wings yellowish-hyaline, a broad fuscous cloud immediately beyond the transverse median and transverse basal nervures, narrowed slightly in front and extending from the costa to the opposite side, a slightly narrower cloud extending from the base of the stigma to the areolet, and backwards to the apex of the wing, thence proceeding along the apex, upwards to the costa; hind wings fuscous, yellowish-hyaline to near the middle and having a yellowish hyaline cloud in the centre of the apical fuscous part, wide in front, gradually narrowed behind; the stigma and nervures in the yellow part luteous. Head and thorax smooth and shining; the base and sides of metanotum sparsely, distinctly punctured; the basal four segments of abdomen closely, strongly punctured ; the others smooth ; the furrows wide and deep. ?. Length 12 mm.; terebra 8 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. GEN. PIMPLA, Fab. sec. Ashm. PIMPLA LIMBATA, Tosq. This species is in the Collection from Jannerill (Miss Lippan). It cannot be referred to Pumpla as now defined. It might be referred to Cosnuopimpla if it were not that the apex of the clypeus is transverse and slightly depressed, and the fore claws not toothed at the base, Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. Ig) Tre LISSONOTINI. Gen. LISSONOTA, Grav. LISSONOTA INTERSTITIALIS, Sp. Nov. Black, the abdomen red, the apices of the basal three segments narrowly yellow; the eye orbits all round, the face, clypeus, man- dibles, and palpi yellow, the face with a black line down the centre, becoming wider towards the apex and extending round the top of the clypeus. On the centre of the mesonotum are two broad lines, which are triangularly dilated on the outer side at the base, the apical two-thirds of the propleurze above, the lower side more narrowly yellow, the two lines being united by a broader oblique line which runs from the base of the upper ; a curved irregular line in the centre of the mesopleure extending from near the base to the apex, a short line under the hind wings, an elongated ovoid mark on the centre of the metapleure, the sides and apex of scutellum, the apical line projecting slightly beyond the lateral ones ; and a curved line on the apex of the metanotum, with a conical projection at its base, yellow. Four front legs yellow, tinged with fulvous behind ; the hinder red, the coxe and trochanters yellow, the former broadly black in the middle above ; the four posterior tarsi fuscous. Pedicle of the areolet nearly twice the length of the lower branches. ?. Length 12 mm.; terebra 7 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, December. : Head closely and distinctly punctured; the clypeus sparsely punctured above. The thorax is much more coarsely punctured all over and covered with a white pile. The first abdominal segment is shining, sparsely and minutely punctured on the apical half; the others are finely and closely punctured; the apical pilose ; the third and fourth are black along the lower part of the sides. The recur- rent nervure is interstitial with the second transverse cubital. Tree NOTOTRACHINI. GEN. NOTOTRACHYS, Marshall. NoTOTRACHYS FLAVOMACULATUS, Sp. nov. Rufous, the face, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, eye orbits, prothorax, two lines, dilated at the base, on the mesonotum, scutellums, apical slope of metanotum, the mesopleure except above the middle, the apex of metapleuree broadly and the part below the hind wings, pale 200 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. yellow; legs rufous, the four front tibiee paler; the back of the second and following abdominal segments blackish above ; antennal scape rufous, the flagellum blackish. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. ¢. Length 10 mm.; abdomen 7 mm.; ovipositor 3 mm. Head smooth, shining; the front keeled down the centre, trans- versely, closely striated. Mesonotum strongly, irregularly trans- versely striated, except on the sides at the apex where it is punctured. Scutellum reticulated. Metanotum at the base with a transverse keel, which curves towards the post-scutellum in the middle ; this part is almost smooth ; the rest of the median segment is closely, strongly reticulated. Propleurz stoutly, obliquely striated at the base. Basal half of mesopleurze above longitudinally striated ; the apical smooth; the lower punctured-reticulated. Metapleure coarsely reticulated. There is a curved keel in front of the middle coxe and another between it and the posterior. The wings are short, about half the length of the body. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Trine OPHIONINTI. Gen. LIMNERIUM, Ashm. (LIMNERIA, Auct.) LIMNERIUM STELLENBOSCHENSE, Sp. nov. Black, shining; antennal scape and legs rufous; all the tro- chanters, the four front cox and the middle of the hind tibie pale yellow; the hind coxe black, a band near the base of the hind tibize, a broader one on their apex and the apices of the hind tarsal joints fuscous, the rest of the hind tarsal joints pale; the apices of the basal three abdominal segments rufo-testaceous, as are also the sides of the third and fourth. Wings hyaline, the stigma fuscous, the nervures darker. 9°. Length 5 mm.; terebra 1 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Head shagreened, the face not so strongly as the front, and more shining. Palpi yellow. Thorax minutely, closely punctured, the median segment more strongly and less shining than the rest. There are no closed arezw on the metanotum ; from near the centre of the base two keels run obliquely to the middle of the segment, which bears silvery-white pubescence. The basal branch of the areolet is as long as the pedicle ; the apical is distinctly longer than either; the areolet distinctly projects below; the basal branch of the projection being clearly longer than the apical. : ¢ Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 201 Gen. ASPHRAGIS, Foer. ASPHRAGIS ? RUFIPES, sp. nov. Head pale bright yellow, the front and vertex broadly in the centre and the occiput black; the thorax red, the pro- and meta-notum black ; abdomen black, the third and fourth segments for the greater part dull rufous above; legs coloured like the thorax, the tarsi darker in tint; wings clear hyaline, the stigma dark fuscous. ¢. Length 6 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Scape of antenne dull red below; basal joints of flagellum elon- gate ; the first slightly longer than the second. Head closely and strongly punctured; the punctures on the front and vertex more distinctly separated than they are on the face; the clypeus, except above, smooth. Mandibles pale yellow, their teeth black, the part behind them rufous. Palpi testaceous. Thorax closely and strongly punctured; scutellar depression smooth and shining; the meta- notum more coarsely punctured than the mesonotum ; there is one stout transverse keel on the apical slope; the part on either side of this is irregularly striated. Tibia sparsely, the tarsi more thickly spinose ; legs long and slender; the fore tarsi longer than the tibia. The transverse median nervure is received shortly beyond the trans- verse basal; the apical nervures in the hind wings are faint; the transverse cubital nervure is broken below the middle. This may not be an Asphragis, which has the claws closely pecti- nated, whereas here the pectinations are few and widely separated. Gren. CHAROPS, Holmgren. CHAROPS SPINITARSIS, Sp. Noy. Black ; the four anterior legs bright yellow, the hinder dark red, their tibiz and tarsi darker coloured than the femora ; all the cox black ; the basal joint of hind femora black, the apical yellow; the abdomen rufous, blackish above ; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma blackish. ¢. Length 10 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Head and thorax covered thickly with white pubescence, the pubescence longest on the face and outer eye orbits. Head and thorax closely and distinctly punctured. Propleure strongly striated, the striz distinctly separated, except above; the hollowed middle and the apex of the mesopleure are less strongly striated ; the upper part of the metapleure is irregularly obliquely striated, o- 202 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. especially above, where there is a keel down the middle. On the basal half of the metanotum are two longitudinal keels which con- verge slightly below; on either side of them, at the base, is a large area, wider than long, obliquely narrowed below, the outer part being the larger; the apex of the segment is closely irregularly reticulated. Tibiee and tarsi spinose. Apex of mandibles and palpi yellowish testaceous. Abdominal petiole curved, as long as the following two segments united, its apex distinctly dilated. Susp-Faminy TRYPHONIN JAA. GEN. EXOCHUS, Gravenh. EXOcCHUS ? FUSCIPILOSUS, sp. nov. Black; the head and thorax thickly covered with fuscous pubes- cence; the face below the antennz brownish; the greater part of the antenne testaceous ; wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous; legs bright red. Shining, impunctate. Posterior median area slightly obliquely narrowed at the base ; the petiolar area widest at the base. 3. ; Length 4 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. This species is not quite a typical Hxochus. I therefore give some structural details. On the metanotum are five are; the posterior median is narrowed at the base and confluent with the petiolar; the apical slope is surrounded by keels; the spiracular area confluent with the area dentipara. Spiracles on petiole placed close to the base; petiole with two longitudinal keels on the basal half; there is no keel on the second abdominal segment. Malar space large. The small spiracles touch the lower keel of the spiracular area. Taking this species as typical of Hxochus that genus may be sepa- rated from Plestoexochus, described here, as follows :— Metathoracic spiracles elongate, large; first joint of flagellum much longer than the second; apex of metanotum with an Oblique slope’ ais 6 wis. hes eke) oe eee ree ce I CCSROC ROG MnCR Metathoracic spiracles small, oval; first joint of flagellum as long as second ; apex of metanotum with a rounded slope .. Hwochus. PLESIOEXOCHUS, gen. nov. Wings without an areolet; transverse basal nervure received distinctly beyond transverse median ; transverse median nervure in Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 203 hind wings broken far below the middle. Temples narrow, obliquely narrowed; vertex not separated from occiput by a keel. Median segment with, in all, eight area; the apex has a sharply oblique slope and is surrounded by stout keels which form one large area. First abdominal segment about twice longer than it is wide at the apex, towards which it becomes gradually wider ; in the centre are two longitudinal keels; the spiracles are placed before the middle; second abdominal segments without a keel. Hind tibie with two spurs. First joint of the flagellum as long as the following two united. Metanotal spiracles elongate, about three times longer than wide. This genus comes close to Exochus, which may be known from it by the first abdominal segment not having keels, by the temples being well developed, and by the transverse median nervure being interstitial, not widely separated from the basal as in the present genus, these differences being in addition to those just noted. PLESIOEXOCHUS RUFIPES, Sp. nov. Black, shining, the head and upper part of thorax thickly covered with longish fuscous pubescence ; the legs bright red, covered with a white pile; wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma fuscous ; the front below the antennze brown; the greater part of the antennex fuscous below. 3. Length 6 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Face and clypeus closely, strongly punctured; the apex of the clypeus smooth and shining. Mandibles obscurely tinged with testa- ceous. Palpi bright testaceous. Propleure shining, bare, deeply depressed in the middle. Hind calcaria stout, the longer reaching beyond the middle of the metatarsus. Apices of tarsal’ joints minutely spined. Faminy BRACONIDA. GEN. BRACON, Fab. sec. Ashm. BRACON WHITE, sp. nov. Red; the antenne, front and vertex, a mark, slightly longer than broad and rounded below, in the top of the face above and the meso- notum, except the sutures behind, black; wings dark fuscous, a large cloud behind the transverse median nervure and reaching from 204 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the costa to the apex of the latter; the middle region of the radial cellule largely, the first cubital cellule entirely, the base and apex of the second, the apical cloud the larger and wider part in front, the black cloud having an irregular apex, longest behind the base of the third cellule, the cloud widest in front; the first discoidal cellule except for a large triangular cloud at the base, a small, less clearly defined, cloud at the apex of the third, the base of the first posterior cellule broadly, and of the second posterior more obscurely, yellowish- hyaline ; the base of the stigma luteous, the rest of it and the nervures black. Apical joint of the four hinder tarsi black. ?. Length 23 mm. ; terebra 40 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Head and thorax smooth and shining, the face with a yellowish hue, rugose, finely, closely striated on the sides below. Third abscissa of radius longer than the basal two united; the recurrent nervure interstitial. Abdomen with the basal six segments closely rugosely punctured ; the area on the second segment triangular, not reaching to the middle of the segment, closely longitudinally striated and surrounded by a less closely, more strongly, more obliquely striated border; there is a narrow, closely longitudinally striated line down the centre of the third, fourth, and fifth segments; there is a large smooth spot on the basal half of the third segment; the transverse furrows on the others are smooth and shining on the sides. This species, in its strongly punctured abdomen, more resembles Iphiaulax than Bracon, but it wants the oblique and transverse furrows of that genus. BRACON STELLENBOSCHENSIS, sp. nov. Luteous, the antenne, the ocellar region, the occiput broadly in the centre, apex of mesonotum, middle of metanotum and the meso- sternum black ; wings hyaline the nervures and stigma fuscous. ?. Length shghtly over 2 mm.; terebra 1 mm. Hab. Cape Colony. Sialic anoeant Head and thorax smooth; the centre of metanotum irregularly, rather strongly, obliquely striated. The second, third, and fourth abdominal segments aciculated; metapleurze covered with long white pubescence; the suturiform articulation closely striated. Palpi pale testaceous. Mandibles testaceous. Third abscissa of radius as long as the basal two united. The second abdominal seg- ment is obscurely, closely striated; it has no central keel nor basal area. Ventral surface pale yellow. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 205 Gren. IPHIAULAX, Foer. IPHIAULAX ORNATICOLLIS, sp. nov. Black ; a mark on the malar space, a line on the upper part of the propleure, narrow at the base, becoming gradually wider towards the apex and an oblique mark on the lower side at the apex, orange- yellow ; wings clear yellowish hyaline to the apex of the stigma, fuscous beyond; the stigma orange-yellow, black at its base and apex; apical abscissa of radius somewhat longer than the basal two united. Palpi black. ¢. Length 13 mm.; terebra 2 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Antenne: densely microscopical pilose; the scape short, com- pressed, longer below than its width above, laterally becoming gradually wider towards the apex. Face opaque, closely minutely punctured and covered with long black hair; front and vertex smooth and shining. Temples wide, as long as the antennal scape, not obliquely narrowed, rounded behind. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax; smooth; the middle of the first segment keeled longitudinally, the keel not reaching the apex; the area on second segment triangular, slightly longer than its width at the base; its lateral furrow roundly curved inwardly; an oblique keel on the sides of the third; the furrows are smooth. Hind femora compressed laterally below. The cloud in the hind wings commences shortly beyond the middle. PARASPINARIA, gen. nov. Abdomen with seven segments; closely rugosely reticulated, the apical two minutely denticulate; the last bluntly rounded; the suturiform articulation not cleft at the sides; the area on the second segment triangular, reaching to the apex. Mesonotum trilobate, the furrows reaching to the scutellum. Metonotum widely furrowed in the centre. Head cubital, the temples well developed, not obliquely narrowed; the occiput slightly roundly incised. Clypeus convex, roundly narrowed behind, its sides bordered by depressions. ‘Transverse median nervure received beyond the transverse basal ; the recurrent nervure received in apex of first cubital cellule; the abscisse of radius become successively longer, the last roundly curved upwards. Hind wings as in Hxothecus except that the costal cellule is much more narrowed at the apex, the nervures almost touching there. Antennal scape short, about three times longer than broad; the first joint of flagellum slightly longer than broad. - 206 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The stigma is large; the radius issues from shortly behind its middle. Legs of moderate size; the fore claws bifid, the basal tooth the shorter; the other claws simple. Calcaria not reaching to the middle of metatarsus. Malar space large. Eyes parallel, not con- verging. A stout keel between the antenne. The ¢ has only six abdominal segments; the apical two are not toothed; the last is broadly rounded at the apex. It is more pilose than the ¢. The relationship of this genus appears to be with Spinaria. That genus has the abdomen differently formed, and with only five segments, the spines, too, being much more conspicuous; the head is smaller, with the temples obliquely narrowed ; the antennz much longer and thinner; the eyes incised on the inner side; the pro- thorax is much more elongate and narrowed and often spined ; and the abdominal segments longitudinally striated. Szepligeti (Termés Fuz. xxiv. 40) describes a genus, Mesobracon, from the Congo, which appears to be allied to Paraspinaria, but the apical abdominal seg- ments are not spined. As this genus probably extends to Cape Colony I give the full description of it as given by Szepligeti: Head transverse, radial cellule long, not reaching to the apex of the wing, abdomen closely granular-rugose. Seven segments visible, the second with a cental area. At p. 45 l.c. it is stated that the abdomen is not spined in the ?, the only sex described. PARASPINARIA ‘V-ORNATA, SP. NOV. Black ; the apex of the first abdominal segment, the edges of the area on the second segment, forming a V-shaped mark and a line down the centre of the third, fourth, and fifth segments, brown; wings yellowish hyaline to the apex of the stigma, beyond that fuscous, except for a small hyaline cloud on either side of the second transverse cubital nervure, the base of the radial cellule being yellowish hyaline; the apical fourth of the hind wings fuscous. Mandibles rufo-testaceous. @? and g. Length 14 mm.; terebra 5 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Head smooth and shining, the face indistinctly keeled. An oblique fovea or depression on the sides of the clypeus, its apex with an indistinctly crenulated furrow, the edge sharply turned up. Metanotum widely and deeply furrowed in the centre, its sides oblique. First abdominal segment coarsely irregularly reticulated in the centre; the others closely rugosely punctured, the centre irregularly reticulated. The area on the second segment reaches to the apex of the segment and forms a triangle; the transverse Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 207 furrows are narrow, deep and striated ; the first is not cleft at the sides; there are four furrows of equal width and depth and all closely striated. The third abscissa of the radius is curved and is also long as the second cubital abscissa; the recurrent nervure is received near the apex of the first cubital cellule. The middle lobe of the mesonotum is clearly separated, especially at the apex where the furrows are broad. Antennal scape short. The sides of the seventh abdominal segment armed with four short teeth ; the centre at the apex roundly incised; the sixth segment denticulate all round the apex, the teeth longer and more distinct at the sides, where, on the outer side, they are more widely sepa- rated. The apical segments are more distinctly reticulated than the basal. The third segment has a smooth, shining space on the sides near the base; the fourth to sixth with smooth, lateral depressions. The g wants the teeth on the apical abdominal segments, of which there are only six; the last is broadly rounded at the apex. GEN. METEORUS, Haliday. METEORUS CAPENSIS, Sp. Nov. Black, shining ; the coxe and trochanters testaceous, the femora darker testaceous, the tibiae and tarsi blackish; wings hyaline, iridescent, the stigma black, the nervures pale. 3. Length 4-5 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Antenne much longer than the body, fuscous at the base, covered with a close microscopic pile. Head shining, aciculated; malar space with some irregular strix. Clypeus more strongly aciculated than the face; its sides above bordered by a deep depression, Mandibles brownish; palpi blackish. Middle lobe of mesonotum aciculated, opaque, pilose; the lateral bare and shining; the furrows closely, irregularly rugose. Upper part of mesopleure rugose, the oblique depression on the lower half irregularly striated. Median segment coarsely, irregularly rugose, the meta- notum almost reticulated; on the upper edge of the pleure are two curved keels with some striz between them. Petiole closely, distinctly longitudinally striated; the other segments smooth and shining. Legs pilose; the pubescence longer and white on the femora, shorter, darker, and closer on the tibiw and tarsi. Wing nervures pale; the second cubital cellule is distinctly narrowed in front; the transverse median nervure is received shortly beyond the basal; the recurrent shortly in front of the transverse cubital ; 17 - 203 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ~. both the transverse cubital nervures are bullated on the lower side - next-to the cubitus. The petiole is broader than usual and has distinct tracheal ‘grooves; the second cubital cellule is more narrowed in front than ‘it is in most of the species. CHALCIDIDA. Gey. DIRRHINUS, Dalm. DIRRHINUS RUFICORNIS, sp. nov. Black, the antennze and four front legs rufous; the hind tarsi pale testaceous; wings hyaline, suffused with fulvous in the middle. ¢. Length 3 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch ; Grahamstown. Head and thorax covered with silvery pubescence. Frontal process longer than the eyes, gradually narrowed into a sharp point; the lower side longer than the upper and with a distinct margin, grooved above; the upper part flat, round, slightly nar- rowed towards the apex; flat, with the sides raised into a stout border or keel; the head is strongly and closely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations on the process. Clypeus pro- jecting, smooth, bare, shining; its sides stoutly keeled. Pro- and meso-thorax strongly punctured, the scutellum roundly bordered behind ; the metapleure closely reticulated. Metanotum with stout keels forming are; in. the centre are two keels which, on the basal half, curve roundly outwardly; the apical half at the top projects obliquely outwards, the rest being only slightly oblique; inside, at the end of the narrowed basal part, 1s a narrower keel, which curves roundly backwards; the apex is raised and behind is a rounded keel; at the base in the centre is a stout keel, narrowed towards the apex and reaching near to the apex of the narrowed basal part of the area; on the sides is a long area; its outer keel is straight, oblique, the inner curves roundly to the outer keel, with the apex oblique, straight. The abdominal petiole is as broad as long; in the centre are two stout keels; bordered by three narrower ones; the base of the second segment is finely, closely striated. Apex of abdomen trilobate, the middle lobe broader and more rounded than the lateral, which becomes gradually narrowed to a bluntly rounded point. The sides of the metanotum project into a blunt, oblique tooth, this projecting part being hollowed and striated in the centre. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 209 Assuming that Mr. Kirby’s figure of D. excavatus, Dal. (a widely- spread African species), is correct, the species here described may be readily known by the central area on the metanotum being much larger and longer, reaching to the apex, whereas in excavatus the central area only reaches to the middle and is followed by two larger ones which extend to the sides. RHYNCHOCHALCIS, gen. noy. Antenne inserted over the mouth, 10-jointed, the last longer than the preceding two united. Malar space longer than the length of the eyes. Apex of scutellum with two. rounded lobes. Sides of metanotum above with a stout, turned up obliquely, tooth. Ovi- positor stout, fully one-third longer than the abdomen, the segments enclosing it reaching shortly beyond the middie. Hind femora ereatly thickened, untoothed, pilose below. The antenne are short and stout, the scape does not reach to the ocelli ; its apex is dilated ; the frontal depression at the sides and above clearly keeled, the keel enclosing the front ocellus. Below the eyes the head becomes distinctly, obliquely narrowed, forming a snout. There is a large rounded keel between the antenne. Malar space keeled on inner side. In Dr. Ashmead’s arrangement (Mem. Carnegie Museum, 1., 256) this genus comes nearest to Hippota, with which it cannot be con- founded in either sex. The very long ovipositor reminds one of Megachalcis and Megacolus, which, however, do not belong to the Halticellim. _ RHYNCHOCHALCIS NIGER, Sp. Nov. Black, thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the wings fusco- hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 9¢. Length 8 mm.; terebra 4-5 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. , Head opaque, alutaceous; the vertex and outer orbits punctured, the latter more strongly above than below ; the orbits and the malar space thickly covered with long silvery pubescence. Clypeus shining, sparsely punctured below and more depressed there than above. A smooth keel runs down from the centre of the eyes to the mandibles. Pro- and meso-thorax strongly punctured, the base of mesopleure smooth and shining, the rest opaque, rugosely, closely punctured and densely covered with long fuscous pubescence. The sides and apex of scutellum distinctly margined, the apex in the middle trans- verse, the sides obliquely narrowed. In the centre of the metanotum are two longitudinal keels; at the base is a row of round fovee, 210 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. bordered by a stout curved keel; the sides are bordered by a stout keel, inside of which are some irregular transverse keels; there are also two or three broken longitudinal keels. Abdomen closely punc- tured, the base of the segments smooth and shining. The basal part of the ovipositor is closely punctured, the apical smooth. The four front tarsi are covered with testaceous pubescence beneath ; their calcarea testaceous ; the hind tibize keeled on the sides below. ENCYRTIDA. EKUPELMINA. MESOCOMYS, gen. nov. Antenne 13-jointed, thickened towards the apical joint, which is long, thick, becomes gradually narrowed, and is hollowed in the middle below ; the flagellum sparsely pilose, the second joint four times longer than thick ; they are placed not far from the mouth and widely separated from the eyes. Front only slightly excavated in the centre; the vertex roundly, broadly convex. Hyes large, oval ; the malar space large; the eyes slightly converge above. Parapsidal furrows narrow, distinct ; the centre of the mesonotum raised, broad, rounded behind and separated from the scutellum by an irregularly raised space. Scutellum large, longer than wide, rounded and slightly narrowed at the apex; at its base are two large, deep foveee, widest at the base, rounded at the apex. Base of metanotum trifoveate, the middle fovea the larger. Pleure not excavated. Abdominal segments not incised. Fore femora dilated, narrowed at the base and apex, flattened in front; the four hinder femora more slender and longer, as are also their tibiz ; the basal jomt of middle tarsi greatly swollen ; the middle tibiz grooved behind, their spurs much thicker than the anterior or posterior, longer, reaching to the middle of metatarsus. The sub-marginal vein long, reaching to the middle, its apical third curved downwards, thickened and in front thickly margined with longish hair; marginal vein short, not one- fourth of the length of the sub-marginal ; radius thick, curved, cleft at the apex, the upper fork short and curved, the lower straight and oblique. Clypeus furrowed in the centre, the furrow widest at the apex. Occiput transverse in the middle, the sides obliquely rounded. Tam not quite certain as to the exact systematic position of this genus. It should be readily known by the densely pilose, curved apex of. the sub-marginal vein, by the cleft apex of stigmal branch, by the two large deep fovee at the base of scutellum and by the three large fovea at the base of the metanotum. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 211 MrEsocomys PULCHRICEPS, Sp. Nov. Dark purple, mixed with blue and brassy tints; the head dark purple on the sides of the vertex, the centre blue; the front fiery coppery red, the clypeus green; antenne black, the scape rufo- testaceous ; legs black, the tarsi and the fore femora and tarsi in front testaceous ; wings hyaline, the middle clouded, except at the base of the marginal vein, where there is a hyaline cloud of equal width. ¢. Length 3 mm. Head closely, distinctly punctured, the vertex less strongly than the rest; sparsely pilose. Thorax smooth, the pleurz very minutely, indistinctly punctured; the furrow on the pronotum testaceous. Ovipositor shortly projecting, testaceous. There is a narrow testa- ceous band on the base of the middle tibia. Cape Colony. Grahamstown ; Brak Kloof. FOSSORES. SCOLIIDA. Gen. DIELIS, Sauss., DIELIS ERIONOTUS, Sp. nov. Black, thickly covered with long, white woolly pubescence, the clypeus, except for a large triangular mark in the centre, labrum, base of mandibles, a line on the apex of the fore femora and the four anterior tibie behind, yellow ; the calcaria and tarsal spines white ; wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. 3. Length 18 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. The hair on the head and thorax is longer and denser than in most males, it hiding the sculpture; it is sparser on the clypeus which is smooth, impunctate, this appearing to be also the case with the thorax, so far as can be made out through the dense hair cover- ing. The black on the abdomen has a bluish tinge ; on the second segment the band is dilated in the middle and still more so laterally ; on the third it is narrower but is more distinctly dilated in the middle ; in both the lateral expansion extends beyond the middle ; tke bands on the other segments are narrow and are fringed with golden hair. 212 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. SPHEGIDA. Gren. PALARUS, Latr. PALARUS CURVILINEATUS, Sp. nov. Length 11mm. ¢. Cape Colony. Se ene January. Similar in the colouration of the head and Phen to P. lineatifrons, but the yellow lines on the abdomen are paler, wanting the rufous tinge; they are much narrower, the basal being also distinctly, roundly curved ; the. metanotal fovea is larger, it reaching to the base of the segment; it is broader there, is deeper and wants the keels, the alar nervures and stigma are black, not testaceous ; the first transverse cubital nervure has not the upper part obliquely bent, and the pygidium is not closely, regularly striated. There is a smooth line below the lower ocellus; below it is a narrow keel; the larger yellow keel has not a fovea; the lower ocellus almost round, with a curve above the middle. Hyes dis- tinctly converging above, separated there by almost the length of the third and fourth antennal joints. Clypeus shining, only sparsely, weakly punctured. Metanotum closely, strongly punctured, except round the fovea, where there is a broad, rounded, smooth border ; the fovea is transverse at the base and half the width it is at the apex. The basal third of the mesonotum is broadly depressed in the middle. The second ventral segment becomes gradually dilated from the base to the apex; the basal two-thirds of the pygidium stoutly keeled in the centre, the sides with some broken, oblique, irregular keels, forming almost reticulations ; the apex not depressed. The basal spines are broad, project obliquely outwardly, and are roundly curved on the inner and outer sides; the base with some large punctures, the apex smooth. The basal two yellow abdominal lines are entire, the apical four interrupted in the middle. The cheeks are thickly covered with long silvery-white hair; the front and vertex bear longish white hair; the clypeus is almost bare. Mesonotum and scutellum shining, distinctly, but not closely pune- tured, the latter smooth in the centre. Median segment, except round the fovea, closely rugosely punctured. The yellow line on the post-scutellum is interrupted in the middle; there are no yellow marks on the scutellum. Legs black; the under side of the four front femora, the tibiz, and tarsi are yellow; the tibial and tarsal spines are almost white. Teguise brownish, with a large yellow spot on the base, The first and second transverse cubital nervures unite Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 213 at the top; the upper two-thirds of the first and third transverse cubital nervures are obliquely bent; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the transverse cubital ; the lower part of the apical abscissa of the radius is oblique, the upper straight; the outer branch is shorter than the lower part. PALARUS LINEATIFRONS, sp. noy. Black; the inner eye orbits broadly below, narrowly above, antennal keel, a mark, roundly dilated above, in the centre of the face below, clypeus, base of mandibles broadly, a line on the hinder edge of the pronotum, the base of the propleuree—the mark roundly incised at the apex—a curved mark on the apex above, tegule, a mark in front of them, reaching to the lower edge of the mesonotum, a small oblique mark on the base of the mesopleurz above, a large mark on the base extending from the top to below the middle, broadest above, rounded below, the base of the metapleure, the line irregularly waved on the apex, an irregular mark behind the spiracles, a large mark on the apex, its lower half irregularly dilated back- wards, two lines on the base of the scutellum and the post-scutellum, pale yellow; the first abdominal segment rufous-yellow, with a somewhat triangular mark in the centre at the apex; the second to fourth segments broadly from behind the middle, the lines dilated at the sides, a narrower line not dilated laterally and almost separated in the middle, the basal two ventral segments, except broadly in the middle, the apices of the others narrowly and irregularly, yellow with a rufous tint.’ Legs yellow, the greater part of the cox, the trochanters, the base of femora all round, their upper part broadly, and the tibize behind, black. Wings clear hyaline, the nervures testaceous. °. Length 12-13 mm. Cape Colony. Somerset East. : Pygidium stoutly, regularly longitudinally striated to near the narrowed apex, which is hollowed. Hyes distinctly converging above, separated there by fully the length of the third and fourth antennal joints. Frontal keel stout, long, rounded above, narrowed towards the apex. Anterior ocellus large, wider than long, widely separated from the posterior. Vertex closely and strongly punc- tured, the front not so closely nor so strongly, the clypeus sparsely punctured. Mandibles rufous in the centre. The whole head is thickly covered with longish white hair. Pro- and meso-thorax closely and strongly punctured, shining and thickly covered with white pubescence. Scutellum sparsely punctured at the base and o- 214 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. apex. Median segment, except at the base, closely punctured ; in the centre of the base is a large, somewhat pyriform fovea, the narrow end at the base. Second cubital cellule almost sessile, the nervures uniting at the top. ‘Tibia spinose, the hinder almost serrate behind, the fore tarsi fringed with long stiff spines on the outer side; the hinder have also long stout spines as well as short ones. The front below the ocelli is roundly raised ; immediately behind the dilated part it is furrowed; there is a longish, distinct ovate fovea below the top of the frontal keel; the basal half of the meta- notal fovea is not so much depressed as the apical; it has a stout keel in the centre and its sides are also keeled. Gen. PIAGETIA, Rits., PIAGETIA STRIATA, Sp. NOV. Black, the basal four joints of the antenne, the clypeus except in the middle at the base, mandibles except the teeth, fore legs, the middle in front and the tegule, brownish castaneous ; wings hyaline, a not very distinct cloud in the basal half of the radial cellule, in the apex of the first cubital, the second and third cubitals, and along both sides of the recurrent nervures. ?. Length 9 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, February. Hind femora without a tooth. Basal part of metanotum closely, uniformly, and distinctly transversely striated; the apical slope smooth, thickly covered with silvery pubescence; there is a narrow longitudinal keel on the basal half. Lower part of front and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Apex of clypeus almost transverse, the middle with a slight shallow incision. Antennal scape as long as the pedicle and first joint of flagellum; the pedicle - about three times longer than wide. Head opaque, wider than the thorax; a shallow furrow in the centre of the front and a wider, deeper one on either side of its apical half. Eyes shghtly but dis- tinctly converging above. Pleura alutaceous, the apex of the meta- irregularly obliquely striated. Tubercles castaneous, fringed behind with silvery pubescence. T[irst abdominal segment becoming gradu- ally wider towards the apex; if anything longer than the second ; the penultimate broadly castaneous on the apical half; the pygidium rufo-testaceous, shining, bare, strongly but not very closely punc- tured, the apical half of hypopygium similarly coloured. The tibiz and tarsi are sparsely spined; the spines long and Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 215 rufous ; the spines on the fore tarsi ave slender, as long as the apical joint, and apparently few in number. Mandibles on lower side, behind the incision, broad, transverse. Malar space obsolete. Fore ocelli separated from the posterior three times the distance these are from each other. Median segment clearly longer than it is wide at the base, narrowed towards the apex. There is no depression or furrow on the vertex behind the ocelli. Allied to P. kohlu, Brauns. Gren. CERCEBRIS, Latr., CERCERIS HOLCONOTA, Sp. Nov. Black ; clypeus, the inner orbits to the base of antenna, the spot obliquely narrowed above, cheeks, a conical spot—the rounded part above—below the antennal keel, the basal half of mandibles, a spot on either side of pronotum, an almost interrupted line on post- scutellum, a line, narrowed in the middle on the apex of the third abdominal segment and one of equal width on the apex of the fifth, pale yellow. Legs bright red, the hind coxe black, the tibize yellow on the outer side. Antennal flagellum fulvous, darker above. Wings hyaline, the apical half suffused with smoky tints; the costa and stigma dark testaceous, the nervures black. ?. Length 11 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Metanotal area smooth, shining, deeply furrowed in the centre ; the apical slope also deeply furrowed. Clypeus flat, its apex broad, transverse, depressed, black. Third joint of antenne slightly shorter than the first and longer than the fourth. Hinder ocelli separated from each other by about the same distance as they are from the eyes. Front and vertex strongly and closely, the face and clypeus more sparsely punctured. Front with a keel in the centre. Pro- and meso-notum strongly but not closely punctured; the latter broadly depressed in the centre of the basal half, the pleurze more coarsely, closely, rugosely punctured. Abdomen strongly punc- tured ; the pygidium opaque, granular, the base with some irregular punctures; more narrowed towards the base than to the apex; incision in epipygium reaching to the middle; the penultimate seg- ment broadly raised in the middle, rugose, projecting laterally at the apex and densely covered with white pubescence. The third ven- tral segment marked with white, narrowly in the middle, broadly laterally. | Allied to C. ngrifrons, Sm. = 216 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. CERCERIS NOBILITATA, sp. nov. Black; the face, clypeus, the lower half of the inner eye orbits, the base of mandibles broadly, greater part of antennal scape, basal half of tegulee (the hinder rufous), a large mark, rounded laterally on the base,of second segment in the centre, a band on the apex of the third, narrowed in the middle, extending to the base on the sides, and a broad mark on the apical half of the fifth and the sides of the third ventral segment broadly, yellow ; the first and the sides of the second segment rufous; legs red; the outer side of the tibia and the base of the tarsi whitish yellow ; the inner side of the hind tibie and the apical joints of the hind tarsi fuscous; wings hyaline, the apex smoky; the stigma and nervures black. 9. Length 11 mm. Dunbrody. Cape Colony. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured, the former with a distinct keel. Face and clypeus less closely punctured ; the apex of the latter broadly rounded. Hind ocelli separated from each other by a distinctly less distance than they are from the eyes. Thorax strongly, the pleuree more coarsely, closely rugosely punc- tured. Metanotal area smooth and shining, indistinctly furrowed in the middle. First abdominal segment sparsely, indistinctly punc- tured; the others closely and strongly punctured; pygidium opaque, narrowed towards the base and apex, opaque, granular, coarsely at the base, finely at the apex, which is rounded ; epipygium with two curved keels on the apex. The flagellum of antenne brownish, darker above ; the scape for the greater part yellow; the third joint distinctly, but not much, longer than the fourth. CERCERIS SPINICAUDATA, Sp. NOV. Black; the clypeus except at the apex, face, the inner orbits broadly half-way to the ocelli, basal half of mandibles, under side of scape, outer half of tegule, the greater part of the four front femora, the four front tibize and tarsi and the outer side of the hind tibie posteriorly, clear yellow. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly smoky ; the stigma and nervures black. 9°. Length nearly 10 mm. Cape Colony. fPearston. Metanotal area closely aciculated; a narrow crenulated furrow down the centre; the bordering furrows are also crenulated. Front and vertex rugosely punctured ; a narrow furrow on the centre of the former; the antennal keel large, black, yellow above. Face and clypeus strongly, but not so closely punctured as the front; the apex of clypeus transverse, black ; the sides rounded. Mandibles yellow, Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 217 black at the apex. Hind ocelli separated from the eyes by the same distance as they are from each other. Thorax closely and strongly punctured, the upper parts less closely than the sides. Abdomen strongly punctured ; the pygidium closely, irregularly longitudinally reticulated, except at the apex, which is almost transverse; the epipygium ending in two stout, slightly curved piceous spines, which extend backwards to near the middle of the segments as keels. CERCERIS ALBIGENA, sp. Nov. Black; iace, inner orbits broadly to the middle of the eyes, basal half of mandibles, tegule, two lines on scutellum, a broad mark on the base of the second abdominal segment, rounded laterally and narrowed at the base in the middle, the apex and sides of the third segment, a narrow interrupted line on the apex of the fourth, a shorter broader one of equal width on the fifth, and a small spot on the sides, whitish-yellow. Legs red, the outer side of the tibize white, the inner side of the hinder tibia and the hind tarsi infus- cated. Wings hyaline, slightly smoky, the nervures and stigma black.) 9%. Length 9 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. -Metanotal area smooth, shining; a narrow furrow in the centre, ending in a depression at the apex. Front and vertex closely and distinctly punctured. Hind ocelli separated from each other by a slightly less distance than they are from the eyes; antennal keel large, plate-like, obliquely narrowed at the base and apex and con- tinued above as a narrow keel. Face and clypeus sparsely punc- tured, flat, the cheeks covered with white hair. Apex of clypeus black, depressed in the middle, transverse, the sides ending in short, bluntly rounded teeth ; the sides broadly, roundly incised to near the outer edge. Pronotum rather strongly punctured, broadly depressed in the middle ; mesonotum more sparsely punctured and furrowed in the middle at the base, the scutellum still more sparsely punc- tured. Metanotum regularly punctured, the punctures clearly separated; the apex broadly depressed. Propleure irregularly punctured, more strongly above ; mesopleure strongly and regularly punctured ; the metapleuree aciculated. Abdomen strongly punc- tured ; the first segment thick, about one-fourth longer than thick ; its apex narrowly rufous. Pygidium punctured, except at the apex, narrowed roundly at the base, becoming gradually narrowed towards the apex from the basal fourth; the apex bluntly rounded and not half the width of the base; the apieal fourth of epipygium roundly incised, The third segment is largely white below. | o- 218 Transactions of the South African Phalosophical Society. CERCERIS VARILINEATA, Sp. Noy. Black; the face, clypeus, the lower inner orbits broadly—the top narrowed and more broadly on the inner side—a mark behind the top of the eyes; a broad, irregular line on the apex of the pronotum, two large marks on the base of the scutellum, dilated on the inner side and more narrowly and longly on the outer at the apex, the post-scutellum, a large, oval mark on the sides of the median segment, a large, irregular mark on the base of the mesopleure, extending on to the mesosternum, which it covers entirely, and the apices of the six basal abdominal segments broadly, pale yellow, the base of the third and fourth segments broadly red. Legs bright yellow ; the hind femora, apex of tibiee broadly and the hind tarsi tinged with rufous. Antenne brownish, the flagellum blackish above, the scape yellow below. Wings hyaline, the apex smoky; the nervures and stigma black. @. Length 8-9 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Front and vertex rugosely punctured ; the face and clypeus more sparsely punctured. Apex of clypeus broadly trilobate, the middle lobe broader and longer than the lateral; all their apices rounded, lateral fringe white. Pro- and mesonotum punctured, but not closely, the centre of the latter smooth and with a narrow furrow at the base; the scutellum is more sparsely punctured, the post- scutellum smooth. Metanotal area smooth, bordered by a row of punctures ; the centre of apical slope hollowed, smooth. Pleure strongly, but not closely, punctured, the apex of the meso- with a broad striated band. Abdomen strongly punctured, the second, third, and fourth segments depressed at the base. Pygidium slightly narrowed towards the apex, which is slightly rufous; the punctures are few and widely separated ; apex of epipygium transverse ; apices of basal four ventral segments yellow ; the middle segments densely pilose. CERCERIS LANGUIDA, Sp. Nov. Black; the clypeus, a small conical mark above its middle, a large mark on the inner eye orbits, roundly narrowed above and below, a small mark broader than long below this, a mark broader than long on either side of the pronotum, tegule, an interrupted line on the post-scutellum, a line on the apex of the second abdominal segment, narrowed, almost interrupted in the middle, a broader one, only slightly narrowed on the third, a short mark on the sides of the fourth, and the sixth with a large mark, narrowed laterally, pale yellow ; the first abdominal segment red, with a large black mark, rounded Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 219 and narrowed at the apex, on the basal three-fourths. Legs black ; the fore femora broadly below, a mark on the middle near the apex, the apex of the posterior, the greater part of the four front tibia and the outer side of the posterior pale yellow, the four front tarsi fulvous. Wings hyaline, the apex infuscated, the nervures and stigma black. Flagellum of antenne for the greater part fulvous. <¢. Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, July. Vertex and upper part of front closely and strongly punctured ; the lower part of the front aciculated; the face and ‘clypeus as strongly, but not so closely punctured and covered with silvery pubescence. Clypeus long, obliquely narrowed from above the middle to the apex, which is sharp-pointed. Antennal keel large. Mandibles rufous, black at the point. Thorax strongly and deeply punctured; the median segment more strongly than the rest; the mesonotum with two depressions. Metanotal area smooth, shining, not furrowed in the centre. Abdomen strongly, closely and deeply punctured ; pygidium of equal width and bearing some scattered punctures; the epipygium with a short, broad, rounded incision at the apex. The third joint of antenne is, if anything, shorter than the fourth. CERCERIS ORNATIVENTRIS, Sp. NOV. Black ; the second and following segments of the abdomen ferru- ginous; the sides above and the base below of the fourth, fifth and sixth segments pale yellow ; all the coxa, the basal half of the first and the whole of the second and third femora black, the four front trochanters rufous, the posterior black; antenne black, the basal three joints entirely and the fourth and fifth below ferruginous ; wings uniformly fuscous-violaccous, the stigma and nervures black. Apical half of clypeus, a broad mark on the lower half of the inner orbits, roundly narrowed above and a mark below it, broader than long. Mandibles black, the basal half yellowish. 9°. Length 13 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Clypeus large, projecting, the apex transverse, the sides straight, not narrowed towards the apex; sparsely punctured ; the front and vertex strongly and closely punctured. Mesonotum and scutellum strongly punctured. Metanotum coarsely rugose; the area coarsely, transversely striated. Pleuree coarsely rugose, the base of metapleure with a broad striated band. First abdominal segment coarsely punc- tured, the others smooth and shining; pygidium large, very slightly o- 220 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and gradually narrowed towards the apex, which is not transverse, being slightly curved inwardly; the punctuation is close and forms almost reticulations ; the incision on epipygium not reaching to the middle, broad, rounded at the base. Apparently closely related to C. bicolor, Sm., from Gambia. CERCERIS ONEILI, Sp. Nov. Black; the head, except the ocellar region and the centre of the front broadly, the hinder edge of the pronotum, tegule, the scutellums and two irregular marks on the metanotum, rufous, antenne rufous, the second and following joints of flagellum black above ; abdomen lemon-yellow, the pygidial area rufous, black at the apex ; legs lemon-yellow, the tibiz and tarsi tinged with rufous ; wings hyaline, the apex smoky, the costa and stigma fulvous, the nervures darker. 9? and 3. Length 17-18 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Metanotal area shining, sparsely punctured, furrowed down the centre, the apex finely, closely transversely striated. Clypeus shining, roundly convex above, the apex flatter, more depressed, the lower edge depressed, transverse; the sides thickly covered with silvery depressed pubescence. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured ; antennal keel stout. Thorax closely and strongly punc- tured, the mesopleure closely rugose; its apex with a striated belt, the stria distinctly separated and curved ; the base of metapleure more finely and closely striated, the striz becoming longer below. Abdomen strongly punctured; pygidial area longish, narrowed at the base and apex, the.sides roundly curved outwardly, the base rugosely punctured, the middle obscurely punctured, the apex almost smooth ; the extreme apex depressed, slightly curved inwardly ; the outer edges of the segment have a stout curved keel, rounded at the base, straight and oblique at the apex. The male has the face, clypeus, mandibles, outer orbits on inner side, the sides of front, a mark in its centre, bifurcating round the ocelli, lemon-yellow ; the scape and under side of flagellum lemon- yellow, the upper side of latter rufous; the apex of hinder tibiz black. Face and clypeus strongly punctured, the latter more strongly | than the rest; its centre at the apex transverse. Pygidial area strongly, but not closely punctured, except at the apex, which is slightly rounded ; epipygium almost transverse, with a transverse furrow not far from the apex. The last joint of the antenne is as long as the preceding two united, is roundly incised below, the apex Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 221 above slightly, below more broadly obliquely truncated. Ventral surface thickly covered with longish siivery pubescence. The basal slope of the first abdominal segment broadly in the centre, its apex and that of the second and third are narrowly black; the ventral segments are tinged with rufous. The clypeal fringe is pale golden ; tegule yellow; the head and thorax are more thickly covered with white hair than in the female. The third antennal joint in the male is as long as the scape, in the female it and the second are as long as it together; in the male the hinder ocelli are separated from each other by a slightly greater distance than they are from the eyes, in the female by a less distance. Col. C. T. Bingham informs me that there is a male of this species in the British Museum from Damaraland. CERCERIS MELANOSPILA, sp. Nov. Rufous ; the front from shortly behind the ocelli, the face below and on either side of the keel, the clypeal and facial sutures, the lower third of the outer orbits, the thorax except the apex of pronotum, tegule, tubercles, and the scutellums, the basal slope of first abdominal segment, a line in its centre reaching to the fovea, a triangular mark on the base of the second segment in the centre, the base of the third, fourth and fifth segments narrowly, a line in the centre of the third, the fourth except for a square mark on the sides at the apex, a large mark on the fifth roundly narrowed to the apex, not reaching to the apex of the segment and_ the ventral | segments, broadly, irregularly, black. ..Wings hyaline, tinged with fulvous, the apex smoky; the stigma and nervures RulviOuse 4 Orsnr Caih | | Length 17 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, February; Brak Kloof; Grahams- town. Antenne rufous ; the third joint shorter than the scape and about one-fourth longer than the fourth. Clypeus roundly convex, distinctly projecting beyond the cheeks, the apex roundly narrowed to the middle, which is transverse, with a slight depression in the centre. Front and vertex closely, distinctly punctured ; the ocelli separated from the eyes by double the distance they are from each other. ‘The upper two-thirds of the antennal keel distinctly margined, pale yellow. Pro- and meso-notum with scutellums closely rugose; the metanotum more coarsely rugose, its area at the base obliquely, at the apex transversely striated. Mesopleurz rugose, the pro- and 222 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. metapleure irregularly striated. First abdominal segment sparsely and strongly, the second and third weakly punctured; pygidium smooth, the apical half black and clearly narrowed, its apex bluntly rounded ; epipygium with the apical third incised; this, with the sides, are thickly covered with long stiff fulvous hair. The male is coloured like the female except that the clypeus, face, and inner eye orbits to near the ocelli are yellow; that the abdominal segments are only slightly marked with black and that the apical joints of the antenne are black. Apex of clypeus shortly bluntly tridentate, the middle tooth the shorter; the sides fringed with fulvous, stiff pubescence. Pygidium of equal width throughout, finely aciculated, sparsely punctured, its apex transverse, as is also the apex of epipygium. CERCERIS AFRICANA, Sp. Nov. Black, the abdomen from near the apex of the first segment, the legs except the hind coxe, antenne, clypeus, cheeks, the inner orbits from shortly above the antennze broadly, the mark obliquely narrowed above, the lower two-thirds of the outer orbits, the line dilated obliquely backwards above, and the tegule rufous; the mandibles yellowish, black at the apex; wings hyaline, the apex from the end of the radius and of the third transverse cubital nervure smoky ; the nervures and stigma fulvous. 9°. Length 14 mm. Cape Colony, Dunbrody. Metanotal area closely and strongly punctured, more closely and not quite so strongly as the rest of the segment. Head and thorax thickly covered with long white pubescence. Third joint of antenne shorter than the scape and about one-fourth longer than the follow- ing. Hinder ocelli separated from each other by a slightly, but distinctly, less distance than they are from the eyes. Clypeus roundly convex, coarsely aciculated, the apical half with longish, clearly separated punctures; its apex in the middle projecting broadly, rounded. Thorax closely and strongly punctured, the scutellum more shining and less closely punctured. First abdominal segment thickly covered with long white hair, black, the apex in the middle narrowly, the sides more broadly rufous; it is strongly, the other segments more closely and less strongly punc- tured. Pygidium coarsely, irregularly wrinkled, except at the apex; it is slightly narrowed towards the base; apex of epipygium with an incision which is slightly longer than it is wide at the apex. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 2.23 There is an obscure rufous line on the sides of the pronotum, an obscure rufous streak runs from the ocelli to the antennal keel, which is yellowish, bordered by rufous. The depressed base of the second and third segments black; the second segment may be broadly black at the base and the fifth narrowly ; the antennae may have the apical joints black above. CERCERIS PEARSTONENSIS, Sp. Nov. Black, a broad line, roundly narrowed above and below, on the centre of the inner eye orbits, antennal keel, a line on the outer side of the pronotum, tegule, post-scutellum, the third abdominal segment except for a broad curved black band in the centre of the base and a broad, irregular band on the apical half of the fifth, yellow ; the first segment and the second, except for a broad curved mark on its apex, red; legs black; the greater part of the fore femora and the four front tarsi rufous; all the tibize white on the outer side. Flagellum of antenne for the greater part brownish. Wings hyaline, the apex smoky. ?. Length 9 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. | Third antennal joint shorter than the scape and about one-quarter longer than the fourth. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured. Face and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubes- cence ; the face and base of clypeus sparsely punctured; the apex of clypeus obliquely incised; the sides of the incision straight, forming a sharp angle in the centre and sharply projecting below, the lower edges forming sharp teeth; the lateral edges roundly, broadly incised, the apical roundly projecting. Mandibles yellowish at the base, reddish in the centre, black at the apex. Pro- and meso-notum distinctly punctured, the punctures clearly separated ; the scutellum more sparsely punctured; pleure closely, coarsely rugosely punctured. Metanotal area longer than its width at the base, smooth; a row of deep punctures down the centre, the punctures close to each other and wider than long. Pygidium slightly narrowed towards the base and apex ; slightly, irregularly, obliquely striated; its apex oblique, bordered by a rounded keel above; apex of epipygium with a rounded incision, not extending to the middle. The amount.of red on the second abdominal segment varies, it may be present on the extreme base, or the segment may be entirely red. Comes near, apparently, to C. albifrons, Sm., of which the male only has been described very imperfectly. 18 o- 224 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety. CERCERIS VARICINCTA, Sp. Nov. Black; the face, clypeus, a band on the apex of the third and fourth abdominal segments, narrowest in the middle and the whole of the fifth, pale yellow, the first segment and a mark on the side of the second at the base, rufous. Antenne rufous, darker above. Legs rufous, the four front tibie pale yellow on the inner side, the posterior broadly above; hind tarsi blackish. Wings fuscous, violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. 9°. Length 11-12 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody; Pearston. Third joint of antenne not much longer than the fourth. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured, the face and clypeus more sparsely and less strongly. Apex of clypeus broad, transverse ; the face and clypeus covered with silvery pubescence. Hind ocelli separated from each other by a less distance than they are from the eyes. Thorax strongly punctured; the punctures large and clearly separated. Metanotal area smooth, raised, furrowed down the middle. Abdomen strongly punctured ; the pygidium on the basal half covered closely with broken, irregular, longitudinal striz ; the apical irregularly, longitudinally, striated and rufous; the incision on epipygium about three times longer than wide, of equal width and rounded at the base. CERCERIS RUFICAUDA, sp. Nov. Black, the inner orbits broadly from the base of the antenne, antennal keel, clypeus, cheeks, a spot, rounded at the base, trans- verse at the apex, in the centre of the first abdominal segment, a minute one on the apex of the: second, a broad band, roundly narrowed in the centre, on the apex of the third, the centre of the fifth broadly and the third ventral segment broadly, yellow. Tegule and legs bright red, the hind coxee black, their coxze yellow. Antenne black, their basal five or six joints red. Pygidium red, broadly black at the base. Wings hyaline, the radial and cubital cellules smoky- violaceous ; stigma and nervures black. 2. Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch; Brak Kloof. The third antennal joint is as long as the scape and about one- fourth longer than the fourth. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured. Hind ocelli separated from each other by a slightly less distance than they are from the eyes. Face and clypeus strongly, but not closely punctured ; the apex of the latter broadly rounded ; black, mandibles red, black at the apex. Thorax strongly punctured, - Some New-Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. ~ 226 the upper part with the punctures larger and more widely separated. Metanotal area hollowed in the centre, the sides stoutly, irregularly, obliquely striated. Pygidium strongly, deeply punctured, of equal width throughout, the apex roundly incised, the sides forming teeth. Epipygium not incised down the middle. CERCERIS WHITEANA, Sp. Noy. Kength 1) mm, 9% Cape Colony. Brak Kloof, June. Very similar to C. holconota ; may be known by the metanotal area not being furrowed, by the metanotum being neither so closely nor so strongly punctured, by the mesonotum and scutellum being much more weakly and sparsely punctured, by the apex of the clypeus not projecting so much, it being consequently not much longer than its width at the apex, while in holconota it is distinctly longer than its width at the apex, which is not quite transverse as in holconota, but slightly roundly, broadly projecting in the middle with the sides tuberculate; the band on the third abdominal seg- ment is narrow in the middle, broad at the sides where it extends to the base of the segment; there is a thin line on the centre of the fourth segment and a shorter, thicker one on the fifth; there are no marks on the pronotum and a narrow line on the scutellum; there is no distinct mark above the face; tegule red; under side of flagellum brownish, as is also the under side of the scape; there is no distinct keel on the front. In holconota the mesonotum is dis- tinctly depressed in the centre, which is not the case here. The colouration, other than in the points noted, is the same. CERCERIS NIGRIFRONS, Sm. Specimens from Brak Kloof agree fairly well with Smith’s colouration description. The species is variable in colouration ; the two yellow marks on the face mentioned by Smith may be absent ; the legs vary in the amount of black on them; the abdominal petiole may be for the greater part black. As usual no mention is made by Smith of the sculpture of the metanotal area and of the pygidal area; the former is strongly striated, the striz being stout and clearly separated ; the lateral is of equal width, transverse at the apex and strongly and deeply punctured. The epipygium is almost transverse at the apex; the penultimate segment is produced laterally at the apex into sharp teeth. Apex of clypeus broadly rounded; the lateral fringe golden. The female I have not seen, nor had Smith. : o- 226 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gren. DASYPROCTUS, Lep. DASYPROCTUS SCHONLANDI, Sp. nov. Black; the greater part of the antennal scape, an interrupted band on the pronotum, an irregular roundish mark on the sides of the scutellum at the base, two irregular lines, widest on the outer side, behind the middle of the second abdominal segment and a broad line, narrowed laterally, on the basal half of the fifth segment, yellow; the four front femora except at the base, their tibiz and tarsi, the apex of the hind femora and the hind tibize on the inner side and the hind tarsi, rufous, largely suffused with black. Wings hyaline, the apex of the radial cellule smoky, the nervures and stigma black. 2. Length 8 mm. Cape Colony. Grahamstown, November. Front and vertex opaque, the former with shallow punctures which become stronger below; antennal depression bordered above by a narrow, but distinct keel, below which it is smooth and shining, Face and clypeus covered with silvery pubescence ; finely rugose ; the clypeus ends in two stout, widely separated teeth. Mandibles rufous, yellow at the base above, the apex black. Mesonotum and scutellum bare, opaque; in the middle is a distinct furrow which reaches from the base to near the middle; there is a shorter, indis- tinct one on either side of the middle; the apex at the scutellar depression irregularly longitudinally striated; the apex of the scutellum bordered by a deep, irregularly striated furrow. Post- scutellum closely rugose, irregularly, closely striated. Median seg- ment finely rugose, irregularly, obliquely striated, the striz: more distinct and widely separated at the base ; the segment is short, its apex widely and deeply furrowed. Pro- and meso-pleure opaque, with a few scattered punctures. Metapleure shining, thickly covered with a silky pile, obscurely, closely, obliquely striated ; the apex on the lower part bordered by a stout keel, behind the lower half of which is a deep, oval fovea or depression. The abdominal petiole is as long as the following three segments united, its apical third distinetly dilated. The inner spur of the hind tibize is broad, gradually dilated towards the middle above, z.c., narrowed towards the base and apex, pallid yellow, as long as the metatarsus; the hind tibiae have a few longish pale spines; the legs covered with a silvery pile. GEN. OXYBELUS, Latr. OXYBELUS SPINIFERUS, sp. Nov. Black ; the under side of the antennal scape, the hind edge of the pronotum to the tubercles, two large marks on the base of the Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 227 scutellum, extending to shortly beyond the middle, two large marks on the first abdominal segment extending from the basal slope to the apex and narrowed on the inner side, a broad band on the apex of the second, narrowed and almost interrupted in the centre, and narrower lines on the following three segments, yellow. Scutellar plate large, twice longer than wide, its apex bilobate, the lobes rounded and slightly narrowed at the apex; the basal half black, the apical yellow, suffused with rufous, the centre keeled, the sides with some oblique keels. The basal half of the scutellum is deeply furrowed in the centre, the edges of the furrow bordered ; its sides: keeled, roundly curved, ending in a sharp point, the whole forming a broad lobe rounded and margined on the inner side; in the centre is a keel which projects into a spine at the apex. On the centre of the metanotum are two keels, which unite at the apex; the basal half of the area thus formed is irregularly, widely reticulated ; the apex is smooth and hollowed ; the sides are margined, the basal half bears some irregular oblique keels. Pleurz strongly, closely punc- tured. The hair on the thorax is thick, white, tinged with fulvous. Back of abdomen strongly, closely punctured ; the base of the seg- ments with smooth, narrow transverse furrows. Pygidium not much narrowed towards the apex, which is smooth, almost trans- verse. From the apices of the sides of the dorsal five segments projects a stout, oblique, longish, slightly curved white spine. Legs yellow ; all the coxe and trochanters, the four front femora broadly above and the hind femora, except at the apex, clear yellow. Wings hyaline, the costa and nervures black. Flagellum brownish below. Lower part of front, face, and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Mandibles yellow, rufous at the apex. Length 6mm. @. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Guy. SCELIPHRON, Klug. (PELOPOEUS, Auct.). SCELIPHRON ? LEPTOGASTER, Sp. Nov. Black; the apex of petiole, the penultimate abdominal segment except the basal half above and the last segment testaceous; the four front legs rufo-testaceous, the fore tarsi paler; the posterior tibia tinged behind with testaceous ; hind spurs testaceous ; head and thorax thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; wings hyaline, the nervures blackish. Tarsal spines white. ¢. Length 17 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody, February. This species may form the type of a new genus or sub-genus. I - 228 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. know, unfortunately, only the male. It is more slenderly built than usual ; the petiole is as long as the rest of the abdomen together ; it is 2-jointed, with the apex dilated; it is straight, not curved; the - last segment is sharp-pointed and is as long as the preceding two united. Scutellum furrowed in the middle. Temples roundly narrowed, ‘Tarsi sparsely spined; the tibiz with very few spines; fore tarsi more than twice the length of the tibiw, the basal two joints being together as long as the tibie; the middle tarsi are nearly as long, but their tibie are longer. The second cubital cellule longer than the third, more so in front than behind. Claws simple. Pronotum short, wider than long. Head aciculated, the sides of the vertex in front, and the front strongly but not closely punctured; the clypeus with fine scattered punctures; its apex almost depressed. Pro- and meso-notum shining; the former finely and sparsely, the latter more closely and strongly punctured. Scutellum punctured like the mesonotum except in the depressed middle. Post-scutellum not depressed, strongly punctured. Meta- notum rugose, widely furrowed down the middle of the basal region before the apical slope ; the furrow transversely striated. Propleure smooth, shining, bare; the meso- and metapleure punctured, more strongly below than above; densely pilose. Abdomen smooth; the petiole longer than the head and thorax united. The second cubital cellule in front is about one-fourth longer than behind, equal in length with the third; the first recurrent nervure is received near the apex of the basal fourth of the cellule; the second nearer the apex. The apical nervures in hind wings are faint, almost obsolete ; accessory nervure appendiculated. This species shows an approach to the Neotropical genus Podium. CHROPALIDA.* Gen. ANOPLIUS, Ashm. ANOPLIUS WHITEANUS, sp. nov. Black; the antennz and legs rufous; the under side of the scape yellow, the rest black; the cox, trochanters, and base of femora broadly black; the tarsi paler coloured; the apices of the joints black, testaceous behind the black apex ; wings yellowish hyaline, smoky from shortly beyond the third transverse cubital and the recurrent nervures: <¢. | Length 11 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. * Olim Pompilidie. Pompilus is preoccupied. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 229 The third transverse cubital cellule is triangular, the nervures uniting in front; the upper half of the third transverse cubital nervure is obliquely bent; the first recurrent nervure is received not far from the apex, the second in the middle of the cellule ; the trans- verse median nervure received very shortly beyond the transverse basal, almost interstitial; accessory nervure in hind wings received beyond the cubitus. Covered with a fulvous, pale pile ; the antennal scape, sides and front of head, and, to a less extent, the top of the thorax with long fuscous hair. Mandibles, except at apex and the apical half of labrum, rufous. Palpi testaceous, darker at the base. Apex of clypeus transverse, the sides roundly oblique. Eyes slightly incised above the middle. Hind ocelli separated from the eyes by a slightly less distance than they are from each other. Occiput trans- verse. Temples almost obsolete above. Prothorax large, obliquely dilated from the middle to the tegula. Apex of metanotum with an oblique, straight slope, and thickly covered with longish blackish hair. Abdomen with broad, pruinose bands, the apical segment white above. ‘Tarsal and tibial spines long and black ; the long spur of hind tibia two-thirds of the length of the metatarsus. The antennal joints roundly dilated below. Tegule fulvous. The first and second joints of flagellum equal in length. This is an Anopliws as now limited. ANOPLIUS ? PULCHRIHIRTUS, sp. nov. Dark ferruginous, the greater part of the pleure, metanotum, a line above each antenne, a mark on the ocelli, obliquely narrowed behind and incised in front, black; a line on the hinder edge of the pronotum and on the base of the second and third abdominal seg- ments, pale lemon-yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with fulvous, the apex smoky; the stigma testaceous. ?. Length 9 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Kyes distinctly converging above ; the hinder ocelli separated from each other by a distinctly greater distance than they are from the eyes. Apex of clypeus broadly rounded. Third joint of antenne not quite so long as the following two united. Apex of pronotum broadly rounded, with a narrow furrow in the middle. Metanotum covered with purple-coppery coloured depressed pubescence, as are probably also, in fresh examples, all the pleura. The spines on the legs are long and coloured like them; those on the fore tarsi are much longer; the under side of the posterior spinose; the claws bifid. Third abscissa of radius half the length of the second; trans- verse basal nervure interstitial ; the recurrent nervures are received o- 230 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. near the apical third of the cellule; the accessory nervure in hind wings received beyond the cubitus. The eyes converge distinctly above and below, reach to the base of the mandibles; median seg- ment with a broadly rounded slope and not furrowed in the centre. The long spur of the hind tibiz reaches beyond the middle of meta- tarsus. Labrum furrowed in the middle. Mandibles with a long curved apical tooth. This species does not fit very well into any of Dr. Ashmead’s genera of Anoplint. I therefore leave it, for the present, in Anoplius (Pompilus) in the old sense. DIN CLS ee. Gen. ICARIA, Sauss. ICARIA CAPENSIS, Sauss. What I take to be this species is in the Grahamstown Museum Collection from Douglas. The worker only has been described. The female is similarly coloured, and 12-13 mm. long. The male has the lower part of the front, the face, clypeus, and man- dibles yellow; the antennez are blackish above, testaceous and yellow below; the sixth to twelfth joints project below, forming a serrated edge; the projections on the eighth to eleventh are sharper, more oblique and distinct than on the others; the last joint is curved, stout, distinctly narrowed at the apex. It is a variable species as regards colouration; there may be three large black marks on the mesonotum ; the pleurze may be for the greater part black, and there may be a yellow line on the first Soc. oEnanall segment. The radial cellule may be clouded. Gen. SMITHIA, Sauss. SMITHIA ? RUFIPES, sp. nov. Black; the under side of the antennal scape, clypeus, a line on the apex of the pronotum, the tegule and the apex of the basal two abdominal segments yellow; legs rufous, flagellum of antenne fuscous, darker above; wings hyaline, tinged with fuscous viola- Geous: / Gk Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Head closely and coarsely punctured ; the clypeus sparsely punc- tured; its apex black, depressed; it is roundly convex, sparsely pilose. Pro- and meso-thorax closely, strongly punctured. Median Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 231 segment (including the pleure) alutaceous and thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Tegule large, conchiform, longer than broad. Abdominal petiole as long as the thorax. First transverse cubital nervure oblique, roundly curved downwards, the second not oblique, roundly curved outwardly; the third straight; the first and second transverse cubital nervures almost touching in front; second recur- rent nervure received near the apex of the cellule. In S. natalensis the second cubital cellule is clearly appendiculated. Gen. RHAPHIGLOSSA, Saunders, RHAPHIGLOSSA FLAVO-ORNATA, Sp. NOV. Black; a curved line on the top of the clypeus, a spot on the inner side of the eye incision, a line on the under side of the antennal scape, a line on the apex of the pronotum, a small mark, longer than broad, on the scutellum on the sides, two large lines on the post- scutellum, two oblique marks on the apex of the metanotum, two triangular marks on the apex of the first abdominal segment, a narrow line on the apex of the second, lines in the centre of the following three at the apex and a somewhat triangular mark (the broad end at the base) on the last, pale yellow ; two small reddish- yellow marks on the vertex above the antenne; a broad rufous mark on the vertex behind, broad above, below reaching to the end of the eyes, becoming narrowed gradually below; the sides of the propleurz narrowly above, the apex and middle broadly and a line behind the middle of the abdominal petiole red. Legs of a brighter red colour, the fore coxe black; the tibie pale yellow on the outer side, the hind tarsi infuscated. Wings fuscous-violaceous, the stigma and nervures black. Basal half of antenne red. JBasal half of mandibles red on the inner side. @. Length 15 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody. Head closely and strongly punctured, more closely on the front than elsewhere; covered with a white down. Apex of clypeus almost transverse in the middle, the sides projecting into large leaf- like expansions, roundly curved on the outer side, narrowed towards the apex, the outer border raised, the inner side straight. Thorax closely, rugosely punctured; the centre of the metanotum almost smooth, keeled down the middle. Metapleurz sparsely punctured behind the middle and at the apex. Abdominal petiole faintly punc- tured, the other segments smooth and covered with a white pile. Petiole longer than the other segments united. This species cannot well be confounded with &. natalensis, Sm. - 232 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gen. ODYNERUS. ODYNERUS (LEIONOTUS) WHITEANUS, Sp. Nov. Black; the clypeus, mandibles, except at the apex, the outer orbits almost entirely, the sides of the vertex broadly behind, antenne, except the apical eight joints above, pronotum, scutellum, post-scutellum, the sides of the median segment broadly, an irregular spot on the base of the mesopleure above, the sides and apex of the basal two segments of the abdomen (the black basal mark large, broad at the base and narrowed in the centre), and the other seg- ments almost entirely, red ; the centre and the lower part of the eye incision, a mark above the antenne, broader than long and slightly incised in the middle above, the sides of the clypeus above, a band on the apex of the pronotum, narrowed laterally, a small curved mark on the inner, hinder edge of the tegule, the raised hinder inner edge of the scutellum, the apex of the first abdominal segment above and of the second all round, yellow. Legs red, the knees and the four hinder tibies on the outer side pale yellow. Wings fuscous- hyaline, the radial cellule and the apex all round darker violaceous ; stigma dark testaceous, the nervures black. ¢ and ¢. Length 11-12 mm. Cape Colony. Grahamstown, February; Brak Kloof. Head closely and strongly punctured. Antenne placed below the middle of the face. Clypeus slightly longer than its greatest width, its centre irregularly, longitudinally striated, the oblique sides punc- tured, the apex slightly, roundly incised, depressed in the centre. The apex of the mandibles and their inner side to near the middle black. Pronotum transverse, the sides not projecting much. The apical half of the sides of the scutellum are raised and stoutly keeled, its centre with a smooth furrow, which becomes wider towards the apex ; the sides of the post-scutellum are more stoutly keeled. Sides of median segment broadly rounded. Second abdominal segment barrel-shape, longer than broad. The male has the apical half of the clypeus whitish yellow; it is punctured, not striated ; all the tibize are more broadly yellow, the antennal hook is stout and is fully longer than the last joint; the last abdominal segments are largely marked with black; the punctures on the clypeus do not run into striz. The amount of red and yellow on the body varies, as does also the size of the black marks on the basal two abdominal segments, Belongs to the group of O. tropicus, Sauss. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 233 ODYNERUS STELLENBOSCHENSIS, Sp. nov. Black; the clypeus, labrum, mandibles, except at the apex, antennal keel, a narrow line along the lower part of the eye incision, post-scutellum and a narrow line on the apices of the basal two abdominal segments, pale yellow; a large rufous line on the upper half of the outer eye orbits, pronotum, an irregular mark, rounded in front, transverse behind, below the tubercles, tegule, the median segment, except for a line down the centre, broad at the base, gradually narrowed below, the base of the meta- pleuree, the first abdominal segment, except for a large hour-glass shaped black mark in the centre, the second segment, except for a large black mark in the centre dilated at the base and greatly dilated at the apex, the other segments, the antennal scape and the under side of the flagellum, ferruginous. Legs ferruginous, the four fore cox and the posterior below yellow. Wings fuscous violaceous, the nervures black, the stigma dark testaceous. 3. Length 13 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Front and vertex strongly, closely punctured; the outer orbits smooth and shining on the lower half, strongly keeled on the outer side. Clypeus as broad as long, sparsely minutely punctured, broadly rounded above, the apex roundly, deeply incised in the centre, the projections forming stout teeth. Thorax strongly closely punctured, except on the apex of the meso- and the base of the meta-pleure; the pronotum transverse, its sides rounded. Scutellum furrowed down the middle, an obscure rufous spot on either side. Post-scutellum raised, roundly sloped on the apex. Metanotum with a steep slope, deeply furrowed in the centre, the sides broadly rounded. There is an oblique furrow on the basal half of the mesopleuree ; on the sides of the metasternum is a broad, rounded, pale yellow thin plate. First abdominal segment cup- shaped, longer than its width at the apex. : AN TOPE GA: GEN. PROSOPIS, Fab. PROSOPIS RUBRIPLAGIATA, Sp. nov. Black ; a large mark on the clypeus, its lower half obliquely nar- rowed to a point, a large mark on the lower half of the inner orbits, obliquely narrowed above and below, a mark, broader than long and of equal width throughout, between the antenne, yellow ; the sides o- 234 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. of the clypeus broadly below, mandibles, the scape, under side of flagellum, a line on the pronotum, tegule, tubercles, the base and sides of first abdominal segment, the sides of the others more or less and the greater part of the ventral surface, rufous. Wings hyaline, the apex in front slightly smoky. Legs rufous. 2. Length 8 mm. Cape Colony. Dunbrody; Grahamstown (Brak Kloof). Metanotal area with some stout, irregular, curved striae. Front and vertex closely, regularly, and strongly punctured; antennal area large, raised, rugose and bounded laterally by curved keels. Clypeus strongly, but not so closely, punctured as the front; the cheeks almost smooth. Labrum rufous; the top broadly, roundly raised ; the apex depressed, obliquely narrowed, aciculated and with a few scattered punctures. Mandibles black and rufous. Meso- notum closely, strongly and distinctly punctured; the scutellum as strongly, but not so closely punctured. Pleure and breast coarsely rugose and thickly covered with white pubescence; the metanotum more closely rugose. Post-scutellum opaque, very sparsely punctured. Abdomen smooth, the apices of the segments with a narrow band of white pubescence. Both the recurrent nervures are interstitial. The male wants the red lateral marks on the clypeus. Both sexes vary in the amount of the rufous colour which they bear; the yellow line on the pronotum may be tinged more or less with rufous. The malar space obsolete. PROSOPIS CURVICARINATA, Sp. NOV. Black; the clypeus, face, the yellow continued to the middle of the eyes, the mark becoming obliquely narrowed above, tegule, anterior tibize in front and the front tarsi, a broad line on the base of the hind tibie and their tarsi, lemon-yellow; flagellum of antenne brownish, black above; wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. ¢. Length 3 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Head, pro- and meso-thorax closely, strongly, and clearly punc- tured; the metanotum rugose, the metapleuree more finely and closely punctured; the face and clypeus with the punctures large and distinctly separated; the metanotal area irregularly longi- tudinally striated. First recurrent nervure received in the apex of the first cubital cellule, the second interstitial. Between the antennsz are two stout keels which are roundly curved above, and Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. — 235 have an indistinct one between them. Flagellum stout, the joints longer than broad except the penultimate. The front is more strongly punctured than the vertex; there is a narrow keel down its middle. The eyes distinctly converge below ; there is no malar space. PROSOPIS 5-LINEATA, Sp. Nov. Black, shining, a narrow line on the outer and inner eye orbits and a slightly narrower one down the centre of the clypeus, pale yellow ; wings smoky-hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 9°. Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Face and clypeus distinctly, but not closely punctured, the punc- tuation on the apex of clypeus closer and stronger. Front strongly keeled; the centre with a bordered keel which bifurcates above. Malar space small. Labrum strongly punctured. Thorax shining ; the mesonotum and scutellum smooth; the metanotal area strongly, closely aciculated ; on the apex is a large, deep fovea, wide below, gradually narrowed above. Pleure thickly covered with longish white pubescence ; the tubercles behind bordered by a dense band of white pubescence. The hair on the ventral surface is dense and white. The apical dorsal segments covered with black hair. The pubescence on the tibiz and tarsi long, dense, and grey. Both the recurrent nervures are received in the second cubital cellule; the first at a greater distance from the base than is the second from the apex. The base of the thorax is rounded above. Third joint of antenne fully twice the length of the fourth; the joints not very sharply separated. Gren. COLLETES, Latr. COLLETES ? CAPENSIS, sp. Nov. Black; the head, thorax, and, to a less extent, the abdomen, densely covered with longish clear white hair, the hair on the scutellums long and more fulvous in tint ; the wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black; the basal ventral segment dilated, broadly roundly incised in the centre; apex of mandibles piceous. ¢. Length 7-8 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Front and vertex closely rugosely punctured, a keel below the ocelli. Clypeus smooth, more shining, as strongly, but not so closely, punctured as the front. Labrum smooth and shining, furrowed in the middle. Mandibles keeled down the middle and on the sides, the three keels not reaching to the apex. Pro- and o- 236 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. meso- thorax closely and strongly punctured; metanotal area stoutly, irregularly striated round the edges, the centre less strongly than the base and apex. Abdomen closely and rather strongly punc- tured; the edges of the segments pale; the last broadly rounded. Head as wide as the mesonotum, the temples obliquely narrowed ; the malar space large, as long as the antennal scape, striated; eyes parallel, not converging above or below. The second cubital cellule in front is fully one-fourtn longer than the third; the second recur- rent nervure is roundly curved outwardly below; the cubitus ends shortly beyond the third transverse cubital nervure. Unfortunately my dissection of the trophi of this species has in proved a success, and I am not quite certain if the tongue be broad or pointed, but on the whole it agrees better with Colletes than with Andrena to which it has a great resemblance. The first joint of the labial palpi is thicker than the others; it is as long as the fourth, the middle two being shorter. Gren. HALICTUS, Latvr. Hatictus ROBERTIANUS, Sp. Nov. Black ; densely covered with white pubescence, the apex of the clypeus (the yellow in the centre triangularly projecting into the black upper part), the lower part of the antennal scape, the apex of the femora (the anterior more broadly than the others), the tibia and tarsi, pale yellow, the tibiz on the outer side marked broadly with fuscous; the wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma pale testaceous; metanotal area closely, irregularly, longitudinally striated, the striz twisted and intermixed with some thinner trans- verse ones. ¢. Length 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Face and upper part of clypeus closely, minutely, distinctly punctured ; the yellow apex of the clypeus smooth ; front and vertex less distinctly punctured. Basal two-thirds of mandibles pale yellow, the apex piceous. Thorax closely, uniformly, minutely punctured; there is a smooth, narrow, impressed line on the basal half of the mesonotum in the centre. Tegule testaceous. Second and third cubital cellules in front almost aqme in length. Allied to H. albidus, Lep. HALICTUS RUBRICAUDIS, Sp. Nov. Black, the apical half of the last abdominal segment and the rima rufous; the head, thorax, and ventral surface of abdomen densely. Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 287 covered with long cinereous pubescence; the base and apex of the second to fourth dorsal abdominal segments with a band of cinereous pile; the wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures dark testaceous ; the tarsi ferruginous below, cinereous above; the knees and apex of tibia rufo-piceous; metanotal area rugosely punctured in the centre, the sides closely, finely reticulated. ?. Length nearly 8 mm. | Cape Colony. Pearston. Face projecting roundly in the centre, finely and _ closely punctured ; the clypeus shining, sparsely punctured on the basal two-thirds. Front and vertex opaque, alutaceous. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle; they are, as is also the labrum, fringed with long, golden hair, the hair on the hinder edge of the vertex being also tinged with golden. The flagellum of antenne dark rufous, black above. Mesonotum closely, uniformly, and some- what strongly punctured, the scutellum as strongly, but not so closely punctured. The apex of the metanotum has a steep slope ; its centre above is depressed slightly, the sides broadly rounded on either side of the central depression, the edges being smooth and shining. Pleura closely, finely rugose. Abdomen at the base closely and distinctly punctured, the third and following segments only indistinctly punctured; they are not depressed; the anal rima, is large and conspicuous ; the epipygium has a large tuft of rufous hair on the apex. Tegulz piceous. HALICTUS PEARSTONENSIS, Sp. Nov. Black, shining; the apex of the first and the greater part of the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments rufous; the knees and tarsi fuscous; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. ¢. Length 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Front, face, sides of clypeus and cheeks densely covered with long, white pubescence; the face closely punctured, the clypeus much more strongly and sparsely punctured; the front and vertex more closely and less strongly punctured than the face. Pro- and meso- notum shining, covered, but not thickly, with white pubescence ; the post-scutellum thickly covered with fuscous pubescence; the metanotal area finely, closely rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations on the sides. Pleurz opaque, alutaceous, obscurely striated. Abdomen smooth and shining; the base, apex, and ventral surface covered sparsely with long, white pubescence. o- 238 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The hair on the legs is white; on the lower side of the tarsi pale golden. The apex of the metanotum has an oblique slope; the reddish second and third abdominal segments are almost bare; the sternum thickly covered with long, white hair; the ventral segments are transverse at the apex; the last is broadly, bluntly rounded at the apex, with the sides slightly obliquely narrowed. HALICTUS LAMPRONOTUS, Sp. Nov. Black, shining, impunctate except on the metanotal area which is finely and closely punctured; tegule piceous behind; under side of flagellum brownish ; mandibles piceous towards the apex; wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous, the second and third transverse cubital and the recurrent nervures paler. Apices of the abdominal segments piceous, the anal rima rufous, the end of the segment pale fulvous. ¢. Length 4 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Front and vertex closely, microscopically punctured ; the face and clypeus very smooth and shining; the face not projecting much in the centre and not clearly separated from the clypeus. Eyes slightly converging above. Abdomen very smooth and shining ; the ventral fringe white; the segments not depressed. Hind tarsi piceous. Third cubital cellule in front about one-quarter longer than the second; the third transverse cubital nervure is almost straight below, the upper part roundly curved towards the stigma; the first recur- rent nervure is received near the apex of the cellule, clearly separated from the transverse cubital; the second near the base of the apical third of the cellule. | 7 HALICTUS THESTIS, Sp. nov. Black, shining, covered with white pubescence; the apex of clypeus pale lemon-yellow; the labrum, knees, and tarsi whitish testaceous ; the scape of antenne and upper side of flagellum black, the rest of flagellum brown; wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous, the nervures black. ¢. Length 4 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Face and clypeus closely punctured, thickly covered with white pubescence; the face raised in the centre; the front and vertex opaque, granular; sparsely pilose; the outer orbits thickly covered with white hair. Mandibles yellow, their apex piceous. Thorax Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 239 closely punctured, the scutellum less and the pleure more strongly than the mesonotum. Metanotum opaque, alutaceous, the base finely, irregularly, indistinctly striated. There is a short furrow on either side of the mesonotum near the base. Second cubital cellule distinctly narrowed in front; the first recurrent nervure received near the apex ; the second shortly beyond the middle of the cellule. The second abdominal segment is distinctly, the third less distinctly depressed at the base. The eyes are long, converge below and clearly incised on the inner side. | HALICTUS DISPOSITUS, sp. Nov. Black, shining, the hair bright white; flagellum testaceous below towards the apex; wings clear hyaline, highly iridescent, the stigma dark testaceous, the nervures black. 2°. Length 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Metanotal area closely, distinctly reticulated, the sides more irregularly obliquely striated. Clypeus strongly, deeply, irregularly, but not closely punctured. Face. with shallow, scattered punctures ; the front and vertex closely minutely punctured; on the upper half of the front is a shining, impressed line, on the lower a fine keel which extends to between the antenne. Pleure opaque, coarsely granular; a deep, oblique furrow below the tubercles. Abdo- men shining, impunctate, the apices of the segments pale testaceous ; the anal rima blackish, the sides except at the apex distinctly margined, the apex depressed, rounded behind, dark testaceous. Labrum covered with stiff black hairs, which give it a striated look. The third transverse cubital nervure is broadly rounded ; the first recurrent nervure is almost interstitial, being received in the extreme apex of the cellule. HALICTUS ASTHIOPICUS, sp. Nov. Black; the abdominal segments broadly banded with rufo- testaceous; legs bright rufo-testaceous, their tibize streaked with yellow ; the cox, trochanters and base of anterior femora black ; mandibles piceous, black at the base; antenne black, the flagellum testaceous below ; wings clear hyaline, highly iridescent, the stigma and nervures pale testaceous, the costa darker; the apical nervures beyond the third transverse cubital nervures almost obsolete. 9. Length nearly 6 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. 3 Metanotal area finely closely reticulated. Head and _ thorax 19 240 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. smooth and shining; the face and clypeus with faint purple tints ; the latter fringed with golden hair. Tegule piceous. Legs thickly covered with long, white hair. Ventral hair long and white. Anal rima rufo-testaceous like the rest of the segment, smooth, with an impressed line down the centre. HALICTUS INTERSTITINERVIS, sp. NOV. Black; the hair and pubescence dense and white except on the under side of the tarsi where it is bright red; anal rima fuscous in the centre ; wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous, the nervures black; the first recurrent nervure interstitial. @?. Length 6-7 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Antenne brownish beneath towards the apex. Clypeus shining, distinctly punctured, the punctures large and clearly separated ; the centre of the face raised, minutely punctured; the front and vertex closely and finely punctured. Mandibles shining, black. Meso- notum ‘and scutellum closely, distinctly, finely punctured; the basal half of the former with a distinct, clearly defined furrow in the centre; the post-scutellum thickly covered with griseous hair. Metanotal area irregularly striated to near the apex; the strize in the middle forming almost reticulations. Pleure alutaceous. The second and third cubital cellules in front are almost equal in length ; the third transverse cubital nervure roundly curved ; the first recur- rent nervure interstitial ; the second received in the apical fourth of the cellule. Abdomen shining, closely, microscopically punctured ; the base of the segments with a band of greyish powdery pubescence ; above it is almost without hair; the ventral scopa clear white. HALICTUS LIPPANI, Sp. nov. Black, the hind knees and tarsi white, the apical tarsal joints tinged with fulvous; the apex of clypeus broadly pale lemon-yellow ; flagellum of antenne dark brownish beneath ; the head in front and pleure thickly covered with white pubescence ; wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. ¢@. Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Sealnndeed gare (Glen Lynden, January.) Face closely, the clypeus more strongly and sparsely punctured ; the front and vertex more closely and rugosely punctured except below the ocelli. Base of mandibles yellow. Pro- and meso-notum closely, strongly punctured ; an impressed line on the basal half of the latter; the pleure closely rugose. Metanotal area in the centre Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 241 coarsely reticulated, the sides obliquely striated; the rest of the segment except behind the area closely rugose. Abdomen closely strongly punctured, the punctuation becoming weaker towards the apex; the third and fourth segments obliquely depressed at the apex; the apices of the last twosmooth. The first recurrent nervure is interstitial. 7 This species is closely related to what I take to be H. albidus, Lep. ; the two may be separated thus (the males of both only are known) :— Length 7 mm.; antenne not reaching to tip of thorax, dark coloured below; metanotal area coarsely reticulated in the middle, the sides stoutly obliquely striated; the stigma and nervures black, the first recurrent nervure interstitial; the femoravand "tibia black ss) 50 os seo ss ee ks es oe §©6(Uippant. Length 5-6 mm. ; antenne reaching beyond tip of thorax; the flagellum light testaceous below ; metanotal area closely reticu- lated ; the stigma and nervures pale; the first recurrent nervure not interstitial; the femora and tibiew in part yellowish white... albidus, Lep. When fresh both species have probably the abdominal segments banded with depressed white pubescence. HALICTUS CAPICOLA, Sp. Nov. Black; the head and thorax thickly covered with long cinereous hair, the depressed bases of the abdominal segments with cinereous pile, the ventral surface covered with long cinereous hair; the anal _rima dark piceous-rufous, the sides and apex of the segment being similarly coloured ; metanotal area strongly irregularly longitudinally striated, its apex more closely finely and less distinctly striated. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the nervures and stigma black. @. Length 8 mm. Cape Colony. Clypeus strongly punctured to shortly beyond the middle, the punctures large and distinctly separated; the apex smooth except for a few elongated punctures. Mesonotum closely punctured and with an impressed line on either side of the middle; the centre of scutellum smooth, the sides sparsely, indistinctly punctured. Abdomen smooth, a transverse, minute furrow on the second and third segments. The apical joints of the tarsi are piceous ; the hair on the under side bright rufous. Gren. ANDRENA, Latvr. ANDRENA MALMA, Sp. Nov. Black ; the head with long white, the thorax with rufo-fulvous pubescence, the hair on the pleure and sternum paler than it is on 242. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. the mesonotum; the abdominal segments with broad bands of depressed white pubescence ; the hair on the legs long, white; the tarsi rufous; wings hyaline, the stigma fuscous, the nervures black, ¢. Length 10 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof; Grahamstown. Front and vertex closely punctured; a stout keel between the antenne; the face and clypeus more strongly punctured, the punctures becoming larger and more confluent towards the apex of the clypeus; malar space finely, closely striated; labrum smooth and shining, deeply furrowed in the centre. Pro- and meso-thorax closely and strongly punctured, the punctures round ; the metanotal area strongly irregularly striated, the striae running into reticulations ; the reticulated central part shorter than on the sides, the smooth part continued to the apex of the segment, becoming gradually narrowed, its apical half depressed, the convex upper part keeled in the middle. Basal abdominal segment covered with long white, shghtly tinged with fulvous, hair; the pilose bands extend on to the ventral surface ; the segments are closely, minutely punctured; the apical two fuscous at the apex; the last segment thickly covered with stiff black depressed hair which gives it a striated appearance. Hair on legs white; the calcaria rufous. Male similar; the antennz stouter, not much longer than in the female; the clypeus smoother at the apex. The abdominal bands appear to be lead-coloured under the white pubescence. Tegulz piceous. ANDRENA MATHA, Sp. nov. Black, a narrow white line on the base of the pronotum ; legs ~ black, the tarsi, anterior tibize in front and the whole of the posterior rufo-testaceous; wings uniformly dark fuscous violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. 9?. Length 9-10 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Also an old specimen marked ‘« Transvaal.”’ Head and thorax closely, strongly, uniformly punctured; the metanotum as closely, but not so strongly punctured; its base strongly, but not closely longitudinally striated. The hair on the front of the head is longish, brownish-rufous. Labrum depressed in the middle at the apex, smooth and shining. Apex of clypeus densely fringed with long dark rufous hair. Base of mandibles rufous. The hair on the apex of the tarsi and on the tarsi bright rufous; on the Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 243 scopa dark fuscous. Pygidium densely covered with stiff depressed fulvous pubescence, which gives it a striated appearance ; the centre is furrowed. The tegule are large, conchiform, piceous or pale on the outer edge; the occiput almost transverse; the metanotum is shorter and has a steeper slope than usual; the abdomen is also shorter than usual compared with the thorax. The insect is broader and stouter than usual. Gen. NOMIA, Latr. NoMIA DALYANA, Sp. nov. Black; the head, thorax, and base of abdomen covered with long cinereous pubescence; the abdominal segments banded with de- pressed pubescence of the same colour slightly tinged with fulvous ; the last segment ferruginous, its sides covered with pale golden pubescence ; legs fulvo-rufous, all the coxe, trochanters, the fore femora above and below, the middle entirely, the hinder broadly above and a large mark on the basal half of the middle tibiz on the outer side, black; wings hyaline, tinged with fulvous, the apex of both fuscous violaceous; the stigma fulvous, the nervures blackish. o and 2. Length 10 mm. Cape Colony. Grahamstown. The male hind femora are greatly swollen, broadly rounded above, straight below, with a short, stout, oblique tooth in the middle; the hind tibiz narrow at the base, becoming gradually wider towards the apex, which, on the lower side, is produced into a bluntly rounded process, more than twice the width of the base of the metatarsus, which is simple, of uniform width, and not longer than the other joints united. Antenne black, the scape covered with long fulvous hair. Head closely punctured, more strongly, rugosely on the front. Mandibles fulvo-testaceous, black at the apex. Thorax more strongly and not quite so closely punctured as the head ; the scutellum slightly depressed in the middle. Metanotal area clearly defined by a keel behind, strongly but not closely striated ; the segment behind it closely rugosely punctured. Abdomen closely and strongly punctured, the second segment and, to a less extent, the third depressed at the base ; the bands under the pubescence are lead-coloured. Tegule piceous. The female similarly coloured; the hind femora and tibie not dilated ; the pubescence on the legs denser and longer; the femora not toothed. Comes near to N. calida, West. ; the two may be known, inter alia, by the different shapes of the hinder legs; in Dalyana the hind o- 244 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. femora are straight at the base below; in calida roundly, broadly curved to the tooth; in calida the tibiee are more produced at the apex, with the process longer, sharper, it being very much longer compared with the width of the metatarsus; the black colour on femora, too, extends below on the basal half in calida; in dalgana it does not extend below anywhere. Gen. CHERATINA, Latr. CERATINA MACULIVENTRIS, sp. Nov. Dark green, largely marked with blue and coppery-brassy tints ; the clypeus, except for two broad, irregular, curved lines in the centre, labrum, cheeks, mandibles, except at the apex, where they are piceous, the greater part of antennal scape, a narrow line on the pronotum, tegule, tubercles, scutellum, a curved line behind it, extending to the wings, post-scutellum, and the abdomen, except for some irregular curved blackish lines and marks; the apex of femora, tibiae, and tarsi, pale bright yellow; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma pallid testaceous. 9? and ¢g. Length 3 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Antennal flagellum brownish testaceous, blackish above. Head and thorax closely, minutely punctured and thickly covered with longish white pubescence; the clypeus with some large, separated punctures in the middle, a narrow furrow runs down from the ocelli. There are three narrow furrows on the base of the mesonotum, and, in the middle, outside these, a shorter, wider one. The metanotum is more strongly and distinctly punctured than the rest of the thorax. Abdomen smooth and shining; the black marks on the back vary ; on the basal two segments there may be two broad curved lines ; on the others black lateral lines; or there may be hardly any black; the apical segments covered with longish soft white hair; the scopa white. Legs thickly covered with long white hair; the hinder tibiz and the metatarsus may be lined with black on the outer side. The marks on the clypeus may be absent; there may be a trans- verse yellow mark on the face above it; the scutellum may be marked with black on the apex and the ventral segments may be marked with black at the sides. Very probably the number and size of the black markings on the body and legs vary. The apical two ventral segments may be largely black. The second and third cubital cellules are narrowed in front; the second is about one-half the length of the third in front; the first and second transverse cubital nervures are roundly curved, Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 245 The genus Ceratina is probably well represented in South Africa. Mr. Stadelmann (Die Hymenopteren von Ost-Afrikas, p. 3) states that he knows eight species which agree with the description of C. capensis, Sm. Col. Bingham informs me that my species is not in the British Museum Collection. Gen. ALLODAPH, Lep. ALLODAPE FOVEISCUTIS, Sp. Nov. Black, smooth, and shining; the clypeus, the curved, raised inner orbits, labrum, an oblique spot on the outer edge of the malar space, mandibles, under side of antennal scape, a broad band, roundly dilated, on the upper side of pronotum and tubercles, bright lemon- yellow; the abdomen, apex of femora broadly, tibie and tarsi rufous; the fore femora, on the apical two-thirds below, bright lemon-yellow ; wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous. ¢. Length nearly 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Smooth and shining; the clypeus sparsely, distinctly punctured ; the metanotal area aciculated. Tips of mandibles rufous. Front raised; a smooth, shining line in the centre. Pleurz and sternum densely covered with long, white pubescence; scutellums covered with long pale hair, the rest of the thorax almost bare. The first abdominal segment is marked at the base and near the apex with fuscous ; the apical segments are darker coloured, punctured and covered with white hair. Hair on the legs dense, white; on the four hind femora it is long. The second recurrent nervure is received at a greater distance from the apex than is the first from the base of the cellule. The scutellum is furrowed in the middle ; this furrow has oblique sides, the whole forming a large pyriform depression with the narrow end at the base; the post-scutellum has a narrow, clearly defined furrow in the centre. Characteristics of this species are the black furrowed scutellums. ALLODAPE MELANOPUS, Sp. Nov. Black, the abdomen red; a very irregular T-shaped mark on the clypeus, its sides irregularly indented and the apical part appearing as if it formed a separate line, a large, irregular, transverse mark, narrowed laterally on the scutellum, a large line on the base of pro- notum and a mark on the base of mesopleure, irregularly tridentate o- 246 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. below, lemon-yellow. Antennal scape rufous below. Legs black, the knees and fore tibie rufous. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. 92. Length 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. : Labrum and tips of mandibles brownish; the former with scat- tered punctures. Head and thorax smooth and shining; the base of metanotum strongly aciculated; the pleure sparsely pilose. Apical segments of abdomen punctured and covered with white pubescence. The hair on the legs whitish, long and dense on the hind tibiz, on the hind tarsi it is darker coloured. The second cubital cellule in front narrowed, being there not much more than half of its length behind; the second transverse cubital nervure is straight and oblique; the first recurrent nervure is received close to the first transverse cubital, almost touching it; the second is received further from the apex. ALLODAPE NIGRINERVIS, Sp. Nov. Black, smooth and shining, the apex of clypeus shagreened ; a large yellow mark down its centre; it is broadly dilated above, the upper edge roundly incised, the narrowed lower part becoming narrowed below, its sides irregular; the apex and the labrum fuscous, the latter with a few large punctures. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black, the first recurrent nervure received at twice the distance from the base, that the second is from the apex. 9. Length nearly 5 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston. Ocellar region minutely punctured; the frontal furrow acute ; flagellum brownish below; there is a row of punctures along the lower inner orbits, inside the keel; metanotal area minutely punc- tured; tegule fuscous, yellow on the outer side; below and slightly in front of tegule is a large pale yellow mark, longer than broad, with straight sides. The hair on the legs thick, long, white, darker coloured on the tarsi which are tinged with testaceous ; the spurs pale testaceous. As usual the apical abdominal segments are punc- tured and pilose. Wings highly iridescent. The lower edges of the top part of the clypeal mark are rounded and do not project downwards. ALLODAPE PRINGLEI, sp. nov. Black ; a large mushroom-shaped mark on the clypeus, dilated -below, but not so widely as above, a broad line on the pronotum, Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 247 tubercles, a large mark on the scutellum, roundly narrowed laterally and the tubercles, bright lemon-yellow; the knees, tibie and tarsi rufous, the fore femora with the apical third lemon-yellow below. Scape of antenne rufous, the flagellum fuscous below. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures dark fuscous. ?. Length 5-6 mm. Cape Colony. Kokstad; Brak Kloof. Smooth and shining, including the clypeus; labrum strongly punctured; the base of metanotum aciculated, broadly depressed in the. middle. Mandibles black. Base and apex of abdomen blackish ; the latter with scattered white hairs. Hind tibiae infus- cated in the middle. Both the recurrent nervures are received close to the cubitals. ALLODAPE FUSCINERVIS, Sp. Nov. Black, shining, the abdominal segments narrowly banded with fuscous at the apex, antennal flagellum brownish below ; the mark on the clypeus dilated above and below, the central stem with irregular edges; the cross top part transverse above, the sides straight, the lower side slightly dilated at the outer edge, the whole thinner than the central stem; the dilated apex larger, transverse below, laterally extending to the longitudinal facial furrows, the upper part with the yellow suffused into fulvous; wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous; the recurrent nervures received about the same distance from the cubitals; tegule piceous. 9. Length 5 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Clypeus closely, minutely and distinctly punctured, most strongly at the apex. Labrum yellowish, with two large punctures on either side. Apex of mandibles broadly piceous. Frontal furrow narrow, distinct. Metanotal area opaque, strongly aciculated. Tubercles pale yellow, fringed above with pale hair. Hair on legs long and silvery white ; the apices of tarsi testaceous. Gen. CROCISA, Jurine. CROCISA FULVO-HIRTA, Sp. NOV. | Black; the head, pronotum, pleure, base of metanotum and bands, broader than long and extended backwards along the sides, near the apices of the basal four abdominal segments, the bands not reaching to the middle, of pale fulvous, longish pubescence, the temples, centre of mesonotum and metanotum, the lower side of the pleurze o- 248 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and the sternum thickly covered with black pubescence; the hair on the legs black ; the outer side of the four hinder tibie thickly covered with depressed white pubescence, on the apices of the hinder tarsal joints the pubescence is white, on the lower part of the metatarsus soot-coloured ; wings fuscous-violaceous, spotted with hyaline in the middle. 9. Length 12 mm. Cape Colony. Face and clypeus closely, uniformly punctured, the transverse apex of the latter smooth, the front and vertex. more strongly punctured, more sparsely round the ocelli. Mesonotum and scutellum closely and distinctly punctured, the former depressed in the centre, the depression wide, deepest in the centre. Scutellum not flat as usual, and distinctly punctured, narrowed slightly towards the apex, which, in the centre, is roundly depressed; the sides tuberculate above; it does not project over the metanotum. The apices of the first and of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments project obliquely at the apex. Mandibles rufous at the base. This species has not the flat, plate-like, projecting scutellum of the typical species of the genus, but otherwise appears to be a typical Crocisa. | GEN. MEGACHIULEH, Latr. MEGACHILE ROBERTIANA, Sp. NOV. Black ; the hair on the head, thorax, apex of abdominal segments, and the basal half of the scopa, clear white; the apical haif of the scopa bright red; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. ¢. Length 7-8 mm.; breadth 3 mm. Cape Colony. Pearston; Grahamstown. Mandibles, except at apex, thickly covered with white hair ; behind the apex is a tuft of reddish pubescence ; subapical tooth shorter and more broadly rounded than the apical; behind it is a broad, shallow incision. Clypeus strongly and closely punctured, roundly convex; its apex in the centre is slightly roundly incised and depressed, this central part being narrower than the sides. The face is not so strongly nor so closely punctured as the clypeus ; the front and vertex are more strongly and quite as closely punctured as the clypeus ; the latter is not quite so closely punctured down the centre. Head as wide as the thorax, which is closely and uniformly punctured, except on the metanotum, where the punctuation is weaker and sparser. Legs black; the hair white except on the under side of the tarsi, where it is bright red; the metatarsus not Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 249 quite so wide as the apex of the tibia, three to four times longer than broad. Tegule black. | This species looks very like the Indian . hera. MEGACHILE PRIONSA, Sp. NOV. Black ; closely and strongly punctured, the abdomen less strongly than the thorax; the lower part of front, face and clypeus thickly covered with longish clear white pubescence; the pleure and sternum covered with long white, the mesonotum with shorter, darker coloured hair; the abdominal segments fringed with clear white pubescence, white, slightly tinged with fulvous; wings hyaline, the apical half tinged with violaceous; the nervures and stigma black. @¢. Length 7 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Base of mandibles shining, distinctly punctured ; the rest opaque, finely rugose and irregularly striated, the outer edge keeled; and there is another keel inside this, not reaching to the base; the apex bidentate, the subapical tooth broader, shorter, and more rounded than the apical. Inner orbits keeled, the space between the keel and the eyes irregularly striated. Apex of clypeus transverse, with an irregular edge. Apical slope of metanotum smooth, almost shining, clearly margined above, the sides broadly rounded, slightly depressed in the middle; the basal area stoutly striated, narrow in the middle, widened laterally. The apical slope of abdomen smooth, stoutly keeled all round above; the apical segment with a thick band of pale fulvous pubescence. Some specimens have the wings more violaceous than others; the second recurrent nervure is almost interstitial; tegule black. There is a transverse furrow or depression near the base of the second abdominal segment. MEGACHILE COMHALA, Sp. nov. Black; the abdomen covered with ferruginous pubescence; the apex of thorax and base of abdomen in both sexes with longer whitish hair; the hair on the head and thorax in female black; the scopa pale fulvous; wings fuscous-violaceous, the nervures and stigma black ; the hair on the legs in female blackish, on inner side of tarsi rufous; on-the male long, thick and white, rufous on the inner side of tarsi. Mandibles bidentate. 9°. Length 14 mm. Cape Colony. Brak Kloof. Mandibles at the base closely rugose, the middle with longish o 250 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. punctures and with stout striae; the apical tooth bluntly rounded ; the subapical much shorter, bluntly rounded. Clypeus closely rugose; the apex in the centre slightly broadly incised, the sides broadly rounded. Front with a distinct furrow down the middle. Thorax closely, strongly punctured ; the hair on the top short, close and black ; on the pleure and breast longer, denser and soot-coloured. The female of imitata, as named by Smith for me, has the wings much lighter coloured, the mandibles behind the apical two teeth broadly bisinuate, which is not the case with comhala ; the hair on the face and clypeus white and thick, not black and rather sparse ; the hair on the thorax is lighter coloured, and the ventral scopa is paler at the base. I am somewhat doubtful about Mr. Smith’s identification of his species; the specimens, however, are rubbed, and that may account for them not agreeing with the description. The male has the face, clypeus, cheeks and oral region densely covered with long white hair; the front with long soot-coloured, the vertex with shorter black hair; the fore femora, tibize and tarsi are rufo-testaceous in front; the fore coxe armed with a stout longish tooth, which is broader and testaceous at the base; the basal joint of fore tarsi greatly dilated, pale yellow, densely fringed with long clear white hair below ; the middle tarsi fringed with longer white hair, the hinder with rufous pubescence on the metatarsus, as in the female. The apex of the last segment is stoutly irregularly serrate; there are four or five teeth on either side, the number and form appear to vary in old examples; the central two are more widely separated than the others. The apical tooth in the male mandibles is longer and sharper pointed than it is in the female; it is probably abraded in the latter. Tegulee black. Appears to come close to M. amitata, Sm., described in both sexes (Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus., i., 158), but nothing is said about the apex of the abdomen in the male being denticulate. MEGACHILE HARTHULA, Sp. Nov. Black; the head and thorax densely covered with long whitish hair, that on the mesonotum having a fulvous tinge; the basal four abdominal segments thickly covered with long fulvous pubescence, the fifth with long, stiff black hair, its apex with a band of pale depressed pubescence ; the sixth sparsely with long black hair; the ventral surface rufo-fulvous, the segments fringed with pale pubescence ; wings hyaline, the apex infuscated, the nervures black; the sixth segment incised in the middle at the apex, the incision becoming: gradually wider towards the apex, its base rounded; its Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. ~ 251 bordering tooth has a short blunt tooth attached to its base on the outer side, outside are four irregular, but stout teeth. ¢. Length 13 mm. 7 Transvaal. Mandibles bidentate, the teeth large; the subapical bluntly rounded, apex of clypeus incised; the third antennal joint twice the length of the second, and distinctly shorter than the fourth. Head and thorax closely, distinctly punctured; the seventh abdo- minal segment becomes, on the basal half, gradually, roundly narrowed to the middle; the apical half is distinctly narrowed compared with the basal ; it is rounded and narrowed at the apex ; the sides at the base are depressed; the centre raised to a point behind the middle, the apical portion of this central keel being thus the larger ; both have oblique slopes. Fore coxve with stout, curved spines ; the four apical joints of the tarsi are rufous; the hair on the under side of the tarsi fulvous. MEGACHILE MARUSA, Sp. NOV. Black; the hair on the face, front, and thorax white; the abdominal segments banded with white pubescence; the scopa rufous, white at the base; wings hyaline, the nervures black ; tegule fuscous. 9. Length 8 mm.; breadth nearly 3 mm. Transvaal. Mandibles with two bluntly rounded teeth, the second smaller than the first; behind the second tooth they are broadly slightly roundly dilated; their middle deeply, widely grooved, the groove widest at the apex; outside it, on the apical half, is a narrower furrow. Head closely, strongly punctured, less closely in the centre of the clypeus, which has its apex depressed and clearly separated ; it is transverse. Thorax closely, strongly punctured ; the metanotal area coarsely aciculated. Abdomen closely punctured above, without transverse furrows. The apical joints and the under side of the basal of the fore tarsi are testaceous; the hair on the legs cinereous ; the spurs pale testaceous; base of metatarsus two-thirds of the width of the tibie; the metatarsus slightly shorter than the other joints united. The mandibles, inside the furrow, bear elongate, large punctures; they are sparsely covered with pale hair. This species comes close to M. robertiana, which may be known from it by the basal half of the mandibles being densely covered with grey pubescence, the apical furrows are much less clearly defined ; the apical two teeth more equal in size; the apex of the 252 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. clypeus not transverse in the middle and its sides roundly waved ; the hair is denser and longer both on the body and legs ; and on the under side of the tarsi it is bright red. | MEGACHILE TEMORA, sp. Nov. Black; the hair on the head and thorax white, on the apices roa the abdominal segments of a clearer white; the abdominal scopa bright red; the hair on the tarsi and apex of tibiae red, on the rest of the legs white. Wings hyaline, slightly violaceous at the apex, the stigma and nervures black. ?. Length 11 mm. Cape Colony. Mandibles with three apical teeth ; the apical sharper and longer than the others; behind the third is a short, less distinct one; the punctuation is strong and close; the hair sparse and pale red. Face and clypeus closely and strongly punctured ; the apex of the latter transverse, but with an irregular edge; the face more closely, and the front and vertex still more closely punctured. Thorax closely punctured, the punctures forming almost reticulations in places ; a smooth, narrow furrow down the centre of the mesonotum ; the hair on the pleuree and metanotum long and dense. Metanotal area coarsely alutaceous; the rest finely closely reticulated. Apex of hind tibise smooth, depressed, with a raised broad keel in the centre; metatarsus slightly narrower than the apex of tibiz, four times longer than it is broad ; its outer side at the base with a rounded depression or incision; calcaria longish, curved, testaceous. The hair on the under side of the tarsi is long, thick, and bright red. This species is not unlike WM. wmitata, Sm., as named for me by the late Mr. Frederick Smith; that has the mandibular teeth broader, especially the apical one at the apex; the punctuation is coarser, and the face is smooth in the centre; the pubescence on the meso- notum has a fulvous tinge, and it wants the central impressed line ; the basal half of the scopa is white, the pile on the under side of the tarsi is not bright red, and the apex of the clypeus is straight, not with an irregular edge. In M. imitata the apical mandibular tooth is large, broad, bluntly rounded at the apex; the second is small, more oblique, and bluntly rounded; it is followed by two broad, rounded projections. MBGACHILE SARNA, Sp. Nov. Black ; the head, thorax, apex of abdominal segments, and the base of last abdominal segment broadly densely covered with snow- _ Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. —.283 white hair; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma black ; apex of last abdominal segment roundly, deeply incised, the incision bounded by two longish, stout teeth, and with two much smaller teeth on either side, the outer tooth being smaller than the inner OMS. ge Length 6-7 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch. Mandibles closely punctured, the apex smooth and shining; the apical tooth long, becoming gradually narrowed to the apex, the subapical shorter, broader, and blunter; the base on the under side projects into a blunt, stout tooth. Head closely, rugosely punctured ; the clypeus projecting, smooth and shining, the apex with a slight, but distinct incision, forming a broad curve. Pro- and meso-thorax closely and strongly punctured; the metanotum sparsely punctured, the area alutaceous, furrowed down the centre. Abdomen closely punctured, the punctuation becoming distinctly stronger towards the apex, the last segment being coarsely rugose. Fore cox with a stout tooth at the base, broad at the base, narrowed at the apex ; the base of the tarsal joints testaceous. Gun. PODALARIUS, Latr. (ANTHOPHORA, Auct.). PODALARIUS RUFICAUDIS, Sp. Nov. Black; the hair on the vertex, upper part of thorax and of abdomen griseous, tinged with fulvous and tipped with black; on the face and sides of thorax white; the apices of the abdominal segments with paler bands, the penultimate segment and the sides of the last covered with long rufous hair ; the hair on the legs white, rufous behind; wings hyaline, slightly tinged with violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. ?. 7 Length 12-13 mm. Transvaal. Clypeus and labrum closely, rugosely punctured; the former with a keel down the central half. Mandibles entirely black, the base with elongated, irregular punctures; the vertex and front shagreened, the ocellar region smooth and shining ; a furrow leads down from the ocelli. The hair on the thorax is long and dense; there is a smooth, bare, shining furrow in the centre of the metanotum. Pygidium bare. Ventral scopa tinged with rufous at the apex. On the end of the penultimate joint of the hind tarsi is a tuft of bright red hair. The male is similarly haired, except that the bands of paler hair on the apices of the abdominal segments are paler and more 254 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. distinctly defined ; the clypeus, labrum, a narrow line on the lower part of the face above the clypeus united to a large mark on the inner orbits which is triangularly incised above, a narrow line on the under side of the antennal scape and the basal half of the mandibles, yellow. The ventral segments are testaceous, narrowly yellow on the apex; the apices of the apical three slightly incised. Allied to P. coccina, K1., and fallax, Sm. Col. Bingham informs me that the species is not in the British Museum Collection. PODALARIUS PALLIDICINCTUS, sp. Nov. Black ; the lower part of the face, the part on the sides roundly incised above, clypeus, except for a curved black line along the upper half, the line narrowed above and below; labrum yellow, a black mark on either side of the top, the mandibles, except at the apex, yellow ; the apices of the abdominal segments broadly banded with pale yellow. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly infuscated. Head and thorax thickly covered with long white hair; the hair on the top of thorax broadly tipped with black. The hair on the under side of the four posterior tarsi rufous. Scape of antenne broadly yellow below. Tegule pale testaceous. 3. Length 10 mm. Cape Colony. Stellenbosch ; Grahamstown ? Clypeus sparsely, the labrum closely punctured ; the apex of the latter distinctly roundly projecting. Front and vertex closely, but not strongly punctured; a smooth line between the ocelli. The yellow abdominal bands are thickly covered with long white pubes- cence ; the hair on the base of the segments sparser and darker ; anal spines longish, stout. Ventral surface broadly brownish in the middle. 7 a What I take to be the female is in the Collection of the Albany Museum. It has the apices of the abdominal segments pale yellow as in the male, but covered by fulvous instead of white pubescence ; the second cubital cellule as in it is distinctly shorter than the third in front ; the apex of the clypeus is pale yellow and there is a pale yellow mark on the base of the mandibles; the ventral scopa is white and the sides and apices of the segments are testaceous; the hair on the base of the tarsal basal joint is rufous as in the male. Its length is 12mm. It was taken in June by Dr. Penther. PODALARIUS SPILOSTOMUS, Sp. nov. Black ; the head and thorax densely covered with long cinereous hair, which takes a fulvous hue on the upper parts; the basal four ~ Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 955 abdominal segments on the apex broadly banded with depressed pale fulvous pubescence ; clypeus black; the sides, apex, and a stripe in the centre, which becomes gradually wider towards the apex, fulvo- testaceous, the labrum similarly coloured except for a black line at the base, this line being dilated at the sides ; on the apex of the face, in the centre, is a transverse line, which is dilated upwards in the middle. Legs brownish, the tibiz and tarsi black in front ; the hair dense and cinereous, on the tarsi behind rufous. Wings short, hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. @. Length 10 mm. Cape Colony. Front and vertex closely, irregularly punctured, the ocellar region and a broad stripe along the sides of it smooth. Clypeus strongly and closely punctured, except along the central stripe where the punctuation is sparse. Labrum closely and strongly punctured, its apex smooth, black and slightly incised in the centre. Metanotal area aciculated. The basal half of the abdominal segments thickly covered with short, black depressed hair; the penultimate segment with a large triangular spot of black pubescence in the centre; the pygidial area dark brown, minutely, closely punctured. Ventral surface closely punctured, with the apical third of the segments brownish, the extreme apices lead-coloured. The pubescence on the abdomen is shorter and more depressed than it is in the other African species known to me. The two large black marks on the clypeus are rounded and narrowed at the apex. Tegule piceous. Calcaria dark testaceous. The second cubital cellule is much narrowed in front, not half its width behind, being the length of the space bounded by the recurrent and second trans- verse cubital nervures and not half the length of the third in front ; the third is narrower in front than behind, through the third trans- verse cubital nervure bending obliquely in front towards the base of the cellule. Col. Bingham informs me that this species is not in the British Museum Collection. GEN. HABROPODA, Smith. HABROPODA CAPENSIS, Sp. nov. Black ; a transverse mark, transverse in front, rounded behind, on the apex of the clypeus; the hair on the head and thorax long, dense and cinereous, on the apices of the abdominal segments bright fulvous, as it is also on the under side of the legs; the last joint of the tarsi rufous; anal rima black bare; wings 20 o- 256 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. hyaline, the apex slightly darker, iridescent, the nervures and stigma black. 9¢. Length 17 mm. Cape Colony. (Brak Kloof); Transvaal. Face and clypeus closely, strongly punctured; the apex of the clypeus transverse, smooth, slightly raised ; the labrum more coarsely punctured and with a large tuft of long pale hair in the centre. Ocellar region smooth and shining, the rest of the vertex and front shagreened. Pro- and meso-thorax closely, strongly punctured ; the metanotum coarsely shagreened. The hair on the basal segment of the abdomen is long and white; on the second to fourth depressed, short, brighter and paler on the apices of the segments; on the penultimate segment it is much longer and fulvous. The anal rima coarsely shagreened. The mandibles are black at the base, the apex broadly cream-coloured. The hair on the legs is very long and dense ; on the outer side of the hinder tarsi is a shield-shape plate, broad at the base, becoming roundly narrowed towards the apex and covered with depressed fulvous pubescence. I only know the female of this species. I am not sure but that Macrocera capensis, Lep., may be its male. My species is a true Habropoda. PLESIANTHIDIUM, gen. nov. Similar to Anthidiwm, but with the maxillary palpi 3-jointed and the mandibles unidentate. This genus is founded on a large species, densely haired on the head, thorax, and abdomen, and having the general form and abdominal structure of Anthidium, but sufficiently distinguished from it by the characters ‘noted above: The first recurrent nervure is almost interstitial, the second received distinctly beyond the second transverse cubital. The abdomen wants entirely the yellow — markings found on most species of Anthidiwm. The first and third joints of the maxillary palpi are about equal in length; the middle one is as long as both united and thicker than them; the labial palpi are as in Anthidium, the trophi being long as in that genus. The mandibles, behind the apical tooth, are straight. PLESIANTHIDIUM FULVOPILOSUM, Sp. nov. - Black, the clypeus yellow; the upper part of the head and thorax thickly covered with long bright fulvous, their lower parts with long. white hair; the upper part of the abdomen. with fulvous, the ventral surface with paler pubescence; wings Some New Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 257 fuscous-hyaline, suffused with violaceous tints; the nervures and stigma black. 3. Length 15-16 mm. Cape Colony. O/’okiep. Head closely, rugosely punctured. Base of mandibles aciculated, pilose ; the central part strongly, but not closely, punctured. Thorax closely, somewhat strongly punctured; the metanotum, if anything, more strongly punctured ; the basal area smooth. Abdomen closely, but not so strongly punctured as the thorax; the apices of the seg- ments brownish; the last segment tridentate; the middle tooth large, broad, slightly longer than its width; its apex rounded, pro- jecting roundly, but not much at the sides ; the lateral teeth smaller, shorter, broad at the base, narrowed towards the apex, which is rounded. Legs thickly covered with long pale hair; the hair on the tarsi of a brighter fulvous tint. Gen. ANTHIDIUM, Fab. ANTHIDIUM CAPENSE, Sp. Nov. Black ; the clypeus, an irregular line on the apex of the sixth and the whole of the apical segments yellow; the apices of the basal five abdominal segments whitish-yellow; the front, vertex, and upper part of thorax thickly covered with long reddish-fulvous hair ; the hair on the face, clypeus, pleura, and abdomen white, the hair on the back of the abdomen with a faint fulvous tinge. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 3. Length 9-10 mm.; breadth 4 mm. Cape Colony. Middle of mandibles with a broad yellow band above. Apex of abdomen with four teeth; the outer slightly shorter and broader than the inner. The tarsi, except at the base, and the anterior tibia in front are testaceous ; middle femora with a short blunt tooth on the apex. Head and thorax closely and strongly punctured. Apex of scutellum bluntly rounded. The female has the head and mandibles entirely black ; the scopa and the hair on the under side of the tarsi rufous ; the apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. The antenne with both sexes are entirely black; the basal five bands on the abdomen, in both sexes, are narrow and of uniform width; the last segment, in the female, is entirely black; the calcaria pale. The tooth on the apex of the middle femora is found also in the femaie. The hind tibiae narrowed at the base, becoming slightly, gradually wider towards the apex, which is wider than the metatarsus. Tegule black. > (959 ) ON THE STRUCTURE AND AFFINITIES OF THE ENDOTHIODONT REPTILES. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S8., Victoria College, Stellenbosch. (Read September 28, 1904.) (Plates XII., XITI., XIV.) In 1868 Huxley (1) described, under the name Pristerodon McKay, an imperfect skull that had been found by Mr. G. McKay at East London. He regarded it as a ‘“ lacertilian skull,” and no one seems to have doubted the interpretation till Seeley (2) examined the specimen in 1894, and expressed the opinion that the skull is that of an Endothiodont. There is now little doubt that Seeley’s view is correct, | In 1876 Owen (3) described and figured in his Catalogue of South African Fossil Reptiles ‘‘a cast of the fore part of the skull and corresponding part of the mandible ”’ of a large Anomodont reptile, which he named Hndothiodon bathystoma. The original is stated to have been found in the Sneewberg Range, and to be in the ‘‘ Museum of Albany, Cape of Good Hope.’ In Lydekker’s (4) British Museum Catalogue, 1890, the type is stated to have been presented to the British Museum by the “ Directors of the Museum at Albany, Cape Colony.’ There is still in the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, some bones, which are said to have belonged to the same individual as the type snout. The principal of these are the occiput and a few cervical vertebra. | Owen was struck by the close resemblance of the snout to that of Oudenodon, especially in the absence of teeth from the alveolar borders of both upper and lower jaws. The new form was, however, observed to differ from Oudenodon in haying a number of rounded teeth on what was regarded as the “‘ palatal surface of the maxillary 260 . Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and palatine bones.’ Similar rounded teeth were found on the mandible. Owen, in this first description of Endothiodon, does not | give a very clear idea of the anatomy of the new type. In 1879, Owen (5) published an important paper on the Endo- thiodont Reptilia, in which he gives further evidence of the structure of Endothiodon bathystoma, and describes a well-preserved snout of a new Endothiodont which he names Hndothiodon wniseries. He discusses at some length the affinities of the group, and concludes that the Endothiodonts are allied to Oudenodon, but belong to a distinct family of the order Anomodontia. The teeth of the upper jaw he regards as belonging to the palatine bones... In 1890 Lydekker (4) re-examined the British Museum Endothio- dont specimens, and placed them in the family Endothiodontide of the sub-order Dicynodontia. Lydekker recognised that the upper jaw teeth belong to the maxillary bone, and thus showed that Endothiodon is even more closely allied to Oudenodon than had been believed by Owen. An imperfect skull which Owen had described under the name Theriognathus mucrops is believed by Lydekker to be that of a young Hndothiodon wrseries. I am not aware that this opinion has been confirmed by any more recent worker, and though any opinion of this nature expressed by Lydekker must carry great weight, I am inclined to think that Lydekker is mistaken. In 1892 Seeley (6) described and figured the lower jaw of Endothiodon bathystoma, and showed the structure of the teeth. He concludes that ‘all the characters of the dentition suggest near affinity with the Theriodontia.” In 1895 Seeley (2) further discussed the affinities of the Endothio- donts. He pointed out for the first time that Pristerodon, of Huxley, is really an Endothiodont. He also expressed the opinion that Endothiodon wniseries of Owen should be made the type of a new genus which he named Hsoterodon. Owen in 1879 had suggested the possibility of H. wniseries belonging to a different genus from Endothiodon bathystoma, and though Lydekker agrees with Owen in making the one genus include both species, I am of opinion that Seeley’s view is the more correct. Seeley described a new genus Cryptocynodon allied to Hsoterodon. . This is founded on a small imperfect skull which is too imperfectly preserved to reveal much that is new in the structure of the Hndothiodont skull. Seeley differs from Owen and Lydekker in failing to recognise any marked Dicynodont characters in the Endothiodont skull, which he con- siders is much more nearly related to the Theriodont type. He regards the Endothiodonts as forming a distinct sub-order Endothio- Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 261 dontia, of the order Therosuchia, one of the two principal orders into. which he divides the Anomodontia. Within the last few years the only papers dealing with the Endothiodonts have been one or two by myself (7, 8, 9;°10, 11), dealing with certain points in the anatomy, and describing a few new forms. As, however, a considerable number of new specimens have been discovered, it is now possible to give a pretty complete account of the structure of the skeleton of the Endothiodonts. ENDOTHIODON BATHYSTOMA, Owen. About a year ago Mr. J. M. Bain presented to the South African Museum a number of fossil bones collected by his father, Mr. T. Bain, many of which are of great interest. Perhaps the most important specimen is the greater part of a skeleton of Hndothiodon bathystoma. There are preserved the antorbital portion of the skull, the front half of the lower jaw, the parietal crest, the greater part of the occiput, and two fragments of the arches. Of the vertebrze there are preserved 19 of the presacral series and 4 sacral vertebra. It is possible that all the vertebre from the first to the seventeenth in- clusive are preserved, but there are three points in the series where there may be a break. Immediately behind the axis, one, or possibly two, vertebree may be missing. On the other hand it is quite possible all the cervical vertebrae are present. Breaks occur between the fifth and sixth, and between the fifteenth and sixteenth vertebree, but it is improbable that any vertebre are missing at these points. Behind the seventeenth vertebra there are evidently a number of vertebree missing, only two being preserved out of possibly seven. The two may be the twenty-second and the twenty-sixth. The sacrum is composed of four vertebre, all of which are present and fairly well preserved. Of the shoulder girdle there are only pre- served the upper and the lower part of the right scapula, and a fragment of the right precoracoid. The proximal half of the right humerus is preserved. The pelvis is fairly well preserved, both ilia being practically complete, and the upper parts of both pubes and ischia being present. The proximal and distal ends of both femora are preserved with the proximal ends of the tibia and fibula of both sides. E In addition to this very fine specimen there is in the South African Museum the anterior part of the mandible of another individual. The chief new features that are revealed in the structure of the skull are the great width of the occiput, and the presence of a - 262 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. large parietal crest. Though the skull is very considerably crushed, it is less crushed than is the type specimen. Only a few of the cranial sutures can be distinctly made out. The premaxillary bones are almost certainly united as in Dicynodon, and are comparatively narrow. They appear to extend backwards between the nasals on the upper surface of the skull, as Owen believed to be the case in Hsoterodon uniseries, and as is the case in many other Anomodonts. The tooth-like processes in the front of the beak appear to be formed entirely by the premaxillaries. They are much more feebly developed than the caniniform processes in the larger species of Oudenodon. In front of the processes the edges of the premaxillaries pass upwards and inwards, meeting each other like the letter V, and forming a narrower depression which looks forwards and downwards, and which no doubt accommodated the sharp hooked point of the mandible. There is no evidence of any teeth in connection with the premaxillaries. | The maxillary bone is of large size, and forms the greater part of the side of the face. Extending back from the tooth-like process of the premaxillary the maxillary forms a narrow ridge which was probably in life covered with horn. Immediately within the ridge is a rather broad groove to accommodate the horny edge of the mandible. This groove is practically devoid of teeth, but on one side there is seen to be a single tooth about 4 cm. behind the tooth- like process. The specimen is not sufficiently developed to show fully the arrangement of the teeth, and owing to the nature of the matrix further development does not seem advisable. There is, how- ever, evident a row of 9 or 10 large teeth on the inner side of the groove. As the row passes backwards other teeth appear by the side of the main row, and at the back part of the row there are 3 or 4 teeth side by side. At the front of the toothed region in the middle line are two fairly large teeth. Unfortunately it is impossible with- out sectioning the specimen to decide in which bone these median teeth are implanted. Possibly they are displaced. The palatine bone of the left side is in part fairly well preserved, and very similar to that in the type specimen. It has no teeth. Part of the jugal bone is seen on the left side. It forms the whole of the lower margin of the orbit. The lachrymal bone appears to be unusually small, and the pre- frontal is also probably smaller than is usual in Anomodonts, though in the absence of the sutures it is impossible to be sure of the exact size and shape. In the upper and anterior corner of the orbit there is a low bony boss which is probably entirely formed by the pre- frontal, P Structure and Affinities of the Hndothiodont Reptiles. 263 The frontals are broad and probably short. The frontal region is slightly concave from side to side, and probably also somewhat concave in the antero-posterior direction. At the outer and posterior parts of the frontal region are two very prominent ridges which pass backwards and inwards to form the sides of the parietal crest. These ridges are formed mainly by the post-orbitals, but the most anterior part of each ridge is formed either by the frontal or by the post-frontal. Only a small part of the post- orbital part of the post-orbital bone is preserved, but the greater part of the posterior process is in good condition. This posterior portion forms, as in Anomodonts generally, practically the whole of the inner border of the temporal fossa. The parietals are no doubt long and narrow bones, but they are almost completely hidden by the post-orbitals. There is probably a large parietal foramen situated about 5 or 6 cm. behind the plane of the post-orbital arch. Of the occiput there are preserved the centre part showing the large condyle, and the foramen magnum, and the whole of the lower part of the left side including the ex-occipital, the lower part of the squamosal and the quadrate. The squamosal so far as preserved resembles pretty closely that of Dicynodon and Oudenodon. There are, however, one or two points of difference. As in the Dicynodonts generally the squamosal may be divided into three main parts: the part extending inwards to meet the parietal, the zygomatic portion which passes forwards to meet the jugal, and the descending portion which supports the quadrate. There is reason to believe that beyond the place of union of the zygomatic portion with the main part, the squamosal is con- tinued backwards a considerable distance as a trough-like bony plate. From the centre of radiation of the bone which lies near the point of union of the zygomatic portion, the squamosal in Endothiodon appears to send inwards and downwards a well-developed process to articulate with what is probably either the supra-occipital or the ex-occipital. The state of preservation is not such as to enable one to determine the structure of this portion of the occiput. The shape of the lower part of the squamosal will be better understood by reference to the figure than by description. The quadrate bone lies as in the Dicynodonts, below and in front of the lower part of the squamosal. Though it is impossible to describe the bone with any degree of certainty owing to the condition of the specimen, it would appear as if the bone was fairly similar in structure to that of Dicynodon and Oudenodon. ‘The upper portion spreads out like a fan and lies against the concave descending 264. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. portion of the squamosal. The inner part of the bone is well developed, and probably articulates with the ex-occipital. It also gives articulation to the bone which I regard as the tympanic. The articular surface of the quadrate looks forwards and slightly downwards. It appears to me to be convex from above downwards and concave from within outwards. The occipital bones are not very satisfactorily preserved, and no sutures can be detected. Though in general the occiput resembles that of Dicynodon there are one or two important differences. The condyle is strikingly different from that of any reptile hitherto described. It is of large size and passes back about 25 mm. from the foramen magnum. Instead of being convex, as in almost all reptiles, it is concave in the centre. At the sides it is fairly flat, while the lower third is distinctly convex. Though no sutures can be made out, it is probable that the lower convex part is formed by the basi-occipital bone and that it articulates with the large lower piece of the atlas. The side parts which appear to articulate with the arch of the atlas are probably formed by the ex-occipitals. The foramen magnum is of small size and about twice as high as broad. The supra-occipital bone, or at least that portion of the occiput above the foramen magnum, is directed almost vertically upwards. The lateral part of the ex-occipital is well developed and is fairly similar to that of Dicynodon. Instead, however, of being directed mainly outwards, it passes in Endothiodon almost as much back- wards as outwards, so that the posterior point of the ex-occipital is as much behind the condyle as the condyle is behind the foramen magnum. There is apparently a pretty large foramen between the ex-occipital and what is possibly the supra-occipital. The bone which hes below the ex-occipital, and which I regard as the tympanic, is considerably stouter than in Dicynodon and Oudenodon. Its relations, however, appear to be exactly similar in that it les between the quadrate and the par-occipital process. The basi-occipital bone so far as preserved agrees very closely with that in Dicynodon. There is a small part of the basi-sphenoid preserved which shows that it sent a plate-like process down in front of each par-occipital process exactly as in Dicynodon. The mandible has lost the posterior halves of both rami, but the anterior part of the jaw is well preserved. The fused dentaries and the united splenials are present in almost perfect condition, and there are also seen portions of the angulars and part of the left sur-angular, A small portion of the left articular is attached to the Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 265 left quadrate. In the type specimen the lower jaw as well as the snout is very badly crushed, and the extreme massiveness of the jaws is not readily appreciated. Though the mandible differs considerably from that of either Dicynodon or Oudenodon, it agrees rather more with the former than with the latter. In the tusked Dicynodon the front of the lower jaw is much compressed to allow it to pass between the long tusks, and as is the case in the sabre- toothed tigers, the anterior part of the jaw is greatly deepened. In Oudenodon the front of the jaw is much broader than in Dicynodon and relatively less deep, but otherwise the two closely resemble each other. In Endothiodon the jaw, though essentially similar in structure to that of the other Anomodonts, is different in front from that of either Dicynodon or Oudenodon in being much more powerfully built. The two dentaries, which are anchylosed, make with one another an angle like the letter V. There is little doubt that the jaw in front has ended in a sharp upturned point which fitted into the V-shaped depression in the front of the upper jaw. The upper border of each dentary behind the pointed portion has two parallel ridges about 12 mm. apart, and inside of the second ridge are the teeth. There is one main row of teeth which has, especially towards the hinder part, an irregular second row of smaller teeth ‘inside and another imperfect row of small teeth outside. The symphysis of the jaw is mainly formed by the powerful splenials, which are anchylosed together, and apparently also anchylosed to the den- taries. A little behind the symphysis each dentary is separated from the splenial by the angular passing forward between them. Immediately outside of the anterior part of the angular the dentary is very much thickened, forming a very marked tuberosity. It is highly probable that practically the whole of the outer surface dentaries has been covered by a horny sheath. Though Seeley (6) in his account of the lower jaw says nothing of the structure, it is possible from his figure to obtain some idea of the bones forming the posterior part. In the post-dentary portion he shows that there is a deep excavation on the outer side and figures a suture crossing it from above downwards and backwards. There is little doubt that the bone above the suture is the sur-angular and the lower bone the angular. The depression is somewhat similar to the depression in the jaw of Oudenodon trigoniceps. The articular region is described by Seeley as ‘‘ convex from above down- wards, wider above than below, and deeper than wide; it measures 7 cm. deep by 4 cm. wide as preserved, but may have been heart- shaped, with a concavity indenting the superior border.. Its lateral 266 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and inferior margin is rounded.” If the articular condyle is as thus described Seeley would be right in concluding that its form ‘ in- dicates a difference from Dicynodontia and all other Anomodontia hitherto described.” I am, however, inclined to fancy that much, if not the whole of the articular, is lost from Seeley’s specimen, and that the articular region did not differ greatly from that in Oudenodon. The atlas vertebra is as in the Theriodonts and most probably also the Dicynodonts, composed of an arch above and a well- developed inferior element. Owing to the difficulty of satisfactorily removing the matrix it is impossible to give a full description of this and the other vertebree, but sufficient is displayed to reveal the principal characters. The two halves of the arch appear to be anchylosed and form a short spine. The lower portion of the arch which articulates with the occipital condyle is strongly developed. The articular surface appears to look forwards and a little inwards and to be slightly concave. The two articular surfaces are about 10 mm. apart. From the region of the articulation there passes backwards and slightly outwards a strong transverse process or rib. There is no indication of the process being an autogenous element, and in the absence of evidence it may perhaps be safer to regard it as simply a transverse process. Whether there may have been a rib beyond the process the evidence does not show, but it seems improbable. The inferior element is somewhat similar in appearance to the intercentra of the Stegocephalians. It has in front an articular surface which appears to be concave in the vertical direction. It has also an articular surface behind for the odontoid process. Above the arch of the atlas is a well-developed pro-atlas. It is formed as in the Theriodonts and Anomodonts of two portions. Each portion has a distinct zygomatic process for articulation with the arch of the atlas. The axis is moderately large. As in mammals and most reptiles it is composed of a normally constructed vertebra with the centrum of the atlas united with it as the odontoid process. The odontoid process, though evidently firmly united with the body proper of the axis, is probably not completely anchylosed with it, as there is a very distinct groove dividing the two elements. Only the posterior part of the odontoid process is displayed. It has a distinct articular surface for the inferior element of the atlas, and is at the posterior part only a little narrower than the body proper of the axis. The body of the axis has on either side and towards the posterior half of the body two deep furrows which approach but do not meet each other at the middle line below. The body is concave behind, On Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 267 the level of the upper border of the body there is developed what is evidently a robust transverse process. There is no trace of a rib, but it seems probable that a small rib has been articulated to the lower side of the transverse process and the outer side of the body. The posterior zygapophyses lie for the most part inside of the pre- zygapophyses of the third cervical vertebra. The axis has a fairly prominent spine, but it is not much developed antero-posteriorly. Beyond the axis there are preserved three cervical vertebrae which may be the third to the fifth, but it is perhaps more probable that they are the fourth to sixth. The three vertebre very closely resemble each other, and they also resemble pretty closely the axis apart from the odontoid process. For convenience they will be referred to as the fourth, fifth, and sixth. The body of each vertebra has similar lateral grooves to those seen in the axis. The front half of the under side of the body is moderately flat trans- versely and forms on each side a small tubercle for the rib. The transverse processes are very well developed and pass directly outwards on a level with the upper border of the body. The total width of each vertebra is a little less than three times the width of the body. The spines are lost and the structure of the zygapophyses is not well shown. The structure of the proximal ends of the ribs of the three vertebre is fairly well seen. Each rib is double-headed and the two_heads are rather widely apart, the one articulating with the lower outer and anterior corner of the centrum, and the other with the under side of the outer part of the transverse process. The portion of the rib between the two articulations makes with the shaft an appearance like the letter Y. The shaft is slender. The next series of vertebre are probably the seventh to the eighteenth. The first of the series resembles pretty closely the sixth cervical and is probably the seventh cervical. The rest of the vertebrz are probably all dorsals. The seventh cervical is slightly imperfect. It differs from the more anterior cervicals in having the ribs more robust. The shaft of the rib passes backwards, outwards, and downwards ; and though the rib is still two-headed, the surface for articulation with the underside of the transverse process is so long that it almost joins the articulation for the centrum. The vertebra which follows the supposed seventh cervical and which is probably the first dorsal shows the centrum to be slightly different from that of the more anterior vertebrae. The articulation for the head of the rib forms a less marked tubercle owing apparently to the head of the rib articulating in part with the interarticular fibro-cartilage. In the second dorsal the tubercle is less developed than in the first, while in the third dorsal the o- 268 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. tubercle has almost disappeared and no trace of it can.be. seen in the fourth. As the articular surface disappears from the front of the side of the body, an articulation begins to..appear on the posterior part of the side. The third dorsal has as large an articula- tion on the posterior part of the side of the body as on the anterior. Each of the first three dorsals has well-developed transverse pro- cesses. In the third they are shorter than in the other two, and in the more posterior vertebre they become much shorter. The ribs have large articulations with the undersides of the transverse processes, and it is probable that this articulation is continuous with the articular surface of the body and that the ribs are single- headed. The zygapophyses are situated above the level of the transverse processes and are fairly closely together. The spines of the anterior dorsals are short. The posterior dorsal vertebre differ from the anterior in having the bodies narrower, deeper, and longer. The width across the transverse processes in the case of the ninth vertebra is less than twice the width of the body. There is little doubt that all the ribs of the posterior dorsal vertebrze are single-headed. The zygapophyses are even closer together than in the anterior dorsals. On passing backwards the-ribs articulate less and less with the bodies, and in the posterior dorsal region the articulations seem to be almost entirely with the transverse processes. The sacrum is well preserved and fairly well displayed. It appears to have consisted of only four vertebre, and if a fifth was united to ‘the fourth it is unlikely that it gave any support to the ilium. In general appearance the sacrum is not unlike that of ‘the -human Subject. The body of the first vertebra is broader than deep, and is Somewhat excavated at the-sides. The sacral rib is of large. size. It articulates with the upper part of the body and with’a large part of the side of the arch. . On passing outwards it expands backwards, forwards, and upwards, and supports the anterior part of the ilium. Kach rib is about as wide as the body of the vertebra. The second sacral vertebra has the body considerably longer than the first. Like the first 1t has the two sides slightly excavated. The rib is shorter than that of the first, but it expands to a much greater extent upwards, so that the height of the outer expanded. portion is almost as great as that of the whole vertebra. It extends from the lower border of the ilium to within a short distance of its upper border. The third and fourth sacral vertebrae are very similar to the second, only somewhat smaller, but the ribs, though they extend about as far upwards, do not expand so far downwards as in the second vertebra. Almost the whole of the expanded upper part of Structure and Affinities of the Endothodont Reptiles. 269 the ilium is supported by the four sacral vertebree. There are no caudal vertebre preserved. The shoulder girdle is very imperfectly preserved, the only parts remaining being the lower part of the right scapula with part of the precoracoid, and a portion of the top of one of the scapula, probably also the right. So far as preserved the scapula agrees pretty closely with that of Dicynodon and Oudenodon. There is a well-developed expansion in front which articulates with the precoracoid, and there is evidence of there having been a distinct acromion, but: whether this was as well developed as in Dicynodon the evidence does not satisfactorily show. On the inner side there is at the lower end, as in the Dicynodont scapula, a deep groove leading down to the precoracoid foramen. The glenoid surface of the scapula is nearly at right angles to the axis of the bone. The precoracoid is well developed but appears to have been relatively smaller than in Oudenodon. The precoracoid foramen on the outer surface opens about 10 mm. below the suture with the scapula. In this it differs from the Dicynodont condition and agrees with the condition in the Therocephahans (e.g., Ictidosuchus). It is interesting to note that the anterior border of the precoracoid does not extend so far in the direction of the precoraco-scapular suture as does the scapula. A similar condition was long ago observed in the small Dicynodont shoulder. girdle figured by Owen in his Catalogue. The humerus, which is represented by the upper half of the right bone, is strikingly Dicynodont. The head of the bone has the same kind of broad articulation as is found in the Monotremes, Dicynodon, and Oudenodon. When viewed from‘ above the proximal end of the bone has a somewhat sigmoid curve owing. to the deltoid’ ridge passing forward and outward and the mner angle of the bone being directed somewhat backwards from the transverse head. The deltoid ridge is of large size and bears similar relations to the head as does the ridge in Dicynodon and Oudenodon. At its lower angle the ridge does not form a downward process as in some species of Oudenodon (e.g., Oudenodon magnus [= Platypodosaurus robustus|). On the posterior surface of the humerus a well-developed ridge passes down the bone from the articular surface. On the inner edge of the bone, near the level of the lower margin of the deltoid ridge, is a fairly well- developed tricipital ridge. It is thus somewhat lower in position than the corresponding ridge in ‘“ Platypodosaurus,” and it is less pro- minent. This ridge has been supposed to be absent in Dicynodon, but though less developed than in Oudenodon, it is quite distinct in at least some species of Dicynodon. Close to the lower border of the tricipital ridge is situated the beginning of the entepicondylar foramen. o- 270 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The pelvis, which is represented by both ilia and portions of both pubes and ischia, is so far as preserved very like the pelvis of Oudenodon. Both ilia are broken across at the constricted portion, but fortunately practically nothing is lost at the seat of fracture on the left side, and the parts can be fitted together. On the right side the fractured surfaces have been much weathered and the bones badly crushed, so that there is a little doubt as to whether the parts have been correctly joined. The ilium is a large bone which terminates above in a long semi-circular crest. The upper portion is fairly flat, but the first half is somewhat concave owing to the anterior part of the ilium being directed outwards. Almost the whole of the upper portion of the ilium is supported by the four large sacral ribs. Posteriorly the upper portion of the illum ends in a rather sharp process. The middle portion of the ium is much con- stricted, and on the posterior side there is a very deep notch between the upper flat portion and the lower articular portion. The aceta- bulum is of large size and closed as in mammals. The lower portion of the ilium forms nearly half of it, and the articular surface of the ilium looks downwards, outwards, and backwards. The pubis is only represented by the upper or acetabular. portion, but though broken off a short distance below the acetabulum, enough remains to show that there was a distinct though probably not very large ischio- pubic or obturator foramen. There is also evidence of there having been in front a distinct pectineal process. The ischium, like the pubis, is broken off a little distance below the acetabulum. It is a much larger bone than the pubis. - The upper and lower portions of both femora are preserved, but unfortunately all the portions are considerably crushed, and itis thus impossible to give a satisfactory description of the bones. On the whole the femur agrees pretty closely with that of Oudenodon. The upper ends of both tibiz and of one fibula are preserved. As in Oudenodon, Lystrosaurus, and ‘“ Dicranozygoma,’” the head of the fibula is larger than the head of the tibia. In Hndothiodon, as in Lystrosaurus, it is very much longer. The head of the fibula articulates with the side of the head of the tibia and also gives a fairly large articulation to the femur. The heads of both tibiz are crushed and imperfectly displayed. They are about as broad as deep. There is a deep groove for the tibialis anticus muscle, as in Pareiasaurus. 3 The following are some of the principal measurements :— Snout to back of post-orbital arch ...............+.. 180 mm. Width of frontal region .......ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens a EST Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 271 Nitta Ol Parletaly CLOStiy. Discos ecer wedecenens ses teerae 29 mm. Whitlilarok haeke on Ghali. sacccc.secsvecauestesae sce 324 Width of mandible at back of dentaries............ 117 Greatest width ot humerus, ......0..0.00s.6+.5+es00 98 Kenseth ot iouricaeral(cemtra, © .3.5252.--.2 «206+ sucess 95 Dieme thy of Ita One Sti 8. soc) taeiee ap cleeecveeeese sees 125 emer bay otal tuna eae aes ec ede wear nie ooh wee a's ego's 154 ESOTERODON UNISERIES (Owen). This Endothiodont reptile was described by Owen in 1879 (5) from a snout sent to the British Museum by Mr. T. Bain. Though Owen in his paper does not give any locality for the specimen, in the British Museum Catalogue (1890) Lydekker (4) states that the specimen came “from the Beaufort beds on the flanks of the Nieuw- veldt range.”’ The specimen consists of the anterior part of a skull which bears some resemblance to that of Hndothiodon bathystoma, but differs, among other things, in only having a single row of teeth. Owen described it under the name Hndothiodon wniseries, and, com- paring it with Oudenodon and Dicynodon, concluded that “ the cranial characters are Anomodont.”’ The row of teeth Owen appears to have regarded as belonging to the palatine bone, and the real palatine bone he looked upon as the pterygoid. Lydekker pointed out Owen’s error, and gave what is no doubt the correct interpreta- tion of the bones. Seeley in 1895 (2) regarded the fossil as the type of a new genus, and though there is no doubt that it is closely allied to Endothiodon, I agree with Seeley in placing it in a distinct genus. In 1900 I published a restoration of the palate, and showed the structure and relations of the vomer. With the exception of the type specimen no other remains have hitherto been known. In the collection of fossils obtained by My. T. Bain, and recently presented to the South African Museum by his son, Mr. J. M. Bain, there are two specimens which almost certainly belong to this form. The first of these is the anterior portion of the left mandible. It not only belongs to this species, but it is in the highest degree probable that it is the mandible of the same indi- vidual. Most likely Mr. T. Bain found the jaw at the same time as the snout, and when sending the snout to the British Museum ap- parently omitted to send the jaw—possibly thinking the snout was all that was required to determine the form. The second specimen is the crushed occiput and posterior part of the base of the skull. This is also almost certainly a part of the skull of Hsoterodon 21 o- 272 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. uniseries, and most likely also belonging to the same individual as the type. The specimen which represents the back portion of the skull, on the whole, bears a fairly close resemblance to the corresponding portion of the skull of Dicynodon. The occiput is fairly well preserved, though somewhat crushed. The occipital condyle is like that of Hndothiodon bathystoma, exca- vated in the centre. When viewed from behind it is kidney-shaped, and about twice as broad as deep. The under side is flattened by the articular surface passing in below the condyle for a considerable distance. The posterior surface is, except for the deep central excavation, moderately flat. The upper and outer corners are rounded, and the middle portion of the upper side passes backwards as a distinct though small ridge. At the outer side of the base of the condyle is a large foramen as in Dicynodon. Immediately above the foramen is a little rough transverse tubercle for the attachment of some muscle. The foramen magnum is a little higher than broad, and is narrower above than below. At either side of the foramen there is a well-developed rounded tubercle, similarly situated to that in the occiput of Ptychosiagum orientale. The sutures cannot be made out, and the limits of the ex-occipital are therefore uncertain. The portion of occiput above the foramen magnum slopes forward. In the specimen much of the slope is due to crushing, but it is pro- bable that even in the uncrushed condition the slope is considerable. The ex-occipital has a well-developed external process for the support of the squamosal, as in Anomodonts generally. The downward processes of the basi-occipital are flatter than in the Dicynodonts, but this may be due in part to crushing. In front they are over- lapped by the basisphenoid, as in Dicynodon and Oudenodon. In the middle of the basisphenoid there is a deep pit, but whether it ends blindly or leads into a foramen is not revealed in the specimen. On either side of this median pit is a foramen which is probably the carotic foramen. Outside of this and a little in front is a larger foramen. This region of the Anomodont skull is the only region of which the anatomy is still unknown, and as I expect shortly to be in a position to give a detailed account of the sphenoid region, it will perhaps be better to avoid speculation on one or two points, which may possibly be cleared up by one or two specimens which are being sectioned. The back part of the pterygoids is fairly well preserved. It is chiefly noteworthy from the formation by the united pterygoids behind the oval median pterygoid pit of a prominent but very blunt keel. The lower jaw is represented by the greater part of the left dentary Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 273 and splenial, and a small part of the angular and sur-angular. There is a marked general resemblance between this jaw and that of Eindothiodon bathystoma, but the present jaw is of much lighter build. The dentary has no doubt been anchylosed to that of the other side, and the jaw has ended in front in a sharp upwardly directed process. The upper border of the dentary as preserved shows that portion which met the maxillary. Externally it has a sharp ridge which was probably covered by horn in the living animal. Within this ridge is a groove followed by another ridge. The two ridges are 10 mm. apart. To the inner side of the inner ridge lies the row of teeth. In the specimen the roots of only five are preserved, but there appear to have been at least ten and possibly eleven teeth in the row originally. The last, however, is rudi- mentary, and the second last small. Owen considers there are nine in the upper jaw. The lower part of the symphysis, and possibly more than half, is formed by the well-developed splenial. The splenial also forms about two-thirds of the inner surface of the portion of the jaw between the symphysis and the lateral fenestra. The anterior portion of the angular fits in between the splenial and the dentary as in Hndothiwodon bathystoma. The anterior part of the sur-angular articulates with the dentary above the lateral fenestra. The following are the principal measurements :— Depth of jaw in posterior molar region ............ 60 mm. Length of molar series (as preserved) ............ 67 MWadthvot oceipitalycondyle. 3.20.58 Ueto sce sna 37 Depth of occipital condyle (in middle) ............ 17 Width between ex-occipitals .............0sccaceeees 128 CRYPTOCYNODON SIMUS, Seeley. This genus, which is closely allied to HEsoterodon, is only known by the type specimen which was discovered by Seeley at Molteno Pass, in the Nieuwveldt range. Unfortunately the type specimen consists of only the preorbital portion of the skull, and that in a bad state of preservation. It shows the presence of a single row of simple molars as in Hsoterodon, with the addition of a small canine in front of and to the outer side of the row of molars. The arrange- ment of the palate is very similar to that in Esoterodon, the vomer uniting with the posterior median process of the premaxilla as in that genus, and the suggestion might be made that possibly this is a very young specimen of Hsoterodon wniseries, the small canine being o- 274 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. lost in later life. Owing to the very imperfect condition of the type specimen it is impossible to settle the point beyond doubt. In the meantime it will perhaps be safest to regard it as a distinct form. A restoration of the palate is given in fig. 19, pl. xiii. PRODICYNODON PEARSTONENSIS, Broom. This interesting type, which is unfortunately known only by the front half of the skull, and that in a rather imperfect condition, was -recently described by me (9) in Records of the Albany Museum. It was found at Pearston, Cape Colony, in the Lower Karroo beds. In _general appearance the skull resembles considerably that of Dicy- -nodon, but it differs, among other things, in having a few molar teeth arranged in two rows. The premaxillary portion of the beak is much broader than is usual in Dicynodon, and also flatter. On the upper surface of the snout only the impressions of the bones remain, and it is a little difficult to be certain about the sutures. The premaxillary certainly passes backwards on the upper side of the snout a short distance, but how far cannot be decided with absolute certainty. In the figure I previously gave of the upper side of the specimen I figured the premaxillaries as passing back between the nasals as far as the front of the frontals. J am now inclined to think that the posterior half of the portion of the snout in front of the frontals is really made up of the nasal bones, and that what I believed to be a suture between the nasal and premaxilla is the impression of a groove on the under surface of the nasal produced by a blood-vessel or nerve. If this latter be the correct view the nasal, instead of being a small element, would be a fair-sized bone. The inter-orbital portion of the skull is much narrower than is usual in Anomodonts. The pterygoids and palatines, so far as preserved, are very similar to those bones in .Dicynodon and Oudenodon. The lower jaw is not unlike that of ssome of the smaller species of Oudenodon, especially O. tragoniceps. The dentary has a well-marked longitudinal ridge above the fenestra. ‘The angular fits in between the dentary and the splenial in the same way as in Endothiodon. The canine tooth is round and is relatively smaller than in most Dicynodons, and it is directed well forwards, as in those specimens which are believed to be females. The molar teeth are few in number, arranged in two or possibly three rows, and are not serrated. In fig. 22, pl. xiu., is shown a restoration of the side view, and in fig. 21, pl. xi., a restoration of the palate. Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles... 275 OPISTHOCTENODON AGILIS, Broom. This small Endothiodont which, like the previous one, was found at Pearston, and in the same stratum, is represented by a fairly well preserved skull, clavicle, interclavicle, sternum, humerus, radius, and ulna of both sides, carpus and some phalanges of the right manus and portions of the left. : The skull is very like that of a small Oudenodon, and, apart from the presence of molar teeth, I am not aware of any cranial character that would distinguish the two genera. The skull has been already figured in upper view (9). If this figure be compared with the figures of Kistecephalus arctatus given by Owen, it will be seen that the resemblance is sufficiently close to make it possible that Owen’s species may belong to Opisthoctenodon. Liydekker (4) expresses doubt as to its being a Kistecephalus. One of the specimens (47088) at least most probably belongs to this genus. _ The teeth are confined to the maxillary and dentary bones. There appear to be five mature teeth, and there are very clear evidences of replacing teeth developing to the inner sides of the mature ones. Those teeth which are well preserved are seen to have a smooth anterior edge and a deeply serrated posterior border, there being seven denticulations on the only perfect tooth. The lower jaw is unusually flat and broad in front. The clavicle is long and slender and very mammal-like. It is curved almost exactly as in man. | The interclavicle is a small, flat, shield-like plate, of which the anterior border is moderately straight and the posterior border rounded. The sternum is an irregular, rounded flat plate, which is consider- ably broader in front than behind. It differs greatly in appearance from the interclavicle in that while the latter is formed of dense bone, the sternum has been either cartilage or ossified cartilage or. very spongy bone. The humerus is typically Dicynodont. The large deltoid ridge. extends over more than half of the bone. At its lower margin is. situated the entepicondylar foramen. ied The radius and ulna are not very well preserved, but both bones are fairly similar to those of Oudenodon. The ulna has the olecranon process considerably less developed than in Oudenodon trigoniceps. The carpus I have already described elsewhere. It consists as in Oudenodon, Theriodesmus, and most primitive reptiles, of four elements in the proximal row, viz., radiale, intermedium, ulnare, and pisiform, of two centralia, and of a distal row of carpalia. In - 276 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Oudenodon there are apparently five carpalia, in Opisthoctenodon there is evidence of only four. To the radial side of the first digit there is evidently a prepollex. It consists of a distal element lying by the side of the first metacarpal, and with a broad distal end. A small element which appears to support the metacarpal-like element articulates with the radiale and first carpale apparently. A third element lies to the radial side of the more proximal of the prepollex elements. This third element, however, may have nothing to do with the carpus. In the specimen the carpus is crushed into the base of the skull, and owing to the small size of the specimen, and the impossibility of doing much in the way of development, it is difficult to determine whether this third bone belongs to the carpus or is part of the crushed skull. I have figured it as it occurs. The metacarpals and phalanges are well developed and much more slender than in Oudenodon. The fifth digit is not preserved. There is a small portion of the fifth metacarpal, but whether the portion is the remains of a well-formed digit or the whole of an imperfect one the evidence does not show. OPISTHOCTENODON BRACHYOPS, 0. sp. This new species is founded on a small skull which has for very many years been in the collection of the South African Museum. It is believed to have come from the Beaufort West District, but the exact locality is uncertain. Though the specimen is badly weathered it is possible to make out most of the characters. The orbits are fairly round, and look more outwards than upwards. The post-orbital arches, though slender, are more robust than in O. agilis. The parietal region is considerably broader than the frontal, and is moderately flat. There is a large pineal foramen and a distinct pre-parietal bone. | The post-orbital bone forms almost the whole of the inner wall of the temporal fossa. Posteriorly it meets the squamosal. The posterior zygomatic portion of the squamosal is flat and directed outwards. The anterior part of the squamosal extends forward to under the orbit, but does not meet the maxilla. The jugal is well developed. The maxilla is a strongly developed bone. In front of the lower corner of the orbit is a distinct depression in the bone. The canini- form process is situated almost immediately in front of the plane of the orbit, and is very strong. The mandible is not well preserved, but in general structure it agrees with Oudenodon. ‘There are apparently four developed teeth with replacing teeth developing on the inner side. There is a distinct socket for at least some of the teeth. | Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 277 PRISTERODON MACKAYI, Huxley. Pristerodon is closely allied to Opisthoctenodon, but differs in having two well-developed tusks. The only known specimens have been found at Hast London in beds of probably similar age to those of Pearston and Beaufort West. In Huxley’s type, which is now in the British Museum, there is no evidence of tusks, but this is pro- bably due to the imperfection of the specimen. In a specimen sent many years ago to the South African Museum by Mr. G. McKay the tusks are very distinct. In other respects the South African Museum specimen agrees closely with Huxley’s type. The whole skull is more strongly built than in Opisthoctenodon. In the middle line of the snout is a prominent median ridge, and there is a parallel ridge above each nostril as in Esoterodon. The mandible is broader and shorter than in Opisthoctenodon, and turns up much more abruptly in front. At the back part of the dentary is a very strong longi- tudinal ridge, which passes directly outwards. There are con- siderably more teeth in the jaw of Pristerodon than in Opistho- ctenodon. In the South African Museum specimen there are at least six In a row. CHELYOPOSAURUS WILLIAMSI, Broom. The type of this species was discovered in a block of sandstone in the Premier Diamond Mine at Kimberley by Mr. Gardner Williams, after whom the specimen has been named. A preliminary descrip- tion was published in the Records of the Albany Museum (9). The specimen is represented by most of the presacral vertebre, many ribs, the right arm, the left femur, and a small portion of the skull. Probably only the atlas is missing among the presacral verte- bree, and if this be so then the full number would be twenty-six. The vertebre being split through are not very well preserved, but their relative sizes and some other points are seen in the figure given. The ribs are slender and, so far as can be seen, all single headed. The arm is not well preserved, and does not show any features not better seen in other Anomodonts. The thigh bone is very like that of Oudenodon, having a broad upper end and a narrow middle portion. The skull fragment consists of most of the left squamosal and jugal bones, a considerable portion of the maxilla, and most of the back part of the mandible. The bones are very like those of Oudeno- don, but the specimen is removed from that genus by the presence of a small maxillary tooth. The evidence does not show if there have been more, but it is probable. The tooth is moderately flat, 278 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and has no serrations. It would thus seem that Chelyoposaurus bears a similar relation to Prodicynodon that Opisthoctenodon does to Pristerodon. AFFINITIES OF THE ENDOTHIODONTS. It will be observed that while the various Endothiodonts have many characters in common, they can be divided into two groups, the members of which are much more closely related to each other than to the members of the other group. Thus it is manifest that Esoterodon is closely related to Endothiodon and Cryptocynodon, and that Pristerodon is a near ally of Opisthoctenodon. Prodi- cynodon, though less specialised than the other genera, comes nearer to Pristerodon than to Cryptocynodon. We may imagine the common ancestor of the Endothiodonts to have been a form somewhat intermediate between Cryptocynodon and Prodicynodon, with well-developed canines and with a single row of molars serrated in front and behind. By one line of descent there arose Endothiodon, the intermediate stages being Crytocyno- don and Esoterodon. A second line gave rise to Pristerodon and Opisthoctenodon, where the molars are only serrate behind. In the third line the molars became degenerate as in Prodicynodon, and finally lost as in Dicynodon and Oudenodon. Though there is great probability that Dicynodon is descended from Prodicynodon, or a closely allied form, there is considerable doubt as to whether Oudenodon is descended from Dicynodon by the loss of the tusk. The tuskless Endothiodonts, such as Opisthoctenodon, resemble Oudenodon much more closely in general characters than does Dicynodon, but it may be that the loss of the tusk in Opistho- ctenodon and Oudenodon has brought about a similar development in the two genera. In the meantime we may regard Oudenodon as bearing the same relations to Dicynodon that Opisthoctenodon does to Pristerodon. The discovery of the small Endothiodonts has pretty well bridged over the gap between Endothiodon and Oudenodon, and the ques- tion might well arise, are we justified in putting Hndothiodon in a different family from Oudenodon ? Had Dicynodon been a terminal type it would have been convenient to have put it in the same family as the Endothiodonts, but no sooner would it appear were the molars lost than a large number of molar-less forms arose—Lystrosaurus, Kistecephalus, Gurdonia, Geikia, and probably one or two others. It therefore seems advisable to place those forms which apparently have sprung from Dicynodon or a closely allied form in one family— Structure and Affinities of the Endothiodont Reptiles. 279 the Dicynodontide, and the other Anomodonts, which have molars, in a separate family—the Endothiodontide. With regard to the origin of the Endothiodonts little is known. There is no doubt that there is some affinity between the Anomo- donts and the Theriodonts, and though neither can be descended from the other, both doubtless had a common ancestor. There is strong probability that this common ancestor was one of the Thero- cephalians, but at present unknown. The cranial characters are strikingly similar in the Anomodonts and Therocephalians, and the other skeletal characters also point to a close relationship. When a Therocephalian is discovered which shows a degeneration of the incisor teeth we shall probably have a form allied to the ancestor of the Anomodonts. The known Endothiodonts may be arranged phylogenetically thus :— THEROCEPHALIAN ANCESTOR Cryptocynodon, Seeley Pristerodon, Huxley Prodicynodon, Broom Ksoterodon, Seeley pon ie Eo Opisthoctenodon, Broom Endothiodon, Owen eo oa Oudenodon, Owen ico Lystrosaurus, Cope Kistecephalus, Owen ( 280) REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. (1) T. H. Huxtny. “On Sawrosternon bain and Pristerodon mackayt,’ Geol. Mag., vol. v., 1868. (2) H. G. Shenry. “ Researches on the Structure, &c., of the Fossil Reptilia,” ix. 1. ‘On the Therosuchia,”’ Trans. Roy. Soc., VOl, CIXXXV.cdD. 1 OO4: (3) R. OwEn. “Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia of South Africa in the Collection of the British Museum,” London, 1876. (4) R. Lypexxer. “ Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum,” pt. iv., 1890. (5) R. Owen. “On the Endothiodont Reptilia with Evidence of the Species Hndothiodon wuniseries, Ow.,” Q.J.G.S., VOkoxxxy., 1879, (6) H. G. Seeney. ‘On Further Evidence of Hndothiodon bathy- stoma, Owen, from Oude Kloof,” Q.J.G.S., vol. xlviu., 1892. (7) R. Broom. ‘On the Structure of Palate in Dicynodon and its Allies,” TrS. af. Phill Soc volkxi, partra S00: (8) R. Broom. ‘On some Points in the Anat. of Anomodont Skull,’ Rec. Alb. Mus., part 2, 1904. (9) R. Broom. ‘‘On two new Endothiodont Genera (Opistho- ctenodon and Prodicynodon),” Rec. Alb. Mus., part 2, 1904. (10) R. Broom. ‘Notice of a new Endothiodont Genus (Chelyopo- saurus),” Rec. Alb. Mus., part 3, 1904. (11) R. Broom. ‘On the Origin of Mammalian Carpus and Tarsus,” Tr. 8. Af. Phil. Soc. vol. xv., part 4, 1905. ( 281 ) REFERENCES TO FIGURES. Ac. Acromion; Ang. Angular; B.O. Basi-occipital; B.S. Basisphenoid; c* and c?, centralia 1 and 2; Civ—Cvii, Cervical vertebree iv and vii; C.Ax. Centrum of Axis ; Cl. Clavicle; Co. Coracoid; D. Dentary; Di, Dx, Dxi, Dorsal vertebre 1, 10, and 11; Ent. For. Entepicondylar foramen; E.O. Ex-occipital; F.M. Foramen Magnum ; G.C. Glenoid cavity; i. Intermedium; I. Cl. Interclavicle ; IJ. Ilium ; Is. Ischium; L. At. Lower piece of Atlas; Mx. Maxilla; O.P. Odontoid process ; Pa. Parietal; P. At. Pro-atlas; P. Co. Precoracoid ; P.F. Pineal foramen ; pi. pisi- form; Pmx. Premaxilla; P.O. Post-orbital: P. Pa. Preparietal; Pt. Pterygoid ; Pu. Pubis; Qu. Quadrate ; R. Radius; r.radiale; S.A. Sur-angular ; Sc. Scapula ; Sp. Splenial ; Sp. Ax. Spine of Axis; Sq. Squamosal; St. Sternum; T. At. Trans- verse process of Atlas; T. Ax. Transverse process of Axis; Ty. Tympanic ; U. Ulna; u. ulnare; Vo. Vomer; x. and y. bones of prepollex; z. doubtful element probably not belonging to carpus. Puate XII. FIG. 1. Side view of skull of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °37. 2. Upper ,, 59 ms oy x Ble 3. Under view of mandible of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °37. 4, Occiput of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °37. 5. Upper view of vertebree of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °22. 6; /Uinder » a ie ie S22) 7. Front view of atlas and pro-atlas of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °22. 8. Side view of right shoulder girdle of % a Dy, oF Inner 5, Be 53 5 5 x22: 10. Front view of right humerus of a . 222 11. Side view of pelvis of Endothiodon bathystoma, x °22. 122 Upper, 7, » and sacrum of Hndothiodon bathystoma, xX *22. 13. Under ,, zs a a at - Xerces 14. Front view of right femur of - at PE PuatEe XIII. 15. Side view of skull of Hsoterodon uniseries, x °42. 16. Underside ,, - ,, 5 re (pal. after Owen) x ‘33. 17. Occiput of Hsoterodon uniseries, x *54 18. Portion of mandible of Hsoterodon wniseries, x *23. 282 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Fie. 19. Restoration of palate of Cryptocynodon, x ‘6. 20. am ss Endothiodon, x :23. 21. er He Prodicynodon. Nat. size. 22. 5 skull of Prodicynodon pearstonensis. Nat. size. 23. Skull of Opisthoctenodon brachyops, from above, x °82. 24. an *, RA side view, x °82. 25. Pr agilis (restored slightly). Nat. size. 26. @lavicle, inter clavicle, and sternum of Opisthoctenodon agilis, x 1:13. 27. Left humerus of Opisthoctenodon agilis, x 1:13. 28. Left forearm and manus of Opisthoctenodon agilis, X 1:13. 29. Right manus of Opisthoctenodon agilis, x 1:13. 30. Molar tooth of re x 5 31. Skeleton of Chelyoposaurus williamsi, x ‘54. 32. Restoration of skull of Pristerodon mackayi. Nat. size. Puate XIV. 33, Restoration of skeleton of Hndothiodon bathystoma, Reduced, Trans.o Ate ein Soc voila. R.Broom del ENDOTHIODON BATHYST OMA, Owe. mlare Ae -- —-- 10 = s 1 1 & Swe See Ce) é West,Newman lith. London. ENDOTHIODON BATHYSTOMA, Owen. Trans: S Are Phe SOG, Von! (pager noe sas ie _—— me - =- ona R. Broom del. '1a.15-18 ESOTERODON UNISERIES, Owen. F1a.20 ENDOTHIODON BATHYSTOMA Owen. 19 CRYPTOCYNODON SIMUS, Seeley. Fro 21-22 PRODICYNODON PEARSTONENSIS, Broom. a — Plate XI. es ei ca t é ' 5 i i 1 \ West, Newman lith.London. WILLIAMSI, Broon @.32, PRISTHRODON MACKAYI, Au Broom. Fre,3] CHELYOPOSAURUS > PLOOTMN. 5, Fic.23-24 OPISTHOCTEN ODON BRACHYOP zley.| Fr Fig.25-30 OPISTHOCTENODON AGILIS rans o Air Phil Soc. Vol XY: aa Plate XIV. RESTORATION OF ENDOTHIODON BATHYSTOMA, Owen. About /7 nat. size. R. Broom del. West, Newman lth. liondon ES 4 oe (283 ) CATALOGUE OF PRINTED BOOKS, PAPERS AND MAPS RELATING TO THE GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA, TO DECEMBER 31, 1904. By Miss M. Witman, South African Museum, Cape Town. In these pages an attempt is made to bring together the titles of all contributions to the geology and mineralogy of South Africa. In addition a few papers are included which deal mainly with the geology of other lands, but have some reference to that of South Africa, and are therefore of interest to South African geologists. Many of these works are of no scientific value, but are included because they are the only records that remain of the early workers. Others, again, find a place here solely because the references to them in the earlier lists are obscure, and it is thought that the full reference often describes the paper sufficiently to act as a warning to other explorers in the mazes of South African so-called geological literature. A few text-books only are noticed that are of special interest, and no attempt has been made to include them all. Much difficulty was experienced in making this catalogue, owing to the fact that the books which it was necessary to consult are scattered through so many libraries, that it was impossible for any one person to see them all. A great deal of valuable help has however been given by friends, and by others on whom I have no claim, and I have pleasure in thanking them for their very great kindness. To mention them all by name would be an impossibility here, but some there are upon whose good nature specially large demands have been made. Dr. G. 8. Corstorphine and Admiral Maclear have sacrificed many a valuable hour to this list. 22 o- 284 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Mr. Walcot Gibson, of the Geological Survey of England, and Mr. J. V. Zelizko, of the Kaiserlich-Kénigliche Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna, have very kindly given their services, and it is almost impossible to say how much this catalogue owes to them for the time which they have spent, and the immense pains which they have taken in verifying references and in adding to the number of them. To the compilers of the earlier book-lists and bibliographies, and to the custodians of the libraries which I have been allowed to use, my thanks are also due. The abbreviations used are, in most cases, those adopted for the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. M. WILMAN. Care Town, December, 1904. ( 285 ) GENERAL Abel, Clarke. Narrative of a journey in the interior of China, and of a voyage to and from that country in the years 1816 and 1817; containing an account of the most interesting transactions of Lord Amherst’s embassy to the court of Pekin, and observations on the countries which it visited. [Geological appearances at the Cape of Good Hope, 285-312. ] London, 1818, 4to, xvi + 420 pp., illustr., maps. Abraham, F. Aufrichtige Geschichte der Goldminen des Wit- watersrands (Stidafrikanische Republik). Ein Vortrag gehalten im Wiirttembergischen i fiir Handelsgeographie in Stuttgart. Berlin, 1892, 8vo, 51 pp., Zs. prakt. Geol., B03, 164-166. Adler, N. Diamanten in Siid-Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst, 1869, 351-352. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1870, 485. Ahrens, F. B. Die Goldindustrie der Siidafrikanischen Re- publik (Transvaal). Stuttgart, Samml. chem. Vortr., 2, 1897, 257-324, 15 illustr. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 110. Alexander, J. E. Latest intelligence from Captain Alexander. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 7, 1837, 489-446. Narrative of a voyage of observation among the colonies. of Western Africa, in the flag-ship Thalia ; and of a campaign in Kaffir-Land, on the staff of the Commander-in-Chief, in 1835. London, 1837, 2 vols., 8vo, maps, pls. Report of an expedition of discovery through the countries. of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans, and the Hill Damaras, in South. Africa. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 8, 1838, 1-28. - 286 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Alexander, J. E. An expedition of discovery into the interior of Africa through the hitherto undescribed countries of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans, and Hill Damaras. London, 1838, 2 vols., 12mo. Alford, C. J. Geological features of the De Kaap gold-fields. London, Mining J., 1889, 453, 475. Witwatersrand gold-fields, their geological features. London, Mining J., 1889, 1141-1142, map. The geology of the Witwatersrand district. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 1, 1-6. The geological features of the De Kaap gold-fields. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 2, 1-8, No. 4, 1-4. The geology of the Sheba Mine. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 5, 7. Notes on a salt deposit about 25 miles north of Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 6, 1-2. —— Notes on an expedition to Zoutpansberg. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 10, 1-5. Geological features of the Transvaal, South Africa. London, 1891, 8vo, vi + 69 pp., illustr., maps. On auriferous rocks from Mashonaland. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, proc. 8-9. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 277, 1896-97, 104. Alison, M. S. On the ‘Origin and formation of pans.” [ Discussion, v. Prister, A., Draper, D.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 159-161. Amalitzky, V. Ueber die Anthracosien der Permformation Russlands. Stuttgart, Paleontographica, 39, 1892, 125-214, pl. xix.—xxiil. N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 403-406. —- Quelques remarques sur les dépédts permiens supérieurs continentaux de la Russie et de l'Afrique méridionale. Varsovie, Trav. Soc., Nat., 6 (1894-95), 117-126 [Russian]. A comparison of the Permian fresh-water Lamelli branchiata from Russia with those from the Karroo System of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 51, 1895, 837-849, pl. xii., xiii. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 16, 1895, 198-199. — Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 279-280. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 2, 375-376. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 287 Amalitzky, V. Sur les fouilles de 1899 de débris de vertébrés dans les dépéts permiens de la Russie du Nord. St.-Pétersbourg, Trav. Soc. nat., 11, 1900, C.R., 177-198, 201-220. 5 pl. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 231-234. Sur la découverte, dans les dépéts permiens supérieurs du Nord de la Russie, d’une flore glossoptérienne et de reptiles Pareia- saurus et Dicynodon. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 182, 1901, 591-593 Ammon, Ll. von. Devonische Versteinerungen von Lagoinha in Mato Grasso (Brasilien). Berlin, Zs. Ges. Erdk., 28, 1898, 852-366. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 2, 454. Anchieta, José de. Tracos geologicos da Africa occidental portugueza. [Published in Benguella in 1885, reproduced in :] Lisboa, Bol. Soc. Geog., (5), 1885, 525-529. Anderson, W. First report of the geological survey of Natal and Zululand. | : Pietermaritzburg, Natal Parl. Report, 1901, 4to, 188 pp. 20 pl. Second report of the geological survey of Natal and Zululand. London, Natal Parl. Report, 1904, 4to, 169 pp., 11 pl. Report on the Stormberg coal-measures, to the west of Molteno, Cape Colony. v. Second report . . . ., 141-146, pl. ix. Andersson, A. A. Notes on the geography of South Central Africa, in explanation of a new map of the regions. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 6, 1884, 19-36, map. ; Twenty-five years in a waggon in the gold regions of Africa. London, 1887, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr. Andersson, C. J. Explorations in South Africa, with route from Walfisch Bay to Lake Ngami, and ascent of the Tiogé River. London, J. R. Georg. Soc., 25, 1855, 79-107. Lake Ngami; or explorations and discoveries during four years’ wanderings in the wilds of South Western Africa. London, 1856, 8vo, xviii + 546 pp., illustr., map. The Okavango River: a narrative of travel, exploration, and adventure. London, 1861, 8vo, xxi + 364 pp., illustr. o 288 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Andrade, A. A. F. de. Reconhecimento geologico dos terri- torios portuguezes comprehendidos entre Lourengo Marques e 0 rio Zambeze. Lisboa, 1894, 8vo, 185 pp., geol. map. Rev. Obras. pub. Minas, 27, 1896, 316-529, map. Paris, Ann. Géogr., 1897, 229. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1897, 274-276. Andree, R. Die Steinzeit Afrikas. Braunschweig, Globus, 41, 1882, 185-190. Andrew, J. Diamond digging in South Africa. Hobart, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887, 98-106. Andrews, A. J. Discovery of fossil beds at the Witkopje Pan. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 3, 1898, 146. Anonymous. [Where the author is not known, publications are indexed according to the subject, not the locality. | Apjohn, James. Ona new variety of alum. Dublin, Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1 (1836-39), 51-52. London, Phil. Mag. (3), 12, 1838, 103-104, 124-125. On a new variety of alum. London, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 7, Liverpool 1887, trans. 49-50. Arber, E. A. Newell. On the Clarke Collection of fossil plants from New South Wales. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 58, 1902, 1-26, pl. i. Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 573. On the distribution of the Glossopteris flora. London, Geol. Mag., 9, 1902, 346-349. Notes on some fossil plants collected by Mr. Molyneux in Rhodesia. v. Pode A. J. C.: The sedimentary deposits of Rhodesia. Appendix iii., 88-290. Archiac [ Vicomte] d and Verneuil [P. E. P.] de. On the fossils of the older deposits in the Rhenish provinces; preceded by a general survey of the fauna of the Paleozoic rocks, and followed by a tabular list of the organic remains of the Devonian System of Europe. 3 London, Trans. Geol. Soc. (2), 6, 1842, 303-410, pl. xxv.-xxxviii. Atcherley, R. J. A trip to Boérland, or a year’s travel, sport, and gold-digging in the Transvaal and Colony of Natal. London, 1879, 8vo, x + 267 pp. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 289 Atherstone,.W.G. Geology of Uitenhage. {A lecture delivered at the General Institute, Graham’s Town. | Graham’s Town, E. P. Mon. Mag., 1, 1857, 518-532, 580-595, pl. Namaqualand andits mining prospects. [Report to Graham’s Town Prospecting Company, Feb., 1855.] Graham’s Town, HE. P. Mon. Mag., 1, 1857, 642-651, and 2, 1857, 1-8. A physician’s holiday, from Graham’s Town tothe Kasouga. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag. (1), 4, 1858, 2738-282, 328-334. Holiday trips, No.1. The Alum cave. [Bushman River.] Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (1), 5, 1859, 202-210. The discovery of diamonds at the Cape of Good Hope. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 208-213. and Evans, C. Notes on the Stormberg coal. London, Mining J., 41, 1871, 38. and Bain, T. Searching for gold. The correspondence of Dr. Atherstone and Mr. Bain. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 2, 1871, 183-189. [Report on a tour in connection with reputed gold discoveries in the Gouph. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [A. 30-’71]. From Graham’s Town to the Gouph. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 2, 1871, 304-310, 364-371, and 3, 1871, 42-51. My trip to the Diamond-fields. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 3, 1871, 243-247, 284-293, 360-367. [On fossils from the Bethelsdorp salt-pan and from the Cederbergen. | Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 5, 1872, 63, 252. Nuggets [fossils] of the Gouph. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 7, 1873, 1-4. From Graham’s Town to the Gold-fields. A physician’s holiday. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 8, 1874, 243-245, and 9, 1874, 30-35. —— [Report on the Milwood gold-fields. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 12-15 [G. 44-’89.] Kimberley and its diamonds. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A. Trans., 1, 1896, 76-82. 290 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Aubert, V. S. [Report addressed by M. Aubert, Consul for France at Pretoria, to the Minister for Foreign Affairs, Paris.] Paris, | Ann. Mines, 13, 1888, 552-557, and 14, 1888, 540. [Extracts by F. Fouqué. | La République Sud-Africaine; situation économique et commerciale en 1889. Paris, 1889. Aylward, A. The Transvaal of to-day. War, witchcraft, sport, and spoils in South Africa. [Notes indications of a former ice age.] Edinburgh and London, 1878, 8vo, xii + 428 pp., map. Backhouse, J. A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South Africa. London, 1844, 8vo, xvi + 648 + lvi pp., illustr., 2 maps. Bailie, A. C. Report on the general features of the interior of Africa, between Barkly and Gubuluwayo ; to accompany map of the route. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 48, 1878, 287-293. Baily, W. H. Description of some Cretaceous fossils from South Africa; collected by Capt. Garden of the 45th Regiment. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 454-465, pl. xi.—xii. Bain, A. G. On the head of an ox found in the alluvial banks of the Modder, South Africa. London, Proc. Geol. Soc., 3, (1838-42), 152. On the discovery of the fossil remains of bidental and other reptiles in South Africa. [Read January 8, 1845.] London, Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), '7, 1845-56, 53-59. Proc. Geol. Soc., 4 (1843-45), 192, 499-500. Q. J. Geol. Soc., 1, 1, 1845, 317-318. Edinburgh, New Philos. J., 39, 1845, 333-334. — [Account of the geology of Namaqualand. ] v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 35-37 [A. 39-’54]. — On the geology of Southern Africa. [Read November 17, 1852.] London, Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), '7, 1845-56, 175-232, pl. xx.-xxviii. Stuttgart N. Jahrb., 1861, 638-640. Geology of South Africa. Reminiscences and anecdotes connected with the history of geology in South Africa, or the pur- suit of knowledge under difficulties. Graham’s Town, EK. P. Mon. Mag., 1, 1857, 7-20. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 59-75. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 291 Bain, A. G. Geology of South Africa. A lecture delivered at the General Institute, Graham’s Town. Graham’s Town, E. P. Mon. Mag., 1, 1857, 396-407, 456-465. Bain, T. v. Atherstone, W. G. and Atherstone, W.G. [Report on a tour in connection with reputed gold discoveries in the Gouph. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [A. 30-71]. Prospecting for gold in the Bokkeveld. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 8, 1874, 300-304. [Search for gold in the Knysna district. ] Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 12, 1876, 191-192. Notes on the geology of the Western districts. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 15, 1877, 171-178. Bone caves at Knysna. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (8), 2, 1880, 255-256. and Osborne, C. F. Report on the recent gold discoveries in the division of Knysna... . v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 46-86]. and Hahn, P. D. Report on a tour of inspection to the auriferous parts of the districts of Prieska and Griqualand West. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, Government Notice [No. 898, ’87], and pp. 16-17, [G. 48-88]. v. Report of the Milwood (Knysna) Gold Commission. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 47-’87]. v. Reports on the Knysna gold-fields, and on gold mining and prospecting in the Colony for the year 1887. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 48-88]. and Seeley, H. G. [Memorandum on an examination of certain mineral districts in the Cape Colony. | vy. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, Govt. Notice [No. 816, ’89], and pp. 12-14 [G. 45-90]. and Hahn, P. D. Reports upon the alleged discovery of coal in the Division of Oudsthoorn. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [A. 1-’89]. —— [Report on the Milwood gold-fields. ] v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 15-16, [G. 44-’89]. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor, for the year 1888. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 45-89]. 292 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Bain, 'l'. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor, for the year 1889. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 45-’90]. Report upon recent investigations into the gold dis- coveries upon the farms ‘‘ Spreeuwfontein and ‘‘ Klein Waterval”’ in the district of Prince Albert. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [A. 12-91]. Report upon the discovery of gold in the division of Prince Albert. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [A. 13-’91]. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor, for the year 1890. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 16-91]. —— Report on part of the coal measures, Kastern Province. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 17-21 [G. 52-’91}. — v.Gold. The nuggets of the Gouph. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor, for the year 1891. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [G. 32-92]. -—— Discovery of galena, &c., in @aqualund West. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [C. 13-93]. Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor, for the year 1892. v C. G.H. Parl. Reports [G. 28-93]. Baines, T. The Limpopo, its origin, course, and tributaries. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 24, 1854, 288-291. — Scenes on the Zambesi. [Including] Coal mines near Tete 293-297. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (1), 8, 1860, 289-299. Explorations in South-West Africa. Being an account of a journey in the years 1861 and 1862 from Walvisch Bay, on the western coast, to Lake Ngami and the Victoria Falls. London, 1864, 8vo, xiv + 535 pp., illustr., 3 maps. Notes to accompany Mr. C. J. Andersson’s map of Damaraland. | London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 86, 1866, 247-248. — Letters from the Interior. The gold-fields of Matabili- land. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 1, 1870, 65-81. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 293 Baines, T. Account of Mr. Baines’s exploration of the gold- bearing region between the Limpopo and Zambesi Rivers. Pre- pared from Mr. Baines’s journals by Robert James Mann. London, Proc. Geog. Soc., 15, 1870-71, 147-153. — J.R. Geog. Soc., 41, 1871, 100-131, sketch map. At the Tati gold-fields. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 4, 1872, 99-107. The Gold Regions of South-Eastern Africa, accompanied by biographical sketch of the author. London and Port Elizabeth, 1877, 8vo, xxiv + 187 pp., illustr., map: Baker, H. On a crystal of diamond. London, J. Chem. Soc., 37, 1880, trans. 579-581. [Ballot, J.] Witwatersrand gold-fields. The banket forma- tion, its probable origin, and its present position. Johannesburg, 1888. Barber, M. E. Inthe Claims. |Stone implements, Colesberg Kopje.] Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 4, 1872, 39-45. The Kommetje veldt of Kaffraria. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 125-127. Bardeleben, K. On the prepollex and prehallux, with obser- vations on the carpus of Theriodesmus phylarchus. London, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, 259-261. Barker, T. V. On some crystals of quartz from De Aar (Cape Colony) and other localities. London, Mineral Mag., 18, 1901-03, 331-335. Barrat, M. Sur la géologie du Congo frangais. Paris, Ann. Mines, 7, 1895, 379-508, 2 maps. London, Colliery Guard., '70, 1895, 491-492. Barrett-Hamilton, G. E.H. Traces of past glacial action in the Orange River Colony, South Africa. London, Nature, 67, 19038, 223. Barrow, J. An account of travels into the interior of Southern Africa in the years 1797 and 1798, including cursory observations on the geology and geography of the southern part of that con- tinent. London, 1801-04, 2 vols., 4to, map, engravs. Bauer, Max. Edelsteinkunde. Leipzig, 1896, 8vo, xvi + 711 pp., illustr., 20 pl. London, 1904, 8vo, xvi + 627 pp., 20 pl., 94 text ffg. [Trans. with additions by L. J. Spencer. ] - 294 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Baum, H. Kunene-Sambesi-Expedition. H. Baum. 1903. Berlin, 1903, 8vo, xi + 593 pp., illustr., map, 13 pl. Baur, G. Ueber die Kanaéle im Humerus der Amnioten. Leipzig, Morph. Jahrb., 12, 1886, 299-805. On the phylogenetic arrangement of the Sauropsida. Boston, J. Morph., 1, 1887, 938-104. Erlangen, Biol. Centralbl., '7, 1887, 481-493. Miinchen, Sitzber. Ges. Morph., 3, 1887, 46-61. Bemerkungen itiber die Osteologie der Schléfengegund der héheren Wirbelthiere. Jena, Anat. Anz., 10, 1894, 315-830. and Case, E.C. On the morphology of the skull of the Pelycosauria and the origin of mammals. Jena, Anat. Anz., 18, 1897, 109-120, 3 ffg. The history of the Pelycosauria, with a description of the genus Dimetrodon, Cope. Philadelphia, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 20, 1899, 5-62, pl. i—iii. Bawden, F. W. A short description of the Klerksdorp gold- fields. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8.A., 3, 1898, 12-16, map, sect. Notes on Professor Prister’s paper. [On the Witwatersrand auriferous deposits. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 48-45. Beck, R. Die Diamantlagerstitte von Newland in Griqua Land West. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 163-164. Neues von den afrikanischen Diamantlagerstatten. [On T. G. Bonney’s paper. |] Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 417-419. Lehre von den Erzlagerstatten. Berlin, 2 ed., 1908, 8vo, xxx + 782 pp., 1 pl., 257 ffg. Becker, G. F. The Witwatersrand banket, with notes on other gold-bearing pudding stones. Washington, U. 8. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rep., 18, 5, (1896-97), 153-184, pl. i. [map]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 147-148. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 212-217. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1899, 1, 89-92. Lewis [H. Carvill] on the diamond. New York, Science, 6, 1897, 664-667. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 295 Becker, G. F. New diamond find in the Transvaal. New York, Science, 6, 1897, 726-727. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 117. Auriferous conglomerate of the Transvaal. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 5, 1898, 193-208. London, Nature, 57, 1897-98, 500. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1900, 1, 240-241. Beckford, W. The Transvaal as a gold-bearing district. London, 2 ed., 1886, 8vo, 39 pp. [1 ed. 1884]. Bel. Les mines d’or du Transvaal. Paris, Economiste franc., 1892, 2, 487-489. Belek, W. Die Koloniale Entwickelung Siidwestafrikas, 1. Hinleitung. Die erzliche Ausbeute. Berlin, D. Kol. Ztg., 3, 1886, 52-57. Bell, C. D. Memorandum as to mineral lands, the property of the Crown, within the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 16-20 [A. 89-’54]. and Nolloth, M. S. [Reports on the copper fields of Little Namaqualand, and on the bays and harbours of that coast. ] y. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [1855]. Bellio, Ney, Lanramelln se. Bent, J. The ruined cities of Mashonaland. Being a record of excavation and exploration in 1891. With a chapter on the orienta- tion and mensuration of the temples by R. M. W. Swan. London, 1892, 8vo, xi + 876 pp., maps, plans. Berg, G. Gesteine von Angola. Sad Thomé und St. Helena. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt, 22, 357-362. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1904, 484. Berghaus, Hermann, Jr. Die Colonie Natal und die siidafri- kanischen Freistaaten. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 1855, 273-291, pl. xx. [map]. Berthoud, P. v. Renevier, E. Bertrand, M. KHssai de reconstitution de la géographie des temps carboniferes. | Paris, Bul. Soc. Géol., 24, 1895-96, 24-25. Berwerth, T. Mittheilungen aus dem naturhistorischen Hof- museum in Wien: grosser Diamantkrystall aus dem Capland. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 19, 1900, 340-341. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 36, 1902, 313. - 296 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Beta, bn, ¥v, Ballot; i. Birkinbine, J. The production of iron ores in various parts of the world. Washington, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Sury., 16, 8, (1894-95), 21 maps. Blake, J. F. List of types and figured specimens recognised by C. D. Sherborn, F'.G.S., in the collection of the Geological Society of London. Verified and arranged with additions by .. . London, 1902, 8vo, 100 + xxxii. pp. Blancheton, E. Universal Exhibition, 1855. Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Vade-Mecum. [Mineral resources. | Cape Town, 1855, 8vo, 132 pp., pls. [Also French edition. ] Blanford, H. F. On the age and correlations of the plant- bearing series in India, and the former existence of an Indo-oceanic continent. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 31, 1875, 519-540, pl. xxv. — Geol. Mag., 2, 1875, 1384. Note on the question of the glacial or volcanic origin of the Talchir boulder-bed of India and the Karoo boulder-bed of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 33, 1877, proc. 7. Blanford, W. T. The paleontological relations of the Gon- dwana System: a reply to Dr. Feistmantel. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 11, 1878, 104-150. — v. Medlicott, H. B. Presidential Address, Section C, [on homotaxis, as illustrated from Indian formations]. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 54, Montreal 1884, 691-711. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 18, 1885, 82-57. On additional evidence of the occurrence of glacial condi- tions in the palseozoic era, and on the geological age of the beds containing plants of Mesozoic type in India and Australia. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 42, 1886, 249-260. Presidential Address [on the permanence of ocean basins]. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 46, 1890, 43-110. The southern Carboniferous flora. London, Nature, 52, 1895, 595. On the papers by Dr. Kossmat and Dr. Kurtz, and on the ancient geography of ‘‘ Gondwanaland.”’ Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Soc. Ind., 29, 1896, 52-59. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. | 297 Blanford, W.T. On evidence of glaciation in Dwyka beds. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 56, 1900, iii. Nature, 61, 1899-1900, 191. Bleloch, W. Rand conglomerates. [Discussion, v. Draper, D., Prister, A., Simpson, H. C., Frames, M. E.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 175-181, pl., and 5, 1899, 30-40 [reply]. , The new South Africa, its value and development. London, 1 ed., 1901, 8vo, xvi + 435 pp., illustr., maps, diagrs. —— 2ed., 1902, 8vo, xxvi + 435 pp., illustr., maps, diagrs. [Revised. | [On J. Kuntz’s paper: The Main Reef horizon in the Klerksdorp district. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1903, 116-122, pl. Blencowe, G. On certain geological facts observed in Natal and the Border Countries during nineteen years’ residence. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 49, Sheffield 1879, 349-350. Q. J. Geol. Soc., 86, 1880, 426-428. — Geol. Mag., 7, 1880, 44-45. Blum, J. R. Die Pseudomorphosen des Mineralreichs. Stuttgart, 1843, 8vo, x + 3878 pp. Dritter Nachtrag zu dem Pseudomorphosen des Mineral- reichs. Erlangen, 1863, 8vo, xiv + 294 pp. Bottger, O. Ueber den Mergel vom Gokwe in Siidafrika und seine Hossilien. Offenbach, Ber. Ver. Natk., 11, 1870, 45-50, pl i., ffg. 1, 2. Bonney, T. G., and Raisin, C. A. Report on some rock speci- mens from the Kimberley diamond mines. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1891, 412-415. Notes on the diamond-bearing rock of Kimberley, South Africa. 1.) On the rock and other specimens from the Kimberley mines. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 496-502 On some rock specimens from Kimberley, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1897, 448-458, 497-502. The original rock of the South African diamond. Edinburgh and London, Nat. Sci., 15, 1899, 173-182. The parent-rock of the diamond in South Africa. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 65, 1899, 223-236. — Geol. Mag., 6, 1899, 309-321. Nature, 60, 1899, 620-621. Montreal, Canad. Rec. Sci., 8, 1899, 95-114. Leipzig, Zs. Krystall., 34, 1901, 483. 298 Transactions of the South prea Philosophical Society. Bonney, T. G. The parent-rock of the diamond. Reply to a criticism [by R. Beck. | London, Geol. Mag., '7, 1900, 246-248. Stuttgart, N. J ahrb., 1901, Q. 342-343, Additional notes on boulders and other rock specimens from the Newlands diamond mine, Griqualand West. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 67, 1900-01, 475-484. Nature, 63, 1900-01, 242-243. Leipzig, Zs. Krystall., 36, 1902-03, 89. Bordeaux, A. Etudes sur les champs auriféres de Lydenburg, De Kaap et du Charterland (Afrique du Sud). | Paris, Ann. Mines., 11, 1897, 273-349, pl. vi., vii. Liége, Rev. Univ. Mines, 37, 1897, 1-67. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 472-474. Le Murchison Range et ses champs auriferes. Paris, Ann. Mines, 14, 1898, 95-108, map [1:800,000. | Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 92-96. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 1, 84-85. Rhodésie et Transvaal. Impressions de voyage. Paris, 1898, 12mo, vii + 285 pp., illustr. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 57. Les mines de 1|’Afrique du Sud. Paris, 1898, 8vo, viii + 211 pp., 8 pl. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 57. Note sur l’exploitation des mines de diamants 4 Kimberley. Liége, Rev. Univ. Mines, 43, 1898, 211-287, pl. ix., x. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 1898, 433-436. Bornhardt, W. Ueber die bergmannischen und geologischen Ergebnisse seiner Reisen in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 50, 1898, Verh. 59-74. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 217-218. Geographische und geologische Mitteilungen tiber das deutsche Nyassa-gebiet auf Grund eigener Reisen. Berlin, Verh. Ges. Erdk., 26, 1899, 437-452, pl. v. Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, Bd. vu. Zur Oberflichengestaltung und Geologie Deutsch- Ostatrika’s. Ergebnisse der von . . . in den Jahren 1895-1897 in Ostafrika unternommenen Reisen. Berlin, 1900, 8vo, xv + 595 pp., atlas of 27 pls., 11 maps. — Zs prakt. Geol., 1900, 324-395. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1900, 121-127. Botelho, S. X. Memoria estatistica sobre os dominios portu- guezes na Africa oriental. Lisboa, 1835, 8vo, 400 pp., 6 pl. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 299 Boule, Marcellin. [On the geology and paleontology of Madagascar]. Paris, C.-R. Congr. Géol. intern., 8. Bruxelles, Proc.-Verb. Soc. géol. paléont., 16 (1902), 1038-105. Boulenger, G. A. On the characters and the affinities of the Triassic reptile Telerpeton elginense. London, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1904, 1, 470-481, pl. xxx.—xxxii., text-fg. 99. Bousquet, J. G. Uittreksel van het rapport over Swazieland van Mijninspecteur. .. . v. Rapport van den Staats-Mijningenieur, Aanh. A., [2 pp.], Transvaal Govt. Report |B.B. 382, ’98]. Boutan, E. Diamant. Paris, Encyclop. chimique de M. Frémy, 2, Complément, 2™¢ Partie., 1886, Svo, 328 pp., illustr., 17 pl. Sur l’état actuel des mines de diamant au Cap. Paris, Génie civil, 14, 1889, 186- Bowker, J. H. v. Martin, P. D. Bowman, H. L. Communications from the Oxford Minera- logical laboratory. 1. On a rhombic pyroxene from South Africa. London, Mineral Mag., 12, 1900, 849-353. Bradshaw, B. F. Notes on the Chobe River, South Central Africa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 3, 1881, 208-213, map. Branco, W. Schwabens 125 Vulkan-Embryonen und deren tufferfiillte Ausbruchsroéhren, das grésste Gebiet ehemaliger Maare auf der Hrde. Stuttgart, Jahreshefte Ver. Natk., 1984. 1894, Svo, xv + 816 pp., 115 text-ffg., 2 geol. maps. Breithaupt, A. v. Hofmann, C. A. 5. Mineralogische Studien. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 1865-86, [8vo, 122 pp.]. Bright, [H. E.] R. Lecture on Namaqualand and its mines. Cape Town, 1855, 12mo, 23 pp. Coal in Basutoland. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 7, 1873, 173-176, ground plan, sect... . The geology of Basutoland. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 223-227. 23 o- 300 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Brink, C. F. Nieuwste en beknopte beschryving van de Kaap der Goede-Hope; nevens een dag-verhaal van eenen landtogt, naar het binnenste van Afrika, door het land der Kleine en Groote Namacquas. ... Amsterdam, 1777, 8vo, iv + 140 + 114 pp., pls. Bristow, H. W. [On ‘‘ carboniferous”’ shales and plant remains collected by Mr. Neate from Port Alfred. ] v. C. G. H. Parl. Report, p. 28 [G. 15-1870]. British South Africa Company. Information as to mining in Rhodesia, supplied to the. London, vol. i., 1899, vol. ii., 1900, 4to, maps. Brongniart, A. Note sur les empreintes végétales de Storm- berg. v. Fischer, P., Recherches sur les reptiles fossiles . . . 198-199. Brooks, H. Natal: a history and description of the colony ; including its natural features, productions, industrial conditions, and prospects. London, 1876, 8vo, viii + 386 pp. Broom, R. On the fate of the quadrate in mammals. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 6, 1890, 409-411. —— On the significance of the proliferated epithelium on the foetal mammalian jaw. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 15, 1895, 420-421. —- On the occurrence of an apparently distinct prevomer in Gomphognathus. London, Journ. Anat. Physiol, 31, 1897, 277-279. —— On two new species of Dicynodonts. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 1, 3, 1899, 452-456, pl. x. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 2, 439. On the development and morphology of the marsupial shoulder-girdle. Edinburgh, Proc. Roy. Soc. 22 (1897-99), 482-483. Trans. Roy. Soc., 89, 3, 1899, 749-770, 2 vl. On a new theriodont reptile (Ictidosuchus prima@vus) from the Karoo beds, South Africa. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 6, 1900, 314-816. On the ossification of the vertebre in the wombat and other marsupials. Sydney, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 25, 1900, 735-789, pl. xlix. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. 301 Broom, R. On the structure of the palate of Dicynodon and its allies. | Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 38, 1901, 169-176, pl. xxv. Wien. Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1902, 332. —— On Ictidosuchus primevus. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 8, 1901, 177-184, pl. xxvi—xxvii. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1902, 332. On the structure and affinities of Udenodon. London, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, 2, 162-190, pl. xvi.—xviii. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1902, 332. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 721. On the early condition of the shoulder girdle in the poly- protodont marsupials, Dasywrus and Perameles. London, Journ. Linn. Soc., 28, 1900-02, 449-454, pl. xli. On the leg and toe bones of Ptychosiagum. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 4, 1902, 233-235, pl. xxxii. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 2, 439. —— Kemarks on certain differences in the skulls of Dicyno- donts, apparently due to sex. London, Proce. Zool. Soc., 1902, 2, 86-88, text-ffe. 16. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb, 1908, 2, 439. On the mammalian and reptilian vomorine bones. Sydney, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 27, 1902, 545-560, pls. xxiv.—xxvi. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1903, 3, 439-440. On the skull of a true lizard (Paliguana whiter) from the triassic beds of South Africa. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 1, 1903, 1-3, pl. i., ffg. 1, 2. —— On the remains of Lystrosaurus, in the Albany Museum. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 1, 1903, 3-8, pl.i., fig. 3. On the remains of Procolophon in the Albany Museum. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 1, 1903, 8-24. pl.i., ffe. 4-6. On an almost perfect skull of a new primitive theriodont (Lycosuchus vanderrvett). Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 14, 2, 1903, 197-205, pl. i., ii. On the axis, atlas, and proatlas in the Higher Theriodonts. itiomdon, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1903, 1, 177-180, pl. xviii. On the structure of the palate in the Primitive Therio- donts. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1903, 343-345. “Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1903, 2, 441. o- 302 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Broom, R. On the lower jaw of a small mammal from the Karoo beds. of Aliwal North, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1903, 345. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 2, 421. — On a new stegocephahan (Batrachosuchus browni) from the Karroo beds of Aliwal North, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 499-501, 2 ffe. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 721. On an almost perfect skeleton of Parevasawrus serridens, Owen. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1903, 123-188, pl. xv., Xvi. On the structure of the shoulder girdle in Lystrosaurus. Cape Town, Ann. §. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1903, 139-141, 2 ffg. On evidence of a new species of Titanosuchus (T. cloetet). Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1908, 142-143. On the presence of a pair of distinct prevomers in T7itano- suchus. Cape Town, Ann. 8S. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1903, 144-146. On some new Primitive Theriodonts in the South African: Museum. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1908, 147-158, pl. xvii., xviii. On a new reptile (Proterosuchus fergust) from the Karoo Beds of Tarkastad, South Africa. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 2, 1908, 159-164, pl. xix. On the classification of the Theriodonts and their allies. Cape Town, Rep. 8. A. Ass., Cape Town, 19038, 286-294. On two new endothiodont genera (Prodicynodon and Opis- thoctenodon). Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 2, 1904, 69-73, pl. iv., ffg. 1, 8, 4. —— On anew species of Oudenodon (O. trigoniceps). Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 2, 1904, 78-75, pl. iv., fig. 2. On some points in the anatomy of the anomodont skull. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 2, 1904, 75-82, pl. iv., fig. 5. —— On the Theriodonts in the Albany Museum. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 2, 1904, 82-87. — Note on the manus of Procolophon. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 2, 1904, 88. Catalogue of Printed Books, ce. 303 Broom, R. Notes on two reptilian tarsi in the Albany Museum. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 3, 1904, 177-178. On a new South African labyrinthodont (Cyclotosawrus albertym). Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 3, 1904, 178-180. — On a new species of Oudenodon (O. megalorhinus) from the Gouph, 8. Africa. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 3, 1904, 180-181. Notice of a new fossil reptile (Scapanodon duplessisi) from the Lower Karroo Beds of Prince Albert. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 8, 1904, 182-183. Notice of a new endothiodont genus (Chelyoposaurus). Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 8, 1904, 184. On the structure of the theriodant mandible, and on its mode of articulation with the skull. London, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1904, 1, 490-498, pl. xxxv., text-ffg. 100. On the occurrence of an opisthoccelian dinosaur (A lgoa- saurus baurt) in the Cretaceous beds of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 445-447. On two new therocephalian reptiles (Glanosuchus macrops and Pristerognathus bait). Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 15, 8, 1904, 85-88, pl. vi. The origin of the mammalian carpus and tarsus. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 15, 3, 1904, 89-96, pl. vii. Observations on the structure ef Mesosaurus. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 15, 8, 1904, 103-113, pl. ix. — Onanew crocodilian genus (Notochampsa [istedana]) from the Upper Stormberg Beds of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 582-584, 4 text-ffg. Brough, B. H. The mining industries of South Africa as shown at the Kimberley Exhibition. London, J. Soc. Arts, 41, 1893, 166-176. B[rown], A. Note on stone implements in South Africa. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 1, 1870, 866-367. Brown, A. The Dicynodon. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 83-89. Brown, Nicol. The succession of rocks in the Pilgrims’ Rest district. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 8-4 sect. _ Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 472. o- 304 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Brown, W. Forster. The Transvaal coalfield. Merthyr Tydfil, Proc. 8. Wales Inst. Engin., 20, 1896, 1384, map [1 m. =16 m.] London, Colliery Guard., 72, 1896, 837- 838. ~ Brown, W. G. A new hydrous manganous aluminic sulphate from Sevier Co. Tenn. [ep. with Bosjesmanite]. Baltimore, Amer. Chem. J., 6, 1884, 97-101. Bruce, W. The coalfields of Natal. [From letter. to Leeds Mercury, giving account of F. W. North’s report. | London, Gallien; Guard., 40, 1880, 856. Buchenroder, W. L. von. An account of the earthquakes which occurred at the Cape of Good Hope, during the month of December, 1809; with a meteorological table, from the 4th to the 27th ; and an appendix containing notices of shocks which have occurred at various other periods. Cape Town, 8. A. Quart. J., (1), 1, (1829-1880), 18-25. London, Phil. Mag., 9, 1831, 71-75. Bittner, C. G. rrinerungen an meine Reise in Siidwest- Afrika von Berseba bis Okahandja 1m Jahre 1885. Berlin, Verh. Ges. Erdk., 17, 1890, 371-398, pl. v. [map]. Bunbury, C.J. F. Journal of a residence at the Cape of Good Hope, with excursions into the interior, and notes of the natural history, and the native tribes. London, 1848, 12mo, viii + 297 pp., pls. Bunkell, H. B. Notes on the Venterskroom gold-fields, South African Republic. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 12, 1896, 186-__.. —— Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. Mec. Eng., 46, 1896, 58-61. Burchell, W. J. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. London, 1822-24, 2 vols., 4to, map, engravs. Burckhardt, C. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Jura- und Kreide- formation der Cordillere. Stuttgart, Palzeontographica, 50, 1903, 1-144, 16 pl., 4 maps. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 19038, 731-734. Buttgenbach, [H.] Au Katanga: les mines de Kambove. Bruxelles, Mouv. géogr., 1902, 577-588, plan. sects. Proc.-Verb. Soc. géol. paléont., 16, (1902), 651-656. Button, E. Explorations in the gold region of the Limpopo. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 42, Brighton 1872, trans. 208-209. Cameron, V. L. Across Africa. London, 1877, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., maps. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 305 Campbell, John. Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the Missionary Society. London, 2 ed., 1815, 8vo, xv + 400 pp., map. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. [Including all parliamentary papers with the exception of the publications of the Geological Commission : for these v. Geological Commission, Cape of Good Hope. | Index to the annexures and printed papers of the House of Assembly, . . . 1854-1897 [compiled by E. F. Kilpin]. Cape Town, 1899, 8vo, ii + 676 + xlviii pp. -—— Index to the annexures and printed papers of the House of Assembly . . . 1898-1903 [compiled by E. F. Kilpin]. Cape Town, 1903, 8vo, 2 + 140 + xvii pp. Correspondence upon the subject of the discovery of metals in Namaqualand, and of the leasing of lands in that part of the Colony. [Including reports by C. D. Bell and A. G. Bain and: Gold in the Sovereignty. | Cape Town, 4to, 42 pp., map. [A. 89-"54] —— Reports of the Surveyor-General, Charles D. Bell, on the copper fields of Little Namaqualand, and of Commander M. 8. Nolloth, of H.M.S. Frolic, on the bays and harbours of that coast. Cape Town, 1855, 4to, 45 pp. [1855] Geological report upon the Gold district in the neighbour- hood of Smithfield, by A. Wyley.. Cape Town, 4to, 6 pp. [G. 4-56] Report upon the Maitland Mines (lead and copper) near Port Elizabeth, by A. Wyley. Cape Town, 4to, 6 pp. [G. 5-’56| Geological report upon the coal of the Stormberg and adjoining districts, by A. Wyley. Cape Town, 4to, 8 pp. | [G. 6-56] Provisional report upon the nature and general character of the copper districts of South Namaqualand, by A. Wyley. Cape Town, 4to, 7 pp. [G. 35-"56 | — Report upon the mineral and geological structure of South Namaqualand and the adjoining mineral districts, by Andrew Wyley. Cape Town, 4to, 55 pp. [G. 36-57} Report of a survey of a portion of the Orange River, eastward of Little Namaqualand, by R. Moffat. Cape Town, 4to, 12 pp. [G. 1-58] o- 306 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Communi- cation from Andrew Wyley, Geological Surveyor, reporting his pro- gress in a geological inspection of the central districts of the Colony. Cape Town, 4to, 1 p. [G. 37-58] Report of the Geological Surveyor [A. Wyley] upon a journey made by him, mainly during the year 1858, in two directions across the Colony, and its results. (Detailed report to follow as an appendix.) ; Cape Town, 4to, 6 pp. [G. 54-59] Notes of a journey in two directions across the Colony, made in the years 1857-8, with a view to determine the character and order of the various geological formations, by Andrew Wyley. Cape Town, 4to, 62 pp. [Appendix to G. 54-59] Report of the Chief Inspector of Public Works for the year 1869. [Coal.] Cape Town, 4to, 55 pp., pl. [G. 15-’70] Report on a tour made by Dr. W. G. Atherstone and Thomas Bain in connection with reputed gold discoveries in the Gouph Division of Prince Albert. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp. [A. 80-’71] Report by E. J. Dunn on indication of the existence of gold in certain of the Wester Divisions of the Colony. Cape Town, 4to, 2 pp. [G. 29-’71] Report of the Chief Inspector of Public Works for the year 1870. [Coal.] | Cape Town, 1871, 4to, 83 pp. [G. 81-71] Report by E. J. Dunn on the country traversed by the “‘ Gold Prospecting Expedition’ in Namaqualand, &c. , Cape Town, 4to, 11 pp. [G. 21-72] Geological reports by E. J. Dunn on a Gold Prospecting Expedition, 1872; and on the Stormberg Coal-fields. Cape Town 4to, 20 pp., pl. [G. 81-"73] Report of W. Coates Palgrave, Esq,, Special Commis- sioner to the tribes north of the Orange River, of his mission to Damaraland and Great Namaqualand in 1876. Cape Town, 8vo, 117 + xli pp., map. [G. 50-77 | Report by T. C. Kitto of his examination of parts of the George, Knysna, and Oudtshoorn districts for traces of gold. Cape Town, 4to, 3 pp. [Govt. Notice, No. 1119, ’78] Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 307 Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Corre- spondence between Mr. Ferguson and the Commissioner of Crown Lands and Public Works respecting the premium offered by Govern- ment for the discovery of coal at the Indwe. Cape Town, 4to, 8 pp., sect. [A. 87-78] Report [by E. J. Dunn] on the Stormberg coal-fields. Cape Town, 4to, 36 pp. [G. 4-78 | Colonial Mining Engineer’s report on the coal-field of the Stormbergen. [F. W. North.] | Cape Town, 4to, 37 pp., 58 ffg. [G. 47-78] Report [by T. C. Kitto] as to the River diggings between Barkly and the junction of the Hart and Vaal Rivers. Cape Town. [Govt. Notice, No. 122-79] Report [by E. J. Dunn] upon the Camdeboo and Nieuwe- veldt coal. Cape Town, 4to, 34 pp., 18 sect., 5 plans. [G. 87-"79] Report by E. J. Dunn on the occurrence of gold in the Knysna district. Cape Town, 4to, 5 pp., sketch map. [G. 42-80] Report by Dr. P. D. Hahn on analysis of three samples of Indwe coal. Cape Town, 4to, 2 pp. [A. 2-’81] — Correspondence between the Griqualand West Govern- ment and Mr. George W. Stow, on the subject of the geological survey of Griqualand West. Cape Town, 4to, 21 pp. [A. 88-’81] Report [by W. Molyneux] on the Geology of the Karoo and Stormberg, Cape Colony. Cape Town, 4to, vi + 38 pp., map, sects. [G. 71-’81| Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1881. Cape Town, 4to, 25 pp. [G. 27-’82] Report [by A. H. Green] on the coals of the Cape Colony. London, 4to, 33 pp., 3 pl. [1883 ] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1882. Cape Town, 4to, 36 pp., 11 pl. [G. 84-83 | - 308 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Report [by HK. J. Dunn] upon the recent coal-borings in the Camdeboo and Stormberg. Cape Town, 4to, 15 pp., sketch map. [G. 85-’83 ‘Report by T. P. Watson, upon the excavations at the Diamond Mines of Kimberley and De Beers. Cape Town, 4to, 19 pp., diagrs., plans. [G. 101-’83] — v. Govt: Notice [No. 1119, ’78], reprinted as. [Govt. Notice, No. 937, ’84] List of mineral and thermal springs in the Colony. Cape Town, 4to, 15 pp. [C. 8-84] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1883. Cape Town, 4to, 31 pp. [G. 30-84] Reports of the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1884. Cape Town, 4to, 32 pp., pl. [G. 28-’85 ] Report [by E. J. Dunn] on a supposed extensive deposit of coal underlying the central districts of the Colony. Cape Town, 4to, 14 pp., map. [G. 8-86] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1885. Cape Town, 4to, 34 pp. [G. 40-86] Report on the recent gold discoveries in the division of Knysna, by Thomas Bain, with description of the gold-fields, by C. F. Osborne. Cape Town, 4to, 8 pp., sketch map. [G. 46-86] Report on a tour of inspection to the auriferous parts of the districts of Prieska and Griqualand West, by T. H. Bain and PD) tala: Cape Town, 4to, pp. 16-17 [G. 48-’88] and [Govt. Notice, No. 898—’87] Reports of the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1886. Cape Town, 4to, 13 pp. [G. 26-87] Report of Milwood (Knysna) Gold Commission [S. Giddy, P. Fletcher, T. Bain, &c.]. Cape Town, 4to, 9 pp. [G. 47-87] Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 309 Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Coal boring in the Karroo [P. D. Hahn]. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp. [G. 55-87] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1887. Cape Town, 4to, 24 pp. [G. 28-88} Reports and correspondence regarding colonial coal. Cape Town, 4to, 61 pp., 4 pl. [G. 83-88 | —— Reports on the Knysna gold-fields, and on gold mining and prospecting in the Colony, for the year 1887 [T. Bain, P. Fletcher, P. D. Hahn, &c.]. Cape Town, 19 pp., pl. [G. 48-88] Memorandum from H. G. Seeley and T. Bain on an examination by them of certain mineral districts in the Cape Colony. Cape Town, 4to, pp. 12-14, [G. 45-90], and [Govt. Notice, No. 816-’89| Reports by Mr. Thomas Bain and Dr. Hahn, upon the alleged discovery of coal in the division of Oudtshoorn. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp. (A. 1-89] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1888. Cape Town, 4to, 29 pp. [G. 22-89 | ——— Report of the Inspector of Mines, Knysna [P. Fletcher], for the year 1888 (with annexures). Together with reports by W.G. Atherstone and T. Bain. Cape Town, 4to, 16 pp. [G. 44~-’89] -——— Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor ['T. Bain], for the year 1888. Cape Town, 4to, 16 pp. [G. 45-89 | Report upon the coal deposits in the Indwe basin and Stormberg range of mountains [W. Galloway]. Cape Town, 4to, 51 pp., 5 pl. [G. 50-’89] Further reports and plans in continuation of the report upon the coal deposits in the Indwe basin and Stormberg range of mountains, by W. Galloway. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp., 5 pl. [G. 50-’89, pt. ii.| Report upon the Knysna gold-fields, by Gustav Duft Cape Town, 4to, 6 pp. |G. 56-89 | - 310 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1889. Cape Town, 56 pp., 5 pl. [G. 11-90] Papers and correspondence regarding colonial coal [by W. Galloway and others]. Cape Town, 4to, 57 pp., 7 pl. [G. 26-90] Report by the Inspector of Mines, Knysna [P. Fletcher], for the year 1889. Cape Town, 1890, 4to, 14 pp. [G. 84-90] Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor [T. Bain] for the year 1889. Cape Town, 4to, 20 pp., pl. [G. 45-"90| Report of the Geological and Ivrigation Surveyor upon his recent investigations into the gold discoveries upon the farms ‘“Spreeuwfontein ’’ and ‘‘ Klein Waterval” in the district of Prince Albert [T. Bain and H. M. Oakley]. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp. [A. 12-91] Report upon the discovery of gold in the division of Prince Albert, by the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor [T. Bain]. Cape Town, 4to, 4 pp. [A. 18-’91] Report of the Commission appointed to select land in British Bechuanaland under the agreements dated 23rd January, 1890. [Springs.] Cape Town, 4to, 8 pp., map. [G. 13-91] Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor [T. Bain], for the year 1890. Cape Town, 4to, 16 pp., pl. [G. 16-’91} Report of the Inspector of Mines, Knysna [P. Fletcher], for the year 1890. Cape Town, 4to, 16 pp., 2 pl. [G. 17-91] Reports by the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1890. Cape Town, 4to, 23 pp., 3 pl. [G. 24-"91] Papers and correspondence regarding colonial coal, and correspondence relative to the Indwe coal mine. ['T’. Bain and others. | Cape Town, 4to, vi + 53 pp. [G. 52-91] Report on trials of Free State coal. Cape Town, 4to, 9 pp. [G. 52 A-91] Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. dll Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Reports of the Inspectors of Diamond Mines in the late province of Griqualand West, for the year 1891. Cape Town, 4to, 20 pp., 4 pl. [G. 27-"92| Report of the Inspectors of Gold Mines, for the year 1891. [P. Fletcher, H. M. Oakley.| Cape Town, 4to, 14 pp. [G. 28-92] Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor [T. Bain], for the year 1891. . Cape Town, 4to, 34 pp., 3 pl. | [G. 82-92] Report of the Select Committee on Coal for Railway pur- poses. Cape Town, 8vo, 187 + xlviii pp. [A. 6-93, On coal for Railway purposes. | London, Colliery Guard., 66, 1898, 604. Discovery of galena, &c., in Griqualand West. [T. Bain. ] Cape Town, 4to, 8 pp., pl. [G. 138-93] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, Inspector of Claims, Barkly West, Inspector of Mines, Milwood, Manager Vooruitzigt Estate, Kimberley, for the year 1892. Cape Town, 4to, 29 pp. [G. 26-'93 | Report of the Geological and Irrigation Surveyor [T. Bain] for the year 1892. Cape Town, 4to, 20 pp., 2 pl. [G. 28-93] Report upon the geology and mineral resources of the division of Prince Albert and surrounding districts, by A. R. Sawyer. Cape Town, 4to, 24 pp., 5 sect. [G. 45-'93] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, Inspector of Claims, Barkly West, Inspector of Mines, Milwood, Manager Vooruitzigt Estate, Kimberley, for the year 1898. Cape Town, 4to, 28 pp., 6 pl. [G. 88-'94] —— Report of the Select Committee on Geological Survey. Cape Town, 8vo, 39 + iv pp. [A. 14—’95] Report of the Select Committee on the Oliphant’s River Baths. Cape Town, 8vo, 12 pp. [Oliphant’s River Baths, A. 16-’95] Reports of the Inspectors of Mines, Kimberley, Inspector of Claims, Barkly West, Inspector of Mines, Milwood, and Manager Vooruitzigt Estate, Kimberley, for the year 1894. Cape Town, 4to, 28 pp. [G. 25-95 | o- 312 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Reports of the Inspectors of Mines, Kimberley, Inspector of Claims, Barkly West, and Manager Vooruitzigt Estate, Kimberley, for the year 1895. Cape Town, 4to, 26 pp. [G. 49-96 | _ Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, Inspector of Claims, Barkly West, and Manager Vooruitzigt Estate, Kimber- ley, for the year 1896. Cape Town, 4to, 35 pp. [G. 88-97] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1897. Cape Town, 4to, 32 pp. [G. 43—’98 } Reports of the Conservators of Forests for the year 1898. [Gold, Milwood. | Cape Town, 4to, 150 pp. [G. 12-’99] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1898. Cape Town, 4to, 31 pp., 2 sect. [G. 82-’99] Reports of the Conservators of Forests for the year 1899. [Gold, Milwood. | Cape Town, 4to, 118 pp. [G. 24-1900] ——— Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1899. Cape Town, 4to, 25 pp. [G. 61-1900] Reports of the Conservators of Forests for the year 1900. [Gold, Milwood. | Cape Town, 4to, 157 pp. [G. 39-1901 | Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1900. Cape Town, 4to, 30 pp. [G. 47-1901] —— Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1901. Cape Town, 4to, 34 pp. [G. 76-1902] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1902. Cape Town, 4to, 35 pp. [G. 15-1903] Reports of the Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, and Inspec- tor of Claims, Barkly West, for the year 1903. Cape Town, 4to, 38 pp. [G. 75-1904 | Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 313 Capello, H., and Ivens, R. De Benguella as terras de Iacca. Lisboa, 1881. London, 1882, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., maps [English]. Boston, Amer. Nat., 17, 1883, 531-532. De Angola a contra-costa. Descripgao de uma viagem atravez do continente Africano. .. . Lisboa, 1886, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., maps. Card, G. W. A diamond having the form of the cube from South Africa. Sydney, Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 5, 1896, 7-8. — An eclogite-bearing breccia from the Bingera Diamond Field. Sydney, Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 7, 1902, 29-39, pl. ix.—xi. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 39, 1904, 177-178. Carey, G. R. Gold mining in Matabeleland. London, Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 10, (1901-02), 343-392, pl. xxili—xxviii. Carmichael, D. On the geological structure of part of the Cape of Good Hope. London, Trans. Geol. Soe., (1), 5, 1819-21, 614-616. Carrick, J.T. Gold in Zululand. The Vryheid banket gold beds. v. Reunert, T.: Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 187-195. On faulting along the Main Reef line [and] Further remarks on .. . Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 39-41, pl. and 82-83. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 468 and 469. Carruthers, W. Notes on the geology of Swellendam, South Africa. Edinburgh, Proc. R. Physic. Soc., 2, (1859-1862), 108-109. [Note on Lepidodendron from Stormberg. ] London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1871, 49. [Note on fossil plants from Dordrecht. ] London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1871, 525. — Noteon Mr. Lee’s specimens of fossil wood from Griqua- land. 7 London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 286, and Matthews, J. W.: Incwadi Yami... 171. Carvalho, H. de. Apontamentos para a historia das minas de ouro no Lombije na provincia de Angola. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1898, 181-190. 314 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Case, E.C. v. Baur, G. The significance of certain changes in the temporal region of the primitive Reptilia. | Philadelphia, Am. Nat., 82, 1898, 69-74, 2 ffg. The development and geological relations of the verte- brates. Chicago, Geol., 6, 1898, 393-416, 500-523, 622-646, 711-736, 816-889, and 7, 1899, 163-187, ffe. — yv. Baur, G. The structure and relationships of the American Pelyco- sauria. Philadelphia, Am. Nat., 3'7, 1908, 85-102, 10 ffg. —-— The osteology of the skull of the pelycosaurian genus, Dimetrodon. Chicago, J. Geol., 12, 1904, 304-311, 6 text-ffg. On the structure of the fore-foot of Dimetrodon. Chicago, J. Geol., 12, 1904, 312-315, 3 text-ffg. Castelnau, [F.] de. Lettre sur la constitution géologique de quelques cantons voisins du Cap de Bonne Espérance. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 46, 1858, 56-57. Rapport a M. le Ministre des Affaires Etrangéres sur les secousses de tremblement de terre ressenties au Cap. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 46, 1858, 247-248. London, Geologist, 1, 1858, 350-851. Caves. A visit to the Cango Caves. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 7, 1873, 874-377. Chalmers, J. A., and Hatch, F. H. Notes on the geology of Mashonaland and Matabeleland. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 193-203. — yy. Hatch, J. A. —— Notes on the Namaqualand copper district. London, Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 8, (1899-1900), 895-407, 2 pl. Chalmers, W. Diamonds at the Cape. London, J. Soc. Arts, 17, 1868-69, 199-200. Champion, George. Remarks on the topography, scenery, geology, &c., of the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 29, 1836, 280-236. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 315 Chaper, Maurice. Sur les mines de diamant de 1’Afrique australe. : Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 2, 1879, 195-197. Note sur la région diamantifere de l’Afrique australe, suvie d'un tableau résumant les études faites par M. Fouqué et M. M@ Lévy sur les roches rapportées de l'Afrique australe par l’auteur. Paris, 1880, 8vo, 142 + ii pp., 4 plans, 8 pl. De la présence du diamant dans une pegmatite de VIndoustan. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 98, 1884, 113-115. Les mines de diamant de | Afrique australe. Paris, C.-R. ass. franc. avane. sci., 21° Session, Pau, 1892, 1, 5-17. Rev. sci., 1892, 289-296. Chapman, E. J. Calc spar crystals from South Africa. Toronto, Canad. Journ., 2, 1857, 219. Chapman, F’. Notes on the Olifant Klip from Natal, the Trans- vaal, and Lydenburg. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 552-555. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 2, 1902, 713. Foraminifera and Ostracoda from the Cretaceous of East Pondoland, South Africa. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 5, 1904, 221-237, pl. xxix. Chapman, James. Our gold-fields. [In Bamangwato Territory. | Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 2, (1868), 545-552, map. Travels in the interior of South Africa, comprising fifteen years’ hunting and trading ; with journeys across the continent from Natal to Walvisch Bay, and visits to Lake Ngami and the Victoria Falls. . London, 1868, 2 vols., 8vo, engravs., maps. _ Charters, [S]. On a deposit of greenstone overlying sandstone, in Southern Africa. London, Proc. Geol. Soc., 3, (1838-42), 102. Chatrian, N. v. Jacobs, H. Chavanne, J. Afrika im Lichte unserer Tage. Bodengestalt und geologischer Bau. Wien, 1881, 8vo, map. Choffat, P. Bibliographia. Colonies portugaises en Afrique. Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 1, 1883-87, 338-344. 24 316 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Choffat, P. Note préliminaire sur des fossiles recueillis par M. Lourenco Malheiro dans la province d’Angola. Paris, Bull. Soc. géol., 15, 1886-87, 154-157. Kreideablagerungen an der Westkuste von Siidafrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1887, 1, 117-118. Dos terrenos sedimentares da Africa portugueza e con- sideracdes sobre a geologica d’este continente. ([Feuilleton du Journal do Commercio, Dec. 31, 1886. Lisboa, Bol. soc. geogr. (7), 1887, 143-150. Afrique australe et équatoriale. Paris, Annu. géol. univ., 4, (1887), 77 and 635-652. and Loriol, P. de. Matériaux pour l'étude strati- graphique et paléontologique de la province d’Angola. Geneve, Mém. Soc. Phys., 30, 2, 1888, 116 pp., 8 pl. '[Bibliographia, 1888-1892. ] Lisboa, Com. trab. geol., 2, 1888-1892, xxi—xxx. —— vy. Welwitsch, F. Coup d’cil sur la géologie de la province d’Angola. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1895, 799-807. Com. Trab. Geol., 8, 1895-98, 84~91. Bibliographia, 1893-1895. Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 3, 1895-98, 104-126. Bibhiographia, 1895 (suppl.), 1896-97. Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 3, 1895-98, 294-299. Amostras de rochas do districto de Mossamedes. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1900, 529-581, pl. Sur le crétacique supérieur, 4 Mocambique. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sei., 181, 1900, 1258-1260. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1901, 103-104. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 2, 281-282. Hchantillons de roches du district de Mossamedes- [Including: Amostras de rochas . . .| Lisboa, Com. Serv. Geol., 4, 1900-01, 190-194, 3 ffg. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 2, 238. A edade da pedra no Congo por Xavier Stainier. Lisboa, Com. Serv. Geol., 4, 1900-01, 202-205. Bibliographie, 1894-97 [suppl.], 1898-1900. Lisboa, Com. Serv. Geol., 4, 1900-01, 228-236. Catalcgue of Printed Books, éc. 317 Choffat, P. [Analyse de: Géologie de la République Sud- africaine du Transvaal. G. A F. de Molengraaff. Lisboa, Rev. Obras. pub. Minas, 82, 1901, 444-452. Portugal em Africa, 1902, 145-150. — yv. Gold, Manicaland, 1901. Communication sur le Crétacique de Conducia (Mocam- bique). Bordeaux, Actes. soc. linn., 57, 1902, C.-R., cli-clii. Leipzig, Geol. Centrabl., 8, 1908, 366. Contributions a la connaissance géologique des colonies portugaises d’Afrique. 1. Le Crétacique de Conducia. Lisbonne, Com. Serv. Geol., 1903, 4to, 29 pp., 9 pl. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 2, 274-275. Bibhographie. Lisboa, Com. Serv. Geol., 5, 1903-04, 254-257. Church, A. H. Note on the Mimosa-Dale chalybeate, Uiten- hage, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1866, 451-452. Churchill, F. F. Notes on the geology of the Drakensbergen, Natal. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 8, 1899, 419-426. Clarke, W. B. On the geological phcenomena in the vicinity of Cape Town, Southern Africa. London, Proc. Geol. Soc., 3, (1838-42), 418-423. Clarke, W. B. [Anniversary address, on the diamond fields of Brazil, South Africa, and Australia. ] Sydney, Trans. R. Soc., 6, (1872), 14-19. Cloizeaux, A. L. O. L. des. v. Daubrée, G. A. Coal. Nooks and corners of the Colony [Oudtshoorn]. Graham’s Town, EH. P. Mon. Mag., 1, 1857, 476-486. Coal in Africa [Chicova]. London, Colliery Guard., 11, 1866, 43 [few lines]. Natal coal and iron. London, J. Soc. Arts, 15, 1867, 702-708. Coal in South Africa [Dordrecht, Queenstown]. London, Colliery Guard., 34, 1877, 499. - 318 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Coal. Coal in Cape Colony. London, Colliery Guard., 40, 1890, 461 [short note] Coal in S. Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 9, 1882, 143. Working of South African coalfields. London, Colliery Guard., 43, 1882, 376. Coal in South Africa [Zululand]. London, Colliery Guard., 46, 1893, 959 [short note]. Wankie coalfield. London, Colliery Guard., 83, 1902, 390-3938, plans, diagrs. Cocorda, G. D. Campi d’oro del Africa Australe. Roma, Boll. soc. geogr. ital., 2, 1889, 579, 654, 892. Coe, F.E. The diamond placers of the Vaal River, South Africa. London, Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 18, (1903-04), [Svo, 10 pp., 5 pl.]. Cohen, E. Geologische Mittheilungen tiber das Vorkommen der Diamanten in 8. Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1872, 857-861. Geologische Mittheilungen aus Griqualand West. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1873, 52-56. Weitere Mittheilungen aus Griqualand-West; Vorkommen der Diamanten. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1873, 150-155. Geologische Mittheilungen aus der Transvaal-Repubhk. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1873, 391-393. Geologische Mittheilungen tiber die Goldfelder bei Mara- bastad. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1873, 511-515. Die Goldfelder von Leydenburg. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1873, 718-722. Geognostisch-petrographische Skizzen aus Stid-Afrika, 1. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1874, 460-505, pl. viii. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil Soc., 1, 2, 1879, 55-65 [J. Shaw]. Erklarung gegen Dunn, dessen Bemerkungen das Vor- kommen der Diamanten in Afrika betreffend. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1874, 514-515. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 319 Cohen, E. Ueber einige eigenthiimliche Melaphyr-Mandelsteine aus Stid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 18'75, 113-127, pl. il., ili. i Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 10, 1875, 380-382 [J. Shaw]. Erlauternde Bemerkungen zu der Routenkarte einer Reise von Lydenburg nach den Goldfeldern und von Lydenburg nach der Delagoa-Bai im éstlichen Stid-Afrika. Hamburg, Jahresber. geogr. Ges., 2, 1874-1875, 173-286, map. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1876, 213-214. Ueber Ejinschlisse in stidafrikanischen Diamanten. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1876, 752-753. Titaneisen von den Diamantfeldern in Stid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1877, 695-697. Ueber einen Eklogit, welcher als Einschluss in den Diamanteruben von Jagersfontein, Orange Freistaat, Siid-Afrika vorkommt. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1879, 864-869. Mandelstein aus den Maluti-Bergen, Siid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1880, 1, 96. Ueber Capdiamanten. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1881, 1, 184. Ueber die Siidafrikanischen Diamantfelder. Metz, Jahresber. Ver. Erdk., 5, 1882, 129-165, 3 pl. Ueber die von den EKingebornen Siid-Afrikas verwendten Producte des Mineralreichs. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 17, 1886, 77-92. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1887, 1, 119-124. —— Stidafrikanische Diamanten-und Goldproduction im Jahre 1886. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1887, 2, 81-838. Geognostisch-petrographische Skizzen aus Siid-Afrika, 11. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.-B.. 5, 1887, 195-274, pl. viii., ix. Ueber die goldfithrenden Conglomeraten in Siidafrika. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 19, 1887, 34-36. London, Mineral. Mag., 8, 1888-9, 211-214. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1889, 1, 113. Ueber die Entstehung des Seifengoldes. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 19, 1887, 52-70. London, Mineral. Mag., 8, 1888-9 211-214. o 320 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cohen, E. Ueber den Granat der Siid-Afrikanischen Diamant- felder und tiber den Chromgehalt der Pyrope. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 20, 1888, 149-152. London, Mineral Mag., 8, 1888-9, 288-299. Die Goldproduction Transvaals in Jahre 1889. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1891, 1, 215-216. . Melilithaugitgestein und calcitfiithrender Aplit aus Siid- afrika. Wien, Min. petr. Mitth., 14, 1895, 188-190. Ueber eine nérdlich von Pretoria (Transvaal-Republik) in Granit gelegene Salzpfanne. Wien, Min. pet. Mitth., 15, 1896. 1-8. ; Nachtrag zur der Mittheilung tiber eine nérdlich von Pre- torla 1m Granit gelegene Salzpfanne. Wien, Min. petr. Mitth., 15, 1896, 194-195. Turmalinhornfels aus der Umgebung von Capstadt. Wien, Min. petr. Mitth., 17, 1897, 287-288. Colonial and Indian Exhibition. London, 1886. Catalogue of the exhibits of the colony of the Cape of Good Hope. London, 1886, 8vo, 131 pp. Colonial Secretary. Communication from the, relating to discoveries of gold in the Transvaal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 44, 1888, proc. 8-4. Comrie, —. The Stone-age at the Cape of Good Hope. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 286-290. Conradt, L. Das Hinterland von Angra-Pequena und Walfisch- bai. Berlin, D. Kolztg., 1887, 407-410. Conway, M. The Bolivian Andes. A record of climbing and exploration in the Cordillera Real in the years 1898 and 1900. [Includes description of fossils similar to those of the Cape Colony. ] London and New York, 1901, 8vo, ix + 403 pp., illustr. Cooper, E. T. Diamond fields of the Lower Vaal, South Africa. [Communicated with footnotes and descriptions of the specimens by T. R. Jones.] London, Mining J., 41. 1871, 190, sketch plan. Cooper. G. C. On the origin and present position of the diamonds of South Africa. London, Proc. Geol. Ass., 8, (1872-78), 836-343, 2 fig. —— Geol. Mag., 10, 1873, 237. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 321 Cope, E. D. [On the skull of adicynodont reptile, Lystrosaurus Ffrontosus, from Cape Colony. | Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 11, (1869-70), 870, 419. = On the homologies of some of the cranial bones of the reptilia, and on the systematic arrangement of the class. New York, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., 18, (1870), 194-247. Descriptions of extinct batrachia and reptilia from the Permian formation of Texas. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 17, (1877-78), 505-530. [On the thermorphous reptilia. | Boston, Amer. Nat., 12, 1878, 829-830. [On the skull of E’mpedocles. | Boston, Amer. Nat., 14, 1880, 382-383. Second contribution to the history of the vertebrata of the Permian formation of Texas. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 19, (1880-81), 38-58, pl. i—vi. The relations between the theromorphous reptilia and the monotreme mammalia. Salem, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., 88, (1885), 471-482, pl. A contribution to the vertebrate paleontology of Brazil. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 23, (1886), 1-21, pl. On the homologies of the posterior cranial arches in the reptilia. Philadelphia, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 17, 1892, 11-26, pl. i—iv. Boston, Amer. Nat., 26, 1882, 407-408, pl. xv.—xvii. Seeley on the fossil reptiles: 11. Parelasaurus; vi. The Anomodontia and their allies; vu. Further observations on Pareia- Saurus. Boston, Amer. Nat., 28, 1894, 788-790. The reptilian order Cotylosauria. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 34, (1895), 436-457, pl. vii.—ix. Second contribution to the history of the Cotylosauria. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 35, (1896), 122-139, pl. vii.—x. Recent papers relating to vertebrate paleontology. Boston, Amer. Nat., 31, 1897, 315-319. Copper. Copper in Natal. London, J. Soc. Arts, 15, 1867, 703. o 322 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cora, Guido. Le regioni aurifere tra Limpopo e Zambesi. Torino, Cosmos, 2, 1874, 20-27, map. Cornet, J. es formations post-primaires du bassin du Congo. Liége, Ann. Soe. géol. Belgique, 21, 1893-94, Mém., 193-279, map. Die geologischen Ergebnisse der Katanga-Expedition. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 40, 1894, 121-180, pl. x [map]. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 94. Les gisements métalliferes du Katanga. Mons. Mém. Soc. du Hainaut., 1894 [8vo, 56 pp., 2 pl.]. La géologie de la partie sud-est du bassin du Congo et les gisements métalliferes du Katanga. [Including the two previous papers. | Liége, Rev. univ. Mines, (3), 28, 1894, 217-391, pl. vi., vii. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 122. Les dépéts superficiels et lérosion continentale dans le bassin du Congo. Bruxelles, Bul. Soc. géol. paléont., 10, 1896, Mém., 44-116. Observations sur les terrains anciens du Katanga, faites au cours de l’expédition Bia-Francqui (1891-1898). Liége, Ann. Soc. géol. Belgique, 24, 1896-97, Mém., 25-192, pl. i. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1899, 2, 499-494, Etudes sur la géologie du Congo occidental entre la céte et le confluent du Ruki. Bruxelles, Bul. Soc. géol. paléont., 11, (1897), Mém., 311-377, pl. viii., ix. La géologie du bassin du Congo, d’apres nos connaissances actuelles. Bruxelles, Mouv. géogr., 14, 1897, 397, 421, 483, 475, 505, map. Proc.-Verb. Soc. géol. paléont., 12, (1897), 31-53. Géologie et gites metalliféres. ve Nienonrersy Gd), by Etat Indépendant du Congo, ch. xi. Corstorphine, G. S. [Reports on the Geological Survey of the Cape Colony. | v. Geological Commission, C. G. H., The annual reports, 1896-1901. A former Ice Age in South Africa. [= Geological Commission, 1899 Report, 38-29]. Edinburgh, Scott. Geog. Mag., 17, 1901, 57-74. Paris, Géographie, 8, 1901, 423-496 [J. Giraud. ] Bruxelles, Proc. -Verb. Soc. géol. paléont., 16, (1902), 92-95 [J. Giraud]. Paris, Ann. Géogr., 11, 1902, 256. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 59. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 323 Corstophine, G. S. Note on the age of the Central South African coalfield. [Discussion, v. Sawyer, A. R., Heslop, W. T., Gascoyne, R., Williams, Evan. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 16-19. The volcanic series underlying the Black Reef. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 19038, 99-100. The geological relation of the Old Granite to the Wit- watersrand Series. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 9-12, pl. iv., v. == Jeleyicla, Inve Isl, Couceiro, H. de P. Experiencia de tracgaio mechanica na pro- vincia d’Angola. Lisboa, 8vo, 100 pp., 3 pl. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1903, 166. - Cousens, R. L. Criticism on Mr. D. G. Stonestreet’s paper: Notes on the Black Reef at Natal Spruit. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 84-86. Couttolenc, —. v. Reunert, T. Cowen, C. Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, and other gold- fields. Johannesburg, 1887, 12mo, 27 pp. Cowper, S. The Prince Albert gold-fields. Cape Town, 1891, 8vo, 8 pp., map. Crookes, W. The Diamond Mines of Kimberley. [Two lectures, delivered at the Imperial Institute, Nov. 16 and Dec. 7, 1896.| London, Nature, 55, 1896-97, 519-523. == JIDraiacmels: [Lecture delivered at the Royal Institution, June 11, 1897. | London, Proc. Roy. Inst., 15, (1896-98), 477-501, illustr. Nature, 56, 1897, 325-331. Washington, Rep. Smithsonian Inst., 1897, 218-235. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 464. Cross, D. Kerr. Notes on the country lying between Lakes Nyassa and Tanganyika. London, Proc. R. Georg. Soc., 13, 1891, 86-99. Crater-lakes north of Lake Nyassa. London, Geog. J., 5, 1895, 112-124. oo 324 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cumenge, E. Sur le mode de formation hypothétique des con- glomérats auriféres du Witwatersrand (Transvaal). Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 122, 1896, 346-348. C.-R. Ass. franc. avane. sci., 1896, 57-59. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 300. — and Robellaz, F. L’or dans la Nature. Minéralogie, géologie, étude des principaux gites auriféres .. . Paris Fasc. i, —>1898,—~> 8vo, illustr., pls. [Fasc. ii., 8. Africa]. Curle, J. H. The gold mines of the world, containing concise and practical advice for investors, gathered from a personal inspec- tion of the mines of the Transvaal . . . and Rhodesia. London, 1899, 8vo, 317 pp., plans, photos. Currey, J. B. The diamond fields of Griqualand, and their probable influence on the native races of South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 24, 1876, 372-379. Currie, James. Notes on a visit to the copper mines of Little Namaqualand. Edinburgh, Trans. Geol. Soc., 7, 1894, 30-34. On apophyllite from Cape Colony. Edinburgh, Trans. Geol. Soc., 7, 1894, 252-258, pl. xiv. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 81, 1899, 184. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1899, 1, 213. Curtis, J.S. The Banket deposits of the Witwatersrand. New York, Engin. Min. J., 49, 1890, 200-201. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 1, 1896, 50. The Witwatersrand ore deposits and their relation to the various formations. Johannesburg, J. Proc. 8. A. Ass. Engin., 1, 1903, 225—[Disc. 2, 1903]. Czyszkowski, S. la venue aurifére de l’Afrique du sud, et considérations sur les thalwegs et niveaux métalliferes. Paris, 1896, 8vo, 34 pp. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 17, 1896, 306-323 [Trans. H. V. Winchell]. Dahms, P. Ueber einige Eruptivgesteine aus Transvaal in Stud-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.-B. '7, 1891, 90-131. London, Mineral Mag., 10, 1894, 46-47. Dale, Langham. Stone implements in South Africa. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag. (2), 1, 1870, 236-239, 365-366, pl. On a collection of stone implements and pottery from the Cape of Good Hope. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 1, 1872, 845-348. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 325 Dames, W. Ueber Ptychomya. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 25, 1878, 874-882, pl. xii., ffg. 1-4. Dana, J.D. A system of Mineralogy. Descriptive mineralogy comprising the most recent discoveries. London, 5 ed., 1868, 8vo, xlviii + 827 pp., illustr. ——— The system of mineralogy of James Dwight Dana, 1837- 1868. Descriptive Mineralogy. Sixth edition, by E. 8. Dana. London, 1894, 8vo, lxiii + 1184 pp., illustr., and New York, 1904. With Appendix I. Daniell, G. W. B. The mineral waters of Caledon. Cape Town, 8. A. Med. J., 2, 1895, 242-246, 309-314. Dantz, C. Vorliufiger Bericht tiber seine Reisen in Deutsch- Ost-Afrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 52, 1900, 41-48. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 262-263. Die Reisen des Bergassessors Dr. Dantz in Deutsch-Ost- afrika in den Jahren 1898, 1899, 1900. Berlin, Mitt. D. Schutzgeb., 15, 1902, 34-90, 139-165 [map], and 16, 1903, 107-146, 183-201, 3 pl., map Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., i908, "306-307; 1908, 23-29 ; 1904, 28-80. Darnell, B. H. Notes on the remains of a Stone epoch at the Cape of Good Hope. Wellington, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., 4, (1871), 157-159. Notes on the Stone epoch at the Cape of Good Hope. ‘Wellington, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., 5, (1972), 138-139. Darwin, Charles. Geological observations on the volcanic Islands visited during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, together with some brief notes on the geology of Australia and the Cape of Good Ope). London, 1844, 8vo, 176 pp., map [of Ascension]. —— Q. J. Geol. Soc., 1, 1845, 556-558. The life and letters of Charles Darwin, including an auto- biographical chapter: edited by his son, Francis Darwin. London, 1887, 3 vols., 8vo. Daubrée, [G. A.] [and Cloizeaux, A. L. O. L. des]. Rapport sur un mémoire de M. 8. Meunier, ayant pour titre: Composition et origine du sable diamantifére de Du Toit’s Pan (Afrique australe). Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 84, 1877, 1124-1180. Le diamant dans |’Afrique centrale. Paris, J. d. Savants, 1889. o- 326 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Daubrée, [G. A.] [and Cloizeaux, A. L. O. Li. des]. Analogies de gisement du diamant, d’une part, dans les gites de P Afrique Australe; d’autre part, dans les météorites. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 110, 1890, 18-24. Expériences sur les actlons mécaniques exercées sur les roches par des gaz doués d’une tres forte pression et d’un mouvement rapide. 1° Part., Lumiére fournie sur |’histoire des cheminées diamantiféres de l'Afrique australe par des expériences mettant en évidence l’action perforatrice des explosions gazeuses, [768-774]. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 111, 1890, 767-774. Expériences sur les actions mécaniques exercées sur les roches par des gaz doués de tres fortes pressions et de mouvements tres rapides. Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 111, 1890, 857-863. Expériences sur les actions mécaniques exercées sur les roches par des gaz a hautes temperatures doués de tres fortes pres- sions et animés de mouvements tres rapides. Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 112, 1891, 125-1386. Recherches expérimentales sur le réle possible des gaz 4 hautes témperatures doués de trés fortes pressions et animés d’un mouvement fort rapide dans divers phénomeénes géologiques. Paris, Bul. Soc. geol., 19, 1890-91, 313. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1893, 284-294 [Rev. by F. M. Stapff of this and three preceding papers]. David, T. W. E. Evidences of glacial action in Australia in Permo-carboniferous time. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 52, 1896, 289-301. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 1, 326-301. Davies, T. v. Noble, J. Colonial geology. . . —— vy. Etheridge, RB., jun. Dawson, W. E. Ona mineral found near Pretoria. [Chromate of lead.| London, Mineral. Mag., 6, 1886, xviii—xix. De Beers Consolidated Mines, First Annual Report, July 1889—> London, 1889,—>, 4to, plans, sects. Decken, C. C. von der. Baron Carl Claus von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika in den Jahren 1859-1865. Dritter Band: Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Dritte Abtheilung: Geologie... . Leipzig, u. Heidelberg, 1879, 8vo, xxviii + 410 pp., 10 pl., geol. map. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 327 Delesse, A. Notice sur les mines de cuivre du Cap de Bonne- Espérance. Paris, Ann. Mines, 8, 1855, 186-212. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1857, 350, and 1860, 356-357. Delgado, J. F. Nery. Lista dos exemplares de mineraes de roches e de fosselis. v. Capello, H., and Ivens, R.: De Angola 4 contra-cota, 2, 465-473. Quelques mots sur les collections de roches de la province d’Angola récoltées par le Rev. P® Antunes. Lisboa, Com. Serv. Geol., 4, 1900-01, 195-201. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 2, 233-234. Demaffey, A. Les gisements metalliferes du Transvaal. —— Afrique expl. civil, 8, 1887, 297-307. Demaret, L. L’or dans l'Afrique du Sud. Liége, Rev. univ. Mines., 30, 1895, 1-40. Santiago, Bol. soc. nac. min., (2), 8, 83-. On the extension of the Main Reef eastwards, beyond Vogelfontein, and on the nature of the Rietfontein reef. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 1438-144. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 470. Les gisements des minerais de cuivre. Liége, Rev. univ. Mines, 50, 1900, 234-275. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1901, 61-66. Denny, G. A. The Klerksdorp gold-fields. Being a descrip- tion of the geologic and of the economic conditions obtaining in the Klerksdorp District, South African Republic. London, 1897, 8vo, xvi + 247 pp., plans, sects, map, and geol. map. Some notes on banket deposits, with special reference to those met with at the Denny-Dalton gold-fields, Vryheid District, South African Republic. Melbourne, Trans. Austral. Inst. Min. Eng., 3, 1895, 75-89. De Rance, C. E. Geology of Natal and Zululand. London, Nature, 19, 1879, 467-468. Derby, Orville A. v. Waagen, W. Brazilian evidence on the genesis of the diamond. Chicago, J. Geol., 6, 1898, 121-146. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 213-217. o- 328 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Des Cloizeaux, AT. Oo wv. Cloizeaus, Ae “0. aeeades! Desdemaines-Hugon, — Les champs diamantiféres du Cap. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., '7'7, 1878, 943-944. - Les mines de diamans du Cap, souvenirs d’un mineur. Paris, Rev. deux Mondes, 8, 1874, 569-600. Dessauer, A. von. v. Redlich, K. A. -—— The Tati gold fields. v. Reunert, T., Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 157-159. Deutsches Kolonialblatt. Amtsblatt fiir die Schutzgebiegte des Deutschen Reichs. Herausgegeben in der Kolonial Abtheilung des Austwartigen Amts. [Contains Mining Reports on German 8.W. Africa. ] Berlin, 1890— > 4to. Diamonds. Precious stones at the Cape of Good Hope. London, J. Soc. Arts, 15, 1867, 703. Cape diamonds. London, J. Soc. Arts, 21, 1878, 155. Dickson, E. A sketch of the geology of the Transvaal, with a map of the goldfields, and an examination of some of the auriferous deposits. Liverpool, J. Geol. Ass., 8, (1887-8), 53-59. Doll, E. Zum Vorkommen des Diamants im Itakolumbite Brasiliens und in den Kopjen Afrikas. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1880, 78-80. Dolter, ©. Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung des Arfved- sonits und verwandter Mineralien. [Krokydolith.] Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 4, 1880, 34-41. Dorffel, D. The Balmoral cobalt lodes. Johannesburg, Trans. Soc. S. A., 6, 1903, 93-94, pl. —— The Kromdraai quartz reef and its geological association. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 101-103. —-— Note on the geological position of the Basement granite. [| Discussion, v. Horwood, C.B.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1908, 104-105. The relation of the Buffelsdoorn Series to the Lower Witwatersrand Beds in the Klerksdorp district. [Discussion, v. Draper, D., Voit, W. F.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 7-8. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 329 Dollo, L. Premiére note sur le Simoédosaurien d’Erquelinnes. Bruxelles, Bul. Mus. Belg., 8, 1884, 151-184, pl. viii., ix. Dorsey, E. B. On the Witwatersrand gold fields. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 59, Newcastle, 1889, 592-594. Dove, Karl. Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. Ergebnisse einer wis- senschaftlichen Reise im siidlichen Damaralande. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., Erg. Hft. 120, 1896, 93 pp., pl. [8 maps]. Dowie, R. C. An ancient copper mine. Buluwayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., Buluwayo Chronicle, August 3, 1901. Draper, D. Notes on the geology of South-Hastern Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, 548-560, pl. xxil., xxiii. — Geol. Mag., 1, 1894, 931-332, The occurrence of dolomite in South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, 561-564, pl. xxiii. — Geol. Mag., 1, 1894, 332. The marble beds of Natal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 51, 1895, 51-56. Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 45-46. — Phil. Mag., 89, 1895, 545. The primary systems of South Africa, with special reference to the conglomerate beds of the Witwatersrand. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 1, 1896, 12-26, map, sects. ; 27-34 [disc], 39-49 [reply]. The Dwyka Conglomerate. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 1, 1896, 90-108, pl., 104-109 disc}, 110-112 [reply]. '_ The extension of the Main Reef westward of the farm Witpoortje. [Discussion, v. Sawyer, A. R., Tottenham, R. G. 58., Wilson-Moore, C., White, F., Frames, M. E., Rait, H. T., Teane J.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S.A., 2, 1897, 5-14, map, sects., and 42-46 [reply]. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 469. On the connection between the conglomerate beds of the Witwatersrand and those situated in the districts of Potchefstroom and Klerksdorp. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 2, 1897, 47-51, map. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 471. The geology of the Sabie Valley. [Criticism of C. Wilson- Moore’s paper.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 145-149. - 330 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. Draper, D. On the occurrence of Sigillaria, Glossopteris, and other plant remains in the Triassic rocks of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 58, 1897, 310-314. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 20, 1897, 116. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 460. — Remarks on the paper by Mr. M. Frames, entitled : Notes on the coal formations of the Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8S. A., 8, 1898, 10-12. A ramble through the geology of Southern Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 8, 1898, 19-30, 34-44. Notes on Vertebraria and Glossopterts. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 48. Review of the annual report of the State Mining Engi- neer. fv. Transvaal Govt. Reports.| | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 53-59. Notes on Mr. Heslop’s paper. [On volcanic eruptions, Wit- watersrand]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 68. Note on diamonds at Rietfontein Farm. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 87-88. On the glacial theory of Prof. Prister. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 95-96. [Note on H. 8. Harger’s paper : On the occurrence of Red Sandstone .. .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 108. On the coal deposits of South Africa. - Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 128-141. The Rand conglomerates. Notes on Dr. Becker’s paper. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 147-148. and Frames, M. E. The diamond. A pamphlet de- scribing the most reliable indications and the principal minerals associated with the diamond in South Africa... . Johannesburg, 1898, 8vo, 40 pp., map, sects. The age of the Rand beds. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1898, 141. Cape Town, Trans. §. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 38, 1898, 467. — On the diamond pipes of the South African Republic. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8.A., 4, 1898-9, 5. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 331 Draper, D. Notes on the Zuurbekom basin as a source of water supply for Johannesburg. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 11-15. Catalogue of the ‘‘ Rupert Jones”’ collection of papers and manuscripts. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 77-86. Notes on Dr. Molengraaff’s paper entitled: The glacial origin of the Dwyka Conglomerate. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 153-156. Notes on Mr. Dunn’s paper: On Sub-Karoo coal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 157-158. [On M. 8. Alison’s paper on the origin of Pans. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 4, 1898-9, 169-170. Notes on Mr. Bleloch’s paper entitled: On the Rand conglomerates. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 5, 1899, 3-15. Detailed description of geological plan and sections of the Witwatersrand. v. Bleloch, W.: “The new South Africa,” 372-377 [2 ed.]. [On J. Kuntz’s paper: The Main reef horizon in the Klerksdorp district. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 19038, 123-125. [On D. Déorffel’s paper: The relation of the Buffelsdoorn series. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 13. Drée, — de. Voyage aux mines de diamants dans le Sud de l’Afrique [d’aprés les notes de Madame P. MacPatrickson |. Paris, Tour du Monde, 36, 1878, 289-336. Dreger, J. Vorkommen der Senilia senilis, Linné, als Fossil. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1895, 129-130. Drummond, H. Geology of Central Africa. London, Nature, 29, 1884, 551. Notes on a recent examination of the geology of East Central Africa. — London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 55, Aberdeen, 1885, 1032-1033. Tropical Africa, London, 1888, 8vo, x + 228 pp., illustr., maps. 25 332 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Dubois, E. Paradoxe klimatische toestanden in het paleo- zoische tijdvak, beschouwd in verband met den vroegeren aard der zonnestraling. Haarlem, Handl. Ned. Nat. Geneesk. Congrés te Rotterdam, 8, 1901, 311-326. - Les causes probables du phénoméne paléoglaciaire permo- carboniferien dans les basses latitudes. Haarlem, Arch. Mus. Teyler., (2), 7, 1901, 311-362. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 2, 1902, 529-582. Les causes probables du phénomene paléoglaciaire permo- carboniférien dans les basses latitudes. Deuxieme étude. Haarlem, Arch. Mus. Teyler., 8, 1902, 73-91. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1903, 172-173. Note sur les conditions locales dans lesquelles se sont formés les dépéts paléoglaciaires permo-carbonifériens dans |’ Afrique australe, l’Inde et |’ Australie. Haarlem, Arch. Mus. Teyler., 8, 1902, 157-163. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1908, 172-178. Duft, G. Report upon the Knysna gold-fields. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 56-’89]. Dunn, E. J. Notes on the Diamond-fields. Cape Town, 1871, 8vo, 20 pp., 6 pl. Report on indication of the existence of gold in certain of the Western Divisions of the Colony. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [A. 29-’71]. D[unn], E. J. The copper mines of Namaqualand. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 4, 1872, 165-170. Dunn, E. J. Report on the country traversed by the ‘‘ Gold prospecting expedition ” in Namaqualand, Xc. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 21-72]. — Through Bushmanland. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag.,, (2), 5, 1872, 374-384, and 6, 1878, 31-42. Geological reports on a gold prospecting expedition, 1872, and on the Stormberg coal-fields. Cape Town, v. C. G. H. Parl. eae [G. 31-73]. Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 7, 1878, 56-64. On the mode of occurrence of diamonds in South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 80, 1874, 54-60. Geol. Mag., 1, 1874, 86. Lusanne, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat., 18, 1874-1875, 487. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 333 Dunn, E. J. Note on the geology of South Africa. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 10, 1875, 62-64- and Shaw, J. Mr. Dunn’s geological map. A finale. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 11, 1875, 256. Further notes on the diamond-fields of South Africa, with observations on the gold-fields and cobalt-mines in the Transvaal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 38, 1877, 879-883. Report on the Stormberg coal-fields. Cape Town, v. Cape Parl. Reports, [G. 4—’78]. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 551-553. Report on Camdeboo and Nieuwveldt coal. Cape Town, v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 37-’79]. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 553-554. — Report on the occurrence of gold in the Knysna district. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 42-’80]. — Notes on the Diamond-fields, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc. 37, 1881, 609-612. Geol. Mag., 8, 1881, 381-382. On the stone implements of South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 2, 1, 1881, 6-22. Report upon recent coal-borings in the Camdeboo and Stormberg. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 35-’83}]. — On the mode of occurrence of gold in the Transvaal gold illo, London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1885, 171-172. Collection of stone implements. v. Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London, 1886, 9-20. A series of geological and mineralogical specimens collected for the Commission by . . . v. Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London, 1886, 110-115. Report on a supposed extensive deposit of coal underlying the central districts of the Colony. - v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 8—’86]. Notes on the occurrence of glaciated pebbles and boulders in the so-called Mesozoic conglomerate of Victoria. Melbourne, Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 24, 1887, 44-46. oo 334 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. Dunn, E. J. The northward extension of the Derrinal con- glomerate (glacial). 3 Melbourne, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 10, 1897-98, 204-208. Notes on the Dwyka coal measures at Vereeniging, Trans- vaal, &e. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 1, 1900, 67-74, pl. i. [map]. On Sub-Karoo coai. [Discussion, v. Draper, D.]| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 115-116. [On the existence of a coal-bearing zone in the Ecca beds below the Karoo Series. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 112-1138. Dupont. E. Communication sur la géologie du Congo. Bruxelles, Bul. Soc. géol. paléont., 2, 1888, 44-51. Dupont, H. Les mines d’or de l'Afrique du Sud. Paris, 2 ed., 1895, 8vo, xxiii + 357 pp., ffg., 6 maps. E , C. B. A run to the Manganese mines [at Houts Bay and Du Toits Kloof]. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag.,, (2), '7, 1873, 359-364. Earthquake, Earthquake [of August 14, 1857]. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (1), 2, 1857, 191. Eckersley, W. A. Notes in Eastern Mashonaland. London, Geog., J., 5, 1895, 27-46, map. Edwards, D. T. Boring on the Booysen Estate, Witwaters- rand. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, proc. 5. Edwards, Dennis, and Co. The Goldfields of South Africa, comprising the history, extent, locality, and geological formation of the various goldfields, copiously illustrated... . Cape Town, 1890, 8vo, xxxviii + 914 pp. Egerton, P. de M. Grey. v. Sharpe, D. Ehrenberg, [C. G.] Beitrag zur Kenntniss der unterseeischen Agulhas-Bank an der Siidspitze Afrikas als eines sich kundgebenden crtindsandigen Polythalamien-Kalkfelsens. Berlin, Monatsber. Ak. Wiss., (1868), 379-394. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 335 Elterlein, A. von. Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Lager- statten nutzbarer Mineralien in Deutsch-stidwestafrika. Stuttgart, Ausland, 66, 1893, 481-485, 501-504, 520-522, 5380-534, 548-551, 567-569. Elton, [J.] Fr. Journal of an exploration of the Limpopo River. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 16, 1872, 89-99. J. R. Geog. Soc., 42, 1872, 1-49. J. Fr. Travels and researches among the lakes and mountains of Hastern and Central Africa. From the journal of... Edited and completed by H. B. Cotterill. London, 1879, 8vo, xxii + 417 pp., illustr., maps. Emanuel, H. Diamonds at the Cape Colony. London, J. Soc. Arts, 16, 1867-68, 849-850, and 17, 1868-69, 46, 517. Emerson, B. K. Some curious matters illustrative of geological phenomena. u. A remarkable geode [from Orange River]. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 26, 1900, 313-814, pl. xxi., fig. 4. Emmons, 8. F. Review of the geological literature of the South African Republic. Chicago, J. Geol., 4, 1896, 1-22. Emmrich, H. Scizze der orographish-geognostichen Verhiilt- nisse Afrikas. [= Programm zur 6ffentlichen Priifung. . . . Realschule, Meiningen ... April, 1862... pp. 3-28. Meiningen, 1862, 4to, 37 pp.| Emmrich, Paul. Die de Kaap Gold Fields in Transvaal. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 38, 1887, 189-1438. Bruxelles, Bull. soc. roy. géogr., 1887, 470-474. Erskine, St. Vincent W. A journey to Umzila’s, South-Hast Africa, in 1871-1872. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 19, 1875, 110-182. J. R. Geog. Soc., 45, 1875, 45-128, route map. Etheridge, R., jun., and Davies, T. Mineral exhibits at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition. African Colonies, i. Cape of Good Hope, 11. Natal. London, Mining J., 56, 1886, 830-831, 859-860, 889, and 919. Notes on fossil plants from the Saint Lucia Bay coalfields, Enselini River, Zululand. v. Natal Parl. Reports, First report [by W. Anderson] of the Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand, 67-76, pl. xiii. o 336 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Etheridge, R , jun. Contributions (Nos. 12 and 138) to the paleontology of South Australia. No. 12. More complete evidence of Elem? odontopteroides, Morris, in the Leigh Creek coal measures [p. 2, pl. i.]. Maoitite, S. A. Parl. Reports, 1902, 4to, 4 pp., pl. i., i. -° The Cretaceous fossils of Natal, Pt. i., The Umkwelane Hill deposit, Zululand. v. Natal Parl. Reports, Second Report [by W. Anderson] of the Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand, 69-98, pl. i—i11. Ettingshausen, C. von. Zur Entwickelung der Vegetation der Erde. 1. Genetische Beziehung der Tertidren Florenelemente zu den Floren der Jetztwelt. 2. Die tertiaren Hlemente der Floras Huropas. Wien, SitzBer. Ak. Wiss., 69, 1, 1874, 219-236. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1877, 160-168, 277-279. - Ueber die genetische Gliederung der Cap-Flora. Wien, SitzBer. Ak. Wiss., 71, 1, 1875, 6138-6388. Evans, C. v. Atherstone, W. G. Evans, J. Palceolithic man in Africa. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 66, 1900, 486-488. Exton, H. South African diamond fields. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 3, 1871, 880-382. Letter on a series of specimens from the Witwatersrand gold-fields. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 46, 1890, proc. 3-4. Inaugural address by the President. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 1, 1896, 1-11. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 866-368. On Dr. Atherstone’s paper [Kimberley and its diamonds]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 1, 1896, 86-89. Some evidence bearing upon the relation of the Stormberg beds in South Africa to the Triassic system. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 123-127. Presidential address. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 6-10. — Geological notes on the neighbourhood of Ladysmith, Natal. No. 1. On some igneous rocks. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 509-510. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 428. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 337 Exton, H. Geological notes on the neighbourhood of Lady- smith, Natal. No. 2. On some travelled blocks in the Ecca shales. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 549-552. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 2, 1902, 713. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 287. F. Upheaval of the coast. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 8, 1871, 316-318. Fairbridge, W. E. The Mashonaland gold-fields. v. Reunert, T.: Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 181-184. Farini, G. A. Die Kalahari. Berlin, Verh. Ges. Erdk., 12, 1885, 445-461. — Through the Kalahari desert, a narrative of a journey with gun and camera, and note-book to Lake N’Gami and back. London, 1886, 8vo, xx + 475 pp., 46 illustr., diagr., map. Farrar, S. H. Note on the Gold-fields of South Africa. London, Proc. Inst. C. E., 86, 1886, 348-345. Feistmantel, O. Notes on the age of some fossil floras in India. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 9, 1876, 28-42, 63-79. On the Gondwana series of India, as a probable represen- tative of the Juro-Triassic epoch in Europe. London, Geol. Mag., 3, 1876, 481-490. The Gondwana series of India. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1877, 188-189. Ueber das Verhaltniss gewisser fossilien Flora und Land- faunen untereinander und zu den gleichzeitigen Meeresfaunen in Indien, Afrika und Australien. Calcutta, 1877, 8vo, 38 pp. Paleozoische und mesozoische Flora im ostlichen Aus- tralien, mit Nachtrag. Stuttgart, Paleontographica, Suppl. 3, Lig. 3, Heft 3, 1878-79, 380 pl. Further notes on the correlation of the Gondwana flora with that of the Australian coal-bearing system. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 13, 1880, 250-253. Some general remarks on the Gondwana system. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (12), 4, 1882-86, xiii.-xxv. - 338 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Feistmantel, O. Ueber die pflanzen- und kohlenfiihrenden Schichten in Indien (beziehungsweise Asien), Afrika, und Austra- hen und darin vorkommende glaciale Erscheinungen. Prag. SitzBer. Bohm. Ges. Wiss., 1887, 3-102, 570-576. - Ueber die geologischen und paleontologischen Verhalt- nisse des Gondwana-Systems in Tasmanien, und Vergleichung m. andern Landern, nebst einer systematischen Verzeichiss der im Australischen Gondwana-System vorkommenden Arten. Prag. SitzBer. Bohm. Ges. Wiss., 1888, 584-654. Vorlaufiger Bericht tiber fossile Pflanzen aus den Storm- bergschichten in Stidafrika. Prag. SitzBer. Bohm. Ges. Wiss., 1889, 375-377. Uebersichtliche Darstellung der geologisch paleontolo- gischen Verhaltnisse Stid-Afrikas. 1. Theil. Die Karoo-formation und die dieselbe unterlagernden Schichten. Prag., Abh. Bohm. Ges. Wiss., (7), 3, 1888-90, 1-89, 4 pl. Geological and paleontological relations of the coal and plant-bearing beds of paleozoic and mesozoic age in Kastern Aus- tralia and Tasmania, with special reference to the fossil flora. Described, illustrated, and compared with analogous deposits in other countries. [Includes Paleontographica paper. | Sydney, Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, 3, 1890, 183 pp., 30 pl. Ferguson, D. The geysers or hot springs of the Zambesi and Kafue Valleys. Buluwayo, Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., Bulawayo Chronicle, Feb. 26, 1902, and March 26, 1902. Finlason. J. B. Reports on the diamond mines of the Cape Colony. [By J. B. Finlason, F. W. North, T. C. Kitto.] London, 1885, 8vo, 111 pp., map. Fischer, P. Recherches sur les reptiles fossiles de Afrique australe. Paris, Nouy. arch. Muséum, (1), 6, 1870, 163-200, pl. x., xi. Fleming, F. Southern Africa; a geography and natural history of the country, colonies, and inhabitants, from the Cape of Good Hope to Angola... . London, 1856, 8vo, xi + 487 pp. Fletcher, P. [Reports by the Inspector of Mines, Milwood]. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 47-87] —> Flight, W. v. Maskelyne, N. S. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 339 Foa, Edouard. Travels in the basin of the Zambesi. London, J. Soc. Arts, 42, 1894, 838-341. Forster, Brix. Die Provinz Mossamedes in Westafrika. Braunschweig, Globus, 68, 1895, 95-96. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1895, 429-480. Foote, R. B. Notes on the Wajra Karur diamonds, and on M. Chaper’s alleged discovery of diamonds in pegmatite near that place. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 22, 1889, 89-49. Forbes, E. On the discovery by Dr. Overweg of Devonian rocks in North Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 21, Ipswich 1851, sect. 58. Fossil Mammalia. Fossil mammalia [Note on the discovery of, at the mouth or the Nabachia River]. London, Parthenon, 1, 1862, 880. Foster, C. le Neve. A text-book on ore and stone mining. London, 1894, 8vo, xxviii + 744 pp., illustr. -Foulerton, J. Visit to the British Museum [with R. Owen]. London, Proc. Geol. Ass., 5, (1876-78), 122-125. Fouqué, F., and Michel-Lévy, A. Sur la présence du diamant dans une roche ophitique de |’ Afrique australe. Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 89, 1879, 1125-1127. Notes sur les roches accompagnant et contenant le diamant dans |’Afrique australe. Paris, Bul. Soc. Minér., 2, 1879, 216-227., 2 pl. Note rectificative sur la nature d’un produit réfrin- gent, contenu dans une ophite du Cap. Paris, Bul. Soc. Minér., 3, 1880, 189. ——— —— vy. Chaper, Maurice. Note sur la région diamanti- Reem mee —— yv. Aubert, V. 5. Fox, C. A diamond field. West Griqualand, South Africa. Penzance, Rep. R. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, 9, 2, 1876, 165-166. Frames, M. EH. [On D. Draper’s paper: The extension of the Main Reef... .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 26-28. o- 340 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Frames, M. EK. A few observations on the Potchefstroom and Klerkdorps districts. Johannesburg, Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 87-90. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 471-472. _Notes on the coal-fields of the Transvaal. [ Discussion, v. Draper, D.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 150-157, sects. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 472. A few remarks on Mr. Heslop’s paper, entitled: Later volcanic eruptions in the Witwatersrand. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 65-67. Remarks on Professor Prister’s paper on: Glacial pheno- mena at Pretoria and on the Rand. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 3, 1898, 91-95. == Sy, IDisayorers, (DD. A few notes on Mr. Bleloch’s theory: On the Rand con- glomerates. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 5, 1899, 26-29. On stone implements found in a cave in Griqualand-East, Cape Colony [With notes by Prof. T. R. Jones, 253-257 |. London, J. Anthrop. Inst. (NS), 1, 1899, 251-257, pl. xvi. Francke, M., Uittreksel uit het rapport over de Malmani goud velden van Mijninspecteur. .. . v. Rapport van den Staats-Mijningenieur, Aanh. B. [3 pp.]. Transvaal Govt. Report. [BB. 382, 1898.] Rapport van den Mijninspecteur . . . over den Mijnbouw in het Pretoria-inspectieveld. v. Rapport van den Staats-Mijningenieur, Aanh. B. [3 pp.|. Transvaal Govt. Report. [No 16, 1889.] My Frech, F. Lethsa paleozoica [= Lethexa geognostica, Tl. 1, Bd 2, g. 1-4]. Stuttgart, 1897-1902, 8vo, 1-788, i—xxiv. pl. Lethea paleozoica [= Lethea paleozoica, Lig. 1). Stuttgart, 1897, 1-256 pp. —— Die Steinkohlenformation [= Lethxa paleozoica, Lfg. 2]. Stuttgart, 1899, 257-438, 99 ffe., 9 pl., 8 maps. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 220-224, 248-254, 280-286. Die Dyas |= Lethea paleozoica, Lfg. 3]. Stuttgart, 1901, 434-578, 235 fig., atlas [13 pl.]. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 341 Frech, F. Die Dyas (Schluss) |= Lethea paleozoica, Lfg. 4]. Stuttgart, 1902, 579-788. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1908-04, 525-536. Frere, [H.] Bartle[E]. Theindustrial resources of South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 29, 1881, 202-266. Friedel, C. Sur les minéraux associés au diamant dans VAfrique australe. Paris, Bul. Soc. Minér., 2, 1879, 197-200. Friedlander, J. Herstellung von Diamanten in Silicaten, ent- sprechend dem natiirlichen Vorkommen im Caplande. Berlin, Verh. Ver, Gewerbfl., 1898. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1898, 226-227. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1889, 1, 202-203. Fuchs, E., and Launay, L. de. Traité des gites minéraux et meétalliferes. Recherches, étude et conditions d’exploitation des minéraux utiles, description des principales mines connues. . . . Paris, 1893, 2 vols., 8vo (cxi + 823) + 1015 pp. Furlonge, W. H. Notes on the geology of the De Kaap gold- fields in the Transvaal. New York, Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., 18, 1890, 334-348. Engin. Min. J., 49, 1890, 287-291. Futterer, Karl. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Jura in Ostafrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 46, 1894, 1-49, pl. ivi. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 345-347. Afrika in seiner Bedeutung ftir die Goldproduktion in Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft. Berlin, 1895, 8vo, xviii + 191 pp., 21 illustr., 9 pl., map. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1895, 78-80, 80-84, 88-89, pl. ii. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 2, 94-95. Fynney, I’. B. The geographical and economic features of the Transvaal, the new British dependency in South Africa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 22, 1878, 114-124. J. R. Geog. Soc., 48, 1878, 16-25. Gadow, H. Evolution of the vertebral column in Amphibia and Amuniota. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 58, 1895, 257-259. — Trans. Roy. Soc., 187, 1896, B. 1-47. — A classification of the Vertebrata, recent and extinct. London, 1898, 8vo, viii + 82 pp. - 342 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gadow, H. Amphibia and reptiles. [=The Cambridge Natural History, vol. viii. ] 1 London, 1901, 8vo, xiii + 668 pp., ffg. —— The evolution of the auditory ossicles. Jena, Anat. Anz., 19, 1901, 396-411, 6 ffg. Gages, A. Analysis and observations on some sedimentary rocks from the Cape of Good Hope having the appearance of ser- pentine. Dublin, J. Geol. Soc., 8, 1857-60, 171-172. Galloway, W. Report upon the coal deposits in the Indwe basin and Stormberg range of mountains. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 50-’89]. — [Further reports and plans in continuation of [G. 50-89]. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 50-89, Pt. ii.]. Reports and correspondence upon the development of the coal deposits at ‘‘ Doornkop,” in the Indwe Basin [In continuation of G. 50-’89]. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 5-49, [G. 26-’90]. The South African coal-field. Merthyr Tydfil, Proc. S. Wales Inst. Engin., 17, 1890, 67-84. Gamble, J.G. Some of the problems awaiting scientific re- search in South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 2, 2, 1881, 91-99. Garden, R. J. Notice of some cretaceous rocks near Natal, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 453-454. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1857, 369. Gardiner, A. F. Narrative of a journey to the Zoolu country in South Africa. , London, 1836, 8vo, 412 pp., illustr., maps. Garnier, J. Etude de la formation aurifére du Witwatersrand. Paris, Nature, 48, 1894, 394. Soc. géogr. commer. C.-R. séan., 1895, 277-279. — Lor et le diamant au Transvaal et au Cap. Paris, Mém. C.-R. soc. ing. civ., March, 1896, pl. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 91-103, 109-120, 3 pl. [Dise., v. Harger, H. S.] Cape Town, Trans. Phil. Soc. 8. A., 10, 8, 1898, 465, 471. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 343 Garrard, J. J. [Reports on the mineral resources of Zululand for the years 1894-97. | Pietermaritzburg, 1895-98. v. Natal Parl. Reports. London, Colliery Guard., 74, 1897, 574 [Note on 1895 report]. Gascoyne, R. Transvaal coal-fields. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 13, 1897, 414-429. [On G. §. Corstorphine’s paper on the Central South African coalfield. | ‘Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 79-80. G[einitz], H. B. Siidafrikanische Diamanten. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1871, 767-768. Geinitz, H. B. Ueber rhatische Pflanzen- und Thierreste in den Argentinischen Provinzen La Rioja, San Juan und Mendoza. Stuttgart, Paleontographica, Suppl. 8, Lfg. 2, 1876, 14 pp., 2 pl. Sur Stereosternum tunudum, Cope, du Musée royal de Minéralogie de Dresde, provenant de Sao-Paulo (Brésil). Liége, Ann. Soc. géol. Belgique, 25 bis, 1899, 85-52, pl. i. Geological Commission, Cape of Good Hope. Bibliography of South African Geology. Being a list of books, papers, and reports on the subject. Parts 1. and ii. Com- piled by H. P. Saunders. Published by the Geological Commission. Cape Town, 1897, 8vo, 56 pp. First annual report of the Geological Gocamiesion: 1896. Geologist’s Report [G. 8. Corstorphine] ... : wis Da, 4 Report on Laingsburg coal f bes 2 Summary of work in the South- Western Districts, by A. W. ‘Rogers sue 8 Geological survey of Beaufort West District, by E. H. L. Schwartz ... 15 Summary of work in the Tulbagh and Worcester area, ee HE. H. L. Schwarz ... 27 Report of a sub- committee on deep artesian well boring a 30 Report of a preliminary geological survey of the Oudtshoorn and Prince Albert Districts, by G. 8. Corstorphine and A. W. Rogers coe oil Notes on the Cango Cave, by G.S. Corstorphine ... 34 Maps. The Dolerites of ‘the Eastern Nieuwveld, by E. H. Th Schwarz To face page 26 Sketch plan of the Cango Cave, by H. M. Luttman-Johnson To face page 86 Cape Town, 1897, 8vo, 52 pp., 2 pl. [G. 81-’97| London, Nat. Sci., 14, 1899, 469-470. i o- 344 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Geological Commission, Cape of Good Hope. Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1h Report of the Geologist [G. 8. Corstorphine| Ba Os) Appendix i. Survey of Stellenbosch District [A. W. “Rogers]... wee 45 Appendix ii. Survey of Robertson and Swellendam Divisions Sta), Jol Appendix iii. Survey of the country between Karroo and the Lange- bergen .. 59 Plate i. Geological map of the South-Western districts of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Scale 1: 800,000. Plate ii. Sections. Cape Town, 1898, 8vo, 83 pp., 2 pl. [G. 77-’98] Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1898. Geologist’s Report [G. 8. Corstorphine] ... pie Appendix i. Report of the country round Vogel Vlei, Piquetberg Road, Saron, French Hoek, and Pniel, by E. H. L. Schwarz ... Appendix ii. Report on Caledon, Bredasdorp, Swellendam, and the southern part of kre by A. W. Rogers and HE. H. L. Schwarz ... ov Appendix iii. Report on “the Southern districts between the Breede River and George, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz os. OO Appendix iv. Report on Oudtshoorn, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz ... 65 Appendix v. Supplementary notes on the geology ‘around “Worcester, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz me see 81 Cape Town, 1900, 8vo, 97 pp. [G. 67- 99} Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 58-59. Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1899. Geologist’s Report |G. 8. Corstorphine] ... .p.38 Appendix i. Detailed description of the Bokkeveld Beds at the Gamka Poort, Prince Albert, by E. H. L. Schwarz ... 31 Appendix ii. Knysna, between the Gouwkamma and the Blue Krantz River, by E. H. L. Schwarz.. 51 Appendix ili. Geology of the Orange River Valley i in the Hopetown and Prieska districts, by A. W. Rogers and EH. H. L. Schwarz 23h, MOD Cape Town, 1900, 8vo, 110 pp. |G. 71-1900] Paris, &c., v. Corstorphine, G. §.: A former ice age in South Africa. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 58-59. — Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1900, Director’s Report [G. 8. Corstorphine| _... Vii Appendix i. Report on the survey of parts of the Uitenhage and Port Elizabeth Divisions, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz ... 1 Appendix ii. Report on the survey of parts of Clanwilliam, Van Rhyn’s Dorp, and Calvinia Divisions, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz ... 19 Appendix ili. Report on a a geological route ‘survey from Beaufort West to Calvinia, by A. W. Rogers and HK. H. L. Schwarz ... 55 Appendix iv. Report on the CeeeREIEORE and BoIOtng county by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz... : ese LOO Cape Town, 1901, 8vo, 98 pp. fc: 60-1901 | London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 227-229. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1903, 849-351. Bruxelles, Proc. Verb. Soc. géol. paléont., 17, 1908, 310-811. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 177, 1904, 177-178. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 58-59. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 345 Geological Commission, Cape of Good Hope. — Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1901, Director’s Report [G. 8. Corstorphine] _ .. -p. & Appendix i. Report on a journey from Swellendam to Mount Bay, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz.. Appendix ii. General survey of the rocks in | the southern parts of the Transkei and Pondoland, including a description of the cretaceous rocks of Hastern Pondoland, by A. W. Rogers and EH. H. L. Schwarz ... 23: Appendix iii. The geological survey of the division of Kentani, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz [map and section] . 48 Cape Town, "1902, Svo, 67 pp., 2 pl. [G. 48-1902] London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 569-572. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 165, 182-183. Newhaven, Amer. J. Sci., 17, 1904, 177-178. Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1902. Report of the Acting Geologist [A. W. Rogers] Soe 2pad Report on part of the Matatiele division, with an account of the petro- graphy of the volcanic rocks, by E. H. L. Schwarz [map] 11 Report on parts of the divisions of Beaufort West, Prince Albert, and Sutherland, by A. W. Rogers and E. H. L. Schwarz ... aod Cape Town, 1903, 8vo, 128 pp., pl. [G. 6-1903 | London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1903, 369-572. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 674, 701, 701-702. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 17, 1904, 177, 179. Annual report of the Geological Commission, 1908. Report of the Director [A. W. Rogers] 5 100 e Geological Survey of parts of Ceres, Sutherland, and Calvinia, by A. W. Rogers and A. L. du Toit, with 4 maps and 4 sections ... Geological survey of parts of Prince Albert, Willowmore, and Union- dale, by E. H. L. Schwarz, with 2 maps and 12 diagrams 72 Geological survey of parts of Piquetberg, Clanwilliam, and Van Rhyns- dorp, by A. W. Rogers, with a map and 2 sections aa 140: Geological survey of Elliot and Xalanga, Tembuland, by A. L. du Toit, 169 Cape Town, 1904, 8vo, 205 pp., 4 pl. [G. 46-1904] Geology. Geology of the Witwatersrand. Johannesburg, Official Programme 8. A. Ass., Johannesburg, 1904, 86-40. Gervais, P. Description du Mesosaurus tenwdens, reptile fossile de |’Afrique australe. Montpellier, Mém. sec. sci. Acad. sci. let., 6, 1865, 169-175, +l. vii. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 60, 1865, 950-955. Zool. et Paléont. générales, (1), 1867-69, 223-228, pl. xlii. Zoologie et Paléontologie générales. Nouvelles recher- ches sur les animaux vertébrés vivants et fossiles. Premiere Série. Paris, 1867-69, folio, vii + 263 pp., text-ffg. and atlas [50 pl.]. Gibb, C. D. A chapter on fossil lightning. London, Geologist, 2, 1859, p. 195-204. 346 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gibson, W. The geology of the gold-bearing and associated rocks of the Southern Transvaal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, 404-435, pl. x., xi. —— Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 288. _ Geology of the Southern Transvaal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 6, 1893, 124-183, pl. ii., iii, map [1 in. =5 m.]. The age of the Rand beds. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1897, 548-550. ‘Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 466. The geology of Africa in relation to its mineral wealth. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 12, 1897, 803-322, pl. xvii., xviii., map [1 : 24,000,000}. London, Geol. Mag., 14, 1897, 179. Correlation of the Paleozoic rocks of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 9, 1902, 163-165, 210-213, Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1903, 181-182. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1903, 1, 290-291. Gilfillan, G. F. [Letters on ‘‘ carboniferous rocks,’ Kowie.] v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 26-27,;29-30, plan, sect. [G. 15-’70]. [Report on the borings and the search for coal at the Kowie. | v. C. G. H. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 50-51, [G. 31-’71]. On the diamond-districts of the Cape of Good Hope. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1, 1871, 72-73. — Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 83-84. —- Springs: their nature and mode of occurrence in this Colony. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 10, 1875, 807-311. Giraud, J. Une période glaciaire ancienne dans ]’Afrique Aus- trale. [v. Corstorphine, G. S.: A former Ice Age in South Africa.] Bruxelles, Proc.-Verb. Soc, géol. paléont., 16, (1902), 92-95. Giraud, V. Les lacs de |’Afrique équatoriale. Voyage d’explo- ration exécuté de 1883 4 1885. Paris, 1890, 8vo, 604 pp., 161 engravs., 2 maps. - Glanville, [B. J.] [Note on a fossil reptile from East London, and on coal from the Drakensbergen. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 4, 1872, 63-64. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. B47 Glanville, B. J. [On fossil Iridinas and Aistherias, &c., from Balfour. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 5, 1872, 315-316. [On coal from Bushman’s Hoek, Stormbergen, and from near Dordrecht. | 7 Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 5, 1872, 316-318. The fossil Anomodontia of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1878, 578. Glanville, E. The South African gold-fields. London, 1888, 8vo, 122 pp., map. Goerz, A. Goldproduction Transvaal’s. Léipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 1889, 138. [Sep. Abdriick aus der Chem.-Ztg., 1889. | Stidafrikanische Goldfelder. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 1889, 343-344. Gotz, J. Untersuchung einer Gesteinssuite aus der Gegend der Goldfelder von Marabastad in nordlichen Transvaal, Siid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.B., 4, 1886, 110-177, pl. iv.—vi. Ueber Andalusit aus den krystallinen Schiefern von Mara- bastad, Transvaal. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1887, 1, 211-212. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 13, 1888, 50-51. Gold. Gold in the Sovereignty. [Orange River Colony.] vy. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 25-26, [A. 39-54]. The story of the ‘ Kragega”’ nugget. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 886-340. The Transvaal gold fields. New York, Engin. Min. J., 36, 1883, 68. Die Goldfunde in deutschen Herero-Lande. Leipzig, Gea, 24, 1888, 154. The nuggets of the Gouph and the Prince Albert gold fields, with Mr. T. Bain’s reports and the mining regulations. ‘Cape Town, 1891, 8vo, 3 pp., map, sects. [On new gold discoveries in the Transvaal. ] Paris, Echo Mines, April, 1898. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 219. [On the Manica gold-field.] London, African Review. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1901, 105-107, 184-185 [Trans. P. Choffat]. 26 o 348 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gold. The formation of the gold-bearing reefs of the Wit- watersrand. London, [no date], 8vo, 14 pp. Goldfuss, A. Petrefacta Germania . . . [Cape fossils figured]. Diisseldorf, 1 ed., 1826-44. Leipzig, 2 ed., 1862-66 ; 3 vols., 4to, and atlas[201 pl.]. Goldmann, C. S., and Kitchin, J. South African Mines ; their position, results, and developments: together with an account of diamond, land, finance, and kindred concerns. Vol. i., Rand Mining companies, vol. ii., Miscellaneous companies, vol. iii., maps,. plans. London and Johannesburg, 1895-96, 3 vols., 4to. (Gomes, J. P.] Echantillons de roches recueillés entre Ben- guella et Catoco (Province d’Angola). Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 3, 1895-98, 239-243. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 1, 103. Gomes, J. P. O betume do Libollo (Provincia d’ Angola). Lisboa, Rev. Obras. publ. Minas, 29, 162-169, Com. Trab. Geol., 8, 1895-98, 244-250. Compocicao da ‘‘ Libollite.”’ Lisboa, Com. trab. Geol., 3, 1895-98, 290-291. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1900, 1, 18. Novos apontamentos sobre a lLibollite (Provincia. d’ Angola). Lisboa, Com. trab. Geol., 4, 1900-01, 206-207. Gooch, W. D. The Stone age in South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 11, 1881-82, 124-183, pl. viii.—xv. Graichen, W. Die Newlands-Diamantminen, Sudafrika. Berlin, Zs. Prakt. Geol., 1908, 448-452, 3 ffe. —— Ist die Zuriickhaltung unseres Grosskapitals bei der Ent- wicklung der Gibeon-diamant-minen berechtigt ? Berlin, D. Kol. Ztg., 1908, 228-229. Green, A. H. Notes of lecture delivered to the South African. Philosophical Society on 5th March, 1883. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 3, 1, (1881-83), 27-29. Report on the coals of the Cape Colony. London, v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports [1883]. Colliery Guard., 46, 18838, 411. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 349 Green, A. H. A contribution to the geology and physical geography of the Cape Colony. _ London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 44, 1888, 239-269. — Geol. Mag., 5, 1888, 135-136. Green, J. D. Discussion on glaciers in South Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 171-172. Gregory, J. R. Ancient stone implements. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 582-5338. Diamonds from the Cape of Good Hope. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 558-561. On the gold-fields (?) of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 561-563. The lignite bed near Cape Town, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 15-17. Corbicula (Cyrena) fluminalis in Cape Colony. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 91-92. —— Discovery of diamonds, &c., at the Cape. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 833-334. Gregory, J. W. The Great Rift Valley. Being a narrative of a journey to Mount Kenya and Lake Baringo, with some account of the geology, natural history, anthropology, and future prospects of British East Africa. London, 1896, 8vo, xxi + 422 pp., illustr., maps. Grey, G. Remarks on some specimens from South Africa. Communicated, with notes, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1, 1871, 49-52. — Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 82. Griesbach, C. L. Petrefactenfunde in Siidafrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1870, 75-76. Briefliche Mittheilungen tiber Siid- und Ost- Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1870, 269-270. Geologischer Durchschnitt durch Siidafrica. Wien, Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst., 20, 1870, 501-504, pl. xix. On the geology of Natal in South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1, 1871, 58-72, pl. ii., iii. —— Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 83. - 350 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvrety. Griesbach, C. L. Geological notes. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Soc. Ind., 18, 1880, 88-93. Afghan field-notes. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 18, 1885, 57-64. Afghan and Persian field notes. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 19, 1886, 48-65. Grisbrook, C. H. Notes on South African geology. Cape Town, 8. A. Quart. J., Ser. 1, vol. i., (1829-1830), 446-447. Organic remains in the Karoo. Cape Town, 8. A. Quart. J., Ser. 1, No. 5, 1831, 22-27. Groddeck, A. von. Die Lehre von den Lagerstatten der Erze. Leipzig, 1879, 8vo, xii + 861 pp., 119 illustr. [French trans. by H. Kuss. | Groger, F. Skizze iiber die Gesteinsverhaltnisse im siidlichsten Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1873, 129-136. Das Vorkommen der Diamanten in Stid-Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1873, 310-312. Diamanten-Vorkommen in Siid-Afrika. v. North, F. W., Kimberley diamond mine... . Grossouvre. A. de. Les Ammonites de la Craie Supérieure. |= Mémoires pour servir a l’explication de la carte géologique detaillée de la France. Recherches sur la craie supérieure. ii partie, Paléontologie. | Paris, 1898, 4to, 264 pp., atlas [39 pl.| Giirich, G. Ueberblick tiber den geologischen Bau des afrikan- ischen Kontinents. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 88, 1887, 257-265, pl. xiii. [map, 1: 45,000,000]. Kreideversteinerungen aus [Mossamedes] Siidwest-Afrika. Breslau, Jahresber. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 65, (1887), 221. Ueber recente und fossile Conchylien von Mossamedes, Sudwest-Afrika. Breslau, Jahresber. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 65, (1887), 246-250. Goldlagerstatten in Deutsch Siidwest-Afrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 41, 1889, 569-573. Beziehungen des Tafelbergsandsteins zu den Homalonotus fiihrenden Bockeveldschichten der Capcolonie, Siid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1889, 2, 73-80. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 30L Giirich, G. Ditrochosaurus capensis, ein neuer Mesosaurier aus der Karooformation Stid-Afrikas. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 41, 1889, 641-652, pl. xxvii. Ueber naturwissenschaftliche Beobachtungen im deutschen Schutzgebiete in Stidwestafrika. Breslau, Jahresber. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 67, (1889), 86-87. Geologisch-mineralogische Mittheilungen aus Sitidwest- Afrika. 1. Mineralien aus dem deutschen Schutzgebeit in Stidwest- Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1890, 1, 103-117. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 21, 1892, 150-151. Zur Alterbestimmung der unteren Grenze der Karoofor- mation. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1890, 1, 283-285. Deutsch-stid-west Afrika. eisebilder und Skizzen aus den Jahren 1888 und 1889 mit einer original Karte. Hamburg, Mitt. geogr. Ges., 1891-92, Hft. 1, 1-216. Zur Theorie der afrikanischen Diamantlagerstatten. Breslau, Jahresber. Ges. vateri. Cultur, 75, 2, (1897), 4. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1897, 145-148. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898. Cambrium (?) in Deutsch-Stidwestafrika. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1902, 65-69, fig. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 253. Gumprecht, T. E. Die Mineralquellen auf dem Festlande von Africa, besonders in Bezug auf ihre geognostischen Verhaltnisse. Berlin, 1851, 8vo, 215 pp. Gunn, John. Coal at Lake Nyassa. [Note on letter from.] London, Colliery Guard., 36, 1878, 1022. Guyot, P. Sur la houille du Muaraze, en Zambésie. Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 95, 1882, 8355-857. J. pharm., (5), 6, 1882, 474-475. H ,J.5. The copper mines of Namaqualand. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 1, 1870, 39-46, 91-97. Hackel, E. The descent of man. Proc. Int. Congr. Zoél., Cambridge, 1898. London, Nature, 58, 1898, 427. Haevernick, H. Geologische Skizze von Siidostafrika. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 80, 1884, 431-4438, pl. xvi. [map, 1 : 3,700,000]. - 352 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Haevernick, H. Die Goldfelder von Transvaal. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 81, 1885, 87-90, pl. vi. [map, 1: 850,000]. Os terrenos auriferos e carboniferos na republica da Africa austral. Lisboa, Bol. Soc. Geogr., (6), 1886, 171-177. Hahn, Hugo. Angra Pequena vor 25 Jahren. Jena, Mitt. geogr. Ges., 3, 1885, 259-266. Hahn, P.D. Report on analysis of three samples of Indwe coal. y. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [A. 2-’81]. and Bain, T. Report on a tour of inspection to the auriferous parts of the districts of Prieska and Griqualand West. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, Govt. Notice [No. 898, 1887], and pp. 16-17, [G. 48-’88]. — Coal boring in the Karroo. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 55-’87]. —— v. Reports on1the Knysna gold fields... . v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 48-’88]. and Bain, IT’. Reports upon the alleged discovery of coal in the division of Oudtshoorn. v. C. G. H. Parl. Report, [A. 1-’89]. Halder, A. H. Mining in Rhodesia. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 13, 1897, 609-611. Hall, A. L. Ueber einige neue Diamantlagerstatten Trans- vaals. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1904, 193-199, ffg. 25-27. On the area to the north of the Magaliesberg Range and to the east of the Pietersburg railway line. vy. Transvaal Govt. Reports, Geological Survey, 1903, pp. 28-88. On the geological features of the Pienaar’s River valley, south of the Magaliesberg Range (Pretoria District). v. Transvaal Govt. Reports, Geological Survey, 1908, 39-42. —— vy. Kynaston, H. Hall, Basil. v. Playfair, John. & Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 303 Hall, R. N., and Neal, W. G. The ancient ruins of Rhodesia (Monomotape Imperium). London, 1902, xxvii + 396 pp., illustr., map, plans. Hallimond, W.T. Notes on the coal-seams of the Transvaal, and description ‘of a modern pit-head plant. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 18, 1897, 872-880, pl. xx. [map, Boksburg coalfields, 1 in. = 4,800 Cape ft.|. Newcastle, Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. Eng., 46, 1897, 210-288, pl. xx. Hammond, J. H. Report to the British South African Com- pany on the mineral resources of Rhodesia, Nov. 5, 1894. v. Goldmann, C. 8., South African mines, 2, 64-68. Gold-mining in the Transvaal. New York, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., 31, (1901), 817-855. Hampton, J. H. On the occurrence of tin. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 387-40. Hamy, E. T. Note sur, une hache en quartzite du type de Saint-Achteul trouvée dans |’Etat libre d’Orange. Paris, Bul. Muséum, 1899, 270-272, 2 ffg. Harger, H. 8. Origin of diamonds. Criticism of Professor Jules Garnier’s paper. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 124-127. See On the “‘ occurrence of red sandstone in the Pretoria dis- trict.’’ [With note by D. Draper. ] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3,.1898, 107-108. Harvey, T. R. Report of an expedition to locate a certain coal area. v. B.S. A. Co., Information as to mining in Rhodesia, 1, 209-213. Harvey, W. H. [Note on fossil plants collected at Sunday’s River by R. N. Rubidge. | London, Rep. Brit, Ass., 21, Ipswich 1851, sect. 68. Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), 7, 1845-56, 185. Hassall, J. Mining in the Southern Klerksdorp gold-fields, Western Transvaal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 19, 1900, 377. Hatch, F. H. Notes on the De Kaap gold fields, Transvaal Republic. Johannesburg, 8. A. Mining J., 3, 1894, 304-305. v. Chalmers, J. A. - 304 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Hatch, F. H., and Chalmers, J. A. The Gold mines of the Rand, being a description of the mining industry of Witwatersrand, South African Republic. London, 1895, Svo, xvi + 295 pp., illustr., plans, maps. Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 571-573. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 471. The auriferous conglomerates of the Witwatersrand, Transvaal. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 65, Ipswich 1895, 691-692. Leipzig, Zs. Krystall., 28, 1897, 217. A geological survey of the Witwatersrand and other dis- tricts in the Southern Transvaal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 54, 1898, 73-99, pl. vi. [map, sects.]. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1899, 466. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1899, 2, 271-274. — v. Leggett, T. H. [On G. A. F. Molengraaff’s paper: Remarks on the Vredefort mountain-land. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1908, 30. —— A description of two geological sections taken through the Potchefstroom district. | Discussion, v. Kuntz, J.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1908, 50-51, 2 pl. Note on an unusual basal development of the Black Reef Series in the Orange River Colony. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 6, 1908, 69. The boulder beds of Ventersdorp, Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1908, 95-97, 3 pl. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 217. Notes on the Witwatersrand gold deposits and their asso- ciated rocks. Johannesburg, J. Proc. 8. A. Ass. Eng., 2, 1903, 36. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1903, 548-547. On the igneous theory of the Hospital Hill shales. Johannesburg, J. Proc. 8. A. Ass. Eng., 2, 1903, 191. The geology of the Marico district, Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., '7, 1, 1904, 1-6, pl. i.—iii. The extension of the Witwatersrand beds eastwards under the Dolomite and the Ecca Series of the Southern Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1904, 58-69, pl. xvi.—xviii. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 300 Hatch, F. H., and Corstorphine, G. S. The geology of the Bezuidenhout Valley and the district east of Johannesburg. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., '7, 2, 1904, 97-109, pl. xxiv.—xxvi. The petrography of the Witwatersrand conglo- merates, with special reference to the origin of the gold. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 3, 1904, 140-145. Hauchecorne, W. [Ueber Kupfererze von der Wallfisch Bay. | Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 36, 1884, 668-669. Die gegenwartige Lage der Edelmetallgewinnung der Erde. Berlin, v. Silbercommission, 3, No. 12, [67 pp.]. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 258. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 322. [Ueber die Entdeckung von Kohlenlagern am Nyassa. ] Berlin, Zs. D. Geol. Ges., 48, 1896, 990-991. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 475. Hausmann, J. F.L. v. Stromeyer, F. Beitrage zur Kunde der geognostischen Constitution von Suid-Afrika. Gottingen, Géttingische gel. Anz., 1837, 1449-1462. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1838, 181-187. Hauy, [Réné-Just]. Traité de Minéralogie. Paris, 1801, 4 vols., 8vo. Heddle, —. On new localities [Marico, Zeerust] for linarite, celadonite, and epistilbite. London, Miner. Mag., 8, 1888-9, 279. Hehl, —. Mittheilungen iiber verschiedene Mineralien und Gebirgsarten der stidlichen Halbktigel welche von dem Heern Baron von Ludwig vom Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung an das Kon. Mineralien-Kabinet in Stuttgart abgegeben wurden, bestimmt und geordnet vom. ... 1. Mineralien vom Cap. 2. Gebirgsarten vom Cap vom Dr. Smith’s Expedition. Stuttgart, F. Jahrb., 1887, 503-521. Hehner, 0. Analysis of a remarkable mineral water [20 miles from Cape Town}. London, Chem. News, 88, 1878, 249. Heim, G. Die Goldfelder Siidafrikas. Tiibingen, Zs. ges. Staatswiss., 47, 1891, 485-498. - 356 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Heim, G. Ist eine Abnahme der Goldproduktion zu befiirchten ? Hine Vortrage zur Wahrungsfrage. Berlin, 1893, 8vo, 68 pp. Helmhacker, R. Ueber das Vorkommen des Goldes in Dioriten und Serpentinen. Wien, Oesterr. Zs. Bergw., 28, (1880), 97-99, 110-118, 127-128, 155-156, 172-177, pl. iv. Henderson, J. A. L. On a new occurrence of apophyllite in South Africa. London, Mineral Mag., 11, 1895-97, 318-322. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1899, 1, 38. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 31, 1899, 198-199. Petrographical and geological investigations of certain Transvaal norites, gabbro, and pyroxenites, and other South African TROGIS. London, 1898, 8vo, 56-pp., 5 pl. Heneage, E. F. The phenomena of the diamondiferous deposits of South Africa. London, Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 12, (1902-03), [8vo, 13 pp.]. Mining, J., 72, 1902, 1608-1609. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1908, 329. Henkel, C. C. The Native or Transkeian territories [List of minerals]. Hamburg, 1903, 8vo, 124 pp., map. Hepburn, G. G. Griqualandite, a pseudomorph of crocidolite. London, Chem. News, 55, 1887, 240. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 15, 1888-89, 447. Heslop, W. T. Later volcanic eruptions on the Witwatersrand. [ Discussion, v. Frames, M. E., and Draper, D. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. §. A., 3, 1898, 49-52 and 69 [reply]. — Contribution to discussion on Professor Prister’s paper on ‘* Glacial Action.”’ Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8S. A., 8, 1898, 89-91. The coal-fields of Natal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 18, 1900, 410. London, Mining J., '70, 1900, 1224. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 890-891. On the Natal coal industry. London, Colliery Guard., 81, 1901, 479, 515, 740. Catalogue of Printed Books, cdc. 307 Heslop, W. T. [On G. S. Corstorphine’s paper: Note on the age of the Central South African coalfield. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1908, 56-57. Hesse, F. [Geological notes on the Cape of Good Hope. | v. Latrobe, C. J., and Hesse, F. Higgs, M.S. [OnG. A. F. Molengraaff’s paper: Remarks on the Vredefort mountain-land. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1903, 80-84, sect. [On J. Kuntz’s paper: The Main reef horizon in the Klerksdorp distyrict. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 127. Hind, Wheelton. Notes on some lamellibranchiate mollusca obtained by Mr. Molyneux from the Sengwe coalfield. v. Molyneux, A. J. C.: The sedimentary deposits of Southern Rhodesia, App. ii., 287. Hintze, C. Ueber Topas aus Stidwest-Afrika. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 15, 1889, 505-509. Handbuch der Mineralogie. Leipzig, vol. i., 1898, —=>, vol. ii., 1897, 8vo. Hochstetter, F. von. Beitrage zur Geologie des Caplandes. Wien, 1866, v. Novara Reise. . . . Geol. Theil, 2, 19-30, map. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1866, 474-475. Hohnel, L. R. v., Rosiwal, A., Toula, F., and Suess, EH. Beitrage zur geologischen Kenntniss des éstlichen Afrika. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 58, 1891, 447-584, 4 text-ffg., 9 pl., 1 map. Hoepfner, C. Die Kupfererzlagerstatten von Siidwest-Afrika. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 43, 1884, 81-83, 94-96. Hofmann, C. A. S. Handbuch der Mineralogie. Freiberg, 1811-18, 4 vols., 8vo [ Vols iii., iv. issued by A. Breithaupt]. Holland, P. Note on a specimen of gold quartz from the Transvaal. London, Chem. News, 56, 1887, 271-272. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 15, 1889, 448. Examination of a quartz conglomerate from Witwaters- mame (Urangsvaal):. . London, Chem. News, 57, 1888, 76-77. - 308 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Holland, T. H. On highly phosphatic mica-peridotites intru- sive in the lower Gondwana rocks of Bengal. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 27, 1894, 129-141, pl. Holmes, G. G. Some notes on the geology of the Northern Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 7, 1, 1904, 51-56, pl, xiv., xv. Holub, E. Sieben Jahre in Siid-Afrika. Erlebnisse, For- chungen, und Jagden auf meinen Reisen von den Diamantfeldern zum “Gambesi (1872-1879). Wien, 1881, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., 4 maps. and Neumayer, M. Ueber einige Fossilien aus der Uiten- hage-Formation in Suid-Afrika. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 44, 2, 1882, 267-276, 2 pl. Von der Capstadt ins Land der Maschukulumbe. Reisen im Sitidlichen Afrika in den Jahren 1883-1887. Wien, 1890, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., 2 maps. Location of the Diamond Fields and their geological for- mations. New York, Illustr. Christ. World, Sept., 1896, 7 pp. Geological exploit of the gold deposit formations and their geographical locations. New York, Illustr. Christ. World, Oct., 1896, 7 pp. How caves and underground rivers came to exist. Won- ders of the subterranean passages. Quartz veins and gold reefs. New York, Illustr. Christ. World, Dec., 1896, 15-16. The age, geographical location, and geological formation of the Karroo period. New York, Illustr. Christ. World, Jan., 1897, 18 pp. Some interesting fossils of reptiles, birds, and beasts, and the strata in which they have lain for centuries. The Beaufort formation. New York, Illustr. Christ. World, March, 1897, 9 pp. Discoveries of reptile fossils and their part in establishing a relationship with the mammals. New York, Ilustr. Christ. World, May, 1897. Hooker, J.D. v. Sharpe, D. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 309 Horwood, C. B. [On D. Dorffel’s paper on the Basement granite. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 6, 1903, 114-115. Hoste, C.D. Explorations west of the Loangwa River. London, Geog. J., 11, 1898, 624-628, map. Hudleston, W.H. Notes on the diamond rock of South Africa. London, Proc. Geol. Ass., 8, 1888-84, 65-81. On a recent hypothesis with respect to the diamond rock of South Africa. [Includes previous paper]. London, Mineral. Mag., 5, 1882-4, 199-201. Hiibner, A. Geognostische Skizzen aus Siidost-Afrika. v. Mohr. E.: Astronomisch-geognostische Expedition . . . 270-274, 294-301. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 28, 1869, 195-198. Geology of the interior of South-Eastern Africa. Notes on the geological features of the country between Potchefstroom and Nyati: being a portion of a paper read before the Natural His- tory Association of Natal, on Monday, the 20th June, 1870. Durban, 8vo, 8 pp. Bergmannisches vom Tatin. Berlin, Zs. Ges. Erdk., 5, 1870, 198-204. Geognostische Skizzen von den Siid-Afrikanischen Dia- manten-Distrikten. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 17, 1871, 81-87, 210-217, pl. xi. [map]. Geognostiche Skizzen aus Siidost-Afrika. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 18, 1872, 422-431, pl, xxi. [map]. Die siidafrikanischen Diamantenfelder. Eine geologische Untersuchung. v. Mohr, E.: Nach den Victoriafallen .. . 2, 1938-212. Huene, F. von. Uebersicht iiber die Reptilien der Trias. Jena, Geol. Paliont. Abh., (2), 6, 1902, 1-84, ffg., pl. i—ix. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1902, 382-335. Hulke, J. W. On the shoulder girdle in Ichthyosauria and Sauropterygia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 52, 1892-98, 283-255. Hull, E. The coal-fields of Great Britain ; their history, struc- ture, and resources. With descriptions of the coal-fields of our Indian and Colonial Empire, and other parts of the world. London, 4 ed., 1881, 8vo. oo 360 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Hutton, F. W. On a trilobite from Reefton, New Zealand, new to Australasia [resembling Homalonotus Herscheli]. Sydney, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2), 2, 1887, 257-258. Huxley, T. H. On a new species of Dicynodon (D. Murrayt) from near Colesberg, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 15, 1, 1859, 555-556. Geologist, 2, 1859, 166. — Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 3, 1859, 507-509. Phil. Mag,, 177, 1859, 306-307. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1859, 495-496. London, Scientific Memoirs, 2, 1899, 180-140, pl. ix. On some amphibian and reptilian remains from South Africa and Australia. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 15, 1, 1859, 642-658, pl. xxi.—xxiii. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 3, 1859, 507-509. Geologist, 2, 1859, 207-208. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1859, 496. London, Sc. Mem., 2, 1899, pl. vii., viii. On some reptilian remains from North-Western Bengal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc.. 17, 1861, 362. Geologist, 4, 1861, 209. On vertebrate fossils from the Panchet rocks, near Rani- eung, Bengal. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (4), 1, 1865, 3-24, pl. i—vi. [Reprinted 1888]. London, Se. Mem., 8, 1901, 90-120, pl. xi.—xvi. On some remains of large dinosaurian reptiles from the Stormberg Mountains, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 28, 1, 1867, 1-6. Geol. Mag., 3, 1866, 563. — S8&e. Mem., 3, 1901, 198-204. On Sawrosternon bainw and Pristerodon makayi, two new fossil lacertilian reptiles from South Africa [with notes by G. Mackay]. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 201-205, pl. xi., xii. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 2, 1868, 455-456. — 8c. Mem., 8, 1901, 298-302, pl. xxiii., xxiv. On Hyperodapedon. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 25, 1, 1869, 188-152. — Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 88-89. — Sc. Mem., 3, 1901, 374-890. Triassic Dinosauria. London, Nature, 1, 1870, 238-24. — Sc. Mem., 3, 1901, 599-600. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 36T. Huxley, T. H. On the classification of the Dinosauria, with observations for the dinosauria of the Trias. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 26, 1, 1870, 82-50, pl. iii. —— Se. Mem., 3, 1901, 487-509, pl. xxix. The anniversary address of the President. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 26, 1870, xxix.—Ixiv. Se. Mem., 8, 1901, 510-550. A manual of the anatomy of the vertebrated animals. London, 1882, 4to, 431 pp. Further observations upon Hyperodapedon gordon. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1887, 675-693, pl. Ixxvi.—Ixxvii. Sc. Mem., 4, 1902, 636-657, pl. xxvii.-xxviil. The scientific memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley. London, 1898-1902, 4 vols., 8vo. Ingram, J. F. The Colony of Natal. An official illustrated handbook and railway guide. London, 8vo, illustr., map. Tron. Natal coal and iron. London, J. Soc. Arts, 15, 1867, 702-703. Itier, J. Notice sur la constitution géologique du Cap de Bonne- Hsperance. Paris, C.-R. Acad. Sci., 19, 1844, 960-970. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1846, 237-240. Paris, 1848, v. Itier, J., Journal d’un voyage en Chine, 1, 333-349, Carte géologique des environs de Cape Town. Itier, Jules. Journal d’un voyage en Chine en 1843, 1844, 1845, 1846. Paris, 1848-53, 3 vols., 8vo. Ivens, Ch. L’Angola méridional. Bruxelles, Bul. Soc. études colon., 5, 1898, 233-269. Ivens, R. v. Capello, H. Jacobs, H., and Chatrian, N. Monographie du diamant. Paris, 1880, 8vo, 212 pp., and 1884 [another edition entitled]: Le Diamant. Jameson, [R]., Wilson, James, and Murray, Hugh. Narra- tive of discovery and adventure in Africa from the earliest ages to the present time: with illustrations of the geology, mineralogy, and zoology. : Edinburgh, 1830, 8vo, xvi + 492 pp., engrs., map. - 362 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Janisch, C. Zur Charakteristik des guanos von verschiedenen [Ichaboe, &c.] Fundorten. Breslau, Abh. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 1861, 2, 150-164, pl.i., ii., and 1862, 2, 1-29, pl. iv. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1863, 221, and 1864, 866. Jannettaz, EK. Observations sur la communication de M. Chaper. Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 2, 1879, 200-201. —— Analyse d’un pyroxéne vert des mines diamantiféres du Cap. Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 5, 1882, 281. Note sur un diamant du Cap. Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 8, 1885, 42-48. Jeppe, F. Die Transvaal’sche oder Siid-Afrikanische Republik, nebst einem Anhang: Dr. Wangemann’s Reise in Siid-Afrika. ‘Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., Erg. Hft., 24, 1868, 24 pp., map. Note on some of the physical and geological features of the Transvaal, to accompany his new map of the Transvaal and surrounding territories. London, J. Q. Geog. Soc., 47, 1877, 217-250, map. The Kaap gold fields of the Transvaal. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 10, 1888, 438-446, map. Die Witwatersrand-Goldfelder in Transvaal. ‘Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 84, 1888, 257-267, pl. xv. [map]. The Zoutpansberg goldfields in the South African Re- public. London, Geog. J., 2, 1893, 213-237, map. Jeremejew, P. von. Ueber die Diamanten vom Transvaal. St. Peterburg, Verh. Russ. Mineral Ges., 85, (1897), prot. 31-32. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 31, 1899, 506. Ueber Boortkrystalle vom Transvaal. St. Peterburg, Verh. Russ. Mineral. Ges., 36, (1898), prot. 34-36. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 32, 1899-00, 431. Jno. The geology of the Cape. A sketch in two chapters. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 8, 1874, 315-820, 340-350. Cape Geology. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mazg., (2), 9, 1874, 189-191. Catalogue of Printed Books, €e. 363 John, C. von. Chemische und petrographische Untersuchungen an Gesteinen von Angra Pequena, der Cap Verdischen Insel St. Vinzente, vom Cap Verde und von der Insel San Miguel (Azoren). Wien, Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst., 46, 1896, 279-292. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 1, 487. Johns, P. The coal fields of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Cape Town, 1897, 4to, 15 pp. — The Indwe coal fields (South Africa). Kimberley, Diamond Fields Advertiser, Jan. 29, 1897. London, Colliery Guard., 73, 1897, 409. Johnson, J. P. Notes on sections at Shark River and the Creek, Algoa Bay. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1903, 9-11, pl. On the discovery of implement-bearing deposits in the neighbourhood of Johannesburg, their relative age, and bearing on the antiquity of man in South Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1908, 60-66, 4 pl. Johnston, H. H. The British Central Africa Protectorate. London, Geog. J., 5, 1895, 193-220, map. British Central Africa, an attempt to give some account of a portion of the territories under British influence north of the Zambesi. London, 1897, 8vo, 544 pp., 220 illustr., 6 maps [Colonial edition]. Johnston, Keith. Notes of a trip from Zanzibar to Usambara in February and March, 1879. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soce., 1, 1879, 545-564. Johnston-Lavis, H.-J. Volcanoes on the shores of Lake Nyassa, Africa. London, Nature, 80, 1884, 62-63. Jones, Edward. The Witwatersberg goldfields. [From the Star, Nov. 15, 1892.] vy. Reunert, T., Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 173-181. Jones, Rk. H. Asbestos: its properties, occurrence and uses. London, Miner. Mag., 9, 1892, 238-239. Jones, T. R. Note on Estheria minuta. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 12, 1856, 876-377. 27 o- 364 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Jones, T'. R. Synopsis of the Karoo beds. v. Tate, R., On some secondary fossils from South Africa, 142-144. — Coal in [the Stormbergen] South Africa [Including letters from W. G. Atherstone and C. Evans]. London, Mining J., 41, 1871, 38. — v. Cooper, E. T. — v. Grey, G. — On the diamond fields of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 49-60, 2 ffe. —— v. Stow, G. W., On the diamond-gravels of the Vaal... 17-21. Notes on some fossils from the Devonian rocks of the Witzenberg flats, Cape Colony. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 28, 1, 1872, 28-80. Geol. Mag., 9, 1872, 41. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1872, 381. —— v. Stow, G. W., Geological notes upon Griqualand West. —- Visit to the Museum of the Geological Society, Burlington House; inspection of the South African collection, April 1, 1876. London, Proc. Geol. Ass., 4, 1874-6, 483-490. — Notes on some fossil bivalved Entomostraca. 1. An Estheria | H. greyz| from the Karoo formation, near Cradock, Cape Colony, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1878, 100-101, pl. iii., fig. 1. Coal and iron in South Africa. v. Stow, G. W., Report on the Geological Survey of the Orange Free State, 1879. On the geolosy or South) auriea- London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 54 Montreal, 1884, 736-738. — Geol. Mag., 1, 1884, 476-478. — Nature, 30, 1884, 553-554. The geology and mineral products of South Africa. London, Mining J., 56, 1886, 771. On the coal deposits of South Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 56, Birmingham 1886, 641-648. Mining J., 56, 1886, 1417-1418. — The mineral wealth of South Africa. London, Proc. R. Col. Inst., 18, 1887, 217-251. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 365 Jones, T.R. Onsome small bivalve shells [Cyrena (7) neglecta | from the Karoo formation, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 7, 1890, 509-510 and 558. On some fossils [Iridina (?) oblonga from [Maramura] Central Africa. London, Geol. Mag., '7, 1890, 5538-558. and Woodward, H. On some fossil Phyllopoda[Hstheria drapert and stowiana}. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1894, 289-294, pl. ix. The great glacial moraine of Permian age in South Africa. London, Nat. Sci., 14, 1899, 199-202. —— v. Frames, M. E. Onstone implements... . — Notes on the geology of West Swaziland, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1899, 105-111, 2 sects., map. On the Enon Conglomerate of the Cape of Good Hope, and its fossil Estherie. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 350-354, 4 fig. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 2, 268. Jorrisen, E. On the occurrence of the Dolomite and Chert series in the north-eastern part of the Rustenburg district. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 30-88, pl. xi. Joubert, C. J. v. Transvaal Government Reports [B.B. 382, 98]. Julius, —. The mineral wealth of South Africa. London, Mining J., 27, 1857, 181, 217, 254, 291, 325, 345, 480, 450, 470, 523, 677, 717, 786. Junius, J. H. Ken bezoek aan de grot te Wonderfontein. Amsterdam, Tijdschr. K., Ned. Aadr. Gen., 7, 1883, 108-116. Jutier,—. Exploitation du diamant dans la colonie du Cap. St. Etienne, C.-R. soc. industr. minér., 1881, 34-37. Kalkowsky, E. Die Verkieselung der Gesteine in der nérd- lichen Kalahar. Dresden, Abh. Isis, 1901, 55-107. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 55-59. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 88, 1903-04, 197, o- 366 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Kassner, T. Gold seeking in South Africa: a hand-book of hints for intending explorers, prospectors, and settlers, and with a chapter on the agricultural prospects of South Africa. London, 1902, 8vo, x + 184 pp., illustr., maps, Katzer, F. Grundziige der Geologie des unteren Amazonge- bietes (des Staates Parad in Brasilien). Leipzig, 1903, Svo, 296 pp., illustr., geol. map. Kayser, HE. Lehrbuch der geologie. Tl. 2, Geologische For- mationskunde. Stuttgart, 2 ed., 1902, Svo, xii + 626 pp. [English trans. by P. Lake, London, 1895.] | Keilhack, K. Alte Hiszeiten der Erde. Berlin, Himmel u. Erde, 7, 1895, 249-261, 2 illustyr. Allgemeine Versammlung der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. [With account of papers read by A. Schenck.] Berlin, Zs. prakt. geol., 1901, 418-421. Kenngott, A. Krokydolith und Arfvedsonit. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1855, 2, 163-167. Kerr, M. W. A journey from Cape Town overland to Lake Nyassa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 8, 1886, 65-85, map. The far interior: a narrative of travel and adventure from the Cape of Good Hope across the Zambesi to the Lake regions of Central Africa. London, 2 ed., 1887, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr. Kiepert, R. Begleitworte zu Hauptmann C. v. Francois Routen im deutsch-britischen Grenzgebiete in Stidwestafrika. Berlin, Mitt. D. Schutzgeb., 6, 1893, 40-41, pl. i. Kilian, W. Sur quelques gisements de l’étage aptien. Paris, Bul. soc. géol., 2, 1902, C.-R. 358. Sur la présence de l’étage aptien dans le sud-est de l Afrique. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 185, 1902, 68-71. Ueber Aptien in Siidafrika. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1902, 465-468. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-4, 252. Kilpin, C.F. v. C. G. H. Parliamentary Reports. Catalogue of Printed Books, ce. 367 Kingsley, J. S. The origin of mammals. New York, Science, 14, 1901, 193-205. and Ruddick, W. H. The ossicula auditus and mam- malian ancestry. Boston, Amer. Nat., 38, 1899, 219-230. Kingston, H.D. R. Notes on some caves in the T’zitzikama or Outeniqua district, near Knysna, South Africa, and the objects found therein. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 30 (= N.S. 8), 1900, 45-49. Kirk, John. Ona few fossil bones from the alluvial strata of the Zambesi delta. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 84, 1864, 199-201. Kitchin, F. L. The Jurassic fauna of Cutch. The Lamelli- branchiata; genus Trzgonia. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (9), 3, 2, 1903, 1-122, pl. i—x. Kitchin, J. v. Goldmann, C. §. Kitson, A. E. On the occurrence of glacial beds at Wynyard, near ‘lable Cape, Tasmania. Melbourne, Proc. Roy. Soc., 15, 1902, 25-88, pl. iii. Kitto, T. C. [On the search for gold in the George, Knysna, and Oudtshoorn districts. | ) v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports. [Govt. Notice, No. 1119, 1878, and No. 937, 1884.| —— [On the River diggings. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, Govt. Notice [No. 122, 1879]. v. Finlason, J. B. Klaproth, M. H. Chemische Zergliederung des Prehnits. Berlin, Schrift. Ges. natf. Freude, 8, 1788, 211-223. Chemische Untersuchung des Blau-Hisensteins, vom Cap der guten Hoffnung. Berlin, Mag. Ges. natf. Freude, 5, 1811, 72-74. Klaproth, M. H. Beitraige zur chemischen Kenntniss . . . 6, 237-241. Chemische Untersuchung des Faserquarzes vom Cap der euten Hoffnung. Berlin, Mag. Ges. natf. Freude, 5, 1811, 75-76. Klaproth, M. H., Beitriige zur chemischen Kenntniss . . . 6, 233-236. Beitrage zur chemischen Kenntniss der. Mineralkérper Sechster Band. Berlin und Stettin, 1815, 8vo, viii + 383 pp., pl. o- 368 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Klein, C. Apatit (Moroxit) vom Flusse Swakop, Stidwestafrika. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1902, 748. Kleinhans, B. J. v. Transvaal Government Reports [No. 16, 1889]. Klement, C. v. Renard, A. F. Klimke, J. Rapport over het jaar 1897, ingezonden door den Staats-Mijningenieur. .. . Pretoria, 1898, 4to, 25 pp., and Aanh, A.-D. v. Transvaal Govt. Reports, [BB. 382, ’98]. Kléssel, M: H. Die siidafrikanischen Republiken. Buren Freistaaten. Fiir Deutschlands Export und Auswanderung. Leipzig, 1888, 8vo, xii + 206 pp. Knap, Ch., jun. Analysis of precious garnet from the Cape of Good Hope. v..Mallet, J. W., Notes of work . . . 109. Knochenhauer, B. Die Goldfelder in Transvaal mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der de Kaap Goldfelder. Berlin, 1890, 8vo, 55 pp. —— Die Diamant-Gruben von Kimberley in Stid-Afrika. Berlin, Zs. Bergw., 89, 1891, 261-282, pl. xvii. Die Gesetzgebung tiber den Bergbau auf Kdelmetalle und Hdelsteine, das sogenannte Goldgesetz. Bonn, Zs. Bergrecht, 82, 1891, 417-465. Knop, A. Ueber die Kupfererz-Lagerstatten von Klein Nama- qualand und Damaraland, ein Beitrag zur Hntwickelungs-Geschichte der Kupfer-Hrze [mit] Nachtrag. .. . Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1861, 513-550 and 679-680 | Nachtrag]. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der in den Diamantfeldern von Jagersfontein (Stidafrika) vorkommenden Mineralien und Gesteine [mit] Nachtrag. Karlsruhe, Ber. Vers. oberrh. geol. Ver., 22, (1889), [16 pp.] and 28, [1890], 20-22 [Nachtrag]. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 20, 1892, 299-300. Koch. Carl. Monographie der Homalonotus-Arten des Rhei- nischen Unterdevon [H. herscheli and crassicauda included]. Berlin, Abh. geol. Specialkarte Preussen, 4, 2, 1883, 8vo, xxx + 85 pp., and atlas jie) Valleys Koken, E. Uebersicht der Geologie Siidafrikas. Berlin, Beitr. z. Landesk. v. 8.A., 2, Jan., 1880. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. 369 Koken, E. Die Vorwelt und ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipzig, 1893, illustr., 2 maps. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 461-472. Kolben, P. The present state of the Cape of Good Hope, con- taining a particular account of the several nations of the Hottentots . . together with a short account of the Dutch settlement at the Cape. . . . Done into English from the original [German, Niirnberg, 1719] by Mr. Medley. [Of the earth, stones, and minerals of the Cape Countries, 2, 310-321. | London, 1731, 2 vols., 8vo. Koninck, Li. de. Notice sur deux especes de brachiopodes du terrain paléozoique de la Chine. [Mention of Homalonotus herschelii and H. knightii from the Cape. | Bruxelles, Bull. Acad. Sci., 18, 1846, 415-425, pl. Kossmat, F. Die Bedeutung der Siidindischen Kreide-Forma- tion fiir die Beurtheilung der geographischen Verhaltnisse wahrend der spiteren Kreidezeit. Wien, Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst., 44, 1894, 457-478. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 28, 1895, 39-55 [| English]. The Cretaceous deposits of Pondicherri. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 30, 1897, 51-110, pl. vi.—x. Die Geologie der deutschen Schutzgebiete in Afrika. Leipzig, Geogr. Zs., 3, 1897, 585-588. Kraatz-Koschlau, K. von. Beitrag zur Bildungsgeschichte der Goldlagerstatten. Heidelberg, Verh. nathist. Ver., N.F. 5, (1896), 419-428. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 18, 1896, 100-108 [Trans. H. V. Winchell]. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 185-189. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 1, 70. Krahmann, Max. Fortschritte der praktische Geologie, Erster Band, 1893 bis 1902. Zugleich General-Register der Zeitschrift fiir praktische Geologie. Jahrg. 1 bis x, 1893 bis 1902. Berlin, 1903, 8vo, xxii + 419 pp., 186 text—maps. Krause, P. R. Ueber den Einfluss der Eruptivgesteine auf die Erztiihrung der Witwatersrand-Conglomerate und der im dolo- mitischen Kalkgebirge von Lydenburg auftretenden Quartzflétze, nebst einer kurzen Schilderung der Grubenbezirke von Pilgrimsrest und De Kaap (Transvaal). Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1897, 12-25, pl. i., text-ffg. 5-13. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 467-468. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 2, 79-80. o- 370 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Krauss, Ferd. [Extract from a letter dated Capstad 21 Juli, 1838, sent to Dr. Hehl, Stuttgart, HOLS with the geology of the vicinity of Cape Town. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1889, 61-63. . Ueber die geologischen Verhaltnisse der éstlichen Ktste des Caplandes, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der in der Algoa- bay vorkommenden Kreiceformation und deren Petrefacten. Mainz, Ber. Vers. ges. D. natf., 20, Mainz 1842, 126-181. Ueber die Quellen des stidlichen Afrikas. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1848, 150-164. Ueber einige Petrefacten aus der untern Kreide des Kap- landes. Breslau and Bonn, Nova Acta Leop., 22, 2, 1850, 489-464, 4 pl. london, @: J. Geol. Soce., 7, 2, 1851, 120-122, Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1851, 484, Kubale, G. Uittreksel uit een rapport van den Mijninspecteur, over eenige Kolenrnijnen op en nabij Brakspan. . v. Munnik, J. H., Aanh. C. [2 pp.]. Kuntz, J. Ein Beitrag zur Geologie des Witwatersrandes (Sitid- afrikanische Republik). Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 55, 1896, 1-5. Ueber die Goldvorkommen im Lydenburger District. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 483-441. The Rand conglomerates, how they were formed. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 1, 1896, 118-122, 122-127 |disc.], and 127-128 [reply]. [On D. Draper’s paper: The extension of the Main Reef... .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 31-82. Criticism of Mr. Schmutz-Dumont’s river-bed theory. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 128-1380. Remarks on Professor Prister’s paper on the Witwaters- rand conglomerates. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 47-51. [On F. H. Hatch’s paper: A description of two geological sections: . ..| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 19038, 58-59. — Pseudomorphosis of quartz pebbles into calcite. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 74. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 371 Kuntz, J. The Main Reef horizon in the Klerksdorp district. [ Discussion, v. Bleloch, W., Draper, D., Zimmermann, J., Higgs, M.8., Wilkinson, Dj Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1903, 106-110, 2 pl., and 180-182 [reply]. Copper ore in South-West Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 7, 1904, 70-76, pl. xix., xx. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1904, 199-202, ffg. 28-33. Kunz, G. F. Gems and precious stones of North America. . . . New York, 2 ed., 1892, 4to, pp. 357, illustr., 8 pl. Precious stones. [Genesis of the diamond, with reference to H. Carvill Lewis’s work, 1191-1196.]| Washington, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv., 18, 5 (cont.), (1896-7), 1182-1217. —— The genesis of the diamond [Reference to H. Carvill Lewis’s work]. New York, Science, 6, 1897, 450-456. —— The production of precious stones in 1903. Washington, Geol. Surv., Mineral Res. U. 8., 19038. 1904, 8vo, 71 pp. [Reprint. | Kurtz, F. Contribuciones 4 la paleophytologia argentina. 1. Bothrychiopsis. La Plata, Rev. Mus., 6, 1, 1894, 119-124, pl. Contribuciones 4 la paleophytologia argentina. 1. Sobre la existencia del Gondwana inferior en la Republica Argentina. La Plata, Rev. Mus., 6, 1, 1894, 125-139, 4 pl. London, Nature, 52, 1895, 523. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 28, 1895, 111-117. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 497-499. Remarks upon Mr. EK. A. Newell Arber’s communication : On the Clarke Collection of fossil plants from New South Wales. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 59, 1903, 25-26. Kuss, H. Notes sur la géographie de quelques régions voisines du Zambeze. Paris, Bul. Soc. géogr., 1882, 365-382. Note sur la constitution géologique d’une partie de la Zambézie. , Paris, Bul. Soc. géol., 12, 1883-84, 303-317, pl. x. Lisboa, Bol. Soc. geogr., (6), 1886, 178-179. Kynaston, H. Report on the area lying to north-east of Hatherley, and between the Pienaars and Elands Rivers. v. Transvaal Govt. Reports, Geological Survey, 1908, 3-6. o- 372 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety. Kynaston, H., and Hall, A. H. Diamondiferous deposits. v. Transvaal Govt. Reports, Geological Survey, 1903, 43-48. Lacroix, A. Sur une roche 4&4 amphibole sodique (riebeckite), astrophyllite, pyrochlore et zircon du Colorado. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 109, 1889, 40. Sur les propriétés optiques de la crocidolite et la diffusion de ce minéral. Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 18, 1890, 19-25. Note sur les minéraux el les roches du gisement diamanti- fere de Monastery (Etat libre d’Orange) et sur ceux du Griqualand. Paris, Bul. soc. minér., 21, 1898, 22-29. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1900, 1, 1-2. Lake, P. The supposed matrix of the diamond at Wajra Karur, Madras. Calcutta, Rec, Geol. Surv. Ind., 23, 1890, 69-72, pl. = 5 kaye, 1a, The Trilobites of the Bokkeveld Beds. Cape Town, Ann. §. A. Mus., 4, 4, 1904, 201-220, pl. xxiv.—xxviii., 1 text-fig. Lamplugh, G. W. v. Parlow, A. Lang, J.C. O petroleo do Dande. Lisboa, Bol. soc. geogr., 6, 1886, 240-249. Lapierre, E. Note sur le bassin houiller de Tete, région du Zambeze. Paris, Ann. Mines, 4, 1883, 585-593, pl. xix. Lapierre, —. [On the carboniferous formations of the Trans- vaal. | Paris, Echo Mines. London, Colliery Guard., 72, 1896, 410. Lapparent, A.de. Traité de géologie. Paris, 4 ed., 1900, 8vo, 1911 pp., 850 text-ffg. Latrobe, C. J. Journal of a visit to South Africa in 1815 and 1816, with some account of the missionary settlements of the United Brethren near the Cape of Good Hope. London, 1818, 4to, vii + 406 pp., pl., map. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 373 Latrobe, C. J. [and Hesse, F.] Des Evangelischen Predigers C. J. Latrobe Tagebuch einer Besuch-Reise nach Sitd-Afrka in den Jahren 1815 und 1816; . . . Aus dem Englischen tibersetzt, fur Deutsche Leser bearbeitet und mit einigen Anmerkungen versehen von Friedrich Hesse, evang. Prediger. Halle und Berlin, 1820, 8vo, xvi + 400 pp., pl. Launay, L.de. Les mines d’or du Transvaal. Paris, Ann. Mines, (8), 19, 1891, 102-132, pl. ii. London, Nature, 19, 1891, 283-285. Nouveaux gisements d’or au Cap. Paris, Ann. Mines, (9), 1, 1892, 186-137. Note sur le développement des mines d’or du Transvaal (Witwatersrand). Paris, Ann. Mines, (9), 2, 1892, 107-110. — v. Fuchs, E. Sur les caractéres géologiques des conglomérats auriféres du Witwatersrand (Transvaal). Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 122, 1896, 260-262. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 296. Sur le mode de formation des minérais auriféres du Wit- watersrand (‘T'ransvaal). Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 122, 1896, 343-346. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 296. 3 Les mines d’or du Transvaal ; districts du Witwatersrand, d’ Heidelberg et de Klerksdorp. Paris, Ann. Mines, (9), 9, 1896, 5-201, pl. i.—vi. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 11, 1896, 8378-462, pl. xxii.-xxv. [English]. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 296. Les mines d’or du Transvaal. Etude géographique et historique. Htude géologique... . Paris, 1896, 8vo, xxxi + 540 pp., 81 ffg., 11 pp. Contribution a l’étude des gites metalliferes. Paris, Ann. Mines, (9), 12, 1897, 119-227. Les diamants du Cap. Paris, 1897, 8vo, vii + 226 pp. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 8, 1898, 463-464. Sur les roches diamantiferes du Cap et leurs variations en profondeur. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 125, 1897, 335-387, pls. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 2, 254, 384. md 374 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ; Launay, L. de. Sur la notion de profondeur appliquee aux gisements métalliferes africains. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 184, 1902, 1531-1533. Leipzig, Geol. Centrabl., 3, 1903, 188-139. _ Les richesses minérales de |’ Afrique. Paris, 1903, 8vo, 416 pp., ffg. Notes sur la théorie des gites minéraux. Paris, Ann. Mines, (10), 3, 1908, 49-116. Laws, —. Journey along part of the western side of Lake Nyassa, in 1878. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soe., 1, 1879, 805-821, map. Leclerq, Jules. A travers ]’Afrique australe. Paris, 1895, 8vo, 314 pp. _ Leggett, T. H. [On J. H. Hammond’s paper: Gold mining in the Transvaal. ] New York, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., 81, (1901), 1032-1037. and Hatch, F.H. An estimate of the gold production and life of the Main Reef Series, Witwatersrand, down to 6,000 feet. London, Trans. Inst. Min., 10, 1901-1902. Leith, G. On the caves, shell-mounds, and stone implements of South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst. (N.S.), 1, 1899, 258-272, pl. xvii., xviii. Lenz, O. Petrefakten von der Loango-Kiiste (West-Afrika). Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1877, 278-279. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1878, 8312. [Comm., Graf Marschall. ] Geologische Mitteilungen aus West Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1878, 148-1538. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 172-176. [Comm., Graf Marschall.] Leroy-Beaulieu, P. Te Sud de l’Afrique; les mines d’or du Transvaal. Paris, Economiste frang., 2, 1889, 501-504. [Lett, —] Mlineralschatze des nédrdlichen Sambesi-Gebietes. Berlin, Zs, prakt. geol., 1903, 168. [Note on—Lett’s investigations. | Levy, A. Michel. v. Michel-Lévy, A. Leslie, T. N. The fossil flora of Vereeniging. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 6, 1908, 82-88. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. BYES) Lewis, H. Carvill. On a diamantiferous peridotite, and the genesis of the diamond. London, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 56, Birmingham 1886, 667-668. Geol. Mag., 4, 1887, 22-24. — Nature, 36, 1887, 571. The matrix of the diamond. London, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 57, Manchester 1887, 720-721. — Chem. News, 56, 1887, 153. Geol. Mag., 5, 1888, 129-181. Leipzig, Zs. Krystall., 15, 1888-89, 448. Papers and notes on the genesis and matrix of the diamond. [Edited by T. G. Bonney: including the British Association papers. | London, 1897, 8vo, 72 pp., 2 pl. Washington, U. 8. Rep. Geol. Surv., 18, 5 cont., 1896-7, 1191-1196 (G. F. Kunz). New York, Science, 6, 1897, 450-456 (G. F. Kunz). -—— Science, 6, 1897, 664-667 (G. F. Becker). Cape Town, Trans., S. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 461-462. Stuttgart, N. Jahvb., 1899, 1, 66. Lichtenstein, H. Reisen im Siidlichen Africa in den Jahren 1803, 1804, 1805 und 1806. Berlin, 1811-12, 2 vols., 8vo, pls., maps. London, 1812-15, 2 vols., 4to, pls., maps. [English trans. by Anne Plumptree. | Liddell, J. M. The gold-fields of the valley of De Kaap, South Africa. Newcastle, Trans. N. Engd. Inst. Min. Eng., 88, 1891, 171-175. - The Witwatersrandt gold-fields. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 3, 1892, 447- Liebenam, W. A. Die Witwatersrand-Goldindustrie vom berg- wirtschaftlichen Standpunkte aus. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1908, 483-448, 2 ffe. Liebmann, J. A. [On the supposed fossil remains on Dassen Island. | Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 8, 1, 1893, XXVil. Livingstone, C. v. Livingstone, D. Livingstone, D. Explorations into the interior of Africa. [Geology of Angola, &c.| London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 25, 1855, 218-237. Explorations into the interior of Africa. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 27, 1857, 349-387, route map. - 376 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety. Livingstone, D. Missionary travels and researches in South Africa, including a sketch of sixteen years’ residence in the interior of Africa, and a journey from the Cape of Good Hope to Loanda on the west coast; thence across the continent down the River Zam- besi to the Hastern Ocean. London, 1857, 8vo, ix + 687 pp., illustr., map. Dr. Livingstone’s Cambridge lectures, together with a prefatory letter by the Rev. Professor Sedgwick. Cambridge, 2 ed., 1860, 8vo, viii + 380 pp., map. [1 ed., 1858.] Edited Rev. W. Monk. Extracts from the despatches of Dr. David Livingstone . . . (dated December 17, 1858; February 14, May 12, July 26, October 15, 1859) to the Right Honourable Lord Malmesbury. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 31, 1861, 256-296, map. Exploration to the west of Lake Nyassa in 1863. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 34, 1864, 245-251. and Livingstone, C. Narrative of an expedition to the Zambesi and its tributaries; and of the discovery of the Lakes Shirwa and Nyassa; 1858-1864. London, 1865, 8vo, xiv + 608 pp., illustr., map. Letter from Dr. Livingstone. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 11, 1867, 15-17. The last journals of David Livingstone in Central Africa, from 1865 to his death. [Edited Rev. Horace Waller.] London, 1874, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., maps. Lloyd, H. The Middelburg coalfields (South Africa). London, Colliery Guard., 74, 1897, 871-872. Lobley, J. L. The Transvaal: its mineral resources. . London, Knowledge, 19, 1896, 49-52, map, diaers. Lodin, A. Sur le mode de formation des conglomérats auriféres. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 122, 1896, 637-640. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 300. Lovy, ---. Goldgehalt der Transvaal-Kohlen. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1895, 258-260. Lford, W. B.]. Diamonds and gold. The three main routes to the South African Ophir, and how to equip for the journey. London, 1871, 8vo, ii + 95 pp. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 377 Loriol, P. de. Notes pour servir 4 l’étude des échinodermes, ii. Genéve et Bale, Rec. zool. Suisse, 4, 1887, 365-407, pls. =) Vv. Chottau, te Note sur la géologie de la province d’Angola. Genéve, Arch. Sci. Phys., 19, 1888, 67-71. Louis, H. Note on the occurrence of bismutite in the Trans- vaal. London, Miner. Mag., 7, 1887, 189-140. On the mode of occurrence of gold. London, Miner. Mag., 10, 1894, 241-247. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 25, 1896, 301. [On the allotropy of gold.] New York, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engin., 24, 1894, 182. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 329-880. — v. Philipps, J. A. Lungwitz, E. E. Der geologische Zusammengehang von Vege- tation und Goldlagerstatten. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 71-74. Luttman-Johnson, H. Notes on the geology of the Fortuna Valley, Heidelberg, Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 3, 1904, 136-1839, pl. xxii.—xxiii. Luzi, W. Ueber kiinstliche Corrosionsfiguren am Diamanten. Berlin, Ber. D. chem. Ges., 25, 1892, 2470-2472. Lyburn, EH. St. J. Mining and minerals in the Transvaal and Swaziland. Dublin, Sci. Proc. R. Soc., 9, 1, 1899, 12-21, pl. iii. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 94. Lycett, J. A monograph of the British fossil Trigonie. London, Monogr. Palzont. Soc., 1872-1879, 4to, 245 pp., 41 pl. Lydekker, R. Catalogue of the fossil mammalia in the British Museum (Natural History), pt. v. London, 1877, 8vo, 345 pp. Fossil reptilia and batrachia. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (4), 1, 3, 1879, 36 pp., 6 pl. —— The reptilia and amphibia of the Maleri and Denwa groups. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (4), 1, 5, 1885, 38 pp., 6 pl. = 378 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Lydekker, R. Notes on Indian fossil vertebrates. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 21, 1888, 145-148. Catalogue of the fossil pg and amphibia in the British Museum, pt. 1. London, 1889, 8vo, xxi + 307 pp. On associated remains of a theriodont reptile from the Karoo system of the Cape. London, Proce. Zool. Soc., 1889, 572-577, pl. liv.-lv. Notes on new and other dinosaurian remains. 2. Orino- Saurus capensis, N. Sp. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1889, 352-356. Note on the occurrence of a species of Bothriceps [B. Hualeyt| in the Karoo System of South Africa. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 4, 1889, 475-476. Catalogue of the fossil reptilia and amphibia in the British Museum, pt. iv. London, 1890, 8vo, xxiii + 295 pp. On two new species of labyrinthodonts. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 46, 1890, 289-294, pl. xii. — Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 6, 1890, 113. On the pectoral and pelvic girdles and skull of the Indian dicynodonts. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 23, 1890, 17-20. Horns and hoofs, or chapters on hoofed animals. [Including | Bubalus baini, Seeley]. London, 18938, 8vo, xv + 411 pp. The tertiary connection of South America with South Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8S. A., 3, 1898, 151-153. M.D. Memo as to some of the mineral waters, hot springs, &c., at the Cape. Gupe Town, 8. A. Mag., 2, 1868, 247-248. McClumpha, J. Report on the mining industry and mineral resources of Manica. v. Brit. S. A. Co., “‘ Information as to mining in Rhodesia,” 1, 201-206. Macco, A. Die nutzbaren Bodenschatze der deutschen Schutz- gebiete. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1908, 28-33, 198-202, fig. 56. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 379 Macco, A. Deutsch-Stidwestafrikas mineralische Bodenschatze. © Berlin, D. KolZtg., 1903, 225-228, map. Machado, J. J. Caminho de ferro de Lourenco Marques 4 fronteira do Transvaal. | Lisboa, Bol. Soc. Geogr., (2), 1880, 67-107. Mackay, G. v. Huxley, T. H.: On Saurosternon bainu .. ., 202-204. [On fossils from Buffalo River, British Kaffraria. | London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 485. Notes on the geology of the coast between the Fish and Juja Rivers, South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 4, 1, 1887, 1-6. [MS. sect., in the Public Library, East London.| Evidence of the antiquity of man in East London, Cape Colony: .-2- Edinburgh, Nat. Sci., 11, 1897, 334-336. MacPatrickson, —. v. Drée, — de. Mair, —. Remarks on the mineral springs of the Koogha. Cape Town, 8S. A. Quart. J., (1), No. 5, 1831, 27-80. Makowsky, A. Ueber die Diamanten des Kaplandes auf der Weltaustellung in Wien. Brinn, Verh. natf. Ver., Sitzber. 12, 2, 1878, 16-19. Mallet, J. W. Notes of work by students of practical chemistry in the laboratory of the University of Virginia [Communicated by]. London, Chem. News, 38, 1878, 94-95, 108-109. Manganese. A day in Du Toit’s Kloof. The manganese mines. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 11, 1875, 311-320. Mann, R. J. The physical geography and climate of the Colony of Natal. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 37, 1867, 48-67, map. On the climate and industrial prospects of the Colony of Natal. London, J. Soc. Arts, 16, 1868, 210-215. On the coal-field of Natal. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 38, Norwich 1868, trans., 73. The gold-field of South Africa. [Discovered by K. Mauch.] London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 88, Norwich 1868, trans., 187-188. 28 - 380 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Mann, R. J. Further notes on the industries and prospects of Natal. London, J. Soe. Arts, 17, 1869, 32-39. 7 [On the productive capacity of Natal. | London, J. Soc. Arts, 17, 1869, 220. On the gold of Natal. London, Rept. Brit. Ass., 39, Exeter 1869, trans. 96 [No abstract given]. Maps. v. Part ii. Marcou, J. Explication d’une seconde édition de la carte eéologique de la terre [Cap de Bonne Espérance, 87-92]. Ziivich, 1875, 4to, 223 pp., geol. map. Marloth, L. On the origin of the diamond-mines of South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 4, 1, 1887, 62-65. Report on the occurrence of nitrate on the farm Doorn- bergfontein, near Prieska. Cape Town, Agricultural J., 7, 1894, 579-580, 627. New York, Engin. Min. J., 59, 1895, 87. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1895, 801-502. The origin of nitrates in Griqualand West. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 8, 2, 1896, 123-128, Marriott, H. F. Notes on the chemical composition of the Hospital Hill shales. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 27-29. Marschall, Graf. v. Lenz, O. Marsh, O. C. The dinosaurs of North America. Washington, Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv., 16, 1, (1894-95), 183-244, pl. ii.Ixxxv., fig. 1-66. The origin of mammals. Proc. Intern. Congr. Zool., Cambridge 1898, 71-74. London, Nature, 58, 1898, 426-427. — Geol. Mag., 6, 1899, 13-16. Marshall, W. P. Notes on the great Kimberley diamond mine. Birmingham, Midland Nat., '7, 1884, 93-98. Martin, P. P. Stone implements and shell caves [with note by J. H. Bowker]. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 5, 1872, 58-57 Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 381 Maskelyne, N. S., and Flight, W. On the character of the diamantiferous rock of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 80, 1874, 406-416. —— Geol. Mag., 1, 1874, 421-422. The diamond fields of Griqualand and their probable influence on the native races of South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 1876, 372-381. Enstatite rock from South Africa. London, Proc. Crystallol. Soc., 2, 1882, 60-62. Miner. Mag., 2, 1878-79, 268. — — Phil. Mag., 7, 1879, 185-1386. Mathers, HE. P. Golden South Africa, or the gold fields re- visited ; being further glimpses of the gold fields of South Africa. London, 4 ed., 1889, 8vo, 5 maps |1 ed., The gold fields revisited, 1884]. Zambesia, Kngland’s El Dorado in Africa, being a descrip- tion of Matabeleland and Mashonaland, and the less known adjacent territories, and an account of the gold fields of British South Africa. London, 1891, 8vo, illustr., 2 maps. Matthews, J. W. Incwadi Yami, or twenty years’ personal experience in South Africa. [Geology, Diamond fields. ] New York, 1887, 8vo, vii +. 542 pp. Mauch, K. Karl Mauch’s Reisen im Innern von Siid-Afrika. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 16, 1870, 1-8, 92-103, 139-142, pl. i. [map]. Reisen im Innern von Siid-Afrika, 1865-72. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., Erg. Hft. 37, 1874, 52 pp., map. Maund, E.A. Zambezia, the new British possession in Central South Africa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 12, 1890, 649-655, map, p. 712. On Matabele and Mashona Lands. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 18, 1891, 1-18, map, p. 64. Maurice, M. Note sur les gisements de charbon de la ferme Syterfontein No. 32, et fermes limitrophes; district minier de Krugersdorp (Transvaal). St. Etienne, C.-R., Soc. indust. minér., (1899), 235-244. Medlicott, H. B., and Blanford, W. T. A manual of the geology of India. Calcutta, 1879, 2 vols., 8vo, map [2 ed., v. Oldham, R. IDE o- 382 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Mellor, E. T. On some glaciated land surfaces occurring in the district between Pretoria and Balmoral, with notes on the extent and distribution of the glacial conglomerate in the same area. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 18-26, pl. vi.—-x. _ The Waterberg Sandstone formation and its relation to other formations in the Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 39-50, pl. xii., xiii. Report on portions of the Pretoria and Middelburg dis- tricts between the Elands River valley and Balmoral. v. Transvaal Govt. Reports. Geological Survey, 1908, 7-27. Mennell, F. P. Telluride ores and their occurrence in Rhodesia. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., Bulawayo Chronicle, March 26, 1902. Laboratory work. Bulawayo, Ann. Rep. Rhod. Mus., 1902, 4-6. Contributions to South African petrography. London, Geol. Mag., 9, 1902, 356-366. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 8, 1908, 263. The geology of the country round Bulawayo. Bulawayo, Ann. Rep. Rhod. Mus., 1902, 9-11. —— Laboratory work. Bulawayo, Ann. Rep. Rhod. Mus., 1908, 5-6. The minerals of some South African granites. Cape Town, Rep. S. A. Ass., Cape Town, 1903, 282-285. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 345-347. Notes on two points in African geology. London, Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 547-549. The average composition of the igneous rocks. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 78, Southport 19038, 671. — Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 263-264. —— The geology of Southern Rhodesia. Bulawayo, Spec. Rep. Rhod. Mus., 2, 1904, 8vo, 42 pp., map. Mentzel, —. Kommen in Deutsch-Siidwestafrika Diamanten vor ? Essen, Gliickauf, 39, 1908, 553-555. Leipzig, Geol. Centalbl., 4, 1903-04, 742. Merensky, A. Der Kohlenfund in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Berlin, D. KolZtg., 1896, 538. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 475. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 383 M[errill], G. P. The diamond mines of South Africa. [On G. F. Williams’s work. ] Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 31, 1903, 51-53. Meteorites. v. Part 111. Meunier, S. Composition et origine du sable diamantifere de Du Toit’s Pan (Afrique australe). Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 84, 1877, 250-252. Examen minéralogique des roches qui accompagnent le diamant dans les mines du Cap de Bonne Espérance. Bruxelles, Bul. Acad. roy., (8), 8, 1882, 374-404. —— Présence de la pegmatite dans les sables diamantiféres du Cap. Observation & propos d’une récente communication de M. Chaper. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 98, 1884, 380-381. — Observations complémentaires sur l’origine des_ sables diamantiferes de |’Afrique australe. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 102, 1886, 637-640. —— Hxamen de quelques échantillons géologiques provenant de la Baie de Lobito (Angola). Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 105, 1887, 623. Contribution a la géologie de JlAfrique occidentale - [Lobito}. Paris, Bul. soc. géol., 16, 1887-88, 61-63, pl. i. Recherches minéralogiques sur les gisements diamantiferes de l'Afrique australe. Autun, Bul. soe. hist. nat., 6, 1893 [8vo, 48 pp., 2 pl.]. Michell, R. A. The Low Country goldfields. The Murchison Range. v. Reunert, T., Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 171-173. Michel-Lévy, A. v. Chaper, Maurice. ——= Vy Wougwe, 12. Milch, L. [Remarks on G. Giirich’s paper: Zur Theorie der afrikanischen Diamantlagerstatten. | Breslau, Jahresber. Ges. vaterl. Cultur., 75, (1897, 2), 4. Mitchell, H. Diamonds and gold in South Africa. Together with the Transvaal gold law and other useful information. London, 1888, 8vo, vi + 109 pp. o- 384 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Moricke, W. Betrachtungen und Beobachtungen iiber die Entstehung von Goldlagerstatten. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1893, 143-148. Moffat, R., jun. Journey from Little Namaqualand eastward, along the Orange River, the northern frontier of the Colony, &c., in August, 1856. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 28, 1858, 174-187, map. Report of a survey of a portion of the Orange River, east- ward of Little Namaqualand. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 1-58] Mohr, E. Eduard Mohr’s astronomisch-geognostische Expedi- tion in Sud-Afrika. i. Reise von Port Natal nach Potchefstroom, Marz bis Mai 1869. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 15, 1869, 268-274, 294-302. — Nach den Victoriafallen des Zambesi. Leipzig, 1875, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., map. London, 1876 [English trans. by N. d’Anvers]. Moissan, H. Sur la présence du graphite, du carbonado et de diamants microscopiques dans la terre bleue du Cap. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 116, 1898, 292-295. -—— Bul. soc. chim., 9, 1898, 963-966. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 25, 1896, 303. Molengraaff, G. A. F. Schets van de bodemgesteldheid van de Zuid-Afrikaansche Republiek in verband met die van Zuid-Africa bewerkt naar de voornaamste bronnen tot 1890. Amsterdam, Tijdschr. K. Ned. Aardr. Gen., (2), 7, 1890. Het voorkomen van diamant op aarde. Amsterdam, De Diamant, 1890, No. 318-321. Voordracht over de geologische gesteldheit van de goud- velden op het Hoogeveld in de Transvaal. Handl. Ned. Nat. Geneesk. Corgres, 3, Utrecht 1891, 340, [8vo, 6 pp.]. Cordierit in einem Eruptivgestein aus Stidafrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1894, 1, 79-91. London, Mineral Mag., 10, 1894, 341-342. Ueber einige Erz-und Mineralvorkommen in der siid- afrikanischen Republik Transvaal. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallgr., 22, 1894, 150-157, 2 ffg. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 289-291. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 274-275. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. 385. Molengraaff, G. oe, Beitrag zur Geologie der Umgegund der Goldfelder auf dem Hoogeveld in der stidafrikanischen Republik. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.B. 9, 1894-95, 174-292, pl. x. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 440-441. Remarks on Professor Prister’s paper on: Glacial phe- nomena at Pretoria and on the Rand. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 97-100. — Diamonds at Rietfontein. [ Discussion, v. Prister, A.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 122-128. Rapport over het jaar 1897, ingezonden door den Staats- geoloog aan de HEd. Regeering der Zuid-Afrikaansche Republiek. Pretoria, 1898, 4to, 24 pp., 2 maps, v. Transvaal Govt. Reps., [BB. 382, ’98]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-99, 119-147, 2 pl. [English trans.]. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 146-147, 331-332. The glacial origin of the Dwyka conglomerate. | Discussion, v. Prister, A., and Draper, D.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 5. A., 4, 1898-9, 103-113, pls., sects. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 23, 1899, 259-260. —— Rapport over het jahr 1898, van den Staats-Geoloog an de Hd. Regeering der Zuid-Afrikaansche Republiek, ingezonden door ZEd. Gestr. het Hoofd van Mijnwezen der Zuid Afrikaansche Re- publiek. © Pretoria, 1899, 4to, 58 pp., 4 pl. v. Transvaal Govt. Reps., [No. 16, 1899] and Report of the State Geologist... . 1900, German trans. corrected and augmented. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 347-348. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 2, 91-94. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 36, 1902, 423. Die Reihenfolge und Correlation der geologischen Forma- tionen in Siidafrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1900, 1, 113-119. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 164-165. Géologie de la République Sud-Africaine du Transvaal. Paris, Bul. soc. géol., 1, 1901, 13-92, pl. i., ii. Ann. Géogr., 10, 1901, 450-453 [L. Gallois]. London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 475-478. Lisboa, Rev. Obras. pub. Minas, 32, 1901, 444-452 [ P. Choffat]. Bruxelles, Proc.-Verb. soc. geol. paléont., 16, (1902), 23-81. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1902, 145-150 [P. Choffat]. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 287-290. Johannesburg, 1904, [English trans. by J. H. Ronaldson]. Remarks on Mr. Wm. Taylor Heslop’s paper on: The coal-fields of Natal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng,, 21, 1901, 215-228. o- 386 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Molengraaff, G. A. F. De paleozoische yjstijd. Handl. Ned. Nat. Geneesk. Congres., 8, 1901, 304-310. Explanatory note to the geological sketch map of the Transvaal. | Johannesburg, 1902, 8vo, 18 pp. Remarks on M7. Rathbone’s paper on the geology of the De Kaap goldfields. Johannesburg, Tran. Geol. 8. A., 6, 1903, 15. Remarks on the Vredefort mountain-land. [Discussion, v. Hatch, F. H., Higgs, S.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 20-26, 2 pl. Preliminary note on a hitherto unrecognised formation underlying the Black Reef Series. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. Afr., 6, 1903, 68. Notes on our present knowledge of the occurrence of Nepheline Syenite and allied rocks in the Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 89-90. Molyneux, A. J.C. Notes on some fossils from the Matobola Beds of the Sengwe coalfields. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., Bulawayo Chronicle, Nov. 28, 1901, and Feb. 12, 1902. The sedimentary deposits of Southern Rhodesia. With appendices by Dr. A. Smith Woodward, Dr. Wheelton Hind, and HE. A. Newell Arber. London, Q. J. G. §., 59, 1908, 266-290, pl. xix., xx. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 386. Molyneux, W. Report on the geology of the Karoo and Stormberg. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 71-81]. Monteiro, J. J. Angola and the River Congo. London, 1875, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., map. Moore, J. E.S. The Tanganyika problem. An account of the researches undertaken concerning the existence of marine animals in Central Africa. London, 1908, 4to, xxiii + 871 pp., illustr., maps. Morelet, A. Voyage du Dr. Welwitsch, exécuté par ordre du gouvernement portugais dans les royaumés d’Angola et de Ben- guella.—Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Paris, 1868, 102 pp. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. 387 Morris, J., and Sharpe, D. Description of eight species of brachiopodous shells from the paleozoic rocks of the Falkland Islands. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 2, 1846, 274-278, pl. x., xi. Morton, Pierce. Notes on the earthquake. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (1), 2, 1857, 253-255. Morton, W. J. The South African diamond fields and the journey to the mines. New York, Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc., 9, 1877, 68-68. Mosenthal, J., & Co. Diamonds at the Cape Colony [Letter from]. London, J. Soc. Arts, 17, 1869, 199-200. Moses, W. [Note on the genesis of the diamond]. London, Geog. Mag., 2, 1895, 495-496. Moulle, A. Mémoire sur la géologie générale et sur les mines de diamants de l'Afrique du Sud. Paris, Ann. Mines, 7, 1885, 193-348, pl. v.—ix. Mourlon, M. Rapport sur le mémoire de M. 8. Meunier: Hxamen minéralogique des roches qui accompagnent le diamant dans les mines du Cap de Bonne Espérance. Bruxelles, Bul. Acad. roy., 8, 1882, 316-821. Miller, G. Versteinerungen des Jura und der Kreide. v. Bornhardt, W.: Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 7, 514-571. Munnik, J. H. Rapport over het jaar 1898, ingezonden door het Staats-Mijningenieur. .. . : Pretoria, 1899, 4to, 22 pp., and Aanh. A-E. v. Transvaal Govt. Reports. [No. 16, 1899] Murchison, R. I. [Announcement that Sir John Herschel had discovered trilobites at the Cape. | London, Proce. Geol. Soc., 2, 1838-88, 415. —— Phil. Mag., 9, 1836, 496. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1888, 197. —— The Silurian System, founded on geological researches in the counties of Salop, Hereford, Radnor, &c., with descriptions of the coal-fields and overlying formations. London, 1889, 4to, xxxii + 768 pp. and atlas [pls., map]. ——- [President’s address to the Royal Geographical Society, delivered at the anniversary meeting. | London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 22, 1852, lxii-exxvi; 27, 1857, lxxxv—cxeviii; 28, 1858, exxili-cexvill; 29, 1859, cii-cexxiv; 33, 1863, cxili-excii; 34, 1864, cxix.—exiii. o 388 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Murchison, R.I. On the antiquity of the physical geography of Inner Africa. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 34, 1864, 201-205. —— [President’s address to the Royal Geographical Society. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 36, 1866, exviii—cxevii., Proc., 10, 185-264. 38, 1868, cxxxili—cxeviii., ,, 12, 219-284. 39, 1869, exxxv.-cxciv., » 18, 259-818. Murray, Hugh. v. Jameson, R. Murray, John, and Renard, A. F. Report on deep-sea deposits based on the specimens collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger in the years 1872 to 1876. London, 1891, 4to, xxix + 525 pp., 29 pl., 43 charts, 22 diagr., 36 text—illustr. Murray, R. W. Diamond fields of South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 29, 1881, 370-384. Muskett, E. Diamonds at the Cape. London, J. Soc. Arts, 17, 1869, 379. Nagel, Emil. Die nérdlichen Goldfelder des Matabili Landes, aus dem Tagebuch eines Afrikareisenden. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 28, 1882, 342-347. Nascimento, J. F. de. Explorac&éio geographica e mineralogica no districto de Mossamedes em 1895-1898. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1898, 110 pp., 4 pl., map. Paris, Ann. Géogr., 1898, 242. Natal Parliamentary Reports. Report [by F. W. North] upon the coalfields of Klip River, Weenen, Umvoti, and Victoria counties. ... Pietermaritzburg, 1881, 4to, pls., maps. ——- [Annual reports of the Commissioner of Mines for the years 1888-1897. | Pietermaritzburg, 1889-1898, 4to. Report [by J. J. Garrard] on the mineral resources of | Zululand, embodying the annual report of the mining industry, for the year 1894. Pietermaritzburg, 1895, 8vo, 51 pp. ——— Reports [by J. J. Garrard] on the mineral resources of Gululand . . . for the year 1895. Pietermaritzburg, 1896. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 389 Natal Parliamentary Reports. Report [by J. J. Garrard] on the mining industry of Zululand for the year 1896. Pietermaritzburg, 1897. Report [by J. J. Garrard] on the mining industry of Zululand for the year 1897. Pietermaritzburg, 1898. —— Report on the mining industry of Natal for the year 1898. Pietermaritzburg, 1899, 4to. First report [by W. Anderson] of the Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand. Pietermaritzburg, 1901, 4to, 1388 pp., 20 pl. —- Second report [by W. Anderson] of the Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand. London, 1904, 4to, 169 pp., 11 pl. Neal, W.G. v. Hall, R..N. [Nectaire, Brother.] Les grottes de Sterkfontein. Paris, Cosmos, 4'7, 1898, 183-135. Nelson, R. J. On the geology of the Bahamas, and on coral formations generally. [Rocks of eolian formation, Natal.] London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 9, 1, 1853, 200-215. Neumayr, M. v. Holub, E. —— Ueber klimatische Zonen wahrend der Jura- und Kreide- ziet. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 47, 1, 1883, 277-310, map. Triglyphus und Tritylodon. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1884, 1, 279-280. Die geographische Verbreitung der Juraformation. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 50, 1, 1885, 57-144, 1 pl., 2 maps. Ueber einige Belemniten aus Centralasien und Siidafrika und tuber den Canal der Belemniten. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1889, 52-56. Erdgeschichte. Leipzig, 1887-90, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., 27 pl., 4 maps. The climates of past ages. London, Nature, 42, 1890, 148-151, 175-180 [trans. ]. 390 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Newton, HE. T. On some new reptiles from the Hlgin sand- stones. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 184, 1893, B, 431-503, pl. xxvi.—xli. Newton, Rk. B. On the occurrence of Alectryonaria wngulata in §.E. Africa; with a notice of previous researches on the creta- ceous conchology of Southern Africa. Leeds, J. Conch., 8, 1896, 186-151. Note on the occurrence of nummulitic limestone in South- Kiastern Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 3, 1896, 487-488, pl. xv. On some paleozoic fossils from Bolivia, obtained by Sir William Martin Conway. v. Conway, W. M.: The Bolivian Andes, 386-892. Nicol, W. On the structure of some fossil woods found in the Island of Mull, Northern Africa, and on the Karoo ground to the north-east of the Cape of Good Hope. Edinburgh, New Philos. J., 18, 1835, 8335-338. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1886, 121-122. Nobbs, E. A. Report on the Kalahari desert. vy. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 18-32, [G. 89-1904]. [Noble, J.] Among the diamonds. Cape Town, Cape Monthly Mag., (2), 2, 1871, 112-127. — Colonial geology. Character and origin of the ‘“ clay- stone porphyry,” or ‘‘ trap conglomerate.” [With notes on specimens by T. Davies. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 12, 1876, 127-128. Noble, J. Official Handbook. Cape Town, 1878, 8vo, xvi + 218 pp., map. Official Handbook. History, productions, and resources of the Cape of Good Hope. Cape Town, 1886, 8vo, viii + 3828 pp. Illustrated Official Handbook of the Cape and South Africa. Cape Town, 1893, 8vo, xvi + 568 pp. [Noble, R.] [Note on shell caves and ‘‘ raised-beaches.”’] _ Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 8, 1871, 125. | Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 391 Nolloth, M. S., and Bell, C. D. [Reports on the copper fields of Little Namaqualand, and on the bays and harbours of that coast. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [1855]. Nopesa, I’. von, jun. Ueber Rippen eines Deuterosauriden (Deuterosaurus seeleyt, nov. spec. ?). Wien, Beitr. Pal. Oesterr-Ung., 11, 1902, 185-194, fig. North, F. W. Colonial Mining Engineer’s report on the coal- fields of the Stormbergen. yv. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 47-78]. Kimberley diamond mine, South Africa. Dudley, Trans. 8. Staff. Inst. Min. Eng., 4, 1878, 101-1384. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichanst., 1878, 403-404, [F. Groéger]. London, v. Finlayson, J. B. Report upon the coal fields of Klip River. . . v. Natal Parl. Reports, 1881. London, Colliery Guard., 40, 1880, 664, and 44, 1882, 611-612. Novara Reise. Reise der Oesterreisischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859. . . . Geologischer Theil, Zweiter Band. Wien, 1866, 4to, xiv + 268 pp., 7 pl. Oakley, H. M. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [A. 12-’91] and [G. 28-’92]. Oats, F. On Mr. Dunn’s notes on the diamond-fields of South Africa, 1889. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 39, 1883, proc. 5. — Geol. Mag., 10, 18838, 135. Oehmichen, H. Goldhaltige Kobaltginge in Transvaal. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 271-274. ‘Leipzig, Zs. Krystallgr., 35, 1902, 293. Ogilvie, P. A. De Kaap gold fields. v. Reunert, T. : Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 162-170. Oldham, R. D. A manual of the geology of India. Chiefly compiled from the observations of the Geological Survey, by H. B. Medlicott and W. T. Blanford. Strategraphical and structural... . Second edition revised and largely rewritten by —. Calcutta, 1898, 8vo, xxiii + 548 pp., illustr., maps. Some rough notes for the construction of a chapter in the history of the earth. Calcutta, J. As. Soc. Beng., 53, 2, 1884, 187-198. 392 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Oldham, R. D. Essays on speculative geology, i. On homotaxis and contemporaneity. London, Geol. Mag., 3, 1886, 293-300. Olds, H. F. Notes on blue asbestos. New York, Engin. Min. J., 67, 1899, 528. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1899, 268. Olds, F. The Witwatersrand gold-fields. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. M. E., 18, 1899, 89. O'Neill, H. E. Eastern Africa, between the Zambesi and Rovuma Rivers. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 7, 1885, 480-449, map. Orange Free State Government Reports. v. Stow, G. W. [Reports on the Geological Survey, 1878 —>.] O’Reilly, J. P. Relations antipodales des iles Hawai avec la séographie physique de |’ Afrique du Sud. Paris, C.-R. Ass. frane. avance. sci., 22, Besancon 1893, 2° partie, 869-871. Ortmann, A. E.. An examination of the arguments given by Neumayr for the existence of climatic zones in Jurassic times. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 1, 1896, 257-270. The geographical distribution of freshwater decapods and its bearing on ancient geography. Philadelphia, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 41, 1902, 267-400. Osborn, H. F. Thestructure and classification of the Mesozoic mammalia. Philadelphia, J. Acad. Nat. Sci., 9, 1888, 186-265, pl. viii., ix. The origin of the teeth of the mammalia. New York, Science, 5, 1897, 576-577. —— The origin of the mammalia. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 67, Toronto 1897, 686-687. Trituberculy. A review dedicated to the late Prof. Edward D. Cope. | Boston, Amer. Nat., 81, 1897, 993-1016, 16 ffg. The origin of the mammalia. Boston, Amer. Nat., 32, 1898, 809-334, 14 ffg. [The origin of the mammalia. Abstract of a paper read - before the New York Academy of Sciences, Jan. 10, 1898. | New York, Science, 7, 1898, 176-178. | Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. S Page Osborn, H. F. [On the origin of mammals. | Proc. Int. Cone Zool., Cambridge 1898, 70-71, 413-419. London, Nature, 58, 1898, 426-427. New Haven, Amer. Tp Sci., 7, 1899, 92-96. — Correlation between Tertiary mammal horizons of Europe and America. New York, Am. Acad. Sci., 18, 1900, 1-72. Am. J. Sci. 10, 1900, 400-401. Correlation between Tertiary mammal horizons... pt. 1. Faunal relations of Hurope and America during the Tertiary period, and theory of the successive invasion of an African fauna into Europe. New York, Science, 11, 1900, 561-574, charts i.—iv. Am. Acad. Sci., 13, 1900, 45-64. — Am. J. S8ci., 10, 1900, 400-401. Origin of the mammalia. ii. Occipital condyles of rep- tilian tripartite type. Boston, Amer. Nat., 34, 1900, 943-947, 3 fig. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 144-145. On the primary division of the reptilia into two sub- classes, Synapsida and Diapsida. New York, Science, 17, 1903, 275-276. - The reptilian sub-classes Diapsida and Synapsida, and the early history of the Diaptosauria. New York, Mem. Amer. Mus., Nat. Hist., 1, 8, 1903, 449-507, pl. xl. Osborne, C. F. Gold at Knysna. [Including a report to the Chief Inspector of Public Works, apparently never printed, and a letter to the Editor. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 12, 1876, 123-125, and 256. South African goldfields, and machinery to work them. Pietermaritzburg, 1884, 8vo, 48 pp. and Bain, T. Report on the recent gold discoveries in the Division of Knysna... . _y. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 46-’86]. Owen, Richard. Report on the reptilian fossils of South Africa. Part 1. Description of certain fossil crania, discovered by A. G. Bain, Esq., in sandstone rocks at the south-eastern extremity of Africa, referable to different species of an extinct genus of reptilia (Dicynodon), and indicative of a new tribe or sub-order of sauria. London, Trans. Geol. Soe., (2), 7, 1845-56, 59-84, pl. iii—vi. —— (). J. Geol. Soc., iL 1845, 318-322. -—— Proc. Geol. Soc., 4, 1846, 500-504. Paris, Ann. sci. nat. (Zool.), (3), 5, 1846, 271-272. 394 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Owen, Richard. Report on the reptilian fossils of South Africa. Part ii. Description of the skull of a large species of Dzcynodon (D. tigriceps, Ow.), transmitted from South Africa by A. G. Bain, Esq. oy Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), 7, 1845-56, 233-240, pl. xxix.—xxxil. Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 532. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1856, 105, and 1861, 873. Report on the reptilian fossils of South Africa. Part 111. On parts of the skeleton of the trunk of the Dicynodon tigriceps. London, Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), 7, 1845-56, 241-247, pl. xxxili., xxxiv. Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 541. A history of British fossil mammals, and birds. London, 1846, 8vo, xlvi + 560 pp., 287 woodcuts. Descriptive catalogue of the fossil organic remains of reptilia and pisces contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. London, 1854, 4to. Note on the affinities of Rhynchosaurus. London, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, 1859, 2387-238. On the orders of fossil and recent reptilia and their distri- bution in time. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 29, Aberdeen 1859, 153-166. Paleontology, or a systematic summary of extinct animals and their geological relations. Edinburgh, 1860, 8vo, xv + 420 pp., illustr. [2 ed., 1861]. On some reptilian fossils from South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 16, 1, 1860, 49-63, pl. i.—iii. Geologist, 2, 1859, 211-213. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 4, 1859, 77-79. Edinburgh, New Phil. J., 10, 1859, 286-291. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1860, 380-382, 482-484. — On the dicynodont reptilia, with a description of some fossil remains brought by H.R.H. Prince Alfred from South Africa, November, 1860. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 152, (1862), 455-462, pl. xix.—xxii. Proc. Roy. Soc., 11, 1862, 583-585. -—— On the pelvis of the Dicynodon. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 152, (1862), 462-466, pl. xxili.—xxiv. —-- Proc. Roy. Soc., 11, 1862, 583-585. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 399 Owen, Richard. Notice of the skull and parts of the skeleton of Rhynchosaurus articeps. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 152, (1862), 466-467, pl. xxv. — Proc. Roy. Soce., 11, 1862, 583-585. —— Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the fossil reptilia of South Africa in the collection of the British Museum. London, 1876, 4to, xii + 88 pp., atlas [70 pl.]. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 17, 1876, 473-479. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 18, 1876, 117-123. On a new modification of dinosaurian vertebre. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 82, 1876, 43-45, pl. iv., v. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 17, 1876, 166-167. — Hvidence of a carnivorous reptile (Cynodraco major, Ow.) about the size of a lion, and remarks thereon. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 32, 1876, 95-101, pl. xi. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 17, 1876, 254-255. Evidences of theriodonts in Permian deposits elsewhere than in South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 32, 1876, 352-362. -—— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 18, 1876, 186-187. —— On Petrophryne granulata, Ow., a labyrinthodont reptile from the Trias of South Africa, with special comparison of the skuli with that of Rhinosaurus jastkovw, Fisch. Moscou, Bull. Soc. Nat., 50, 1, 1876, 147-153. Paris, J. Zool. 5, 1876, 290-294. Description of fragmentary indications of a huge kind of theriodont reptile (Titanosuchus feroz, Ow.) from Beaufort West, Gouph Tract, Cape of Good Hope. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 35, 1879, 189-199, pl. xi. On the endothiodont reptilia, with evidence of the species Eendothiodon uniseries, Ow. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 35, 1879, 557-564, pl. xxvii. On the extinct animals of the Colonies of Great Britain. London, Proc. R. Col. Inst., 10, 1879, 267-287. — Pop. Sci. Rev., 3, 1879, 253-273. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (8), 1, 1879, 32-37. Description of parts of the skeleton of an anomodont reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus, Ow.) from the Trias of Graaff Reinet, S. Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 86, 1880, 414-424, pl. xvi., xvii. — Geol. Mag., 7, 1880, 282-283. 29 - 396 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Owen, Richard. On the order Theriodontia, with a description of a new genus and species (4ulurosaurus felinus, Ow.). London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 87, 1881, 261-265, pl. ix. Geol. Mag., 8, 1881, 190-191. —— Am. Mg. Nat. Hist., 7, 1881, 483-484. ’ Description of parts of the skeleton of an anomodont reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus, Ow.) from the Trias of Graaff Reinet, S. Aimea. Pt. 10 “Phe pelvis: London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 37, 1881, 266-269. ——— Geol. Mag., 8, 1881, 189-190. —- Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 7, 1881, 483. On the skull and dentition of a triassic mammal (Trity- lodon longevus, Owen) from South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 40, 1884, 146-151, pl. vi. — Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 18, 1884, 61-62. — On a labyrinthodont amphibian (Rhytidosteus capensis) from the Trias of the Orange Free State, Cape of Good Hope. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 40, 1884, 333-338, pl. xvi., xvii. — Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 18, 1884, 481. Note on the resemblance of the upper molar teeth of an Eocene mammal (Neoplagiaulax, Lemoine) to those of T'ritylodon. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 41, 1885, 28-29. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 15, 1885, 265-266. On the skull and dentition of a triassic saurian (Gale- saurus planiceps, Ow.). London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1887, 1-5, pl. 1. —— Geol. Mag., 3, 1886, 572-573. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 19, 1887, 232-233. Owen, W. F. W. Narrative of voyages to explore the shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar; performed in H.M. ships Leven and Barraconta. London, 1833, 2 vols., 8vo, pls., maps. Palgrave, W. Coates. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 50-’77]. Paravey, — de. [Note to the effect that that the Kpyornis once existed in Kaffirland. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1857, 125. had found out Parker, Hyde. On the Quilimane and Zambesi rivers. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 1, 1857, 312. Parsons, C. EK. Notes on the geological features of Mashonaland. v. Brit. S. A Co.; Information as to mining in Rhodesia, 1, 207-208. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 397 Parton, J. Coal and coalfields of South Africa, London, Colliery Guard., 84, 1902, 617-619. Passarge, 5S. Ueber Laterite und Rotherden in Africa und Indien. London, Ber. internat. Geogr. Congr., 6, London 1895, 671-676. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 471. Ueber seine Reise in Stid-Afrika. Berlin, Verh. Ges. Erdk., 28, 1896, 492-507, figs., and 24, 1897, 142-146, 475-478, fig. —— Reisen in Ngami Land. Berlin, Verh. Ges. Erdk., 26, 1899, 189-204, map. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Geologie von Britisch-Betschu- analand. Berlin, Zs. Ges. Erdk., 86, 1901, 20-68, pl. vi.—x. Die Inselsberglandschaften im tropischen Afrika. Jena, Natw. Wochenschr., 19, 1904, 657-665. —- Die Kalahari. Versuch einer physisch— geographischen Darstellung der Sandfelder des stidafrikanischen Beckens. Berlin, 1904, 2 vols., 8vo, xvi -+ 822 pp., 40 text—ffg., 3 pl. and 11 maps, 9 sects., &c. [separate ]. Paterson, J. Ona visit to the diamond fields of South Africa, with notices of geological phenomena by the wayside. London, Proce. Geol. Ass., 3, (1872-78), 70-80. Paterson, W. A narrative of four journeys into the country of the Hottentots, and Caffraria, in the years one thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven, eight and nine. London, 1779, 4to, xii + 71 pp., map, 17 pl. [2 ed., 1790]. Berlin, 1790 [German trans.]. Paulcke, W. Ueber die Kreideformation in Siidamerika und ihre Beziehungen zu anderen Gebieten, 1. Theil. [= Steinmann, G: Beitriige zur Geologie . . . von Siidamerika, x. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.B. 17, 1903, 252-312, pl. xv.—xvii., 5 text-ffg. Pavlow, A., and Lamplugh, G. W. Argiles de Speeton et leurs équivalents. Moscou, Bull. Soc. Nat., 1891, 181-276, 455-570, pl. iv.—-viii., xiii.—xviii. - 398 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvrety. Paxman, J.N. On the diamond fields and mines of Kimberley, South Africa. London, Proc. Inst. C. E., 74, 1882-83, 59-80. New York, Engin. Min. J., 25, 1883, 382. Payne, R. W. On the Transvaal district of South Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 36, Nottingham 1866, trans. 114-115. Payton, C. A. The diamond diggings of South Africa. A per- sonal and practical account, with a brief notice of the new goldfields. London, 1872, 8vo, vi + 240 pp. Pearsall, T. J. On masses of salt discovered in the lowest portions of the guano on the Island of Ichaboe. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 15, Cambridge 1845, trans. 39. On crystals from the sea-coast of Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 28, Hull 1858, trans. 45. Pearson, Hugh. The Rand conglomerates, Transvaal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 22, 1902, 209-213. Pechuel-Loesche, E. Siidafrikanische Laterite. Stuttgart, Ausland, 58, 1885, 501-504. Zur Kenntnis des Herero-Landes. Stuttgart, Ausland, 59, 1886, 821-825, 849-852, 869-872, 889-892. Peile, W. [On the Transvaal coal field. ] Newcastle, Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. Eng., 48, 1898, 20-81. Pelikan, A. Ueber die goldfiihrenden Quarzconglomerate vom Witwatersrand in Siid-Afrika. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1894, 421-425. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 1, 491. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 29, 1898, 169. Penck, A. Die Hiszeiten Australiens. Berlin, Zs. Ges. Erdk., 85, 1900, 289-286, pl. ix. Penning, W. H. Native wealth, and its development. Cape Monthly, 4, 1881, 311-818. A guide to the gold fields of South Africa, with map. Pretoria, 1883, 8vo, 76 pp. —— A sketch of the high-level coal-fields of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 40, 1884, 658-672, 2 ffg. —— Geol. Mag., 1, 1884, 189. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 399 Penning, W. H. The Transvaal gold-fields ; their past, present, and future. London, J. Soc. Arts, 82, 1884, 608-619, sketch map. A sketch of the goldfields of Lydenburg and De Kaap, in the Transvaal, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 41, 1885, 569-590. -— Geol. Mag., 2, 1885, 329-330. Notes on a few stone implements found in South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 16, 1887, 68-70. 1901, Gold and diamonds, 59-73. The South African goldfields. London, J. Soc. Arts, 36, 1888, 433-443. A contribution to the geology of the Southern Transvaal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 47, 1891, 451-461, pl. xv. — Geol. Mag., 8, 1891, 285-236. Geology and gold mining. On the geology of the Wit- watersrand, with reference to gold mining. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, No. 9, 11, and No. 10, 12-14. The Kalahari. Cape Town, Cape Illustr. Mag., 2, 1891-92, 157-161, 188-189, 223-226. London, 1901, Gold and diamonds, .. . 38-54. —— v. Wilkinson, HE. —— The geology of the Southern Transvaal. [To accompany map. | London, 18938, 8vo, 34 pp. Geol. Mag., 10, 1898, 521-523. — Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 365. Gold and diamonds. South African facts and inferences. London, 1901, 8vo, 77 pp. Peters, Carl. Das Deutsch-Ostafrikanische Schutzgebiet. Im amtlichen Auftrage verfaast. Miinchen und Leipzig, 1895, 8vo, 467 pp., illustr., pls., maps. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 80. _ Im Goldlande des Altherthums. Forschungen zwischen Zambesi und Sabi. Miinchen, 1902, 8vo, 408 pp., illustr., 2 maps [| London, 1902, English]. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1903, 248-250. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 503. - 400 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Petroleo. Jazigos petroliferos na provincia de Angola. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1901, 246-247. Pfeil, J. Graf. South-West Africa, English and German. London, Geog. J., 2, 18938, 29-48. _ Skizze von Siidwestafrika. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 40, 1894, 1-12, 42-44, pl. i. [map]. Phillips, J. A., and Louis, H. A treatise on ore deposits. London, 1896, 8vo, xxii + 948 pp. [1 ed., 1884]. Piers, H. W. Rough notes on the geology of the immediate neighbourhood of Fort Beaufort. Graham’s Town, E. P. Mon. Mag., 2, 1858, 722-724, sketch. Geological curiosity [commetjes] in British Kaffraria. Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 2, 1868, 79-80. Fossiliferous deposit [trees] near Fort Grey in British Kaffraria. Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 2, 1868, 217-218. The geology of Table Mountain. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 1, 1870, 253-255. On the geology of the Cape peninsula. Along the shores of False Bay. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 8, 1871, 171-1783. Stone implements. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 7, 1878, 191-192. Stray notes on the geology of the Fort Beaufort district. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 1, 2, 1879, 23-26. . Pinchin, R. The Bird Islands. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 2, 1871, 354-357. A short description of the geology of part of the Eastern Province of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 81, 1875, 106-107, pl. iv. — Geol. Mag., 1, 1874, 83. Pinto, Serpa. How I crossed Africa: from the Atlantic to the Indian Ocean, through unknown countries; discovery of the great Zambesi affluents, &c. London, 2 vols., 8vo, illustr., maps. [Trans. A. Elwes. ] Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 401 Playfair [John] and Hall, Basil. Account of the structure of the Table Mountain and other parts of the peninsula of the Cape: drawn up by Prof. Playfair, from observations made by Capt. Basil Hall. [Read May, 1813.] Edinburgh, Trans. Roy. Soc., 7, 1815, 269-278, pl. xiv., xv. Pohle, H. Bericht iiber die von Herrn Liideritz ausgeriistete Expedition nach Stidwestafrika, 1884-85. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 32, 1886, 225-288, pl. xi. [map]. Portlock, J. HE. Fossils collected [by R. N. Rubidge] at Sunday River, on the Cape frontier. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 21, Ipswich 1851, trans. 68. — Trans. Geol. Soc., (2), 7, 1845-56, 185. Potonié, H. [Note on fossil plants from the Transvaal. | v. Schmeisser, Karl: Ueber Vorkommen und Gewinnung .. . 67. Ueber das Vorkommen von Glossopteris in Deutsch-und Portugiesisch-Ost-Afrika. Berlin, SitzBer., Ges. natf. Freude, 1899, 27-28. — Zur fossilien Flora Ost-Afrikas. Berlin, SitzBer. Ges. natf. Freude, 1899, 96-97. Fossile Pflanzen aus Deutsch- und Portugiesisch-Ost- Afrika. : v. Bornhardt, W., Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 7, 495-513. Prestwich, J. Geology: chemical, physical and stratigraphical. Oxford, 1888, 2 vols., 8vo. Prior, G. T. Note on connellite from a new locality. [Nama- qualand. | London, Miner. Mag., 8, 1888-89, 182. Minerals from Swaziland. Niobates and titanites of the rare earths, chemically allied to euxenite and fergusonite; Cassi- terite, Monazite, &c. The Auschynite from Hitterd. London, Miner. Mag., 12, 1898-1900, 96-101. Prister, A. Preliminary notes on glacial phenomena at Pre- toria and on the Rand. [Discussion, v. White, F. Heslop, W. T., Frames, M. E., Draper, D., Molengraaft Ga Ae, Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 70-82 and 109-121 (reply). Coal deposits in South Africa. [Note on D. Draper’s paper.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 8, 1898, 149. 402 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Pristér, A. Note on Dr. Molengraff’s paper on diamonds at Rietfontein. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 150. Notes on the origin and formation of the Witwatersrand auriferous deposits. [Discussion, v. Bawden, F. W., Kuntz, J., White, F.]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 4, 1898-9, 19-36. Notes on Dr. Molengraaff’s paper, entitled: The glacial origin of the Dwyka Conglomerate. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 4, 1898-9, 151-152. Notes on Mr. Alison’s paper: On the origin and formation of Pans. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 167-168. A few observations on two pieces of sandstone found on the top of hill, near Orange Grove, Johannesburg. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 173-174. Remarks on Mr. Bleloch’s paper: The Rand conglo- merates. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 5, 1899, 19-23. Prosser, W. Notes on the devonian and ash beds of the Karoo and Gouph. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 1, 1, 1878, 138-35. The granites and gneiss of the Colony. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 1, 2, 1879, 938-100. The limestones of the Colony. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 1, 2, 1879, 47-58. Purgold, A. Zwei abnorme Diamantkrystalle. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 6, 1882, 595-598. Quenstedt, F. A. Handbuch der Mineralogie. Tiibingen, 2 ed., 1868, 8vo, 816 pp. [1 ed., 1853; 3 ed, 1877]. Raisin, C. A. v. Bonney, T. G. Rait, H. T. [On D. Draper’s paper on: The extension of the Main reef... .] | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 28-31. Rammelsberg, C. F. Handworterbuch des chemischen Theils der Mineralogie. Berlin, 1841, 2 vols., 8vo. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 403 Rammelsberg, C. F. Handbuch der Mineralchemie. Leipzig, 2 ed., 1875, 2 vols., 8vo. Handbuch der Mineralchemie. Erginzungsheft zur zweite Auflage. Leipzig, 1886, 8vo, 475 pp. Ramsay, W., and Travers, M.W. The gaseous constituents of certain mineral substances [including blue ground] and natural waters. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 60, 1896-97, 442 -448. Rance, E. C. de. v. De Rance, C. EH. Rathbone, E. P. Geology of the De Kaap goldfields. [ Discussion, v. Molengraaff, G. A. F.] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. 8. A., 6, 18038, 3-8. Raymond, R. W. Remarks on the occurrence of South African diamonds. Easton, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engin., 2, (1874), 143-144. Reclus, Elisée. Géographie universelle. L’Afrique australe. . . . Mise a jour par Onésime Reclus. Paris, 1901, 8vo, 358 pp., 28 maps. Redlich, K. A., and Dessauer, A. von. Hin Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Umtali-Districtes (Manica Mashona-land). Wien, Oesterr. Zs. Bergw., 44, 1897, 1-4, pl. i. [map, sects. ]. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 475. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 2, 263, 1899, 2, 92. Rothbleierz aus dem Umtali-District (Mashonaland). Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 27, 1897, 607-608. Die Geologie der siidafrikanischen Republik Transvaal unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lagerstatten. Wien, Oesterr. Zs. Bergw., 50, 1902, 361-363. Redmayne, R. A. 8S. The geology and coal-deposits of Natal. Newcastle, Trans. N. Ened. Inst. Min. Eng., 42, 1893, 221-255. Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 4, 1893, 553. Reed, F. R. C. Brachiopoda from the Bokkeveld Beds. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 8, 1903, 165-200, pl. xx.—xxiii. Mollusca from the Bokkeveld Beds. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 6, 1904, 239-274, pl. xxx.—xxxil. - 404 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Rehbock, T. Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. Seine wirtschaftliche Erschliesung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Nutzbarmach- ung des Wassers. Berlin, 1898, 8vo, xxii + 237 pp., 28 pl. and maps. Rehmann, A. Ueber die Ergebnisse seiner zwei Reisen in Siid- afrika. . Bonn, Verh. nath. Ver., 38, 1881, Sitzber. 162-163. Das Transvaal-Gebiet des stidlichen Afrika in physikalisch- geographischer Beziehung. Wien, Mitt. geog. Ges., 26, 1883, 257-266, 321-362, 369-408, 417-448, 2 pl., map. Reitz, F. W. Salt pans and salines. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag.,, (1), 5, 1859, 275-279. Renard, A. F., and Klement, C. Sur la composition chimique de la krokydolite et sur le quartz fibreux du Cap. Bruxelles, Bul. Acad. sci., (8), 8, 1884, 5380-550. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 11, 1886, 442-443. Les concrétions de phosphate de chaux draguées au large du Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Bruxelles, Bul. Acad. sci., (3), 18, 1889, 641-665. — v. Murray, John. Renevier, E. [and Berthoud, P.]. Renseignements géogra- phiques et géologiques sur le Sud de lAfrique. Extraits des lettres du missionaire P. Berthoud. Lausanne, Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat., 18, 1874-75, 384-390. Reunert, T. Diamond mining at the Cape. v. Noble, J., Official Handbook ... 1886, 177-219. — The Diamond mines of South Africa. London and Cape Town, 1892, 8vo, 64 pp., illustr. Cape Town, v. Noble, J., Illustrated Official Handbook, 1898, 323-356. and Couttolenc, —. Les mines du diamant du Cap, traduit de ’anglais par M. J. Montmort, suivi d’une étude minéra- logique par WM. Couttolenc. Antun, Soe. d’hist. nat. Bull., 5, 1892, 95-151, pl. Diamonds and gold in South Africa. Cape Town, 18938, 8vo, ix + 242 pp., illustr., maps. Reuter, —. The Barberton goldfield, 11. Geology. London, Mining J., 72, 1902, 1445. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 3, 1903, 266. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 405 Reymond, F. Note sur la géologie du centre de Afrique ou régions des grands lacs: d’aprés les renseignements et les échantil- lons rapportés par M. Victor Giraud. Paris, Bul. Soe. géol., 14, 1885-86, 39-44. —— y. Giraud, V., Les lacs de l’Afrique équatoriale . . . 591-596. Richardson, A. Note on the geology of Lake Nyassa. London, Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 9, (1900-01), 177-180. Nature, 63, 1900-01, 315. Rickard, J.C. Notes on four series of Paleolithic implements from South Africa. Cambridge, Com. Ant. Soc., 5, 1880, 57-66. Note on some Neolithic implements from South Africa. Cambridge, Com. Ant. Soc., 5, 1881, 67-74. Rickard, T. The goldfields of the Transvaal, with a map and an appendix on the adjacent coal and iron of Natal. London, 1884, 8vo, 56 pp. Ridley, R. E. Coal in Natal. Newcastle, Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. Eng., 17, 1867, 78. London, Colliery Guard., 15, 1868, 293. Rinne, F. Notiz iiber Sattel- und Muldenginge in Hand- stiicken von Quartzit aus Griqualand, Stid-Afrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 58, 1901, 29-31, 3 ffg. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 256. Ritso, W. B. Mineral exploration in the Cape Colony. ‘Cape Town, 8. A. Architect, 1, 1904, 106-110. Robellaz, F. v. Cumenge, E. Roberts, C. T. The future of gold mining in Mashonaland. v. Brit. S. A.C., “Information as to mining in Rhodesia,” 1, 189-200. Robinson, John. Natal and South-East Africa London, J. Soc. Arts, 11, 1862-63, 424-482. Diamonds at the Cape Colony. London, J. Soc. Arts, 16, 1867-68, 854-855. Rogers, A. W. [Reports on the geological survey of the Cape Colony. | vy. Geological Commission, C. G. H., First annual report . . . 1896 —>. - 406 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Rogers, A. W., and Schwarz, E. H. L. Notes on the recent limestones on parts of the coasts of the Cape Colony. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 8, 1899, 427-436, pl. x. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 59. The Orange River ground moraine. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 2, 1900, 113-120, pl. x.—xv. London, Nature, 68, 1900-01, 12. —— Geol. Mag., 8, 1901, 268. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1903, 2, 261-262. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 248. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt. 50, 1904, 59. On a glacial conglomerate in the Table Mountain Sand- stone. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 4, 1902, 2386-242. —— The Transkei gap. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 14, 1, 1908, 66-75. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 90. The geological history of the Gouritz River system. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 14, 4, 1903, 375-384, pl. iii. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 217. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 701. and Toit, A. L. du. The Sutherland volcanic pipes and their relationship to other vents in South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 15, 2, 1904, 61-88, 4 ffg. Roscoe, H. HE. On the diamond-bearing rocks of South Africa. Manchester, Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc., 24, (1884-85), 5-10. Rose, G., and Sadebeck, A. Ueber die Krystallisation des Diamanten. Nach hinterlassenen Aufzeichnungen von Gustav Rose: bearbeitet von Alexander Sadebeck. Berlin, Abh. Ak. Wiss., 1876, 85-148, 4 pl. Rosiwal, A. v. Hohnel, L. R. v. Rothpletz, A. On the Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic forma- tions in the Hast Indian Archipelago (Timor and Rotti). Boston, Amer. Nat., 25, 1891, 959-962. Rochester, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer, 3, 1892, 14-15. Die Perm-, Trias-, und Jura-Formation auf Timor und Rotti im Indischen Archipel. Stuttgart, Paleontographica, 39, Lig. 2, 8, 1892, 57-106, pl. ix.—xiv. Rubidge, R. N. On the occurrence of gold in the trap-dykes intersecting the Dicynodon ie of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 1-7 Catalogue of Printed Books, ce. 407 Rubidge, R. N. Notes on the geology of some parts of South Africa. , London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 12, 1, 1856, 287-238. —— Phil. Mag., 11, 1856, 312-313. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1857, 90-91. On the copper-mines of Namaqualand. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 18, 1, 1857, 233-239. —— Phil. Mag., 18, 1857, 214. Section of the Zuurberg. Graham’s Town, E. P. Mon. Mag., 2, 1857-58, 187-196, pl. Economic geology of the Colony. Graham’s Town, E.:P. Mon. Mag., 2, 1857-58, 372-379. On the relationship of certain geological formations in this Colony. : Graham’s Town, E. P. Mon. Mag., 2, 1857-58, 541-544. On some points in the geology of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 15, 1, 1859, 195-198. -—— Geologist, 1, 1858, 528-529. — Phil. Mag., 16, 1858, 475-477. [Rubidge, R. N. (?)]. Geological Sketches [i.]. The vley and the ocean, [11.]. Primeval, ancient, and modern oceans. Port Elizabeth, E. P. Mag., 1, 1861-62, 71-74, and 102-105. Rubidge, R. N. The clay slate and its fossils. Port Elizabeth, E. P. Mag., 1, 1861-62, 148-154, pl. Mesozoic rocks and fossils. Port Elizabeth, KH. P. Mag., 1, 1861-62, 195-200, 234-236, pl. Notes on the metamorphosis of rocks in South Africa. London, Geologist, 5, 1862, 47-56. —— On the metamorphosis of rocks in the Cape Town district, South Africa. London, Geologist, 5, 1862, 366-372. Recent rocks. Port Elizabeth, E. P. Mag., 2, 1862, 29-32. The Dicynodon formation. Port Elizabeth, E. P. Mag., 2, 1862, 111-115, 173-177. Physical aspect of the Eastern Province. Port Elizabeth, E. P. Mag., 2, 1862, 229-233. - 408 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Rubidge, R. N. On the relations of the Silurian schists with the quartzose rocks of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1864, 232-233. —— Rep. Brit. Ass., 34, Bath 1864, trans. 66-67. . On the changes rendered necessary in the geological map of South Africa by recent discoveries of fossils. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 21, 1, 1865, 487-439. — Geol. Mag., 2, 1865, 274. Geol. Nat. Hist. Rep., 1, 1865-67, 53-54. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1866, 475. On the denudation of South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 3, 1866, 88-91. [On coal from Basutoland, phosphate of iron from Bal- » moral, Lepidodendron from Slabbert’s, Graaff Reinet Road. | Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 1, 1867, 260. — [On fossil ferns from Dordrecht. | Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 1, 1867, 328-329. [Letter on the non-existence of bituminous coal at the Kowle, from the Cape Frontier Times, Oct. 22, 1850. | v. C. G, H. Parl. Reports, p. 51. [G. 31-71] R[ubidge], R.N. From Pniel to Hebron: and what may come from the Diamond fields. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 2, 1871, 310-316. Ruddick, W.H. v. Kingsley, J. 8. Rugg, R. Matabililand: its gold fields, boundaries, geology, mineral and other resources, history, and armed strength. The Tati district, the mining concessions. . . . Compiled from official information, and the travels of Dr. Livingstone, Herr Mauch, Thos. Baines, Myr. Selous, and others. London, 1890, 8vo, 183 pp., map. The goldfields and mineral resources of Mashonaland. . ... London, 1891, 8vo, 42 pp. Rutley, F. On fulgurites from Griqualand West. London, Miner. Mag., 10, 1894, 280-284, pl. vii. - Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 2'7, 1896-97, 107. On the origin of certain novaculites and quartzites [Nond- wenil. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, 377-891, pl. xix. Catalogue of Printed Books, ée. 409 Ryan, 8. Stone implements from Swaziland. London, J. Anthrop. Inst. (N. S.), 1, 48-54, pl. iii., iv. Rykvoet, C. C. Behelzende de gesteldheit van het gebergte, en de daarin gevondene ertzen, dewelke op de jongstgedaanen togt door het land der Namacquas zyn ontdekt geworden. v. Brink, C. F. Nieuwste en beknopte Beschryving . . . 2° Stuk, 92-95. Sadebeck, A. Geologie von Ost-Afrika. [= Decken, C.C. v. d. Reisen in Ost Afrika, 3, 3, Geologie]. Leipzig and Heidelberg, 1873, 8vo, 40 pp., map. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1874, 657. === VW, Ikose, G Salter, J. W. v. Sharpe, D. A monograph of the British trilobites from the Cambrian,. Silurian, and Devonian formations. London, Monogr. Paleont. Soc., 1864-1883, 4to, 224 pp., 30 pl. Salt-pans. Salt pans of the Colony. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 11, 1875, 288. Sam, T. B. F. On the origin of the auriferous conglomerates of the Gold Coast Colony (West Africa). London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 54, 1898, 290. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1900, 1, 241. Sandberger, F. von. v. Sandberger, G. von. Ueber einige palaiozoische Versteinerungen des Cap- Landes. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1852, 581-585. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 9, 2, 1853, 1-4. Sandberger, G. von. Die Flossenfiissler oder Pteropoda der ersten HErdbildungs-Epoche, Conularia und Coleoprion. [Ceder- bergen, «Kc. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1847, 8-25, pl. i. and Sandberger, F. von. Die Versteinerungen des rheinischen Schichtensystems in Nassau. [Bokkeveld fossils included. ] Wiesbaden, 1850-56, 4to; atlas, folio. Sanderson, J. Memoranda of a trading trip into the Orange River (Sovereignty) Free State, and the country of the Transvaal. Boers, 1851-52. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 30, 1860, 283-255. o- 410 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Saunders, H. P. Bibliography of South African Geology. . . . vy. Geological Commission, C. G. H. Saury, Léon. Les mines d’or du Murchison Range et le chemin de fer Silati. Paris, C.-R, Soc. géogr. com., 1894, 873-375. Sawyer, A. R. Muning at Kimberley. Newcastle-under-Lyme, Trans. N. Staff. Inst. Min. Engin., 10, 2, 1889 [8vo, 45 pp., 8 pl. | The Witwatersrand gold-field. Mining at Johannesburg. Newcastle-under-Lyme, Trans. N. Staff. Inst. Min. Engin., 10, 3, 1889 [8vo, 31 pp., sketch map, 5 pl.]. The South African coal-field. | Newcastle-under-Lyme, Trans. N. Staff. Inst. Min. Engin., 10, 4, 1890, 161-197. Mining, geological, and general guide to the Murchison range. Manchester, 1892, 8vo, 96 pp., illustr., sketch plans. Report upon the geology and mineral resources of the division of Prince Albert and surrounding districts. v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 45-’93] On rock specimens from Mashonaland. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 50, 1894, proc. 144-145. — §. Africa, April 28, 1894. The gold fields of Mashonaland. Manchester, 1894, Svo, 99 pp., 21 maps and sects. Remarks on the Banket formation at Johannesburg. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Engin., 9, 1895, 859-369. [On D. Draper’s paper: The extension of the Main Reef. . . .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 15-18, map. Notes on extension of Main Reef westwards of Witpoortje. Johannesburg, Trans. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 35-36, sect. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 469. Notes on Bezuidenville borehole. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 38. The South Rand coal-field and its connection with the Witwatersrand Banket formation. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 14, 1898, 812-327, map. London, Colliery Guard., '74, 1897, 574, 576. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 411 Sawyer, A. R. Remarks on the anticlinal theory in connection with Rand deposits. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 5, 1899, 45-51. The Portuguese Manica gold-field. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 19, 1900, 265, 278. [On G. 8. Corstorphine’s paper on the Central South African coalfield. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A. 6, 1903, 34-46. Remarks on some granite masses of the Transvaal. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 47-49, pl. The origin of slates occurring on the Rand and in other African goldfields. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 70-72. Remarks on the south-eastern extension of the Vredefort granite mass. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 75-76, 2 pl. Further remarks upon the Portuguese Manica gold-field. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Engin., 25, 1903, 637. Notes on the Malmani goldfield. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 15-17. Scheibe, R. [Ueber Turmalin in Kupfererz aus Liideritzland. | Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 40, 1888, 200. [Ueber das Gold fithrende Gestein von Otjimbinque. | Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 40, 1888, 611. Der Blaugrund in Deutsch-Siidwestafrika. Berlin, D. KolZtg., 1908, 211-212. Schellwein, HE. Gattungsdiagnose und systematische Stellung von Seminotus. K6nigsberg, Schr. physik. Ges., 42, 1901, 1-33, ffg., pl. i.—iii. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 2, 1902, 511. Schenck, A. Ueber die geologischen Verhaltnisse von Angra Pequena. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 37, 1885, 534-536. Das Gebiet zwischen Angra Pequena und Bethanien. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 81, 1885, 182-136. 30 « - 412 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Schenck, A. Ueber die geologische Constitution von Angra Pequena. Bonn, SitzBer. Niederrh. Ges., 1885, 136-141. — Zur Geologie von Angra Pequena und Gross-Namaqua- land. Berlin, Zeit. D. geol. Ges., 38, 1886, 236-241. [Briefliche Mitteilung an G. vom Rath tiber die geolo- eischen Verhaltnisse Siidafrikas. | Bonn, SitzBer. Niederrh. Ges., 1887, 107-112. Die geologische Entwickelung Siidafrikas. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 40, 1888, 194 [note]. Gotha, Pet. Mitt., 34, 1888, 225-3382, pl. xiii. [map]. Ueber Transvaal und die dortigen Goldfelder. Berlin, Verh. ges. Erdk., 15, 1888, 130-140. Ueber das Auftreten der Kohlen in Sitidafrika. Berlin, Zeit. D. geol. Ges., 40, 1888, 595. — Ueber Glacialerscheinungen in Siidafrika. Berlin, Verh. D. geogr. Tag., 8, 1889, 145-161. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 1, 1896, 129-141. Ueber das Vorkommen des Goldes in Transvaal. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 41, 1889, 373-581. 7 Das deutsche siidwestafrikanische Schutzgebiet. Berlin, Verh. ges. Erdk., 16, 1889, 141-146. — Ueber die Goldfelder Sud-afrikas. Bonn. Verh. naturh. Ver. Pr. Rheinl., 47, 1890, 66-70. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 20, 1890, 525. Ueber den Laterit und seine Entstehung. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 42, 1890, 610-611. ——- Gebirgsbau und Bodengestaltung von Deutsch-Stidwest- Afrika. Berlin, Verh. D. geogr. Tag., 10, 1898, 155-172. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 151-153. Transvaal und Umgebungen. Berlin, Verh. ges. Erdk., 27, 1900, 60-73. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 287. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 413 Schenck, A. Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika im Vergleich zum tibrigen Stid-afrika. Berlin, Verh. D. geogr. Tag., 13, 1901, 154-156. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1903, 2, 252. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1908-04, 2438, 503. Ueber den Geitse ! gubib, einem porphyrischen Strato- vulkan in Deutsch-Siidwestafrika. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 58, 1901, 54-55. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1901, 419. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 243. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 57. Ueber eine im vorigen Jahre in der Walfischbai neu ent- standene und wieder verschwundene Insel. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 53, 1901, 55-56. — “Zs. prakt. Geol., 1901, 419. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 244. — Ueber die Kupfererzlagerstatte von Ookiep in Kleinnama- land. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 58, 1901, 64-65. —— Zs. prakt. Geol., 1901, 83, 421. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 231. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 239. Schinz, H. Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. Forschungsreisen durch die deutschen Schutzgebiete Gross-Nama- und Hereroland, nach dem Kunene, den Ngami-See, und der Kalahari, 1884-1887. Oldenburg und Leipzig [1891], Svo, xiii + 568 pp., illustr., sect., map. Schlichter, M. Travels and researches in Rhodesia. London, Geog. J., 18, 1899, 376-391. Schlumberger, 0. Note sur les foraminiféres fossiles de la province d’Angola. Paris, Bul. Soc. géol., 16, 1887-88, 402-404. Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 2, 1888-92, 125-128. Schmeisser, Karl. Die nutzbaren Bodenschatze der deutschen Schutzgebiete. Berlin, Verh. D. KolCongr., 1902, 838-125. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1903, 28-33, 193-202, 215. Der Goldbergbau in der siidafrikanischen Republik Trans- vaal und seine Bedeutung fiir die deutsche Maschinenindustrie. Berlin, Zs. Ver. D. Ing., 38, 1894, 422-426, 449-452. —— Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 261. 7 414 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Schmeisser, Karl. Bericht tiber die Nachhaltigkeit des Gold- bergbaues in der stidafrikanischen Republik Transvaal. v. Silbercommission, 2, Nr. 1 [11 pp.]. London, Mining J., 1894, 341-, 368-, [English]. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 157-159. ‘Ueber Vorkommen und Gewinnung der nutzbaren Mineralien in der stidafrikanischen Republik (Transvaal) unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Goldbergbaues. Berlin, 1894, 4to, xiv + 187 pp., 19 pl. and maps. Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 442. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 2, 448-451. Schmitz-Dumont, [G.] Reply to criticism [by J. Kuntz] on paper, by Mr. Schmutz-Dumont [sic]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 141-142. Schets der formatie ten Noorden der Magaliesbergen en in de Waterbergen van Mijningenieur —. v. Klimke, J., Rapport van den Staats-Mijnengenieur, Aanh. C. [4 pp.]. Schonland, 8. On some Hottentot and Bushman pottery in the collection of the Albany Museum. Grahamstown, Rec. Alb. Mus., 1, 1908, 25-831. On some stone implements in the collection of the Albany Museum. Cape Town, Rep. 8. A. Ass., Cape Town, 1908, 302-309. Schrader, T. Die Diamantfelder am Cap der guten Hoffnung. Dresden, Abh. Isis, 1883, 65-72. Schiitze, E. Vorzeigung von deutsch-siidwestafrikanischen Kupfererzen. Stuttgart, Jahreshafte. Ver. Natk., 57, 1901, lxxxiv. Schulz, A.,.and Hammar, A. The New Africa: a journey up the Chobe and down the Okavanga Rivers: A record of exploration and sport. London, 1897, 8vo, xii + 406 pp., illustr., map. Schunke, H. C. The Transkeian territories: their physical geography and ethnology. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 8, 1, 1898, 1-11. Schunke Hollway, H. C. [H. C. Schunke]. Bibliography of books, pamphlets, maps, magazine articles, &c., relating to South Africa, with special reference to geography. From the time of Vasco de Gama to the formation of the British South Africa Com- pany in 1888. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 2, 131-294. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 415 Schwarz, B. Im deutschen Goldlande. Reisebilder aus dem sudwest-afrikanischen Schutzgebiet. Berlin, 1889, 8vo, 199 pp., map. | Das deutsche Calafornien. Wien, Geogr. Rundschau, 12, 1890, 241-246. Schwarz, E.H. Ll. [Reports on the geological survey of the Cape Colony. | v. Geological Commission, C.G. H. First annual report .. . 1896 —> == Vf Jn@mreres, es WAYS Ins, The volcanoes of Griqualand Kast. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 14, 1, 1908, 98-112. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 91. An unrecognised agent in the deformation of rocks. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 14, 4, 1903, 8385-402, pl. iv.—vi. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 687-688. Hot springs. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 252-260. High-level gravels of the Cape and the problem of the Karroo gold. Cape Town, Trans. §. A. Phil. Soc., 15, 2, 1904, 43-59, pl. ii—v. Scott, D. H. Palxobotany, i. Paleozoic. London, Ency. Brit., 31, 1902, 408-421, ffg. Scott, W. B. Notes on the geology and palsontology of Pata- gonia. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 70, Bradford 1900, 730. Seeley, H.G. On new species of Procolophon from the Cape Colony preserved in Dr. Grierson’s Museum, Thornhill, Dumfries- shire ; with some remarks on the affinity of the genus. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 34, 1878, 797-807, pl. xxxii. Geol. Mag., 5, 1878, 868-369. Researches on the structure, organisation, and classifica- tion of the fossil reptilia. i. On Proterosaurus spenert (von Meyer). London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 42, 1887, 86. —— ‘Trans. Roy. Soc., 178, (1887), B, 187 -218, pl. xiv.—xvi. - 416 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Seeley, H. G. Researches on the structure, &c. ii. On Pareiasaurus bombidens (Owen), and the significance of its affinities to amphibians, reptiles, and mammals. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 42, 1887, 337-342. Trans. Roy. Soc., 179, (1888), B, 59-109, pl. xii.—xxi. -—— Researches on the structure, &c. ii. On parts of the skeleton of a mammal from Triassic rocks of Klpfontein, Fraser- berg, South Africa (Theriodesmus phylarchus), illustrating the rep- tilian inheritance in the mammalian hand. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 43, 1887-88, 172. Trans. Roy. Soc., 179, (1888), B, 141-155, pl. xxvi. On the nature and limits of reptilian character in mam- malian teeth. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 44, 1888, 129-141. Researches on the structure, &c. iv. On a large humerus from the East Brak River, South Africa, indicating a new order of fossil animals which was more nearly intermediate between reptiles and mammals than the groups hitherto known. [| Propappus omo- cratus. | London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 44, 1888, 142. Researches on the structure, &c. v. On associated bones of a small anomodont reptile Kevrognathus cordylus (Seeley), show- ing the relative dimensions of the anterior parts of the skeleton, and structure of the fore-limb and shoulder girdle. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 44, 1888, 142-143. Trans. Roy. Soc., 179, (1888), B, 487-501, pl. Ixxv., Ixxvi. Researches on the structure, &c. vi. On the anomodont reptilia and their allies. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 44, 1888, 881-383. Trans. Roy. Soc., 180, (1889), B, 215-296, pl. ix.-xxv. — Scientific discovery in South Africa. Graham’s Town, The Journal, Sept. 12, 1889. Lecture on the resources of the Cape Colony, delivered at Cape Town, 17th December, 1889. Cape Town, 1889, 8vo, 24 pp. and Bain, T. [Memorandum on an examination of certain mineral districts in the Cape Colony. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, Govt. Notice. [No. 816, ’89], and pp. 12-14 [G. 45-90]. — Some scientific results of a mission to South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soe., 6, 1, 1890, 1-16. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 417 Neeley, H.G. On Bubalus bainii (Seeley). London, Geol. Mag., 8, 1891, 199-201. On Delphinognathus conocephalus (Seeley) from the Middle Karoo Beds, Cape Colony, preserved in the South African Museum, Cape Town. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, 469-475. Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 329-330. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 10, 1892, 113-114. —— On further evidence of Endothiodon bathystoma (Owen), from Oude Kloof in the Nieuwveldt Mountains, Cape Colony. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, 476-480. Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 330. ee WicreNateelist NOWES92. 114, On a new reptile from Welte Vreden (Beaufort West), Hunotosaurus africanus (Seeley). London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, 583-585. Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 380. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 10, 1892, 334. —— The Mesosauria of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, 586-604, pl. xviii. — Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 379-380. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 10, 1892, 333-384. -——— Contributions to the knowledge of the Saurischia of Hurope and South Africa [withdrawn]. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 48, 1892, proc. 188-191. —— Geol. Mag., 9, 1892, 877-379. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 10, 1892, 265-267 Researches on the structure, &c. vu. Further observa- tions on Parevasaurus. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 49, 1890-91, 518-520. — Trans. Roy. Soc., 188, (1892), B, 811-370, pl. xvii.—xxiii. The nature of the shoulder girdle and clavicular arch in Sauropteryeia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 51, 1892, 119-151. —- Further observations on the shoulder girdle and clavicular arch in the Ichthyosauria and Sauropterygia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 54, 1893, 149-168. On Hortalotarsus skirtopodus, a new saurischian fossil from Barkly East, Cape Colony. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1894, 411-419. o- 418 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Seeley, H.G. On Huskelesaurus brownit (Huxley). London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1894, 317-340. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 1, 475. Researches on the structure, etc. vii. Further evidence of the skeleton in Dewterosawrus and Rhopalodon, from the Permian rocks of Russia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 54, 1893, 168-169. Trans. Roy. Soc., 185, (1894), B, 663-717, pl. lx.—lxiii. — Geol. Mag., 10, 1893, 360-361. — Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 12, 1893, 74—75. Researches on the structure, &c. ix.1. On the Thero- suchia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 55, 1894, 224-226. Trans. Roy. Soc., 185, (1894), B, 987-1018, pl. Ixxxviii. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 18, 1894, 374-376. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 176-179. Researches on the structure.... ix., 2. The reputed mammals of the Karroo formation of the Cape Colony. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 55, 1894, 227. Trans. Roy. Soc., 185, (1894), B, 1019-1028, pl. Ixxxix. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 13, 1894, 451. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 180. Researches on the structure, &c. 1ix., 38. On Diademodon. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 55, 1894, 227-228. — Trans. Roy. Soc., 185, 1894, B, 1029-1041, pl. Ixxxix. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 18, 1894, 452. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 180-181. Note on the skeleton of Pareiasaurus baini. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 1-3, pl. i. On the type of the genus Massospondylus, and on some vertebre and limb-bones of M. (?) brown. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 15, 1895, 102-125, 14 text-ffg. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 2, 495-496. On Thecodontosaurus and Pal@osaurus. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 15, 1895, 144-163. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 159. On the skull of the South African fossil reptile Diadem- odon. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 66, Liverpool 1896, trans. 805. Researches on the structure, &c. ix., 4. On the Gompho- dontia. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 56, 1894, 288-291. Trans. Roy. Soc., 186, (1895), B, 1-57, pl. i—ii. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1894, 231-234. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1877, 2, 181-184. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 419 Seeley, H. G. Researches on the structure, &c. ix., 5. On the skeleton in new Cynodontia [Cynognathus, Tribolodon| from the Karroo rocks. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 56, 1894, 291-294. Trans. Roy. Soc., 186, (1895), B, 59-148. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1894, 387-390. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 539-542. Researches on the structure, &c. ix., 6. Associated remains of two small skeletons from Klipfontein, Fraserburg. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 56, 1894, 295-296. Trans. Roy. Soc., 186, (1895), B, 149-162. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1894, 465-466. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 2, 542. Researches on the structure, etc. x. On the complete skeleton of an anomodont reptile, Aristodesmus riitimeyert, Wieders- heim, from the Bunter Sandstone of Reihen, near Basle, giving new evidence of the relation of the Anomodontia to the Monotre- mata. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 59, 1896, 167-169. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 17, 1896, 183-184. On Ceratodus kannemeyert (Seeley). London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1897, 543-544, fig. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 46. On fossil reptiles from the governments of Perm and Vologda. St.-Pétersbourg, Congr. géol. intern., 7, St. Pétersbourg 1897, 179-182. On the skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps, from Bethulie, Orange Free State, preserved in the Albany Museum, Grahamstown. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 1, 1898, 164-176. On Oudenodon (Aulacocephalus) pithecops from the Dicy- nodon beds of East London, Cape Colony. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1898, 107-110, illustr. Further evidence of the skeleton of Hurycarpus owent. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 56, 1900, 325-382, pl. xxi. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., '7, 1901, 184-135. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 2, 301. On an anomodont reptile, Aristodesmus riitimeyeri (Wiedersheim) from the Bunter Sandstone near Basel. London, Q J. Geol. Soc., 56, 1900, 620-645. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 7, 1901, 185-1387. o- 420 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Seeley, H.G. On the skeleton of a theriodont reptile from the Baviaans River (Cape Colony): Dicranozygoma leptoscelus, gen. et sp. nov. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 56, 1900, 646-656, pl. xxxvi. — Nature, 62, 1900, 262. Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 7, 1901, 219-221. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 2, 300. The origin of mammals. Proc. Int. Congr. Zool. Cambridge, 1898, 68-70. London, Nature, 58, 1898, 426 -427. Selous, F. C. Travel and adventure in South-East Africa. Being the narrative of the last eleven years spent by the author on the Zambesi and its tributaries, with an account of the colonisation of Mashonaland and the progress of the gold industry in that country. London, 1898, 8vo, xviii + 503 pp., illustr., map. _ Severo, R. Primeiros vestigios do periodo neolithico na pro- vincia de Angola. Porto, Rev. sci. nat., 1, 1890, No. 4 [10-pp., 1 pl.]. Seward, A.C. Catalogue of the Mesozoic plants in the depart- ment of geology, British Museum (Natural History). The Wealden Flora, pt. 1. London, 1894, 8vo, xxxviii + 179 pp., 11 pl. Catalogue of the Mesozoic plants in the department of geology, British Museum (Natural History). The Wealden flora, [Ole ale London, 1895, 8vo, viii + 259 pp., 20 pl. Note on some fossil plants from South Africa. London, Rep. Brit’ Ass., 66, Liverpool 1896, 807. Geol. Mag., 3, 1896, 519. — Nature, 55, 1896-97, 550. On the association of Sigillarva and Glossopteris in South Africa. 7 London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 53, 1897, 315-338, pl. xxi.—xxiv. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 20, 1897, 116. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1899, 460-461. The Glossopteris flora: an extinct flora of a southern hemisphere continent. London, Sc. Progress, (N.8.), 1, 1897, 178-201. Notes on the plant-remains. v. Hatch, I’. H.: A geological survey of the Watwatersrand . . . 92-93. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 421 Seward, A.C. Fossil plants for students of botany and geo- logy, vol. 1. Cambridge, 1898, 8vo, xviii + 452 pp., illustr. La flore wealdienne de Bernissart. Bruxelles, Mém. Mus. Belg., 1, 1900, 1-87, i.—iv. pl. —— Paleobotany, 11. Mesozoic. London, Ency. Brit., 31, 1902, 421-482, fig. —- Fossil floras of Cape od 1. Flora of the Uitenhage series.. x a nak ote p. 2. Stormberg Flora ba e bias oe a: sel AT 3. Ecca Flora See a vas a. set oe ae 76 iv. Witteberg Series dele sat ses sib ie ee 102 Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 4, 1, 1903, 1-122, 8 text ffg., pl. i—xiv. Fossil floras of South Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 738, Southport 1903, 661-662. Geol. Mag., 10, 19038, 515-516. Address to the Botanical section: Floras of the past: their composition and distribution. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 73, Southport 1903, 824-849. Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 504-515, 555-563. Sewell, J. F. [On indications of coal in the Knysna district. | Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 12, 1876, 319. Sharpe, D. v. Morris, J. Description of fossils from the secondary rocks of Sunday River and Zwartkop River, South Africa, collected by Dr. Ather- stone and A. G. Bain, Esq. v. Bain, A. G., On the geology of Southern Africa, 193-208, pl. xxii., xxili., xxvill. and Salter, J. W. Description of Paleozoic fossils from South Africa. Sharpe, D., Description of Paleozoic Mollusca from South Africa, 206-215. Salter, J. W., Description of Paleozoic Crustacea and Radiata from South Africa, 215» 224, vy. Bain, A. G., On the geology of Southern Africa, 203-224, pl. xxiv.—xxvii. Hooker, J. D., and Egerton, P. de M. Grey. Notes on some fossils from the Karoo desert and its vicinity. Sharpe, D., Descriptions of some remains of mollusca from near Graaf Reinet, 225-226. Egerton, P. de M. Grey, Note on the fish remains from Styl Krantz, South Africa 226-227. Hooker, J. D., Note on a fossil plant from the Fish River, South Africa, 227. vy. Bain, A. G., On the geology of Southern Africa, 225-2917, pl. xxviii. o 422 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Shaw, F.G. Auriferous conglomerates of the Witwatersrand. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 5, 1898, 202. The goldfields of Matabeleland. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 11, 1896, 29-37. Shaw, J. The geology of the diamondiferous tract of South Africa. Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 3, 1869, 785-787. The geology of the diamondiferous tracts of South Africa. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 1, 1870, 129-1833, 249-253, 368-372, and 2, 1871, 358-364. London, Nature, 3, 1870-71, 2-3. On the geology of the diamond-fields of South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 28, 1, 1872, 21-26. Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 571-572. Note [and] Second note on the ‘‘ Sketch of the geology of the Cape.” Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 9, 1874, 49-50, and 254-256. Answer to Mr. E. J. Dunn’s Note on Geology. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 10, 1875, 191-192. — y. Dunn, E. J. | Account of the general geology of Damaraland and Great Namaqualand. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, pp. 115-117, [G. 50-77]. —- The age of the volcanic throats of the Upper Karoo for- mations of South Africa. Cape Town, Trans. S. A. Phil. Soc., 1, 1, 1878, 1-5. The petrography of Table Mountain Valley. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., A, 2, 1879, 55-65 [v. Cohen, E., Geognostische Skizzen aus Siid Afrika]. On fossil plants from Indwe and Cyphergat coal beds. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 4, 1, 1887, 44-45. Shepherd, P.G. The principles of geology as deduced from a study of the sedimentary formations in South Africa. London, 1897, 8vo, 34 pp. Shepstone, T. Remarks on the geographical and physical character of the diamond fields of South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 22, 1874, 890-392. Catalogue of Printed Books, céc. 423 Sherwill, —. [Description of the Cango Caves. | Graham’s Town, The Journal, Oct. 20, 1842. Cape Town, C. G. H. Almanac, 10, (1845), 268-271. Shooter, J. The Kafirs of Natal and the Zulu Country. London, 1857, 8vo, x + 403 pp. [Geology, 361-362. | Silbercommission. Verhandlungen der Commission behufs EKrorterung von Maassregeln zur Hebung und Befestigung des Silberwerthes. fi. Protokolle der Sitzungen, 1-21, &c. ii. Drucksachen.] Berlin, 1894, 2 vols., folio. Silver, S. W.,and Co. Handbook of South Africa, including the Cape Colony, the Diamond Fields, Natal, British Bechuanaland, Bechuanaland Protectorate, Zambesia and its goldfields, the Trans- vaal and its goldfields, Orange Free State, &c. Also a gazeteer and map. London, 4 ed., 1891, 8vo, xviii + 793 pp. Simpson, H. C. [Views on W. Bleloch’s paper: On Rand Conglomerates. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 5, 1899, 24-25. Sjogren, H. Om diamantfalten 1 Syd-Afrika. Stockholm, Geol. Fér. Férh., 6, 1882, 10-27, pl. Smit, J. A. Roorda. Les mines de diamants de l’Afrique Aus- trale. Haarlem, Arch. Néerl. Sci., 16, 1880, 61-74. Liége, Ann. Soe. géol. Belgique, 8, 1880-81, lxx.-lxxiii. [W. Spring]. Leipzig, Bergm. Ztg., 1881, 412-413. De bodemgesteldheid van de Transvaal. Amsterdam, Tijdschr. K. Ned. Aardr. Gen., (1), 6, 1882, 92-99, map. Smith, G. W. The diamond fields of South Africa. Hamilton, Proc. Min. Inst. Scotl., 6, 1884, 46. A mining tour through South Africa. Efarmilcon! Proc. Min. Inst. Scotl., 9, 1887, 17. Smith, J. Hamilton. [Report on the Witwatersrand gold- fields. | London, Times, June 17, 1893. v. Reunert, T.: Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 196-202. Smith, J. Laurence. Re-examination of American minerals, pt. iv. [Including manganese alum. | New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 18, 1854, 872-381. o- 424 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Smith, R. The great gold lands of South Africa. A vacation run in Cape Colony, Natal, the Orange Free State and the Trans- vaal, visiting the diamond mines and the gold fields. London, 1891, 8vo, 296 pp., illustr., map. Smith, William. The Buffelsdoorn and adjacent districts of the North Klerksdorp gold-fields, Transvaal. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng. Eng., 22, 1902, 444-448. Sparrman, Anders. A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope, towards the Antarctic polar circle, and round the world: but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year 1772, to 1776. Dublin, 1 Engl. ed., 1785, 2 vols., 8vo, pls. [Stockholm, 1783-1802, Swedish. | Spencer, F. Gold mining at Witwatersrand. v. Noble, J. Illustrated Official Handbook . . . 1893, 491-512. Spring, W. v. Smit, J. A. Roorda: Les mines de diamants. . . Spurr, J. E. Gold in the dioritic rock from Mashonaland, Africa. New York, Engin. Min. J., 1908, 500, fig. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 5, 1904, 53. Stanger, W. Oncertain furrows and smoothings on the surface of granite, caused by drift sand, at the Cape of Good Hope. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 22, Belfast 1852, trans. 61. Stapff, F. M. Das untere ! Khuisebthal und seinen Strand- gebiet. Berlin, Verh. ges. Erdk., 1887, 1-22. Karte des untern ! Khuisebthales. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 838, 1887, 202-214, pl. xi. [map 1 : 225,000]. Siidwestafrikanisches Gold. Berlin, D. KolZtg., 1888, 76-77. Das “ glaziale’’ Dwykakonglomerat Siidafrikas. Jena, Natw. Wochenschr., 1888, No. 13-17 [8vo, 25 pp.], map. Entgegnung auf den Vortrag des Herrn Dr. A. Schenck, “Ueber Glacialerscheinungen in Stidafrika.” Berlin, Verh. D. geogr. Tag., 8, 1889, xvi. -xxi. [Ueber optische Eigenschaften des Berylls aus Stidwest- afrika. | | Berlin, Zs. D. Geol. Ges., 45, 1893, 332. —— Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 244-246. Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 425 Stapff, F. M. G. A. Daubrée: Versuche tiber die mechanische Wirkung heisser, stark gepresster und rapid bewegter Gase aut Gesteine. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1893, 284-295 [Referat. v. Daubrée, G. A.]. Was kann das Studium der dynamischen Geologie im praktischen Leben niitzen, besonders in der Berufsthatigkeit des Bauingenieurs. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1898, 445-466. Steinacker,—v. Aus dem siidwestafrikanischen Schutzgebiet. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 85, 1889, 89-92, pl. v. [map]. Stelzner, [A. W.] [Note to the effect that Stelzner had described the ‘‘ Snake”’ rock (a specimen of which had been sent to him for determination) as a pikrite-porphyryv. | Cape Town, 1890, v. De Beers Consolidated Mines.: Second annual report... p. 13. — Die Diamantgruben von Kimberley. Dresden, Abh. Isis, 1893, 71-85. [Die Zukunft des Edelmetallbergbaues. | Berlin, Verh. Silbercommission, 18 Sitzung, den 2 Juni 1894. v. Silbercommission. -— Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 428-436. Stephens, W. J. An attempt to synchronise the Australian, South African, and Indian coal-measures, pt. 1. Sydney, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., (2), 4, 1889, 331-356. Steuart, D.S.S. The mineral wealth of Zoutpansberg: the Murchison Range gold-belt. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., 17, 1898-99 [42 pp., 4 pl.]. London, Nature, 61, 1899-1900, 281. Stewart, James. Lake Nyassa, and the water route to the Lake region of Africa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 3, 1881, 257-274. The glacial formation of Lake Nyassa. Likoma, Nyassa News, Nov., 18938, 39-43. Stoliczka, F. Fossil Cephalopoda of the cretaceous rocks of Southern India. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (8), 1, 1, 1865, 216 + xii pp., 94 pl. Stone, J. B. Notes on the diamond-bearing rock of Kimberley, South Africa. (1.) The Kimberley diamond mines, South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1895, 492-495. o- 426 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Stonestreet, G. D. Notes on the Black Reef at Natal Spruit. [ Discussion, v. Cousens, R. L.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 52-53. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 470. Stow, G. W. On some fossils from South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 15, 1, 1859, 193-195. Geologist, 1, 1858, 528. —— Phil. Mag., (4), 16, 1858, 474-475. Note on the geology of Sundays River, South Africa. London, Geologist, 4, 1861, 238-241. On some points in South African geology. 1. On some of the formations of Port Elizabeth and its neighbourhood (28, 497-522]. 2. On the dicynodon formation; its forest-zones and other strata [52-58, 253- 584]. 8. The climatal changes of South Africa, as indicated by its geology and fossils ; and especially the glacial denudation of the Karoo strata [534-546]. Appendix: On the probable existence of an ancient Southern continent [546-548]. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 27, 1, 1871. Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 86-37, 82-83. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1872, 829-331. On the diamond gravels of the Vaal River, South Africa. Comm., with notes and descriptions of the specimens by Prof. T. R. Jones. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 28, 1, 1872, 3-21, pl. i. [map]. -—— Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 572. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1872, 331-333. Griqualand West. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag,, (2), 5, 1872, 65-78. ——- Geological notes upon Griqualand West. With descrip- tions of the specimens by Prof. T. Rupert Jones. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 29, 1, 1873, 407-408 [abstr.], and 80, 1874, 581-680, pl. xxxv.—xxxix. Geol. Mag., 10, 1878, 821-322. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1876, 944-945. On the study of geology. Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (2), 10, 1875, 97-102, 160-173, 273-284. Report of the Geological Surveyor. (By order of the government of the Orange Free State.) Bloemfontein, 1878, 8vo, 36 pp. — Report on the geological survey of the Orange Free State. From the 18th April to the 17th Dec., 1878. Bloemfontein, 1879, 8vo, 55 pp. [also in DNC, London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 514-516 [T. R. Jones]. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 42:7 Stow, G. W. Report upon the great coal field of the Central Vaal Valley, and also upon the extent and approximate value of the same. [Dated Kimberley, 22nd Feb., 1881.] London, 8vo, 11 pp., map; followed by a technical report by A. Moulle, together 46 pp. No details of publication given.| —— [On the geological survey of Griqualand West. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [A. 88’-81] Strecker, C. C. Auf den Diamanten- und Goldfeldern Siid- afrikas. Freiburg i. B., 1901, 8vo, 682 pp., map, illustr. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1901, 635. _ Streeter, HE. W. The great diamonds of the world. Their history and romance. London [1882], 8vo, xxiii + 321 pp. Precious stones and gems, their history, sources, and characteristics. London, 5 ed., 1892, 8vo, xii + 355 pp., illustr. Stromer von Reichenbach, L. Die Geologie der deutschen Schutzgebiete in Afrika. Miinchen u. Leipzig, 1896, 8vo, viii + 204 pp., 8 maps, sects. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1896, 452. Stromeyer, F., and Hausmann, J. F. lL. [Krokydolith vom Kap. | Berlin, Géttingische Gel. Anz., 1831, 1593-1594. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann. Phys. Chem., 28, 1831, 153. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 18382, 232-236. [Ueber eine neue Alaunart und ein Bittersalz aus Stidafrika [Bushman River]. Berlin, Géttingische Gel. Anz., 1834, Nos. 206, 207. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann. Phys. Chem., 30, 1834, 837, and 31, 1834, 187-145. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1834, 346-350. Struben, F. P. T. Notes on the geological formation of South Africa and its mineral resources. To accompany my geological sketch map of South Africa. London, 1896, 8vo, 23 pp. Struben, H.W. The mineral wealth of the Transvaal. v. Reunert, T. : Diamonds and gold in South Africa, 159-162. Stuart, J. M. The ancient gold fields of Africa. From the Gold Coast to Mashonaland. London, 1891, 4to, 312 pp., illustr., 3 maps. 31 o- 428 Transactions of the South African Philosophicai Society. Suess, Eduard. Zie Zukunft des Goldes. Wien, 1877, 8vo, 389 pp. Das Antlitz der Erde. Wien, vol. i., 1885, ii., 1888, iii., 1901, Svo, (780 + 704 + 508) pp., illustr., maps. Paris, vol..i., 1897, ii., 1900. (French trans. by E. de Margerie. | Oxford, vol. i., 1904. [English trans. by H. B. C. Sollas.| Die Briiche des Ostlichen Afrika. vy. Hohnel, L. R. v., Beitriige zur geologischen Kenntniss des Ostlichen Afrika, 555-584, 1 pl., 4 text—fig. Die Zukunft des Silbers. Wien und Leipzig, 1892, 8vo, 227 pp. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1894, 443-444. The new gold discoveries. Manchester, Mem. Lit. Phil. Soc., 42, 1898, No. 10, 9 pp. Sutherland, P. C. Noteson the geology of Natal, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 11, 1, 1855, 465-468, and 12, 1856, cvii. On the geology of Natal (South Africa). Being a paper read before the Natural History Association of Natal, on the 27th June, 1868. Durban, [1868], 8vo, 23 pp. Note on the auriferous rocks of South-Eastern Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 25, 1, 1869, 169-170. Geol. Mag., 6, 1869, 184. — J. Soc. Arts, 16, 1868, 835-836. Notes on an ancient boulder-clay of Natal. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 26, 1, 1870, 514-516, and 27, 1871, xxxix. Geol. Mag., 7, 1870, 346. Swan, R. M. W. Nigies on the geography and meteorology of — Mashonaland. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 14, 1892, 299-304. —— Bent, J. T.: The ruined cities of Mashonaland, 347-354. Swinburne, J. On the South African gold-fields. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 40, Liverpool 1870, trans. 176. [Remarks on the gold-bearing region between the Lim- popo and Zambesi Rivers. _ [v. Baines, T.] London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 15, 1870-71, 155- 158. Szajnocha, L. Zur Kenntniss der isiktaleectage nee Cephalo- podenfauna der Insel Elobi an der Westkiiste Afrikas. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 49, 2, 1885, 231-237, 4 pl. Catalogue of Printed Books, &c. 499 Szajnocha, L. Ueber fossile Pflanzenreste aus Cacheuta in den © ~ Argentinischen Republik. Wien, SitzBer. Ak. Wiss., 97, 1, 1888, 219-245, 2 pl. Taramelli, T., and Bellio, V. Geografia e geologia dell’ Africa. Milano, 1890, 4to, 334 pp., 7 maps. Tate, R. On some secondary fossils from South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 23, 1, 1867, 189-175, pl. v.-ix. Geol. Mag., 4, 1867, 128-129. — Geol. Nat. Hist. Repertory, 1, 1865-67, 288-289. — Phil. Mag., (4), 33, 1867, 396. Tennant, J. On the discovery of diamonds at Hope Town in the Cape Colony. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 12, 1868, 8322-323. On the recent discovery of diamonds in the Cape Colony. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 38, Norwich 1868, trans. 79. On the diamonds received from the Cape of Good Hope during the last year. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 39, Exeter 1869, trans. 101 [no abstr.]. On the diamonds of South Africa. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 40, Liverpool 1870, trans. 88 [no abstr.]. South African diamonds. London, J. Soc. Arts, 19, 1871, 15-17. Geol. Mag., 8, 1871, 35-386. Notes on the South-African diamonds. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 45, Bristol 1875, trans. 82. Geol. Mag., 2, 1875, 545-547. — J. Soc. Arts, 28, 1875, 930. South Africa and its diamonds. [A collection of papers, including several of those above given. | Hertford [no date], 8vo, 24 pp. Theal, G. M. History of South Africa under the administration of the Dutch East India Company [1652 to 1795]. London, 2 ed., 1897, 2 vols., 8vo, maps [1 ed., 1889]. History of South Africa. The Republics and Native Ter- ritories from 1854 to 1872. London, 1889, 8vo, xv + 448 pp., chart. The Portuguese in South Africa. With a description of the native races between the Jtiver Zambesi and the Cape of Good Hope during the sixteenth century. London, 1896, 8vo, xvi + 324 pp., maps. ra 430 Transactions of the South African Pirlosophical Society. Thies, A. v. Zerrenner, Carl. Thom, G. Remarks on the geology of South Africa. Cape Town, 8. A. Quart. J., (1), 1, (1829-1830), 269-271. Thompson, George. Travels and adventures in Southern Africa. London, 2 ed., 1827, 2 vols., 8vo. Thomson, ©. Wyville. Preliminary notes on the nature of the sea-bottom procured by the soundings of H.M.S. Challenger during her cruise in the ‘‘ Southern Sea’”’ in the early part of the year 1874. London, Proc. Roy. Soc., 23, 1874-75, 32-49, pl. i-iv. Thomson, Joseph. Notes on the geology of Usambara. v. Johnston, Keith: Notes of a trip from Zanzibar . . . 558- 564. To the Central African lakes and back. London, 1881, 2 vols., 8vo, geol. sketch map. Jena, 1882 [German]. Notes on the basin of the River Rovuma, East Africa. London, Proc. R. Geog. Soc., 4, 1882, 65-79, map. On the geographical evolution of the Tanganyika basin. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 52, Southampton 1882, 622-623, map. To Lake Bangwelo and the unexplored region of British Central Africa. London, Geog. J., 1, 1893, 97-118, geol. sketch map. Thornton, R. On the coal found by Dr. Livingstone at Tete, on the Zambesi, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 15, 1, 1859, 556. Geologist, 2, 1859, 166. —— Phil. Mag., 17, 1859, 307. Notes on the Zambesi and the Shiré. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 34, 1864, 196-198. Thunberg, C. P. Travels in Europe, Africa and Asia, made between the years 1770 and 1779. [Vols. i. and ii., Cape of Good Hope and adjacent country. | London, 2 ed., 1795, 4 vols., 8vo, illustr. [Trans. from the Swedish. | Tobin, T. W. Notes from a diamond tour through South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 20, 1871-72, 351-354. Toit, A. L. du. [Reports on the geological survey of the Cape Colony. | v. Geological Commission, C. G. H., Annual report .. . 1908. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 431 Toit, A. L. du. v. Rogers, A. W. Topley, W. Gold and silver: their geological distribution and their probable future production. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 67, Manchester 1887, 510-585, pl. vii.—ix., xi. Tornquist, A. Fragmente einer Oxford fauna von Mtaru in Deutsch-Ostafrika, nach dem von Dr. Stuhlmann gesammelten Material. Hamburg, Jahrb. wiss. Anst., 10, 2, (1892), 25 pp., 3 pl. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 166-167. Tottenham, R.G.S. [On D. Draper’s paper on: The exten- sion of the Main Reef. . . .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 2, 1897, 18-21. Toula, F. Die Steinkohlen, thre EHigenschaften, Vorkommen, Entstehung und nationalékonomische Bedeutung. Wien, 1888, 8vo, 208 pp., illustr., 6 pl. — vy. Hohnel, L. R. von. Ueber den neuesten Stand der Goldfrage. Wien, Vortr. Verbr. natw. Kenntn., 39, 1899, 463-520, 5 pl. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 1, 422. Townsend, R. W. On the minerals of Cork [and on Manganese from a thermal spring near the Cape of Good Hope]. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 18, Cork 1843, trans. 38. Transvaal Government Reports. Rapport van het Hoffd van Minwezen [C. J. Joubert, mit bijgevoegde rapporten van den Staats-Mijningenieur, J. Klimke, en Staatsgeolog, G. A. F. Molen- eraaff] over het dienstjaar 1897... . Pretoria, 1898, 4to, |B.B. 382, 1898. | Rapport van het Hoofd van Mijnwezen [B. J. Kleinhans] mit bigevoegde rapporten van den Staats-Mijningenieur [J. H. Munnik] en Staatsgeolog [G. A. F’. Molengraaff], over het jaar 1898. Pretoria, 1899, 4to. [No. 16, 1899.] — State Geologist’s report for the year 1898. [Translation of G. A. F. Molengraaff’s report. | (Johannesburg, 1902], 4to, 46 pp., 5 pl. — Geological Survey of the Transvaal. Report for the year 1903. Pretoria, 1904, 4to, 48 pp., 24 pl. o- 432 se so: of the South African Philosophical Society. Traube, im Ueber den Molydan-Gehalt des Scheelits und die Trennung der Wolframsaiure von der Molybdansaure. [Scheelite, German S.W. Africa. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.B., 7, 1891, 232-245. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 31, "1898, 162-164. Trautschold, H. Die Reste Permischer Reptilien des palionto- logischen Kabinets der Universitat Kasan. Moscou, Nouv. Mém. Soe. Nat., 15, 1, 1884, 5-39, ffg., 8 pl. Travers, M. W. v. Ramsay, W. Tredgold, J. R. Analysis of the calcareous tuffa at Green Point. Cape Town, 8S. A. Quart. J., (1), 1, (1829-18380), 445. Truscott, S. T. The Witwatersrand goldfields. Banket and mining practice. London, 1898, 8vo, xx + 495 pp. Turner, H. W. The occurrence and origin of diamonds in. California. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 23, 1899, 182-191. Uhlig, V. Himalayan Fossils: The fauna of the Spiti shales. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (15), 4, 19038, 1-182, pl. i.—xviil. Ulrich, A. Ueber zwei amerikanische Charakterformen in Devon Siidafrikas. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1891, 1, 273-274. Palzeozoische Versteinerungen aus Bolivien. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., B.B. 8, 1892, 5-116, 2 ffg., pl. iv. Vaillant, F. le. Voyage de Monsieur le Vaillant dans ’intérieur de l’Afrique par le Cap de Bonne-Espeérance, dans les années 1780, 81, 82, 83, 84, et 85. Paris, 1790, 2 vols., 8vo, pls. London, 1790, 2 vols. [English]. Second Voyage dans l’intérieur de |’Afrique, par le Cap de Bonne-EHspérance, dans les années 1783, 1784, et 1785. Paris, L’an 3 de la République, 3 vols., 8vo, map, pls. London, 1796, 3 vols., 8vo [English]. Vallentin, W. Minenwesen und Goldindustrie in Transvaal. Berlin, 1900, 8vo, 40 pp., 17 illustr. i it le a Catalogue of Printed Books, éc. 433 Vautin, C. On the occurrence of the gold in the Witwatersrand conglomerate. Johannesburg, Witw. Min. Met. Rev., 1, 1890, 2, No. 7. Verneuil, P. E. P. de. v. Archiac, Vicomte d’. Voit, F. W. Das Kupfererzvorkommen bei Senze do Itombe in der portugiesischen Provinz Angola, Westafrika. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1902, 353-357, fig. 37. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 240. [On D. Dorffel’s paper: The relation of the Buffelsdoorn series. .. .| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 1, 1904, 14. A contribution to the geology of German South-West Africa. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 2, 1904, 77-94, pl. xxi—xxiii. Waagen, W. Ueber die geographisch Vertheilung der fossilien Organismen in Indien. Wien, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss., 39, 2, (1878), 1-28, map. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 11, 1878, 267-301, map [English]. Note on some Paleozoic fossils recently collected by Dr. H. Warth in the Olive group of the Salt-Range. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 19, 1886, 22-38, pl. Die carbone Eiszeit. Wein, Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst., 37, (1887), 148-192. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 21, 1888, 89-130, pl. [English]. [and Derby, Orville A.}| | Mittheilung eines Briefes von Hernn A. Derby tiber Spuren einer carbonen Hiszeit in Stidamerika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1888, 2, 172-177. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 22, 1889, 69-71. Salt Range fossils. Geological results. Calcutta, Pal. Ind., (18), 4, 1889-91, 1-242, pl. i.—viii. Waldron, F. W. On the appearance and disappearance of a mud island at Walfish Bay. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 8, 1901, 185-188, pl. xxviii —xxxi. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 53, 1901, 55-56 [A. Schenck]. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 243-244, Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 50, 1904, 58. Wallace, R. Farming industries of Cape Colony. [Ch. iii., Geological, geographical, and land surface features. | London, 1896, 8vo, xxxii + 552 pp., illustr., maps. o 434 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Wangemann. v. Jeppe, F. Warren, C. From the gold region in the Transvaal to Dela- goa Bay. London, J. R. Geog. Soc., 48, 1878, 283-287. Watermeyer, J.C. Notes of a journey in German South-West Africa. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 11, 1, 1900, 19-383. Deutsch-Sitidwest-Afrika. Seine landwirtschaftlichen Ver- haltnisse. Berlin, 1898, 8vo, 25 pp. Watson, T. P. Report upon the excavations at the Diamond Mines of Kimberley and De Beers. v.C. G. H. Parl. Reports, [G. 101-1883. | Wauters, A. J. L’Etat Indépendant du Congo. Bruxelles, 1899, 8vo, 527 pp. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1900, 190 -192. Weakley, J. R. The diamond discovery in South Africa. A col- lection of articles and original correspondence, extracted from various colonial journals, and original remarks in refutation of the erroneous statements of Messrs. Harry Emanuel and J. R. Gregory. Printed and published by... . Colesberg, 1869, 8vo, 35 pp. Weinstein, Carl. Von Siid-Afrika und seinem Goldfeldern. Berlin, 1890, 8vo, 77 pp. Weiss, C. E. Die Krystallisationgesetze seit Ch. S. Weiss, ins- besondere die Lehre von den Hemiédrieen, erlautert am Diamant. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1880, 1-22, pl. i., ii. Weissermehl, W. Mesozoische und kinozoische Korallen aus Deutsch-Ostafrika. v. Bornhardt, W., Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 7, 578-595. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 2, 326. Weithofer, A. Ueber einen neuen Dicynodonten (Dicynodon sumocephalus) aus der Karrooformation Siidafrikas. Wien, Ann. Hofmus., 3, 1888, 1-6, pl. Welwitsch, F. Observations on the origin and the geographical distribution of the gum copal in Angola, West Tropical Africa. London, J. Linn. Soc., (Botany), 9, 1865-66, 287-302. —— v. Morelet, A. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. : 435 [Welwitsch, F., and] Choffat, P. Dr. Welwitsch-—Quelques notes sur la géologie d’Angola, coordonnées et annotées par P. Choffat. Lisboa, Com. Trab. Geol., 2, (1888-92), 27-44, 4 pl. Wendeborn, B. A. Stérungen der Schichten zwischen Pre- toria und Vereeniging in Transvaal und die daraus resultierenden Schliisse tiber den Verbleib der goldhaltigen Konglomerate. [From the S. A. Mining Journal. | Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1897, 305-311, fig. 86-90. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 467. White, C. D. Carboniferous glaciation in the southern and eastern hemispheres, with some notes on the Glossopteris-flora. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 3, 1899, 299-830. White, F. [On “D. Draper’s paper: The extension of the Main reef. . . .”’] Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc., 2, 1897, 23-26, sects. Remarks on Professor Prister’s paper on ‘“‘ Glacial phe- nomena.”’ | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 3, 1898, 88-89, 100-108. Discussion on Professor Prister’s paper [on the Witwatersrand conglomerates]. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 4, 1898-9, 53-57. Whiteaves, J. F. On the fossils of the Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver and adjacent islands in the Strait of Georgia. Montreal, Geol. Surv. Canada, Mesozoic Fossils, 1, 2, 1879, 93-190, pl. xi.—xx. ~Wibel, F. Mineralogische Mittheilungen, iv. Der Faserquarz vom Cap—eine Pseudomorphose nach Krokydolith. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1878, 367-380. London, Chem. News, 27, 1873, 169. Geol. Mag., 1, 1874, 135-186. Wieder, [Padre]. A regiao do Libollo. Lisboa, Portugal em Africa, 1896, No. 35, and 1897, No. 37, 38, 39, 40. _ Wilkinson, Db. [On J. Kuntz’s paper: The Main reef horizon in the Klerksdorp district. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 128-129. Wilkinson, E. Notes on a portion of the Kalahari. [Geology by W. H. Penning. | London, Geog. J., 1, 1898, 324-838. * o- 436 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Wilkinson, W. F. On gold-mining in Rhodesia, British South Africa. London, J. Soc. Arts, 44, 1895-96, 687-694, 802, map. Rhodesia and its mines in 1898. London, J. Soc. Arts, 47, 1899, 209-222. Williams, Ernest. The coal fields. v. Noble, J.: Illustrated Official Handbook .. . 1898, 513-518. Williams, Evan. [On G. 8. Corstorphine’s paper-on the Central South African coalfield. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 80-81. Williams, Gardner F. The diamond mines of South Africa. New York, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., 15, 1887, 892-417. The Diamond Mines of South Africa. Some account of their rise and development. New York and London, 1902, 8vo, xviii + 681 pp,, illustyr. Minneapolis, Amer. Geol., 31, 1903, 51-53 [G. P. Merrill]. London, Miner. Mag., 3, 1901-03, 386-387. Stuttgart, Centralbl. Min., 1904, 153-154. Wilmer, [W.| H.C. The relation of the sand dune formation on the south-west coast of Africa to the local wind currents. Cape Town, Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 5, 2, 1898, 326-329. — W.H. Ga a Wilson-Moore, C. Wilmot, A. Diamonds. Cape Town, 8. A. Mag., 3, 1869, 570-586. Wilson, D. M. Abstract of report [to President Kruger] on agricultural and mineral possibilities of the Transvaal. v. Bleloch, W.: The new South Africa, 383-391. Wilson, James. v. Jameson, R. Wilson, Joseph. A history of mountains, geographical and mineralogical. . London, 1807-10, 8 vols., 4to. [Southern Africa, iii., 725-748. ] Wilson-Moore, C., and Wilmer, W. H. C. The minerals of Southern Africa. Johannesburg, 1893, 8vo, iii + 119 pp. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 437 Wilson-Moore, ©. The economic importance of the Murchi- son Range. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 1, 1896, 51-62, and 62-72 [dise.], 78-75 [reply. | : —— [On D. Draper’s paper on: The extension of the Main EEE) ieee Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 21-23. Some observations on the geology of the Sabie Valley. [Criticism v. Draper, D.| Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 2, 1897, 181-140, map, sects. Cape Town, Trans. 8S. A. Phil. Soc., 10, 3, 1898, 470. Winchell, H. V. Note on the formation of gold ore. v. Kraatz-Koschlau, K. von. The deposition of gold in South Africa. v. Czyszkoswski, S. Wiser, D. F. [Rotheisenstein von Bokkeveld am Cap der guten Hoffnung. | Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1850, 4381. Wohltmann, [F.] Die verschiedenen Formen des afrikanischen Laterits. Bonn, SitzBer. niederrh. Ges. Naturk., 1896, 129-1380. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 2, 430. F. Die Béden aus Deutsch-Sudwest-Afrika. Bonn. SitzBer, niederrh. Ges. Naturk., 1899, 15-20. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 1, 284. Wolff, W. Versteinerungen des Tertiars. v. Bornhardt, W., Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 7, 572-577. Wood, S. V., jun. On the form and distribution of the land- tracts during the secondary and tertiary periods respectively, and on the effects upon animal life which great changes in geographical configuration have probably produced. London, Phil. Mag., 28, 1862, 161-171, 269-282, 382-393. Woodward, A. Smith. On two new lepidotoid ganoids from the early Mesozoic deposits of Orange Free State, South Africa. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 44, 1888, 188-143, pl. xiv. Geol. Mag., 5, 1888, 136-187. —— Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 1, 1888, 230. On Atherstonia, a new genus of paleoniscid fishes from the Karoo formation of South Africa: and on a tooth of Ceratodus from the Stormberg beds of the Orange Free State. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 4, 1889, 239-243. - 438 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Woodward, A. Smith. Catalogue of the fossil fishes in the British Museum. London, Pt. i., 1889; ii., 1891; iii., 1895, 3 vols., 8vo. The fossil fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at Gosford. Sydney, Mem. Geol. Surv. N. 8. W., 4, 1890, 57 pp., 10 pl. - Further notes on fossil fishes from the Karoo formation of South Africa. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 12, 1898, 3938-398, pl. xvii. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 161. On a new specimen of the mesosaurian reptile, Stereo- sternum tumidum, from San Paulo, Brazil. London, Geol. Mag., 4, 1897, 145-147, pl. v. On Atherstonia australis and Ctenolates avus, two new species of fossil fishes from New South Wales. Sydney, Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 7, 1902, 88-91, pl. xxiv. On a new species of Acrolepis obtained by M7. Molyneux from the Sengwe coalfield. v. Molyneux, A. J. C., The sedimentary deposits of Southern Rhodesia, Appen- dix i., 285-286, pl. xx. On some dinosaurian bones from South Brazil. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., '73, Southport 1903, 663. Geol. Mag., 10, 1908, 512. Woodward, H. On a new trilobite |Encrinurus crista-galli| from the Cape of Good Hope. London, Q. J. Geol. Soc., 29, 1, 1878, 31-8383, pl. ii., ffg. 6, 7. Geol. Mag., 10, 1873, 48-44. Fossils from the diamond fields, South Africa [Editorial note]. London, Geol. Mag., 6, 1879, 192, and Matthews, J. W.: Incwadi Yami, 170. — v. Jones, T. R. The distribution of life in Antarctic lands. Norwich, Trans. Nat. Soc., '7, 1908, 428-444. Woodward, M. F. On the succession and genesis of mam- malian teeth. London, Se. Progress, 1, 1894, 438-453, Worsfold, W. B. Portuguese Nyassaland. An account of the discovery, native population, agricultural and mineral resources, . . . of the territory of the Nyassa Company... . London, 1899, 8vo, vi + 295 pp., illustr., map Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 439 Wiilfing, E. A. Untersuchung eines Nephelinsyenit aus dem Mittleren Transvaal, Stid-Afrika. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1888, 2, 16-34. Wulf, H. Beitrag zur Petrographie des Hererolandes in Siid- west-Afrika. : Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 8, (1886), 193-238. London, Miner. Mag., 7, 1887, 170-173. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 17, 1890, 199-200. Wyley, A. [Reports to the Cape Government. | v. C. G. H. Parl. Reports: G. 4-56, G. 5-’56, G. 6-56, G. 35-’56, G. 36-57, G. 37-58, G. 54-59, and Appendix to G. 54-59. Zeiller, R. Note sur la flore du bassin houiller de Tete (Région du Zambéze). Paris, Ann. Mines, 4, 1883, 594-598. Etude sur quelques plantes fossiles, en particulier Verte- bravia et Glossopteris, des environs de Johannesburg (Transvaal). Paris, Bul. Soc. Géol., 24, 1895-96, 349-378, pl. xv.—xviii. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1897, 147. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 495-496. Remarques sur la flore fossile de |’Altai 4 propos des der- niéres découvertes paléobotaniques de MM. les Drs. Bodenbender et Kurtz dans la République Argentine. Paris, Bul. Soc. Géol., 24, 1895-6, 466-487. Stuttgart, N. Janrb., 1902, 1, 499-503. Sur l’attribution du genre Vertebraria. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 122, 1896, 744-746. Calcutta, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind., 30, 1897, 43-44 [Engl. trans. ]. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 495-496. Hléments de Paléobotanique. Paris, 1900, 8vo, 421 pp. Détermination de lage des dépdts charbonneux des en- virons de Johannesburg. Paris, Bul. Soc. Géol., 1, 1901, 186. Zerener, M.B. Ueber afrikanische und australische Goldge- winnung jetzt und in Zukunft, nebst geschichtlichem und geogra- phischem Ueberblick tiber die Goldfelder von Coolgardie. Wien, Bergm. Jahrb., 48, 1895, 407-444. Zerrenner, Carl. Reise des Ingenieurs A. Thies nach den Kupfer Bergwerken Namaqualands in Siid-Afrika. Freiberg, Bergm. Ztg., 19, 1860, 41-44, 53-54. - 440 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Zimmermann, J. [On J. Kuntz’s paper: The Main reef horizon in the Klerksdorp district. | Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 6, 1903, 126. Zittel, Karl A. von. Handbuch der Paleontologie. Unter Mitwirkung, von W. Ph: Schimper, A) Schenck, und ais me Scudder. Miinchen u. Leipzig, 1876-80, I. Abt. Paleozoologie : 1 Bd., Protozoa—Mollusca. ue a 1881-85, I. Abt. a 2 ,, Mollwsca—Arthropoda. z ee 1887-90, I. Abt. ie 3. ,, Vertebrata | Pisces, Aves]. se ys 1892-93, I. Abt. 5 4 ,, Vertebrata [Mam- malia] . 1890, II. Abt. Paleophytologie, Thallophyta—Dicotyla. Paris, 1883, tome i, 1887, tome ii. [Trans. by Ch. Barrois]. London and New York, 1900, vol. i., Protozoa—Arthropoda [Trans. by C. R. Eastman]. —— 1902, vol. ii., Vertebrata, Pisces—Aves [Trans. by C. R. Eastman]. ( 441 ) IT MAPS Andersson, C.J. South-West Afrika. Map of the principal part of Damara Land; based on prismatic compass triangulation checked by observed latitudes. Cape Town, 1886. London, J. Roy. Geog. Soc., 36, 1866. Scale, 1 in. = 26 miles. Angola. Map of Angola, with an accompanying table giving mineral localities. Lisboa, Commissao de Cartographia, 1885. Scale 1: 3,000,000. Bartholomew, J. G. The advanced atlas for South African schools. A new series of 180 physical, political, and commercial maps... [and geological map of South Africa. | London, Nelson & Sons, [1903]. Bell, C. D. Namaqualand. (MS. map in the Surveyor-General’s Department, Cape Town, showing the copper workings. | Cape Town, [1855 (?)]. Scale, 1 in. = 2 miles. Belleville, A. The Lydenburg gold fields with route from the . Diamond fields. [MS. map in the possession of the Royal Geological Society, entered as received 15:6.74. Scale, 1 in. =20 miles.] Berghaus, Hermann. Berghaus’ Physikalischer Atlas. (Begriindet 1836 durch Heinrich Berghaus.) 75 Karten in sieben Abtheilungen, enthaltent 514 Darstellungen iiber Geologie, Hydrographie, Meteorologie, Erd- magnetismus, Pflanzenverbreitung, Thierverbreitung und Vélkerkunde. Gotha, 3 ed., 1892, folio. Atlas der Geologie [= Berghaus’ Physikalischer Atlas, Abt. I.]. 15 kolorierte Karten en Kupfertisch mit 150 Darstellungen, unter berathender Mitwirkung von Prof. Dr. K. v. Zittel, bearbeitet von. Gotha, 1892, folio, Africa xii. [11 Karten]... . - 449 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Bianconi, fF’. Cartes parimne rriee et minieres des pays sud- africains (Transvaal, Orange, Colonies anglaises du Cap et de Natal, colonie portugaise de Mozambique, Rhodesia, Nyassaland, &c.) dressée par. Paris, 1896. [Texte descriptif. | Bowler, L. P. The northern goldfields. Prospector’s map of Matabele- and Mashonaland. , Pretoria, 1889. Scale, 1 in. = 274 miles. Brink, M. J. Plan of mining leases in the division of Nania- qualand. Plotted and compiled by . . ., Surveyor-General’s Office. Cape Town, Sept. 1896. Scale 1 in. = 400 roods. Currey, E., and Tucker, B. General plan showing the various main reef properties, Witwatersrand gold fields, S. A. Republic. Compiled from authentic information and actual survey by— Johannesburg, Aug. 5 1891: London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. =} mile (1: 31,680). Draper, D. Geological map of the district of Klerksdorp, Potchefstroom, and Krugersdorp, illustrating the position and extent of the sedimentary deposits and probable continuation of the con- glomerate beds, London, 1896. Dunn, E. J. Geological sketch map of Cape Colony. Compiled from observations made by Messrs. A. C. [sic] Benn, Wyle, = Bain, junr., Dr. Atherstone, P. Pinchin, and the compiler. London, Stanford, [1872]. Scale 1 in. = 24 miles. Geological sketch map of South Africa. London, Stanford [1875] and Melbourne [another edition], 1887. Scale 1 in. = 33 miles. Geological sketch map of the Stormberg coal fields. Geology and topography by. . . . Submitted 31st Dec., 1877. To accompany [G. 4-78]. v. Parti, C. G. H. Parl. Reports]. Cape Town, 1878. Scale 1 in. = 1 mile. Dupont, —-. v. Lemaitre. Espin, W. M. v. Fletcher, R. A. Fletcher, R. A., and Espin, W. M. Fletcher and Espin’s map of Matabeleland. Compiled from the latest available information. . . . Published by the Gold- fields of Matabeleland, Limited. London, Stanford, 1 ed., 1896: 2 ed., 1897. Scale 1 in. = 8 Engl. miles. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 443 Fletcher, R. A., and Espin, W. M. Fletcher and Espin’s land map of Matabeleland. Published by the Goldfields of Matabeleland for Fletcher and Espin [with inset geological sketch map of Matabeleland. Scale 1 in. = 20 miles]. London, Stanford, 1897. Scale 1 in. =5 Engl. miles. — Fletcher and Espin’s geological sketch map of Mata- beleland. Compiled from all authentic information available, and from Fletcher and Espin’s personal surveys, by R. A. Fletcher. London, Stanford, 1897. Scale 1 in. = 20 miles [v. Land map]. Garrard, J. J. Map of Zululand, showing the relative positions of the various gold and coal fields... . [To accompany Report on the mineral resources of Zululand, dated January, 1895. v. Pt.i., Natal Parl. Reports. | London, Philip, 1896. Scale 1 in. = 5 miles. Goldmann, ©. S. Goldmann’s map Witwatersrand goldfields, S.A.R., Johannesburg, Dec., 1894. Johannesburg, Argus Co. Key and supplementary map showing the sections of Goldmann’s map Witwatersrand goldfields with respect to the sur- rounding districts. Johannesburg, Argus Co. Scale 1 Eng. in. = 2,000 roods = 24,000 Cape feet. Carte du district aurifére du Witwatersrand, Transvaal (Afrique du Sud) par S. Goldmann d’aprés le cadastre officiel du gouvernement (Johannesburg, Décembre 1894). Réduite avec l’autorisation spéciale de l’auteur. Completée et mise a jour jusqu’a fin Mai 1895 par Henri Dupont. . Paris, 1895. — Map of the Witwatersrand goldfields, 1899. London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. = 100 roods. and Maltzan, A. von. Atlas of the Witwatersrand and other goldfields in the South African Republic. Compiled under the direction of... . London, Stanford, 1899, 80 x 22in., 42 maps. Hall, T. R. Part of Little Namaqualand. Compiled in September 1865, from the divisional council map at Springbok. and from survey by... . Cape Town, 1865. Scale 1 in. = 4 miles. Hatch, F. H. A geological sketch map of the Southern Trans- vaal. London, Stanford, 1897. Scale 1 in. =4 Engl. miles; sections. — Q. J. Geol. Soc., 54, 1898, pl. vi. [map, sections]. —— Stanford, 1903 [2 ed., with explanatory note]. 32 or tit Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Jeppe, C.F. W. vy. Jeppe. F. Jeppe, F. Map of the Transvaal, or 8. A. Republic, and sur- rounding territories. Pretoria, 1889. Scale 1 in. = 15°78 miles. - Schets kaart aantoonende de Zoutpansberg goutvelden. Gegompileerd van metingen en inspectien door Fred. Jeppe, Landmeter Generaals Department, Februari 1893. De geologische gegevens zijn volgens de personlijke waarnemingen van den staats Mijningenieur J. Klimke. Gelitho- grapheerd ten Landmeter Generals Kantoor, Z. A. R. Pretoria. Scale 1 in. = 4,000 Cape roods = 8°39 Engel. miles. Map of the Southern Goldfields of the Transvaal. | With ‘“ geological section of the Banket formations, Witwatersrand beds,” by R. A. (sic) Sawyer. | Pretoria, 1896. Scale 1 in. = 4 miles, and Jeppe, C. F.W. Jeppe’s map of the Transvaal, or S. A. Republic, and surrounding territories. Compiled from surveys filed in the Surveyor-General’s office by... . Pretoria, 1899. Scale 1:476,000. Kassner, Theo. Geological sketch map of the De Kaap Gold- fields compiled by . . . Barberton, 1899. Johannesburg, Matthews and Walker. Lemaire and Dupont. Carte des mines d’or et de diamant du Cap. | Paris, Rev. franc. de l’étr. et des colonies, Sept. 1, 1889. Lenz, Oscar. Geologische Karte von West-Afrika, nach seinen in den Jahren 1874-77 und 1879-81 unternommenen Reisen ent- worten. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 28, 1882, pl.i. Scale 1 : 12,500,000. Loveday, R. K. Map of the Lydenburg Goldfields, S. A. Republic (Transvaal), Pretoria, 1883. London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. = 1,600 Rynland roods. Maidment, C. The first published geological map of Zoutpans- berg, showing its great gold belts and defining parts of the gold country hitherto unknown. .. . Compiled from original notes and observations recently made... by... |Johannesburg, 1889]. Scale 1 in.=5 miles. The first published geological map of the goldfields, Wit watersrand, South Africa. Cape Town, Argus Co., 1890. Scale 1 in. =*66 mile [with a pamphlet]. Maltzan, A. von. v. Goldmann, C. S. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 445 _ Merensky, A. Onginal map of the Transvaal Republic, show- ing the gold and diamond fields. 1875. Scale 1: 1,850,000 [2 ed., Berlin 1887. Scale 1: 2,500,000]. Mitchelson, S. P. A mineral map of Matabeleland. Compiled from original sources, 1898. | London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. = 10 miles. Molengraaff, G. A. F. Geological sketch map of the Trans- vaal. Topography and geology compiled by . . . from personal researches made in his capacity as Government Geologist, and from the latest informations on the subject. Johannesburg, 1902. Scale 1 in. = 24 miles [with explanatory note]. Mordaunt, H. lL. Plan of the goldfields, Witwatersrand, South African: Republic, compiled by . . . Johannesburg. Aug., 1889. : London, James Wyld. Scale 1 Engl. in. = 300 Cape roods. Ness, W. W. van. Economic geological map of Matabeleland. Conipiled from the latest private and imperial information, and from geological and geodetic surveys made by the compiler. London, Stanford, 1896. Scale 1 in. = 12 miles. Map of the Gwanda gold-belt, Matabeleland. Compiled from the latest available information and geodetic surveys made by the compiler. London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. =1 mile. Ortlepp, A. v. Wood, J. Penning, W. H. Stanford’s [1888] map of the Transvaal goldfields, with the geology of the Southern part. London, Stanford, 1893. Scale 1 in. = 16 miles [with accompanying memoir]. Poole, P. G. Map of the Klerksdorp gold-fields, 1890. Johannesburg, Diggers’ News Co. Scale 1 in. = 350 Cape roods. Raddatz, H. Map of the Transvaal and Swaziland gold-fields. London, Philip, 1887. Scale 1 : 500,000. Regan, W. F. Plan of Witwatersrand gold-fields. London, 1897. Scale 1: 29.750. Robinson, H. A. Kart van den Orangevrystaat. Door het gebruik der scholen. Bloemfontein, Surveyor-General’s Office, Sept. 1882. Scale 1 in. = 600 Cape roods; sections [by G. W. Stow]. o 446 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Sawyer, A. R. Geological map and sections of the Heidelberg District: Transvaal, January, 1898. [Coloured edition of the map in The South Rand Coal-field, v. Pt. i., Sawyer, A. R.| Spandaw, H. J. A., Jr. New map De Kaap goldfields, Trans- vaal. Compiled from actual survey by. . . prepared for publication by Wood and Ortlepp, Johannesburg, Dec., 1900. Stanford, E. Stanford’s map of the Transvaal Goldfields. . . London, Stanford, 1888. Scale 1 in. = 16 miles. A map of Mashonaland, Matabeleland, Khama’s country, &c. The British South Africa Company’s Territory south of the Zambesi, 1894. [Gold reefs and mines indicated. | London, Stanford. Scale 1 in. = 16 miles. A map of Rhodesia. Divided into provinces and districts, under the administration of the British South African Company, 1897. [Goldfields, reefs, and mines marked. | London, Stanford, 1897 and [new ed.] 1901. Scale 1 inch = 16 miles. Struben, F. P.T. A geological sketch-map of Africa south of the Zambesi. : London, Stanford, 1896. Scale 1 in. = 40 miles; sections. Sutherland, P. C. Colony of Natal. London, 1864. Scale 1 in. =18 miles; sections. Troye, G. A. Map of the Pretoria and Heidelberg goldfields. London, 1887, J. W. Anderson & Co. Scale 1 in. = 1,600 Cape roods. Map of the Kaap and Komatie Goldfields. London, J. W. Anderson & Co., 1887. Scale 1 : 240,000. Map of the Witwatersrand goldfields. Johannesburg, 1889. Scale 1: 86,400. Troye’s map of the Witwatersrand goldfields. Johannesburg, 1889. Scale 1: 91,250; geol. sect. Troye’s map of the Transvaal or 8. A. Republic. Pretoria, Fehr and Dubois, 1892. Scale 1 : 500,000. London, Stanford, 1896 [revised. | Tucker, B. v. Currey, E. Wilmer, H. C. Sketch map of the Damara-Land goldfields, with the geological formation and mineral deposits. Cape Town, 1887. Scale 1:320,000. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 447 Wood, J., and Ortlepp, A. Map of the Rand Gold Fields. London, 1898. Scale 1 in. = 2,500 feet. Johannesburg, 1899. Scale 1 Engl. in. = 200 Cape roods [Transvaal edition]. Wyld, J. Adamantia. The diamond and gold fields of South Africa. | London, J. Wyld, 1871. Scale 1 in. = 67 miles. — Newmap of Witwatersrand gold fields and district (Trans- vaal). Showing the main and other reefs, with the farms, gold mining company’s claims, and concessions. ‘London, James Wild, 4 ed., 1889. Wyld’s Eastern South Africa from the River Limpopo to Algoa Bay. Embracing the Transvaal, Bechuanaland and Stellaland, Orange Free State, Natal, Zulu and Griqua-land West, showing the British settlements and native locations. London, 1889. [Topographical, showing gold-fields. | Wyley, A. Geological map of the Cape of Good Hope. Show- ing the order and probable extent of the various formations so far as at present known to the author (May, 1859) the data being mainly procured during a journey through the colony in the year 1858 from Cape Town to the Orange River west of Hopetown, and from thence in a zigzag direction to Port Elizabeth. [MS. map in the Surveyor-General’s Department, Cape Town. Scale 1 in. = 10 miles. | — Geological sections of the Cape of Good Hope. [MS.] Copied from the original [in the Surveyor-General’s Department, Cape Town. No. date.| ADDENDUM. Andrade, A. A. F. de. Carta da regiaéo minera de Manica... . Paris, 1900. Scale 1: 20,000 and 1: 50,000. London, Stanford. Scale 1: 50,000. [Publ. Mozambique Company. | ( 448 ) III METEORITES Alexander, J. EK. Report of an expedition of discovery... . Ve, Let dig : —— An expedition of discovery into the interior of Africa... . ede is IE Andersson, C.J. Lake Ngami.... Voultoel: Ball, V. Catalogue of the examples of meteoric falls in the Museum of Dublin. Dublin, J. R. Geol. Soc. Ivrel., 16, (1882-84), 158-161. Sci. Proc. R. Soc., 3, 1888, 298-301. Barrow, J. An account of travels into the interior of Southern iriCae erie We eid JE Baumhauer, E. H. van. Sur le fer météorique du Cap de Bonne-Esperance. La Hague, Arch. Néer. Sci., 2; 1867, 377-884, pl. xviii.—xix. Over de Meteorljzenmassa van de Kap de Gode Hoop. [This paper may be identical with the preceding one. It has not been possible to compare them. | Amsterdam, Vers. Wis. Nat. Afd. K. Akad. Wet., 2, 1868, 258-264. Behrens, H. Kristallisatie van ijzer en van alliages van ijzer en nikkel. : Amsterdam, Verh. K. Akad. Wet., 18, 1883, 7-8. Berwerth, F. Ueber das neue Meteoreisen von Mukerop. Wien, Anz. Akad. Wiss., 39, 1902, 46-49. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1908, 1, 212-213. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 449 Berwerth, F. Der Meteoreisenzwilling von Mukerop, Bezirk Gibeon, Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 111, 1, 1902, 646-664, 2 text ffg., 1 pl. Verzeichnis der Meteoriten im k.k. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseum, ende October 1902. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus, 18, 1903, 1-90. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 187-188, and 188-190. Verteilung der Meteoreisen und Meteorsteine auf der Erdoberflache. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 22, 19038, 189-194. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 188-190. Bigot de Morogues, P. M.S. Mémoire historique et physique sur les chutes des pierres tombées sur la surface de la terre a diverses époques. Orléans, 1812, 8vo, iv + 860 pp. Bocking, Max. Mineralanalysen, 3. Meteoreisen vom Cap der euten Hoffnung. Leipzig und Heidelberg, Liebig’s Ann. Chem. Pharm., 96, 1855, 243-246. Newhaven, Amer. J. Sci., 22, 1856, 272. Boguslawski, G. von. Zehnter Nachtrag zu Chladni’s Ver- zeichnisse der Feuermeteore und herabgefallen Massen. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., Ergz-Bd. 4, 1854, 1-155, 353-456. Breda, J. G. S. van. Over den ijzerklomp, die vor viele jaren op 300 mijlen van de Kaap de Gode Hop in Zuid-Afrika gevonden werd. Amsterdam, Vers. Wis. Nat. Afd. K. Akad. Wet., 15, 1863, 118. _Brezina, A. Ueber die Reichenbach’schen Lamellen in Meteo- reisen. Wien, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., 48, 1880, 13-16, 4 pl. Vorlaufiger Bericht uber neue oder wenig bekannte Meteoriten. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 82, 1, 1880, 348-352. Bericht tiber neue oder wenig bekannte Meteoriten, 111. Wien, SitzBer. Ak. Wiss., 84, 1, 1881, 277-283. De Meteoriten Sammlung des k.-k. Mineralogischen Hof- kabinetes in Wien am 1 Mai 1885. Wien, Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst., 85, 1885, 151-276, pl. ii—v. - 450 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Brezina, A., and Cohen, E. Die Structur und Zusammenset- zung der Meteoreisen Erlautert durch photographische eee gedtzter Schnittflachen. Stuttgart, Lfg. i., 1886 ; ii. and iii., 1887. Neue Meteoriten, 111. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 2, 1887, Not. 114-115. Neue Meteoriten des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums. Wien, Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1887, 288-289. Meteoriten. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 3, 1888, Not. 42-48. Ueber Meteoreisen, seine Unterschiede vom kiinstlichen Hisen und tiber das Schneiden des Ersteren. Wien, Oesterr. Zs. Bergw., 38, 1890, 855-359. Ueber neuere Meteoriten. Verh. Ges. D. Natf., 65, Niirnberg 1893, 158-167. Die Gestaltung der Meteoriten. Wien, Vortr. Ver. Verbr. natw. Kenntn., 34, 1894, 249-274, 32 text-ffg. Die Meteoritensammlung des k.k. naturhistorischen Hof- museums am. 1 Mai 1895. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 10, 1895, 231-370, 40 text-ffg., 2 pl. Stutteart, N. Jahvb., 1899, il 236. and Cohen, E. Ueber ein Meteoreisen von Mukerop, Bezirk Gibeon, Grossnamaland. Stuttgart, Jahresh. Ver. Natk., 58, 1902, 292-802, pl. vi. N. Jahrb., 1908, 1. 212-2138. Leipzig, Geol. Centralbl., 4, 1903-04, 196-197. _ Buchner, Otto. Die Feuermeteore, insbesondere die Meteor- iten, historisch und naturwissenschaftlich betrachtet. Giessen, 1859, 8vo, 192 pp. Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen, ihre Geschichte, mineralo- gische und chemische Beschaffenheit. Leipzig, 1863, 8vo, xxvi + 202 pp. Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen; Zweiter Nachtrag. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 124, 1865, 569-602. Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen; Vierter Nachtrag. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 186, 1869, 437-460, 589-611. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 451 Burkart, H. J. Ueber die Fundorte der bis jetzt bekannten Mexikanischen Meteoreisen-Massen, nebst einigen einleitenden allgemeinen Bemerkungen tiber den Ursprung und die Zusammen- setzung der Aerolithe von Herrn Oberbergrat Dr. H. J. Burkart. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1856, 257-807, pl. Chladni, E. F. F. Chronologisches Verzeichniss der herabge- fallenen Stein- und Kisenmassen. Niirnberg, Schweigg. Journ. Chem. Phys., 4, 1812, 1-19 Ueber Gediegen-EKisen und besonders tiber eine noch unbekannte im Maylandischen gefundene Gediegeneisenmasse. Miinchen, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., 1812, 101-176. -—— Bemerkungen iiber Gediegen-Hisenmassen. Halle und Leipzig, Gilbert’s Ann., 50, 1815, 257-277. Ueber Feuer-Meteore und iiber die mit denselben herab- gefallenen Massen. Wien, 1819, 8vo, xiv + 434 pp. Church, A. H. Analysis of a meteorite from [Daniel’s Kuil] South Africa [= Mineralogical notices, i.]. London, J. Chem. Soc., 7, 1869, 22-25. —— Chem. News, 18, 1868, 257-258. Luminous Meteors, 1868-69, 276. Leipzig, J. prakt. Chemie, 106, 1869, 379-380. Clark, W.S. On metallic meteorites. An inaugural disserta- tion. Gottingen, 1852, 8vo, 80 pp., 3 pl. Clarke, F. W. The meteorite collection in the U. 8S. National Museum: a catalogue of meteorites represented November 1, 1886. Washington, Rep. Smithsonian Inst., 1886, 2, 255-265. Cohen, E. v. Brezina, A. and Weinschenck, E. Meteoreisen-Studien. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 6, 1891, 181-165. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1892, 2, 244-246. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 28, 1898, 288. — K. Meteoritenkunde, Heft. 1. Untersuchungsmethoden und Charakteristik der Gemengtheile. Stuttgart, 1894, 8vo, xiii + 340 pp., 39 ffg. —— N. Jahrb., 1895, 1, 458-460. Meteoreisen-Studien, 111. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 9, 1894, 97-118, 5 text-ffg. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1896, 2, 42-43. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 27, 1896-97, 4385-436. - 452 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cohen, E. Meteoreisen-Studien, iv. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 10, 1895, 81-98. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 254-255. Verzeichniss der Meteoriten in der Greifswalder Samm- lung am 1. Juli, 1895. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 27, 1895, 51-65. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1897, 1, 254. Meteoreisen-Studien, v. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 12, 1897, 42-62. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1898, 1, 264. Ueber den Wiilfing’schen Tauschwerth der Meteoriten 1m Vergleich mit den Handelspreisen. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 31, 1899, 50-62. Meteoreisen-Studien, x. Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 15, 1900, 74-94. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1901, 2, 35-36. Leipzig, Zs. Krystall., 36, 1902, 644-645. Verzeichniss der Meteoriten in der Greifswalder Samm- lung am 1 Januar 1900. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 82, 1900, 45-71. The meteoric irons from Griqualand East, South Africa. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 2, 2, 1900, 9-19, pl. iii—v. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 369-370. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 36, 1902, 95. The meteoric irons from Bethany, Great Namaqualand. Cape Town, Ann. 8. A. Mus., 2, 2, 1900, 21-29, pl. vi—ix. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 369-870. Leipzig, Zs. Krystallogr., 86, 1902, 95. Mi Zusammenfassung der bei der Untersuchung der Kérnigen bis dichten Meteoreisen erhaltenen Resultate. Berlin, SitzBer. Ak. Wiss., 52, 1900, 1122-1135. Die Meteoreisen von Kokstad, Bethanien und Muchachos. Greifswald, Mitt. natw. Ver., 82, 1900, 1-44, pl. i-iii. — y. Brezina, A. Meteoritenkunde, Heft ii. Versuche kiinstlicher Nach- bildung von Meteoriten; Rinde und schwarze Adern; Relief der Oberflache ; Gestalt; Zahl und Grésse der Meteorite ; Nachtrage zu Heft 1. Stuttgart, 1903, 8vo, vii + 302 pp. N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 182-185. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 453 Dana, EZ. S. Catalogue of the collection of meteorites in the Peabody Museum of Yale College. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 82, 1886, appendix [4 pp.]. Dankelmann, Adolf von. Nachricht von einer grossen Masse gediegenen Hisens, welche im Jahre 1793 aus dem Innern von Afrika nach der Capstadt [von Barrow] ; gebracht worden nebst oryktognostischer Beschreibung derselben. Jena und Weimar, Voigt’s Magazin, 10, 1805, 3-21. Daubrée, G. A. Expériences synthétiques relatives aux méteo- rites. Rapprochements auquels ces expériences conduisent. Paris, Ann. Mines, 18, 1868, 1-65. Washington, Rep. Smithsonian Inst., 1868, 312-344. Berlin, Zs. D. geol. Ges., 22, 1870, 415-451. Etudes synthétiques de géologie expérimentale. Paris, 1879-80, 2 vols., 8vo. Braunschweig, 1880, 8vo, 596 pp. [German]. : Analogies de gisement du diamant... . v. Pt. i. Dolley, J. F. [On a meteor seen at Uitenhage, March 16, 1877.] London, Times, 21 May, 1877, p. 10. Geol. Mag., 9, 1882, 214-215 [v. Flight, W.]. Engelbach, [T.] Lithium und Strontium im Meteoreisen von Capland. Leipzig, Pogg, Ann., 116, 1862, 512. Faraday, M. Chemical account of the Cold Bokkeveld meteoric stone. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 1839, 1, 86-87. Phil. Mag., 14, 1839, 368. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 47, 1839, 384. Farrington, O.C. Handbook and catalogue of the meteorite collection. Chicago, Pub. Field Columb. Mus., Geol. Ser., 1, 1, 1895, 1-65, pl. i—vi. Fletcher, L. On the meteorites which have been found in the desert of Atacama and its neighbourhood. London, Miner. Mag., 8, 1889, 223-269, pl. x. [map]. On the Mexican meteorites, with especial regard to the supposed occurrence of wide-spread meteoric showers. London, Miner. Mag., 9, 1891-92, 91-179. - 454 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Fletcher, L. On the meteoric stones which fell near Zomba, British Central Africa, on January 25th, 1899; with notes on the chemical analysis of such bodies. London, Miner. Mag., 13, 1901, 1-87, pl. i. [map]. ~ Chem. News, 84, 1901, 4-6, 108-104. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1902, 1, 871-3738. ——- An introduction to the study of meteorites, with a list of the meteorites represented in the collection on January 1, 1904. London, [Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)],1904, 8vo, 109 pp. [Also 1890, 1894, 1896.] On various masses of meteoric iron reported to have been found in Great Namaqualand and the adjacent region. London, Miner. Mag , 14, 1904-, 28-36. Historical note relative to the Meteoric fragments, labelled “Cape of Good Hope,” and ‘‘ Great Fish River.”’ London, Miner. Mag., 1904-, 87-40. Flight, W. A chapter in the history of meteorites. London, Geol. Mag., 2, 1875, 16, 70, 115, 152, 214, 257, 311, 362, 401, 497, 548, 589-608, fie. — y. Luminous meteors, 1875-76. Meteorites and the origin of life. London, Pop. Se. Rev., 1, 1877, 890-401. Supplement to a chapter in the history of meteorites. London, Geol. Mag., 9, 1882, 58, 106, 164, 212, 311, 356, 424, 446, 505, and 10, 1883, 59-65, fig. A chapter in the history of meteorites, by the late... . Reprinted from the Geological Magazine with some additional notes by the author. London, 1887, 8vo, xii + 224 pp., 6 wood-cuts, 7 pl. Geinitz, H. B. Ueber Gehalt von Kohlenstoff und bitumenésen Stoffen in Meteorsteinen. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1867, 724-725. Goebel, Ad. Kritische Uebersicht der im Besitze der Kaiser- lichen Akademie der Wissenschaften befindlichen Aérolithen. St.-Pétersbourg, Bull. Acad. Sci., 11, 1867, 222-282, pl. Mél. phys. chim., 7, 1867, 255-342. Gregory, J. R. New meteorite from [Daniel’s Kuil] South Airica, eC. , Gre, London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 531-582. Quart. J. Sci., Jan. 1896, No. 21, 133. Meteoric iron from [| Victoria West] South Africa. London, Geol. Mag., 5, 1868, 582. ~ Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 455 Giimbel, C. W. Ueber die in eae gefundenen Stein- meteoriten. Miinchen, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 1878, 71-72. Haidinger, W. von. Bemerkungen tiber die zuweilen 1m ge- schmeidigen Hisen entstandene krystallinische Structur, verglichen mit jener des Meteoreisens. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 15, 1885, 354-360. v. Wohler, F. Nachschrift zu Wohler ‘‘ Ueber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines vom Capland.”’ Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 85, 1859, 9-12 [v. Wohler, F.]. —— Hinige neuere Nachrichten uber Meteoriten ; namentlich die von Bokkeveld, New Concord... . Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 41, 1860, 568-572. Harris, E. P. The chemical constitution and chronological arrangement of meteorites. An inaugural dissertation. . _ Georgia Augusta University. Gottingen, 1859, 8vo, 131 pp. Hauer, K. von. [On the Hex River meteorite. | Wien, Ann. Hof.-Mus., 3, 1888, Not. 42, and 4, 1889, Not. 50. Herschel, J. T. W. Notice of a chemical examination of a specimen of native iron, from the east bank of the Great Fish River, in South Africa. [Read before the Literary and Scientific Institution of South Africa. | v. Pt. I., Alexander, J. E. Beneditifon of discovery . . . 2, appendix i., 272-275. London, Phil Mag., 14, 1839, 32-34. New Blame, Amer. J. Sci., 36, 1839, 213-214. Holger, P. A. von. Analyse des Cap’schen Meteoreisens. Wien, Baumgartner’s Zs., 8, 1830, 279-284. Jerram, EH. J. Fall of meteorites at the Cape of Good Hope. [Letter addressed to EH. W. Brayley. | London, Phil. Mag., 14, 1839, 392. Kenngott, G. A.,and Wiser, D. F. Mittheilungen uber die Meteoriten der Ziircher Sammlungen. Ziirich, Vierteljahrschr. Natf. Ges., '7, 1862, 142-158. Klein, Carl. Die Meteoriten-Sammlung der Koniglichen Fried- rich-Wilhelms Universitat zu Berlin am 5 Februar, 1903. Berlin, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 7, 1908, 189-172. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1904, 1, 186 -187. - 456 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Laspeyres, H. Die Meteoriten-Sammlung der Universitit Bonn. u. Abschnitt : Meteoreisen. Bonn. Verh. nathist. Ver., 52, 1895, 141-220. Layard, E. L. [Notes on the Bethany and Victoria West irons. ] Cape Town, Cape Mon. Mag., (1), 1, 1857, 319 and 8, 1860, 254. Luminous Meteors. Report [by a committee] on observations of luminous meteors, 1864-65. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 35, Birmingham 1865, 57-142. Report [by a committee] on observations of luminous meteors, 1868-69. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 89, Exeter 1869, 216-308. Report [by a committee, including W. Flight] on obser- vations of luminous meteors during the year 1875-76. London, Rep. Brit. Ass., 46, Glasgow 1876, 119-171, pl. iv. [Maclear, Thos.| African Meteorite [Leiter to (?)]. London, Nautical Mag., 1839, 207. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 36, 1839, 393. Graham’s Town, The Journal | October 17, 1839]. Maclear, Thos. Fall of meteorites in South Africa. [Letter to Capt. Smythe. | London, Phil. Mag., 14, 1889, 931. An account of the fall of a meteoric stone in the Cold Bokkeveld, Cape of Good Hope. [Letter to Sir W. Herschel. ] London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 1839, 1, 83-85. . Phil. Mag., 14, 1839, 368. Paris, L’ Institut, 7, 1839, 873-874. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 37, 1839, 190. | Fall of meteorites in the Cold Bokkeveld. | Cape Town, 8S. A. Comm. Advertiser, Dec. 11, 1839. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 4, 1840, 201-204 [v. Thompson, a New Haven, AMIEL Js SCls, 40, 1841, 199-201. Further particulars of the fall of the Cold Bokkeveld meteorolite. London, Trans. Roy. Soc., 1840, 1, 177-182, pl. vii. Phil. Mag., 17, 1840, 142-143. — Atheneum, 1840, 255 [March 28, 1840]. Marum, M. van. Beschryving van eenen zonderlingen in het zuidelyke Afrika gevondenen ijzerklomp. Haarlem, Nat. Verh. Bataaf. Maatsch. Wet., 2, 2, 1804, 257-264. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 457 Meunier, 8. Etudes sur les météorites. Paris, Cosmos, 6, 1867, 14-16. Recherches sur la composition et la structure des météorites. Thése présentée 4 la Faculté des Sciences de Paris. Paris, Ann. chim. phys., 17, 1869, 5-73. Météorites [= Frémy, Eneelopedis chimique. Tome ii. Métal- loides appendice, 2 cahier]. Paris, 1884, 8vo, 532 pp., ffg., pls. —— hévision des fers météoriques de la collection du Muséum d’histoire naturelle. Autun, Bul. soc. hist. nat., 6, 1893, [8vo, 81 pp.]. Révision des pierres météoriques de la collection du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris. Autun, Bul. soc. hist. nat., 9, 1896, 355-474. Mohr, C. F. Ueber die Natur und Entstehungsart der Meteo- riten. Leipzig und Heidelberg, Liebig’s Ann., 179, 1875, 257-282. Newton, H. A. Upon the relation which the former orbits of those meteorites that are now in our collections, and that were seen to fall, had to the earth’s orbit. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 86, 1888, 1-14. Partsch, P. Die Meteoriten oder von Himmel gefallenen Steine und Hisenmassen im k.k. Hof-Mineralien-Kabinette zu Wien. Wien, 1843, 8vo, 162 pp. Kurze Uebersicht der im k.k. Hof-Mineralien-Kabinette zu Wien zur Schau gestellten acht Sammlungen. Wien, 1843, 8vo, 78 pp. Potzsch. Kurze Darstellung der Geschichte tiber das Vorkom- men des gediegenen Hisens, sowohl des mineralischen als auch des problematisch-meteorischen und anderer darauf Bezug habenden Aerolithen, mit eigen Wahrnehmungen, die auch das Daseyn der — ersteren in dem Innern unsers Erdkoérpers auf Lagern oder Gaingen zu bestatigen scheinen. Dresden, 1804, 8vo, 119 pp. Quenstedt, F. A. Klar und Wahr. Tiibingen, 1872, 8vo, viii + 322 pp., text-ffg., pl. o- 458 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Rammelsberg, C. F. Handwéorterbuch des chemischen Theils der Mineralogie. Berlin, 1841, 2 vols., 8vo, Supplement 1, 1848; 2, 1845; 3, 1847; 4, 1849; 5, 1858. Handbuch der Mineralchemie. Leipzig, 1860, 8vo. Die chemische Natur der Meteoriten. Berlin, Abh. Akad. Wiss., 1870, 75-160. Die chemische Natur der Meteoriten. Zweite Alhandlung, Berlin, Abh. Akad. Wiss., 1869, 1-64. Reichenbach, [Karl] von. Ueber die Rinde der Meteorsteine. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 104, 1858, 473-482. Die Meteoriten und die Kometen nach ihren gegenseit- igen Beziehungen. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 105, 1858, 488-460. Ueber die Anzahl] der Meteoriten, und Betrachtungen iiber ihre Rolle im Weltgebaude. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 105, 1858, 557-563. Die meteorischen Kitigelchen des Capitain Callum. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 106, 1859, 476-490. —— Anordnung und Hintheilung der Meteoriten. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 107, 1859, 155-182. Ueber die chemische Beschaffenheit der Meteoriten. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 107, 1859, 353-374. Ueber das Gefiige der Steinmeteoriten. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 108, 1859, 291-811. Ueber die Zeitfolge und die Bildungsweise der naheren Bestandtheile der Meteoriten. Leipzig, Poge. Ann., 108, 1859, 452-465. Meteoriten in Meteoriten. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 111, 1860, 353-8386, 2 pl. Meteoriten und Sternschnuppen. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 111, 1860, 387-401. -—— Ueber das innere Gefiige der nahern Bestandtheile des Meteoreisens. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 114, 1861, 99-1382. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 459 Reichenbach, [Karl] von. Ueber die nahern Bestandtheile des Meteoreisens. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 114, 1861, 250-2638, 264-274, 477-491, 115, 1862, 148-156, 620-636 ; 116, 1862, 576-591. Die schwarzen Linien und Ablésungen in den Meieoriten. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 125, 1865, 808-325, 420-441, 600-618. Rose, G. Beschreibung und Hintheilung der Meteoriten auf Grund der Sammlung im mineralogischen Museum zu Berlin. Berlin, Abh. Akad. Wiss., (1862-68), 28-161, pl. i—iv. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 124, 1865, 193-213. Ueber das Meteoreisen von Iquique in Peru. Berlin, Festschr. Ges. natf. Freunde, 1873, 36-37. Shepard, C. U. Notice of a meteoric iron near Lion River, Great Namaqualand, South Africa; and of the detection of potas- sium in meteoric iron. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 15, 18538, 1-4. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 18538, 473-474, and 1855, 562.: On a new locality of meteoric iron, in the Orange River Country, South Africa, and a supposed new locality of the same, in Mexico. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 21, 1856, 213-216. New classification of meteorites, with an enumeration of meteoric species. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 43, 1867, 22-28. On a new meteorite from Fomatlan, Jalisco, Mexico. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 80, 1885, 105-108. Smith, J. L. Description d’une masse de fer météorique, dont on a observe la chute dans le sud de l'Afrique, en 1862, et remarques sur l’enstatite. Paris, C.-R. Acad. sci., 76, 1873, 294-297. —— A description of the Victoria meteoric iron, seen to fall in South Africa in 1862, with some notes on chladnite or enstatite. [The C.-R. paper with additions, and a plate. | New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 5, 1878, 107-110, pl. On a mass of meteoric iron of Howard Co., Ind.; with some remarks on the nebular structure of meteoric iron, and a notice concerning the presence of solid protochloride of iron in meteorites. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 7, 1874, eres - 460 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Smith, J. L. Researches on the solid carbon compounds in meteorites. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 11, 1876, 888-394, 433-442. London, Chem. News, 38, 1876, 196-197, 204-205, 215-217. Sommerring, 8. T. von. Ueber die Zeichnungen, welche sich bei Auflésung des Meteoreisens bilden. Niirnberg, Schweigg. Journal, 20, 1817, 91-94. Sowerby, J. Exotic mineralogy. London, 1817, 8vo. Stromeyer, I’. von. Notiz itiber das Vorkommen des Cobalts in Meteoreisen. Gottingische gel. Anz., 2, 1816, 2042-2043. Halle und Leipzig, Gilbert’s Ann., 56, 1817, 191-194. Molybdan und Kupfer im Meteoreisen. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 24, 1882, 651. Tassin, Wirt. Descriptive catalogue of the meteorite collec- tion in the United States National Museum, to January 1, 1902. Washington, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902, 671-698, 4 pl. Tennant, Smithson. [An account of an analysis of a kind of native iron found at the Cape of Good Hope. |] London, Phil. Mag., 25, 1806, 182. Paris, Ann. Mines, 6, 1821, 260. Thompson, George. Fall of Meteorolites at the Cape. [Letter to R. Thompson. | London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 3, 1839, 145-146. Phil. Mag., 14, 1839, 391-392. Paris, L’ Institut, 7, 1839, 224. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 47, 1839, 384. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1840, 722-723. Thompson, KR. Fall of a meteorite in South Africa. [Letter from ... including T. Maclear’s letter to S. A. Com. Adv., Dec. 11, 1839. | London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 4, 1840, 201-204. Truter, J. P. Aeralites. Cape Town, 8. A. Comm. Advertiser, Nov. 27, 1889. Tschermak, G. Meteoreisen von Victoria West. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 1871, Not. 109. Die Meteoriten des k.k. Mineralogischen Hofmuseums am 1 October 1872. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 2, 1872, 165-172. Catalogue of Printed Books, cc. 461 Tschermak, G. Vermehrung der Meteoritensammlung des Mineralogischen Hofmuseums bis ende September 1877. Wien, Min. Pet. Mitt., 7, 1877, Not. 809-311. Die mikroscopische Beschaffenheit der Meteoriten erlautert durch photographische Abbildungen. Stuttgart, 1883-85, 25 pl. Uricoéchea, E. Analyse des Meteoreisens von Toluca und vom Cap der Guten Hofnung, 2. Kisen vom Cap. Leipzig und Heidelberg, Liebig’s Ann., 91, 1854, 252-253. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1855, 455. Wadsworth, M. E. Lithological studies. Cambridge, Mass., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., 11, 1884, 4to, xxxiii + 208 pp., 8 pl. Washington, H.S. Catalogue of the collection of meteorites in the Peabody Museum of Yale University. New Haven, Amer. J; Sci., 8, 1897, 83-87. Wehrle, A. Analyse einiger Meteoreisenmassen. Wien, Baumgartner’s Zs., 3, 18385, 222-229, Weinschenck, E. v. Cohen, E. Wiechmann, F.G. Fusion-structures in meteorites. New York, Ann. Acad. Sci., 2, 1882, 289-312. Wiser, D. F. v. Kenngott, G. A. Wohler, F. Passiver Zustand des Meteoreisen. Leipzig, Pogg. Ann., 85, 1852, 448-449, and Haidinger, W. von. Hin Schreiben des Herrn Prof. Wohler, ‘‘ Uber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines von Capland,”’ nebst einer Nachschrift dazu von dem MHerrn Sectionsrath W. Haidinger. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 35, 1859, 5-12. Leipzig, J. prakt Chem., 77, 1859, 53-58. Paris, L’ Institut, 27, 1859, 168. London, Phil. Mag., 18, 1859, 213-218. Ueber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines von Capland. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 35, 1859, 5-9 |v. above]. Leipzig, und Heidelberg, Liebig’s Ann., 110, 1859, 369-374. J. prakt, Chem., 77, 1859, 53-58. Stuttgart, N. Jahrb., 1860, 352-353, o- 462 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Wohler, F. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines vom Capland. Wien, SitzBer. Akad. Wiss., 41, 2, 1860, 565-567. Paris, L’ Institut, 28, 1860, 328. ' Bemerkungen iiber den neusten Meteorstein-Fall. Gottingische Geol. Anz., 1864, Nachr., 277-282. Paris, L’ Institut; 33, 1865, 14-15. Wright, A. W. On the gases contained in meteorites. New Haven, Amer. J. Sci., 12, 1876, 165-176. Wiilfing, E. A. Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen und ihre Literatur. Nebst einem Versuch den Tauschwert der Meteoriten zu bestimmen. Tiibingen, 1897, 8vo, xlvi + 460 pp. Zerrenner, C. v. Pt. I. ( 463 ) APPENDIX TO PART I. Barber, H. M. The perforated stones of South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 21, 1892, 302-304. Boule, Marcellin. a géologie et la paléontologie de Mada- gascar d’apres l'état actuel de nos connaissances. Paris, Congr. géol. intern., 8, 2, Paris, 1900, 678-688, map. [Vv. Pt. I.] Buckland, A. W. Prehistoric remains in South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 16, 1887, 423-424. Cape of Good Hope Parliamentary Reports. Papers and correspondence relating to Mr. Sichel’s mission to Sterkstroom, Queenstown, in connection with the alleged coal discoveries in that locality. Cape Town, 4to, 14 pp., [A. 8-1891]. Report of Drv. Eric A. Nobbs, for the year 1903. Cape Town, 4to, 75 pp., [G. 39-1904]. Carter, T. Lane. The diamond district of the Vaal River. New York, Engin. Min. J., 76, 1903, 354-355, 6 ffg. Chesnaye, C. P. A journey between Fort Jameson to the Kafue River. London, Geog. J., 17, 1901, 42-48. Choffat, P. Sur le crétacique de Conducia en Mocambique. Paris, Bul. soc. géol., 2, 1902, 400-403. Clark, J. v. McGhie, T. B. Corstorphine, G.5. Pesident’s address—The history of strati- graphical investigation in South Africa. Johannesburg, Rep. 8. A. Ass., Johannesburg, 1904, 145-181, chart. Daubrée, G. A. Analogies de gisement du diamant. . . v. Pt. I. [By G. A. Daubrée only. | o- 464 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Denny, G. A. Eruptive theory of the origin of the Hospital shales. Johannesburg, J. Proc. 8. A. Ass. Eng., 2, 1903-04, 125. Dowie, R. C. Ancient stone hammers from the Tati district. Bulawayo. Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., 2, (1901), 1904, 61-63. An ancient copper mine. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., 2, (1901), 1904, 63-65 [v. Pt. I.]. Eyles, F. Ona cave with Bushman pointings in the Matopos. , Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., 8, (1902), 1904, 65-69. Feilden, H. W. Notes on stone implements from South Africa. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 18, 1884, 162-174. Ferguson, D. The geysers or hot springs of the Zambesi and Kafue valleys. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., 3, (1902), 1904, 9-18 |v. Pt. i.]. Foster, C. le Neve. A text-book on ore and stone mining. London, 4 ed., 1901, 8vo, xxviii + 763 pp. [v. Pt. i.]. Frech, F. Die Dyas [= Lethwa paleozoica. Lfg. 3, 4]. Stuttgart, N. J., 1904, 2, 102-111 [v. Pt. i.]. Geological Commission, Cape of Good Hope. Index to the annual reports of the Geological Commission for the years 1896- 1903. Compiled by E. H. L. Schwarz. Cape Town, 1904, 8vo, 52 pp. Gibbons, A. St. H. Exploration and Hunting in Central Africa, 1895-96. London, 1898, 8vo, ix + 488 pp., illustr., map. Giraud, J. La géologie du Transvaal. Paris, Géographie, 5, 1902, 196-200. Grey, G. Note on stone implements of South Africa. London, Proc. Ethnol. Soc., 2, 1870, 39-48, pl. Hahn, Hugo. Missiondr Hugo Hahn’s Reise im Lande der Herero und Bergdamra in Stidwest-Afrika, 1871. Gotha, Petermann’s Mitt., 1878, 95-101. Hall, A.l. v. Kynaston, H. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 465 Hamilton, J. P. Witwatersrand gold-fields, Transvaal, South Africa. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Engin., 3, 1891-92, 857. Notes on the Natal coal-fields. Newcastle, Trans. Inst. Min. Engin., 3, 1891-92, 874-890. Hammar, A. v. Schulz, A. Wo Jets tla Herbertson, A. J. Geological reports from South Africa. London, Geog. J., 20, 1902, 630-636. Hillier, A. P. The antiquity of man in South Africa, and evolution. East London, East London Dispatch, New Year’s No., January, 1887. Horwood, C.B. The red granite of Balmoral and its relation to the cobalt lodes. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 2, 1904, 110-114. Hudleston, W. H. On the origin of the marine (halolimnic) fauna of Lake Tanganyika. London, Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 8387-382, 4 ffg., 2 pl. Johnson, J. P. Stone implements from beneath and above the alluvium of the Taaibosch Spruit. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 2, 1904, 95-96 ffg. Stone implements from the farm Elandsfontein, No. 235, near Johannesburg ; with a list of papers relating to the anthro- pology of prehistoric South Africa. | Johannesburg, Rep. 8. A. Ass., Johannesburg, 1904, 197-200, 28 ffg. Notes on a section through the Witwatersrand beds. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. S. A., 7, 3, 1905, 117-122, 4 fig. Jorissen, EH. v. Jorrisen, K., Pt. I. [For Jorrisen read Jorissen.] Kynaston, H., and Hall, A. L. The geological features of the diamond pipes of the Pretoria district. Johannesburg, Rep. 8. A. Ass., Johannesburg, 1904, 182-196, pl. vii, viii. Lemaire, C. The Congo-Zambezi water-parting. London, Geog. J., 19, 1902, 173-189, map, p. 248. Lett, S. J. The mineral wealth of northern Zambesia. London, Mining J., 72, 1902, 221, 257 [v. Pt. i.]. 466 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. -McGhie, T. B., and Clark, J. Transvaalite—a new cobalt mineral. New York, Engin. Min. J., 50, 1890, 96. Mackay, G. The antiquity of man in South Africa. [Written in 1887.] . y. Theal, G. M. Belangrijke historische dokumenten, No. ii. [6 pp. No details with regard to publication given]. Mennell, F. P. Telluride ores and their occurrence in Rhodesia. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., 8, (1902), 1904, 21-25 [v. Pt. i.]. Some stone implements in the Rhodesia Museum. Bulawayo, Ann. Rep. Rhod. Mus., 1904, 6-7. Merensky, H. Neue Zinnerzvorkommen in Transvaal. Berlin, Zs. prakt. Geol., 1904, 409-411. Molengraaff, G. A. F. The Vredefort mountain-land. Johannesburg, Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. A., 7, 2, 1904, 115-116. —— Geology of the Transvaal. [Translated from the French (v. Pt. I.) by J. H. Ronaldson, with additions and alterations by the author.| Edinburgh and Johannesburg, 1904, 8vo, vili + 90 pp., 19 ffg., 2 pl. [map and sections ]. _ Molyneux, A. J.C. Notes on some rock paintings [and stone implemements| in the Tuli district. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Se. Ass., 1, (1899-1900), 1903, 7-9, pl. i., ii. Notes on some fossils from the Sengwe coalfields. Bulawayo, Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., 2, (1901), 1904, 88-92, 126-127 [v. Pt. i.]. Moore, J. H.S. The physiographical features of the Nyasa and Tanganyika districts of Central Africa. London, Geog. J., 10, 1897, 289-300; map, p. 348. Pechuel-Loesche, E. Zur Bewirthschaftigung Stidwest-Afrikas, Berlin, D. KolZtg., 1888, 252-255, 260-263, 270-272, 296-298, 305-807, 326-330. Prior, G. T. Report on specimens of mud, &c., from the bottom of Lake Nyasa, obtained by Lieut. HE. L. Rhoades during sounding operations in 1900 and 1901. London, Geog. J., 20, 1902, 69-70 [v. Rhoades, E. L.]j. Rhoades, E. L. Ciewt. Rhoades’ survey of Lake Nyasa (with map). ) London, Geog. J., 20, 1902, 68-70, map, p. 136. Catalogue of Printed Books, dc. 467 Sanderson, J. Notes in connection with stone implements from Natal. London, J. Anthrop. Inst., 8, 1879, 15-21. Schwarz, E. H. lL. Index to the annual reports of the Geo- logical Commission. . . . v. Geological Commission, C. G. H., 1904. Seeley, H. G. Footprints of small fossil reptiles from the Karroo rocks of Cape Colony. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1904, 287-289, 3 text-fig. — Onanew type of reptilian tooth (Ptychocynodon | pent- angulatus|) from the Upper Karroo beds near Burghersdorp, Cape Colony. London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1904, 290-293, 3 text-ffg. —- Ona pneumatic type of vertebra from the Lower Karroo rocks of Cape Colony (Tamboeria Maraisi). London, Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist., 14, 1904, 336-344, 2 text-ffg. Seward, A. C. Report on collections of Natal fossil plants from: (i.) The Ecca coal series of Umhlali on the north-east coast of Natal. (.) The Drakensberg range in West Natal. v. Natal Parl. Reports. Second report [by W. Anderson] of the Geological Survey of Natal . . ., 95-104, pl. iv.—v. — Catalogue of the Mesozoic plants in the department of geology, British Museum (Natural History). The Jurassic flora, pt. u. London, 1904, 8vo, xv + 192 pp., 20 ffg., 13 pl. Geol. Mag., 1, 1904, 615-616. Spurr, J. E. Gold in the dioritic rock of Mashonaland. v. Pt. i. [Add vol. 76.] Theal, G. M. Belangrijke historische dokumenten, No. 11. Kaapstad, 1896, 8vo. Toit, S. J. du. Rhodesia, past and present. London, 1897, 8vo, xv + 218 pp., 16 illustr. 34 " iy i iy ‘ i Ny } Ae NN qt Hitt AS) \ Wy i BR HO I Hi Fate A _ =. VAIS Kee Vt (ISIS SS IV) ee aS I. NG NGS ZN VIN IY —S ISIS 7 ISU TISISNISVAS Ss VYVVVVVVIVIQTS PISISVISTISVINVINTINTINYS WISTS SASS NING, SVIRVINVIQIING GN DIN N bt I Je + VIS LS ber Dae ee = S ISS NIN aa Rin eee x IN AIS kK KK RK KD Ui GINNING S INT, / \ hae? /, / JJIS /} fh \ fy wat e AALS A ~—S ¥ SS 4 SS L : it RA ATESSs ATS ‘WY = ~ sad Re Ail ALLIS, ig SS Ud ~ CRESS DS ORON ONT SOG SS . AWS i +4 / AISS ISS Fa NY Ve, TS 1/7 JAS a, ISS v4 } SS rR CF WAN t j NI NZiINIZIN encaaeneee WAIN ij CY ING, : VW Sy] ~ = = \\ j waa f aA Appr : ; = Sf \ ‘ WME // AT cS HA = SS ISS Se —~ ESS —§———— ar ~~. = | M/ ff ~ aaa \ / . ; | FES S | t y IQ. 4} SS a ; 7 ie = SS = 5 SS 7 = a = Ta = : S a : Jil oN ay /{ |\\ aves fi \\ Sy] : / \ j \ Ve Wes Pa EN Ais x / PELL / \ ; \ / WA / \ tA / LP IVS KA PRX e =~ (=~ ALLS CSS CS LJ A = 2 fo c= JS i = = —_ — — =— = = ae > —-wT = “i —— - —y — - eS 7 S / [ — y YS KS ‘N f AI SNH AINA S f AI. > fe \\ No} AAA / /f\ ’ \\\ x Ai ‘ / SW 7 /f SS. ALLS . a = = NIANGNGNING KY TNS ISIS ie WS] 7 AIS a L ffl\ . J rs ISS —Js E = Sa ]/- ARS CoN Hfi\\ 4 / Wo wll// AI UY ffi CIES C TE QOY TET — LSS 7) Su" pe - YES Fat a erage iss YAY ISS — ~ rv IRIN PSUS /} sail = \ ‘Al seme ‘ —we ise a ee Bs — a Tent ade SS eS oy ot Oe ne a : ns “ c= Sty - eons a ee ap ae ete. a aS Kk. Fe ge hjindt niga te Peg aes ee ae oe woe eee vot qa